Skip to main content

Full text of "Christianity in Talmud and Midrash"

See other formats


& 


oH 


II 


THE  LIBRARY 

of 

VICTORIA  UNIVERSITY 

Toronto 


ftltofti 


CHRISTIANITY 


TALMUD    AND    MIDRASH 


CHRISTIANITY 


IN 


TALMUD    AND   MIDRASH 


BY 

R.   TRAVERS   HERFORD,    B.A. 


LONDON 

WILLIAMS    &    NORGATE 

i4  HENRIETTA  ST.,  COVENT  GARDEN 

1903 


BM 

503 
C5 

BHUNUa 


I  <l  into 


TO   THE    MEMORY 
OF 

ABRAHAM    KUENEN 

SOMETIME    PROFESSOR    OF    THEOLOGY 
IN    THE    UNIVERSITY    OF    LEIDEN 

THIS    BOOK    IS 

GRATEFULLY    DEDICATED 

BY 

ONE    OF    HIS    OLD    STUDENTS 


PREFACE 

The  great  host  of  books  which  have  been  written 
upon  the  early  history  of  Christianity  have,  amidst 
all  their  differences,  one  characteristic  in  common. 
They  are  almost  entirely  based  upon  the  study  of 
Christian  documents.  This  of  course  is  natural,  and 
no  investigation  which  should  neglect  those  docu- 
ments would  lead  to  results  of  any  value.  But  the 
field  of  inquiry  is  not  exhausted  when  the  Christian 
literature  has  been  thoroughly  explored.  There  is  a 
Jewish  literature  which  also  needs  to  be  examined. 
Considering  that,  historically,  Christianity  is  an  out- 
growth from  Judaism,  and  that  the  Judaism  with 
which  the  origin  of  Christianity  was  contemporary 
was  the  Judaism  not  of  the  prophets  but  of  the 
Rabbis,  it  is  obvious  that  the  Rabbinical  literature 
must  also  be  consulted  if  a  thorough  investigation 
into  the  origin  of  Christianity  is  to  be  made.  The 
necessity  of  examining  the  Rabbinical  literature  is 
of  course  denied  by  no  scholar  who  has  written  on 
early  Christian  history,  but  such  examination  cannot 
be  said  to  have  been  as  yet  thoroughly  carried  out. 
For  the  most  part  a  few  references  are  given  to 
passages  in  the  Mishnah  and  the  Gemaras,  or  a  line 

vii 


viii  PREFACE 

or  two  translated.  Few  readers  have  at  hand  the 
means  of  verifying  these  references ;  and  thus  even 
the  careful  and  accurate  scholarship  of  writers  like 
Keim  and  Schiirer  does  not  prove  very  helpful,  since 
their  readers  cannot  go  to  the  sources  which  are 
pointed  out.  And  even  Keim  and  Schiirer  indicate 
but  a  small  proportion  of  the  material  which  is  avail- 
able in  the  Rabbinical  literature.  Edersheim  does 
know  that  literature  as  none  but  a  Jew  can  know  it, 
and  makes  abundant  reference  to  it ;  but  the  value 
of  his  work  as  a  historical  study  is  much  diminished 
by  a  strong  theological  bias,  apart  from  the  fact 
already  mentioned,  that  it  is  usually  impossible  for 
the  reader  to  verify  the  quotations.  No  blame  of 
course  attaches  to  these  and  many  other  scholars, 
who  have  made  incidental  reference  to  the  Rabbinical 
literature,  for  the  incompleteness  and  scantiness  of 
such  reference.  It  can  hardly  be  said  to  come  within 
the  scope  of  any  of  the  works  referred  to  above  to 
give  in  full  the  Rabbinical  material  to  which  reference 
is  made. 

It  is  the  object  of  this  book  to  try  and  present 
that  material  with  some  approach  to  completeness, 
in  order  to  put  within  the  reach  of  scholars  who  have 
not  access  to  the  Rabbinical  literature  the  full  text 
of  the  passages  bearing  on  the  subject,  together  with 
translation  and  commentary.  It  is  hoped  that  this 
may  be  the  means  of  supplying  a  want  that  as  yet 
remains  unsatisfied,  viz.,  of  a  work  that  shall  let  the 
Christian  scholar  know  what  the  Rabbinical  literature 
really  does  contain  bearing  on  the  origin  and  early 
history  of  Christianity.  It  would  be  rash  to  say  that 
the  collection  of  passages  contained   in  this  book  is 


PREFACE  ix 

exhaustive ;  in  a  great  wilderness  like  the  Talmud 
and  the  Midrashim  one  can  never  be  sure  that  some 
passage  of  interest  and  importance  has  not  been  over- 
looked. But  I  believe  it  will  be  found  that  the  chief 
material  available  for  the  purpose  has  been  gathered 
together ;  and  though  it  should  not  be  quite  com- 
plete, it  will  yet  suffice  to  throw  light  upon  several 
points  of  interest.  Even  if  the  reader  should  be 
of  opinion  that,  after  all,  the  Rabbinical  literature 
does  not  add  much  to  what  is  known  of  Christian 
history  from  other  sources,  he  may  at  least  reflect 
that  now  he  does  know  what  that  Rabbinical 
literature  contains. 

The  period  covered  by  the  passages  cited  extends 
to  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century  a.d.,  i.e.,  roughly 
speaking,  the  period  for  which  the  Talmud  is  avail- 
able. No  reference  whatever  will  be  made  to  medi- 
aeval polemics  between  Jews  and  Christians.  My  object 
is  to  put  before  the  reader  all  that  I  can  find  which 
illustrates  the  relation  between  Jews  and  Christians 
during  the  first  four  centuries  of  the  common  era, 
and  to  do  this  solely  from  the  Jewish  side.  I  shall 
make  no  attempt  whatever  to  present  the  case  from 
Christian  documents,  because  this  has  already  been 
thoroughly  done.  Further,  I  wish  to  write  solely 
from  the  point  of  view  of  historical  scholarship, 
with  no  bias  towards  either  of  the  two  great 
religions  whose  representatives  are  mentioned  in  the 
passages  dealt  with.  My  only  aim  is  to  present  facts, 
in  the  shape  of  statements  contained  in  ancient 
Jewish  writings,  and  to  extract  from  those  state- 
ments whatever  information  they  may  afford  bearing 
on    the  historical   problem   of  the   early   history   of 


x  PREFACE 

Christianity.  As  a  Christian  who  has  for  several 
years  found  his  chief  and  absorbing  intellectual 
interest  in  the  study  of  the  Rabbinical  literature — so 
far  as  other  and  more  pressing  claims  on  his  time 
would  allow — I  offer  this  book  as  a  contribution  to 
Christian  scholarship,  and  I  trust  that  the  great 
Jewish  scholars,  whose  works  have  been  of  so  much 
help  to  me,  will  not  frown  on  my  small  incursion 
into  their  domain. 

I  have  only  to  add  an  expression  of  cordial  thanks 
to  the  Rev.  S.  Alfred  Steinthal  for  his  kindness  in 
reading  the  proofs. 

Stand,  Manchester, 
October  1903. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 


Introduction, 


PAGE 

1 


DIVISION   I. 


Passages  from  the  Rabbinical  Literature,    . 


35 


A.    PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS 


Birth  and  parentage  of  Jesus,      . 

35 

Mary  the  mother  of  Jesus, 

41 

Jesus  alleged  to  be  a  "  Mamzer," 

43 

Covert  reference  to  Jesus, 

45 

Ancestry  of  the  Mother  of  Jesus, 

47 

Alleged  confession  by  the  Mother  of  Jesus, 

48 

Jesus  and  his  Teacher,    .... 

50 

Jesus  a  Magician,             .... 

54 

Jesus  burns  his  Food,      .... 

56 

The  claim  of  Jesus  denied, 

62 

The  voice  of  Balaam,       .... 

68 

Jesus  and  Balaam,            .              .              . 

64 

Jesus  and  Balaam  in  Hell, 

67 

The  age  of  Balaam,          .... 

72 

Balaam  and  the  Name  of  God,    . 

75 

The  Chapter  concerning  Balaam, 

76 

The  Trial  of  Jesus,           .... 

78 

The  Execution  of  Jesus, .... 

83 

The  Disciples  of  Jesus,    .... 

90 

Ben  Netzer,         ..... 

95 

xi 

Xll 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS 


B.    PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  MINIM,  MINUTH 

Section  i.  Descriptions  and  Definitions  of  Minim  and 
Minuth. 

Gehazi  (Paul  ?),  .... 

Ben  Damah  and  Jacob  the  Min, 

The  grandson  of  R.  Jehoshua  and  a  Min, 

R.  Abahu  and  Jacob  the  Min,     . 

A  Contest  of  Miracles,    . 

Miracles  by  Jews  and  Minim,      .  [ 

The  Fate  of  the  Minim  hereafter, 

The  Formula  against  the  Minim, 

R.  Eliezer  arrested  for  Minuth,  . 

Books   of  the  Minim;   Imma  Shalom   and  a  Christian 

Judge,  .... 

How  the  Books  of  the  Minim  are  to  be  treated 
Books  of  the  Law  written  by  a  Min, 
The  Books  of  the  Minim  do  not  defile  the  hands 
The  Books  of  the  Be  Abidan,  Be  Nitzraphi, 
The  Nazarene  Day, 
Gentile  and  Min, 

No  dealings  to  be  had  with  Minim, 
Jewish  origin  of  the  Minim, 
Haggadah  against  Minuth, 
Minim  and  Circumcision, 
The  Principle  of  Minuth, 
Scriptural  Indications  of  Minuth, 
Signs  of  Minuth  ;  liturgical  variations, 
Signs  of  Minuth  ;  liturgical  omissions, 
The  Kingdom  turned  to  Minuth, 
Rome  pretending  to  be  the  true  Israel, 


97 
103 
108 
109 
112 
115 
118 
125 
137 

146 
155 
157 
160 
161 
171 
173 
177 
181 
182 
191 
192 
195 
199 
204 
207 
210 


Section  ii.  Polemical  encounters  between  Jews  and 
Minim. 

The  Minim  of  Capernaum  and  Hananjah, 
The  Minim  and  R.  Jonathan, 
The  Minim  and  R.  Jehudah  ben  Naqosa, 
R.  Jehoshua,  Caesar  and  a  Min,   . 


211 
215 
218 
221 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 


xm 


R.  Jehoshua  and  a  Min  ;  "  Thou  brier ! " 

R.  Jehoshua,  R.  Gamliel,  R.  El'azar  and  R.  Aqiba  and  a 

Min  ;  God  keeps  Sabbath, 
R.  Gamliel  and  the  Minim  :   Resurrection, 
R.  Gamliel  and  a  Min  ;  God  and  Israel,  . 
Beruria  and  a  Min  ;  children  of  Hell, 
R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh  and  a  Min ;  unity  of  God, 
R.  Ishmael  ben  Jose  and  a  Min ;  unity  of  God,  . 
R.  Hanina  and  a  Min ;  Israel  and  the  Gentiles, 
R.  Hanina  and  a  Min  ;  Rejection  of  Israel, 
R.  Hanina  and  a  Min  ;  Land  of  Israel,  . 
R.  Jannai,  R.  Jonathan  and  a  Min  ;  grave  of  Rachel, 
R.  Simlai  and  the  Minim  ;  Two  Powers, 
R.  Abahu,  R.  Saphra  and  the  Minim, 
R.  Abahu  and  the  Epiqurosin ;  Enoch,   . 
R.  Abahu  and  the  Minim  ;  anachronisms  in  Scripture, 
R.  Abahu  and  the  Minim ;  souls  of  the  departed, 
R.  Abahu  and  a  Min ;  God  a  jester,  a  priest, 
R.  Abahu  and  a  Min  ;  the  coming  of  the  Messiah, 
R.  Abahu  and  a  Min  ;  Sason, 
R.  Ami  and  a  Min ;  Resurrection, 
Gebiha  ben  Pesisa  and  a  Min  ;  Resurrection, 
R.  Tanhuma,  Caesar  and  a  Min,  . 
R.  Idi  and  a  Min  ;  Metatron, 
R.  Abina  and  a  Min, 


226 

228 
231 
235 
237 
239 
245 
247 
250 
251 
253 
255 
266 
270 
272 
274 
275 
276 
277 
278 
281 
282 
285 
290 


Section  Hi.   Polemical  allusions  to  Minim,  Minutk. 


Unity  of  God ; 

man  created  solitary, 

291 

Unity  of  God ; 

texts  appealed  to  by  Minim, 

293 

Unity  of  God ; 

"  an  offering  to  JHVH," 

297 

Unity  of  God ; 

Two  Powers, 

299 

Unity  of  God ; 

"  He  who  will  err," 

301 

Unity  of  God ; 

God  has  no  Son, 

302 

Unity  of  God ; 

God  has  no  Son, 

303 

Unity  of  God ; 

son  of  the  harlot, 

304 

Unity  of  God ; 

a  second  God, 

306 

The  "carping' 

'  of  the  Minim,     . 

308 

Immortality, 

. 

315 

XIV 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS 


Section  iv.    Miscellaneous  Passages  referring  to  Minim 

Ground  of  departure  of  the  Minim, 

"  Do  not  give  place  to  the  Minim," 

A  Canon  of  Minuth, 

A  chance  for  the  Minim  ;  Pharaoh, 

Four  classes  of  Minim,     . 

Words  of  the  Minim, 

"  They  that  hate  me  "  ;  the  Minim, 

A  reply  to  the  Minim  ;  Genealogies, 

The  Minim  and  the  New  Moon, 

The  Minim  and  Alexander  the  Great, 

Minim  ;  casual  references, 

Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia, 

The  Priesthood  of  Melchizedek, 


315 
316 
319 
320 
323 
325 
325 
326 
327 
331 
332 
334 
338 


DIVISION  II.— GENERAL  RESULTS 


Chap.    I.  The  Jesus-Tradition, 

II.  The  Minim,  .... 

§  i.  Etymology  of  the  word  Min, 
§  ii.  Who  were  the  Minim  ? 
§  iii.  The  Place  of  the  Minim  in  History, 
Conclusion, 


344 
361 
362 
365 
381 
396 


APPENDIX    CONTAINING    ORIGINAL     TEXTS    OF 
PASSAGES  TRANSLATED     .... 


401 


INDICES 

I. 

Index 

of  Subjects,           .             .             .             . 

.       438 

II. 

t> 

Persons  mentioned, 

.       439 

III. 

3i 

Places  mentioned, 

.       443 

IV. 

>> 

O.T.  Passages  referred  to, 

.       443 

V. 

» 

N.T.  Passages  referred  to, 

445 

VI. 

»> 

Rabbinical  Passages  referred  to, 

.       446 

LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS 


xv 


LIST    OF   ABBREVIATIONS 

M.  =Mishnah;  thus,  M.  Gitt.  ix.  10  means  Mishnah, 
treatise  Gittin,  chapter  ix.,  section  10. 

T.  =  Tosephta;  thus,  T.  Sanh.  viii.  7  means  Tosephta, 
treatise  Sanhedrin,  chapter  viii.,  section  7. 

O.T.  =  Old  Testament. 

N.T.  =  New  Testament. 

R.  =  Rabbi,  or  Rab;  thus,  R.  Jehoshua  means  Rabbi 
Jehoshua. 

Passages  from  the  Rabbinical  literature  are  cited  by  the  leaf  and 
the  page,  or  the  leaf  and  the  column,  following  the  name  of  the 
treatise.  Passages  from  the  Jerusalem  Talmud  are  distinguished 
by  the  letter  j  before  the  name  of  the  treatise,  those  from  the 
Babylonian  Talmud  by  the  letter  b  similarly  placed  ;  thus  j.  Hag. 
means  Jerusalem  Talmud,  treatise  Hagigah ;  b.  B.  Mez.  means 
Babylonian  Talmud,  treatise  Baba  Mezia. 

The  names  of  the  several  treatises,  which  are  the  same  for 
Mishnah,  Tosephta,  and  both  Talmuds,  also  the  names  of  the 
Midrashim,  are  abbreviated  as  follows  : — 


Ab. 

A.  d.  R.  N. 

A.  Zar. 

Bamm.  r. 

Bechor. 
Ber. 
Ber.  r. 
Bice. 

B.  Q. 
B.  Mez. 
B.  Bathr. 
Debar,  r. 
Dem. 
Der.  er.  z. 
Ech.  r. 
Erach. 
Erub. 
Esth.  r. 
Hag. 
Hor. 
Hull. 
Jad. 
Jeb. 


Aboth. 

I  Aboth    de    Rabbi 
[       Nathan. 

Abhodah  Zarah. 
[  Bammidbar    Rab- 
[      bah. 
Bechoroth. 
Berachoth. 
Bereshith  Rabbah. 
Biccurim. 
Baba  Qama. 
Baba  Mezia. 
Baba  Bathra. 
Debarim  Rabbah. 
Demai. 

Derech  Eretz  Zuta. 
Echah  Rabbah. 
Erachin. 
Erubhin. 
Esther  Rabbah. 
Hagigah. 
Horaioth. 
Hullin. 
Jadaim. 
Jebamoth. 


Jom. 

Joma. 

Kail. 

Kallah. 

Kil. 

Kilaim. 

Keth. 

Kethuboth. 

Kidd. 

Kiddushin. 

Meg. 
Menah. 

Megillah. 
Menahoth. 

M.  Qat. 
Nedar. 

Moed  Qatan. 
Nedarim. 

Nidd. 

Niddah. 

Par. 

Parah. 

Pesah. 

Pesahim. 

Qoh.'r. 
R.  ha-Sh. 

Qoheleth  Rabbah. 
Rosh  ha-Shanah. 

Sanh. 

Sanhedrin. 

Shabb. 

Shabbath. 

Shebhu. 

Shebhuoth. 

Shem.  r. 

Shemoth  Rabbah. 

Sh.  ha-Sh. 

j  Shir        ha-Shirim 
r'  \      Rabbah. 

Soph. 
Sot. 

Sopherim. 
Sotah. 

Succ. 

Succah. 

Taan. 

Taanith. 

Vajiq.  r. 

Vajiqra  Rabbah. 

xvi    LIST  OF  CHIEF  WORKS  AND  EDITIONS 

LIST  OF   CHIEF  WORKS  AND  EDITIONS 
REFERRED   TO 

Mishnah.     Amsterdam,  1685. 

Talmud  Jerushalmi.     Krotoschin,  1 866. 

Talmud  Babli.     Wilna,  1880-85. 

Hesronoth  ha-Shas.     No  date. 

Rabbinowicz,  R.     Diqduqe  Sopherim,  Variae  Lectiones  in  Mishnam 

etTalm.  Babylonicum,  1867-1886. 
Tosephta.     Ed.  Zuckermandel,  1881. 
Siphri.     Ed.  Friedmann,  1864. 
Siphra.     Ed.  Weiss,  1862. 
Mechilta.     Ed.  Friedmann,  1870. 
Pesiqta  de  R.  Kahana.     Ed.  Buber,  1 868. 
Pesiqta  Rabbathi.     Ed.  Friedmann,  1880. 
Tanhuma.     Ed.  Buber,  1885. 
Midrash  Rabboth.     Wilna,  1887. 
Jalqut  Shimoni.     Warsaw,  1875. 
Frankel,  Z.     Darke  ha-Mishnah,  1859. 

„  Mebo  ha-jerushalmi,  1870. 

Levy,  J.     Neuhebraisches  Worterbuch,  1876-1889. 

„  Chaldaisches  Worterbuch,  1867. 

Sepher  ha-Aruch.     Basel,  1599. 

Hamburger,  J.     Realencyclopadie  fiir  Bibel  u.  Talmud,  1870-1901. 
Zunz,  L.     Gottesdienstliche  Vortrage  der  Juden,  1 832. 
Jost,  J.  M.     Geschichte  des  Judenthums,  1857. 
Gratz,  H.     Geschichte  der  Juden. 

Weiss,  J.  H.     Geschichte  der  Judischen  Tradition,  1871. 
Weber,  F.     System  der  Altsynagogale  Palestinensische  Theologie, 

1880. 
Bacher,  W.     Agada  der  Tannaiten,  1884-90. 

„  Agada  der  Babylonischen  Amoraer,  1878. 

„  Agada  der  Palestinensischen  Amoraer,  1892-1899. 

Laible  H.     Jesus  Christus  im  Talmud.     Berlin,  1891. 
Friedlander.    Der  vorchristlichejiidische  Gnosticismus.    Gdttingen, 

1898. 


Christianity  in  Talmud  and 
Midrash 


INTRODUCTION 

The  passages  from  the  Talmud  and  other  Rabbinical 

works  which  will  be  considered  in  the  following  pages 

are  excerpts  from  a  literature  of  enormous  extent,  in 

which   the  intellectual  energy  of  the  Jewish   nation 

during    many    centuries    found    ample    and    varied 

expression.      To    give   a  detailed    account    of    this 

literature  would  lead  me  far  from  my  main  subject, 

and  would,  moreover,  need  a  considerable  volume  for 

its  full  description.     All  that  seems  necessary  here  is 

to  give  in  a  few  words   a  general   account   of  the 

Rabbinical  literature,  so  that  the  reader  may  be  able 

to  judge   of  the  kind  of  evidence  furnished  by  the 

passages  which  will  be  quoted,  from  some  knowledge 

of  their  origin. 

The  details  of  date,  authorship  and  contents  of  the 

several  writings  may  be  found  in  works  of  reference 

accessible  to  scholars,  such  as  Zunz'  "  Gottesdienst- 

liche  Vortrage  der  Juden,"  Hamburger's  "  Real-En- 

cyklopadie   fur  Bibel  und  Talmud,"  or,  for  English 

readers,  the   "  Introduction  to  Hebrew   Literature " 

1 


2  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

of  Etheridge,  a  work  of  considerable  value,  in  spite 
of  the  strong  theological  bias  of  the  writer. 

In  an  often  quoted  passage  (Aboth,  i.  1  sq.)  the 
Talmud  declares  that  "  Moses  received  Torah x  from 
Sinai  and  delivered  it  to  Joshua,  and  Joshua  to  the 
Elders,  and  the  Elders  to  the  prophets,  and  the 
prophets  delivered  it  to  the  men  of  the  Great  Syna- 
gogue. Simeon  the  Just  was  of  the  remnants  of  the 
Great  Synagogue  ....  Antigonos  of  Socho  re- 
ceived from  Simeon  the  Just  ....  Jose  ben  Joezer 
of  Zereda,  and  Jose  ben  Johanan  of  Jerusalem 
received  from  them."2  Then  follow  the  names  of 
successive  pairs  of  teachers  down  to  Hillel  and  Sham- 
mai,  who  were  contemporary  with  the  beginning  of 
the  Christian  era;  and  after  these  are  mentioned 
singly  the  leading  Rabbis  of  the  first  two  centuries. 
The  treatise,  '  Pirqe  Aboth/  as  its  title  indicates,  is 
a  collection  of  '  Sayings '  by  these  '  Fathers '  of  Israel. 
Now,  whatever  may  be  thought  of  the  historical 
accuracy  of  the  statement  just  quoted,  it  expresses 
clearly  enough  the  view  which  the  great  founders 
of  the  Rabbinical  literature  held  concerning  their 
own  work.  It  gives  the  keynote  of  the  whole  of  that 
literature;  it  indicates  the  foundation  on  which 
it  was  built,  and  the  method  which  its  builders  one 

1  Torah,  literally  '  Teaching.'  The  usual  translation  'Law '  is  too  narrow- 
in  its  meaning.  Torah  denotes  the  whole  of  what,  according  to  Jewish  belief, 
was  divinely  revealed  to  man.  As  the  Pentateuch  contained  the  record  of 
that  revelation,  the  Torah  denotes  the  whole  contents  of  the  Pentateuch, 
whether  narrative  or  precept ;  and  further,  it  includes  not  merely  the  written 
contents  of  the  Pentateuch,  but  also  the  unwritten  Tradition,  the  so-called 
Oral  Law,  which  finally  took  shape  in  the  Talmud. 

2  There  is  a  gap  between  Antigonos  and  the  first  Pair,  as  is  pointed  out  by 
Strack  in  his  edition  of  the  Pirqe  Aboth,  1882,  p.  9.  The  Pairs  of  teachers 
are  technically  known  as  Zugoth  (niJIT). 


INTRODUCTION  3 

and  all  adopted.     The  foundation  is  the  Decalogue, 
and  the  method  is  Tradition. 

The  foundation  is  the  Decalogue.  More  exactly, 
it  is  the  famous  declaration,  Hear,  O  Israel,  the 
Lord  our  God,  the  Lord  is  One ;  and  thou  shalt  love 
the  Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all 
thy  soul,  and  with  all  thy  might  (Deut.  vi.  4,  5),  a 
declaration  enshrined  in  the  Jewish  liturgy  as  the 
very  soul  of  Judaism.1  The  Rabbinical  literature  is 
an  attempt  to  furnish  a  complete  answer  to  the  ques- 
tion, "  How  shall  a  man  love  the  Lord  his  God  with  all 
his  heart  and  soul  and  might?"  And  even  those 
Rabbinical  writings  which  seem  to  have  least  reference 
to  this  main  subject  are  dependent  on  it  to  this 
extent,  that  they  would  not  have  been  written  unless 
there  had  been  in  the  minds  of  their  authors  the  con- 
sciousness of  this  great  fundamental  principle. 

The  links  in  the  chain  of  development  are  easily  dis- 
tinguished, according  to  the  Rabbinical  theory.  Upon 
the  Decalogue  (of  which  the  Shema'  is  the  summary) 
rests  the  Pentateuch.  The  Ten  Commandments 
were  expanded  into  greater  detail ;  and  the  historical 
and  legendary  parts,  as  we  should  call  them,  were 
included,  or  rather  were  expressly  written  with  the 
same  object  as  the  legal  parts,  viz.,  for  instruction  in 
the  right  conduct  of  life.  Moses  was  regarded  as  the 
author  of  the  whole,  unless  with  the  exception  of  the 
last  eight  verses  of  Deut.  (b.  B.  Bathr.  14b).2 

Upon   the   Pentateuch   rested   the   whole   of    the 

1  It  is  known  as  the  Shema\  from  its  first  word  in  Hebrew.  The  Shema', 
as  recited,  includes  some  other  texts. 

2  See  the  Talmudic  theory  of  the  authorship  of  Scripture  in  Traditio 
Rabbinorum  Veterrima  de  Librorum  V.  Test*1  ordine  atq.  origine  illustrata  a 
Gustavo  Arminio  Marx.  Theol.  licentiato.     Lipsise,  1884. 


4  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

other  scriptures,  according  to  the  Rabbinical  theory. 
That  is  to  say,  they  were  to  be  interpreted  in  confor- 
mity with  the  Pentateuch,  or  rather  with  the  Torah, 
or  Teaching,  of  which  the  Pentateuch  was  the  written 
expression.  The  Rabbis  held  that  the  Torah,  or 
teaching,  which  Moses  was  commissioned  to  give  to 
Israel,  was  partly  written  and  partly  oral.  It  is  the 
written  Torah  which  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch,  and 
developed  in  the  other  scriptures.  The  oral  Teaching 
was  said  to  have  been  handed  down,  from  one  genera- 
tion to  another,  as  the  key  to  the  interpretation  of  the 
written  Teaching.  That  the  Pentateuch  was  regarded 
as  the  standard  to  which  the  other  scriptures  must 
conform  is  shown  by  the  well-known  discussion  as  to 
whether  the  books  of  Ezekiel  and  Ecclesiastes  were 
to  be  included  in  the  Canon.  The  reason  alleged 
against  them  was  that  they  contradicted  the  Torah ; 
and  it  was  only  after  this  contradiction  had  been 
explained  away  that  they  were  recognised  as  canonical 
(b.  Shabb.  13b,  30b).  What  may  be  the  value  of  this 
statement  for  the  critical  history  of  the  O.T.  Canon 
is  a  question  which  does  not  arise  here. 

The  Rabbinical  theory  thus  regarded  the  O.T. 
scriptures  as  a  body  of  instructions  based  upon  the 
Torah  of  Moses ;  and  when  it  is  said,  in  the  passage 
above  referred  to,  that  the  prophets  delivered  the 
Torah  to  the  Men  of  the  Great  Synagogue,  this 
probably  means  that  the  Rabbis  traced  their  own 
system  to  Ezra  and  Nehemiah,  and  thus  could  regard 
it  as  the  continuation  of  the  Teaching  handed  down 
by  the  Prophets  from  Moses  himself.  It  is  certain 
that  they  did  thus  regard  it,  even  to  the  extent  of 
believing  that  the  whole  of  the  Oral  Law  was  given 


INTRODUCTION  5 

to  Moses,  and  by  him  handed  down  along  with  the 
written  Torah.  The  question  here  again  is  not  as  to 
the  historical  facts  of  the  development  of  the  Rabbin- 
ism  out  of  the  O.T.,  but  only  of  the  view  which  the 
Rabbis  themselves  held  of  the  connexion  between 
them.  And  that  view  was,  that  after  the  time  of  the 
men  of  the  Great  Synagogue,  those  whose  names  are 
recorded  as  teachers  taught  by  word  of  mouth  the 
Torah  as  it  was  now  written,  together  with  such 
interpretation  of  it — not  written,  but  handed  down — 
as  would  serve  to  apply  it  to  cases  not  distinctly 
provided  for  in  the  scriptures.  It  was,  as  always,  the 
Torah  of  Moses  that  was  taught  and  expounded  ;  and 
the  object  was,  as  always,  to  teach  men  how  they 
ought  to  "Love  the  Lord  their  God  with  all  their 
heart  and  soul  and  strength  and  might."  Historically, 
we  distinguish  between  the  prophetical  and  the  legal 
elements  in  the  contents  of  the  O.T.  The  Rabbis 
made  no  such  distinction.  In  their  religious  instruc- 
tion they  distinguished  between  *  halachah '  (precept) 
and '  haggadah  '  (edification),  terms  which  will  be  more 
fully  explained  below.  For  the  purposes  of '  halachah  ' 
they  interpreted  the  whole  of  Scripture  from  the  legal 
standpoint ;  and,  in  like  manner,  for  the  purposes  of 
'haggadah'  they  interpreted  the  whole  of  Scripture 
from  the  didactic  standpoint,  in  neither  case  making 
any  difference  between  the  several  books  of  the  O.T., 
as  legal,  historical  or  prophetic. 

On  the  legal  side,  the  task  to  which  Rabbinism, 
from  the  days  of  Ezra  to  the  closing  of  the  Talmud, 
devoted  itself  with  all  its  strength  and  ingenuity  and 
patience,  was  to  develop  a  set  of  rules  for  the  right 
conduct  of  life,  a  code  of  laws,  wherein  the  original 


6  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

teaching  of  Moses  should  be  applied  to  every  con- 
ceivable event,  act  and  duty  of  daily  life.  Histori- 
cally, the  founder  of  Jewish  Legalism  was  Ezra,  to 
whose  mind  was  ever  present  the  supreme  necessity  of 
guarding  the  national  religion  from  those  corruptions 
and  laxities  which  had  brought  about  the  exile,  and 
who  saw  no  better  protection  against  the  recurrence  of 
such  a  danger  than  an  authoritative  code,  which  should 
state — either  in  speech  or  writing — the  divine  com- 
mands which  the  Jewish  people  were  to  obey.  If  by 
the  "  Men  of  the  Great  Synagogue  "  we  are  to  under- 
stand Ezra  and  those  who  worked  on  his  lines,  with 
him  and  after  him,  then  we  can  understand  the  saying 
ascribed  to  that  ancient  assembly,  "  Make  a  hedge  for 
the  Torah"  (Aboth,  i.  1).  The  Torah  is  the  divine 
teaching  given  to  Moses  and  handed  down  by  him ; 
and  the  hedge  is  the  Legalism,  the  outward  form  of 
law  and  precept,  in  which  henceforth  it  was  to  be  pre- 
served. The  Talmud  indicates  its  view  of  the  work 
of  Ezra,  and  also  of  the  connexion  between  his  work 
and  that  of  the  Rabbis  by  saying  (b.  Succ.  27a) :  "  In 
the  beginning,  when  the  Torah  was  forgotten,  Ezra 
went  up  from  Babylon  and  founded  it;  again  it 
was  forgotten  and  Hillel  the  Babylonian1  went  up 
and  founded  it;  again  it  was  forgotten  and  Babbi 
Hija  and  his  sons  went  up  and  founded  it."     In  other 

1  Hillel  was  no  doubt  the  founder  of  Rabbinism  in  the  stricter  sense,  for  he 
introduced  the  exegetical  rules  on  which  the  Kabbinical  casuistry  is  founded. 
But  Ezra  is  the  true  founder  of  that  Legalism,  of  which  Talmudic  Rabbinism 
is  the  logical  result.  To  compare  Hillel  with  Jesus  on  the  ground  of  their 
gentleness  is  to  ignore  the  fact  that  Hillel  did  more  than  anyone  else  had 
done  to  organise  that  Tradition  of  the  Elders  which  Jesus  denounced.  In 
their  conception  of  the  form  of  religion,  Jesus  and  Hillel  stood  at  opposite 
poles  of  thought. 


INTRODUCTION  7 

words,  both  the  Legalism  of  Ezra,  and  the  Rabbinism 
of  which  Hillel  was  the  first  representative,  are  the 
outward  form  of  the  Torah,  the  divine  teaching  given 
to  Moses ;  and  in  every  detail,  every  minutest  pre- 
cept which  Rabbinical  ingenuity  developed,  there  is 
assumed  as  the  ground  of  all  the  primal  religious  duty, 
"Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy 
heart  and  soul  and  might." 

Whether  the  form  of  definite  precept  and  precise 
rule  is  the  best  adapted  to  promote  the  living  of  a 
righteous  life  is  not  here  the  question.  Right  or 
wrong,  better  or  worse,  it  is  the  form  which  the 
Rabbis  chose  for  the  expression  of  their  conception 
of  the  religious  life.  And  the  whole  system  of 
Rabbinism  is  misjudged,  unless  it  be  carefully  and 
constantly  borne  in  mind  that  it  is  all  an  expansion  of 
the  idea  of  human  service  of  God,  under  the  form  of 
precept.  What  is  usually  called  ( empty  formalism,' 
1  solemn  trifling '  and  the  like,  deserves  a  nobler  name ; 
for  it  is — -whether  mistaken  or  not — an  honest  effort 
to  apply  the  principle  of  service  of  God  to  the  smallest 
details  and  acts  of  life.  That,  in  practice,  such  a  con- 
ception of  religious  life  might  lead  to  hypocrisy  and 
formalism  is  undeniable,  and  the  Talmud  itself  is 
perfectly  well  aware  of  the  fact.  But  that  it 
necessarily  leads  to  hypocrisy,  that  it  is  impossible  on 
such  lines  to  develop  a  true  religious  life,  the  whole 
history  of  Judaism  from  the  time  of  Hillel  down- 
wards is  the  emphatic  denial.  The  great  Rabbis 
whose  work  is  preserved  in  the  Talmud  were  not 
hypocrites  or  mere  formalists,  but  men  who  fully 
realised  the  religious  meaning  of  what  was  expressed 
in  the  form  of  legal  precept  and   apparently  trivial 


8  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

regulation.  They  were  under  no  mistake  as  to  what 
it  all  meant ;  and  the  heroism  which  has  marked  the 
Jewish  people  through  all  the  tragic  history  of 
eighteen  Christian  centuries  has  found  its  divine  in- 
spiration in  the  Torah  as  the  Rabbis  interpreted  it. 
To  them  it  was  the  word  of  God,  in  all  its  fulness 
and  depth  ;  and  no  Jew  who  thoroughly  entered  into 
the  spirit  of  the  Rabbinical  conception  of  religious 
life  ever  felt  the  Torah  a  burden,  or  himself  bound 
as  by  galling  fetters.  Paul  doubtless  spoke  out  of 
the  depths  of  his  own  experience ;  but  he  does  not 
represent  the  mind  of  the  great  leaders  of  Rabbinism. 
And  the  system  of  thought  and  practice  which  bears 
that  name  is  unfairly  judged  if  it  is  condemned  on  the 
witness  of  its  most  determined  enemies.  Judged  on 
its  own  merits,  and  by  the  lives  and  words  of  its  own 
exponents  and  defenders,  it  is  a  consistent  and  logical 
endeavour  to  work  out  a  complete  guide  to  the  living 
of  a  perfect  life,  and  whatever  verdict  may  be  passed 
upon  that  endeavour,  the  right  word  is  not  failure. 

The  foundation,  then,  of  Rabbinism  is  the  precept, 
Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy 
heart  and  all  thy  soul  and  all  thy  might.  The 
method  is  tradition.  This  is  indicated  by  the  names 
which  the  Rabbis  themselves  gave  to  the  mass  of 
religious  precept  which  they  taught,  viz.,  Massoreth 
(jtodd),  and  less  frequently  Qabbala.1     The  same  fact 

1  Massoreth,  or  Massorah,  from  "1DD  to  hand  over,  deliver  ;  more  fully, 
D^pTH  'D,  vapd$o<Tis  rwv  irpeff&vTepav  (Mark  vii.  5).  Qabbala,  from  ^3p  to 
receive,  cp.  Mark,  ib.  4,  &  ira.p4\a&ov  Kparw,  which  they  have  received 
to  hold.  The  term  Massorah  is  also  used  in  a  special  sense  to  designate  the 
apparatus  criticus  devised  by  the  Jewish  Grammarians  for  the  fixing  of  the 
text  of  Scripture.  The  term  Qabbala  likewise  has  a  specialised  meaning 
when  used  to  denote  the  system  of  Theosophy  or  secret  doctrine,  set  forth 
in  the  books  '  Jetzirah '  and  '  Zohar.' 


INTRODUCTION  9 

is  shown  by  the  formula  to  be  found  on  every  page 
of  the  Talmud,  in  which  a  precept  is  expressed, 
"  Rabbi  A.  says,  in  the  name  of  Rabbi  B,"  or,  "  Rabbi 
A.  says  that  Rabbi  B.  says  that  Rabbi  C.  says,  etc." 
Some  authority  must  confirm  the  dictum  of  every 
teacher,  the  authority,  viz.,  of  some  previous  teacher, 
or  else  the  authority  of  the  Torah  interpreted  accord- 
ing to  some  recognised  rule.  No  teacher  could  base 
his  teaching  merely  on  his  own  authority;  and  the 
fact  that  Jesus  did  this,  was  no  doubt  one  of  the 
grievances  against  him  on  the  part  of  the  Jews. 
Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  said  to  them  of  old  time 
.  .  .  .  but  I  say  unto  you,  etc.  (Matt.  v.  21,  22), 
implies  the  disavowal  of  the  Rabbinical  method  ;  and 
the  statement  (Matt.  vii.  28,  29)  that  Jesus  taught 
them  as  one  having  authority  and  not  as  their  scribes, 
was  certainly  cause  sufficient  that  the  people  should 
be  astonished  at  his  teaching,  and  that  the  scribes 
should  be  incensed  and  alarmed. 

The  question  naturally  arises  here,  How  could  new 
teaching  find  a  place  where,  in  theory,  nothing  was 
valid  unless  it  had  been  handed  down?  That  new 
teaching  did  find  a  place  is  evident,  if  only  from  the 
fact  that  the  modest  volume  of  the  O.T.  was  ex- 
panded into  the  enormous  bulk  of  the  Talmud,  to  say 
nothing  of  the  Midrash ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  principle  of  receiving  only  what  rested  on  the 
authority  of  tradition  was  jealously  upheld  and 
resolutely  enforced.  For  want  of  a  clear  understanding 
of  the  relation  between  the  new  and  the  old  in 
Rabbinism,  that  system  has  been  condemned  as  a 
rigid  formalism,  crushing  with  the  dead  weight  of 
antiquity  the  living  forces  of  the  soul,  and  preventing 


10  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

all  growth  and  expansion  of  thought.  It  is  doubt- 
less true  that  the  letter  killeth  but  the  spirit  giveth 
life;  but  the  truth  of  that  great  saying  is  not  the 
condemnation  of  Rabbinism,  any  more  than  it  is  of 
Christianity  j  and  it  might  have  been  spoken  with  no 
less  right  by  Aqiba  than  by  Paul,  for  the  one,  no  less 
than  the  other,  was  an  originator  within  the  lines  of 
his  own  form  of  religious  thought. 

The  answer  to  the  question,  '  How  could  new  teach- 
ing find  a  place  in  a  system  based  exclusively  on 
tradition '  ?  admits  of  a  simple  statement.  The  Torah 
as  given  to  Moses,  and  by  him  handed  down,  was 
regarded  as  containing  the  whole  of  divine  truth,  not 
merely  so  much  as  might  at  any  given  time  have 
been  discerned,  but  all  that  in  all  future  ages  might 
be  brought  to  light.  This  divine  truth  was  partly 
explicit,  partly  implicit.  That  which  was  explicit 
was  stated  in  Scripture,  more  particularly  in  the 
Mosaic  laws,  and  also  in  that  oral  tradition  which 
furnished  the  interpretation  and  application  of  the 
Scripture.  That  which  was  implicit  was  the  further, 
as  yet  undiscovered,  meaning  contained  in  the  Torah. 
And  the  whole  task  of  Rabbinism  was  to  render  that 
explicit  which  had  been  implicit,  to  discover  and  un- 
fold more  and  more  of  the  divine  truth  contained  in 
the  Torah,  so  as  to  make  it  available  for  the  perfecting 
of  the  religious  life.  When,  therefore,  a  Rabbi  taught 
some  new  application  of  a  religious  precept,  what 
was  new  was  the  application ;  the  precept  was  old.1 
He   was   not    adding    to    the    Torah,    but   showing 

1  This  is  clearly  stated  in  the  Talmud  (j.  Hag.  i.  8.  76c)  :  "  Even  that 
which  an  acute  disciple  shall  teach  in  the  presence  of  his  Rabbi  has  already 
been  said  to  Moses  on  Sinai." 


INTRODUCTION  11 

for  the  first  time  some  hitherto  unknown  contents 
of  it.  The  sum  total  of  Torah  was  unaltered ; 
but  part  of  it  had  been  transformed  from  implicit 
to  explicit.  Thus  a  new  teaching  could  not  but 
rest  upon  Tradition,  because  it  was  merely  the  un- 
folding into  greater  clearness  of  meaning  what  the 
Torah  had  all  along  contained.  And  it  was  only 
new,  in  so  far  as  such  and  such  a  Rabbi  had  been 
the  first  to  declare  that  development  of  the  original 
principle.  Rabbinism  never  did,  because  it  never 
could,  reach  the  logical  end  of  its  own  method  ;  but 
the  complicated  and  minute  legislation  embodied  in 
the  Talmud,  is,  on  the  Rabbinical  theory,  merely  the 
unfolding  of  what  was  contained  in  the  original  Torah 
— rendered  explicit  instead  of  implicit.  Thus  it 
appears  that  even  in  that  department  of  the  Rabbini- 
cal system  where  the  principle  of  Tradition  was  most 
strictly  maintained,  there  was  ample  room  for  the 
expansion  and  adaptation  of  the  original  principle  to 
the  varying  needs  of  practical  religious  life.  In  other 
departments,  perhaps  rather  the  other  chief  depart- 
ment of  the  Rabbinical  system,  there  was  little  or 
no  attempt  at  restraint  upon  individual  liberty  of 
teaching.  These  two  departments,  or  main  divisions 
of  Rabbinical  teaching,  are  called  respectively 
Halachah  and  Haggadah  (or  Agada,  as  it  is  often, 
though  perhaps  less  correctly,  given).1  The  distinc- 
tion between  these  two  has  often  been  explained  ; 
but  a  few  words  upon  them  here  may  serve  to  bring 
out  a  fact  which  has  not  always  been  duly  recognised. 
Halachah   (from   ~\bn   to   go)  denotes   that   which   is 

1  See  an  article  by  W.  Bacher,  "  On  the  origin  of  the  word  Haggada 
(Agada),"  in  the  Jewish  Quarterly  Review,  1892,  p.  406  fol. 


12  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

recognised  as  a  valid  and  therefore  binding  law  of 
religious  practice.  The  connexion  between  this,  its 
undoubted  meaning,  and  that  of  the  root  from  which 
it  is  derived,  is  uncertain,  and  has  been  variously 
explained.  The  etymological  question  need  not  de- 
tain us  here.  Halachah  is  therefore  that  system  of 
rule  and  precept  to  which  the  religious  life  of  the  Jew 
must  conform.  The  several  rules  and  precepts,  indi- 
vidually, are  called  Hdlachoth  (plural  of  Halachah). 
The  Torah  of  Moses  was,  first  and  foremost,  Hala- 
chah ;  what  it  taught  was,  above  all  things,  how  a 
man  should  love  the  Lord  his  God  with  all  his  heart 
and  soul  and  might ;  in  other  words,  how  he  should 
serve  God  most  perfectly  (see  above,  p.  7).  The 
task  of  Rabbinism  was  to  ascertain  and  determine 
Halachah,  in  its  fullest  extent,  to  discover  the  whole 
of  what  divine  wisdom  had  decreed  for  the  guidance 
of  man.  And  it  was  in  regard  to  Halachah  that  the 
principle  of  Tradition  was  most  rigorously  upheld, 
because  it  was  above  all  things  essential  that  Hala- 
chah, the  law  of  right  conduct  binding  on  every 
Israelite,  should  be  accurately  defined  and  based 
upon  ample  authority. 

The  other  main  division  of  Rabbinical  teaching, 
known  as  Haggadah,  differed  from  Halachah  both  in 
its  object  and  its  method.  Haggadah  denotes  illus- 
trative teaching ;  and  it  includes  all  that  can  help  to 
build  up  religious  character  otherwise  than  by  the 
discipline  of  positive  command.  It  includes  theo- 
logical speculation  in  its  widest  range,  also  ethical 
instruction  and  exhortation ;  and  its  object  is  to 
throw  all  the  light  of  past  thought  and  experience 
upon  the  present   duty.     It  is   thus   the  necessary 


INTRODUCTION  13 

accompaniment  of  Halachah  ;  both  have  the  same 
general  purpose,  viz.,  to  teach  a  true  service  of  God  ; 
but  the  one  proceeds  by  way  of  direct  command,  and 
rests  upon  divine  authority,  the  other  by  way  of 
exhortation  and  explanation,  with  no  other  authority 
than  the  wisdom  and  knowledge  of  the  individual 
teacher.  This  is  said  without  forgetting  the  fact  that 
the  great  teachers  of  Haggadah  were  looked  upon 
with  the  deepest  reverence,  and  their  teaching  re- 
ceived with  great  deference.  Moreover,  the  Hagga- 
dah was  considered  to  be  contained  in  the  Scripture, 
and  to  be  deducible  thence  by  regular  rules  of  infer- 
ence. But  nevertheless  it  is  true  that  the  teaching 
and  development  of  Haggadah  was  under  no  such 
strict  restraint  as  was  required  for  Halachah.  And 
Haggadah  served  as  the  outlet  for  the  creative  ima- 
gination of  the  Rabbinical  mind,  which  could  find  no 
scope  in  the  severe  logic  of  Halachah.  The  teacher 
of  Haggadah  gave  free  rein  to  his  thought;  his 
object  was  edification,  and  he  made  use  of  everything 
— history,  legend,  anecdote,  fable,  parable,  speculation 
upon  every  subject  from  the  most  sublime  to  the 
most  trivial — which  might  serve  to  teach  some 
religious  lesson,  and  thereby  develop  religious  char- 
acter. The  Haggadist  made  no  scruple  of  altering 
not  merely  the  narrative  but  the  text  of  Scripture, 
for  the  sake  of  drawing  out  a  religious  or  moral 
lesson  ;  and  where  Scripture  was  silent,  the  Hagga- 
dist freely  invented  incidents  and  traits  of  character 
in  regard  to  Scripture  personages,  not  stopping  short 
of  the  Almighty  Himself.  Frequent  appeal  is  made 
to  the  example  of  non-biblical  Fathers  in  Israel,  and 
it  is  to  the  Haggadah  that  we  owe  nearly  all  our 


14  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

information  as  to  the  personal  character  and  life- 
history  of  the  Rabbis.  Anecdotes  and  historical 
reminiscences  abound  in  the  Haggadah,  which  is  the 
chief  reason  why  to  non- Jewish  readers  the  Haggadah 
is  so  much  more  interesting  than  the  dry  and  difficult 
Halachah.  It  is  hard  for  any  one  but  a  Jew  to 
realise  the  direct  personal  concern,  and  therefore 
intense  interest,  of  Halachic  discussions  ;  while  in 
the  Haggadah,  the  human  interest  never  fails,  nor  the 
charm — at  least  for  those  who  have  sufficient  sym- 
pathy and  insight  to  enter  into  a  form  of  thought 
widely  different  from  their  own. 

Having  thus  briefly  indicated  what  is  meant  by 
Halachah  and  Haggadah,  and  before  going  on  to 
describe  their  mutual  relation  in  the  Rabbinical 
literature,  I  pause  for  a  moment  to  draw  a  com- 
parison, or  rather  a  contrast,  between  the  develop- 
ment of  Rabbinical  and  Christian  thought.  The 
contrast  is  certainly  a  sharp  one,  yet  there  is  a  con- 
siderable likeness.  Both  have  a  Tradition  of  the 
Elders,  and  rest  a  part  of  their  teaching  upon  authority 
presumed  to  be  divine.  This  has  been  already  shown 
in  regard  to  Rabbinism.  In  regard  to  Christianity 
the  same  fact  appears  in  connexion  with  dogmatic 
theology.  What  is  of  faith  is  taught  on  the 
authority  of  creeds  or  decrees  of  councils,  or  the 
writings  of  the  Church  Fathers,  or  of  Scripture  as 
expounded  by  competent  and  accredited  interpreters. 
The  Roman  Catholic  Church  definitely  places  Tra- 
dition among  the  sources  of  the  teaching  which 
she  gives ;  and  if  Protestantism  repudiates  Tradition 
to  take  her  stand  upon  the  Bible  only,  she  never- 
theless admits  the  authority  of  ancient  expositions 


INTRODUCTION  15 

of  Scripture  and  definitions  of  faith.  Both  Rab- 
binism  and  historical  Christianity  alike  recognise 
that  to  set  forth  the  contents  of  the  word  of  God 
is  the  supreme  object  of  religious  thought ;  and 
they  have  jealously  guarded  the  Torah,  or  the  True 
Faith,  from  the  interference  of  unauthorised  ex- 
ponents. The  verbal  expression  is  different  in  the 
two  cases,  as  the  matter  of  thought  is  different ;  but 
in  both  the  liberty  of  individual  opinion  was  con- 
fined within  strict  and  definite  limits,  and  to  overstep 
those  limits  was  in  each  case  heresy. 

In  like  manner  both  Rabbinism  and  Christianity 
have  a  department  of  religious  teaching  where  no 
restraint  is  put  upon  the  freedom  of  the  individual 
to  hold  and  teach  his  own  opinions,  whatever  they 
might  be.  In  Rabbinism  this  is  Haggadah ;  in 
Christianity  it  is  all  that  helps  to  the  right  conduct 
of  life,  moral  teaching,  encouragement  to  good  works, 
and  the  like.  There  is  in  regard  to  these  subjects 
nothing  to  prevent  the  Christian  teacher  from  teach- 
ing out  of  his  own  heart  and  conscience  whatever 
seems  good  and  right.  And  while  the  great 
Christian  teachers,  in  this  department,  are  deeply 
reverenced,  and  their  teaching  received  with  the 
deference  due  to  their  wisdom  and  experience,  there 
is  no  such  authority  attaching  to  their  words  as 
there  is  in  the  case  of  those  who  have  helped  to 
define  the  Faith.  Their  teaching  is  "  not  to  establish 
any  doctrine,  but  for  example  of  life  and  instruction 
of  manners,"  and  no  heresy  is  implied  by  divergence 
of  opinion. 

While  there  is  thus  a  considerable  likeness  be- 
tween   Rabbinical    Judaism    and    historical     Chris- 


16  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

tianity,  in  regard  to  both  principle  and  method,  the 
contrast  between  them  is  the  more  striking  from  the 
fact  that  each  system  applies  restriction  to  what  the 
other  leaves  free,  and  each  allows  liberty  where  the 
other  imposes  restraint.  Rabbinism  prescribes  what 
a  man  shall  do,  and  defines  his  service  of  God  in 
precise  rules,  while  it  leaves  him  perfectly  unfettered 
in  regard  to  what  he  shall  believe.  Such  a  thing 
as  a  doctrinal  creed  is  foreign  to  Rabbinism— 
Maimonides  notwithstanding.  Historical  Chris- 
tianity prescribes  what  a  man  shall  believe,  and 
defines  the  True  Faith  in  precise  creeds;  while  it 
leaves  him  perfectly  unfettered  in  regard  to  what  he 
should  do—  unfettered,  that  is,  except  by  his  own 
conscience.  Christianity  never  set  up  a  moral  creed  ; 
she  did  not  make  sin  a  heresy,  but  heresy  a  sin. 
To  sum  up  this  comparison  in  a  single  sentence, 
while  historical  Christianity  is  based  on  the  con- 
ception of  orthodox,  Rabbinism  rests  on  the  con- 
ception of  what  I  venture  to  call  orthopraxy.  The 
one  insists  on  Faith,  and  gives  liberty  of  Works  ;  the 
other  insists  on  Works,  and  gives  liberty  of  Faith. 

It  would  be  interesting  and  instructive  to  pursue 
this  line  of  thought  still  further,  and  endeavour  to 
form  an  estimate  of  the  comparative  value  of  the 
two  contrasted  systems  as  theories  of  religious  life. 
I  refrain  from  doing  so,  however,  as  my  purpose  in 
making  the  comparison  has  been  sufficiently  attained 
if  I  have  succeeded  in  explaining  and  illustrating  the 
answer  of  Rabbinism  to  the  two  great  questions 
of  Duty  and  Belief.  That  answer  is  given  in  the 
Halachah  and  Haggadah  respectively;  and  I  go  on 
to  show  how  these  two  elements  are  combined  and 


INTRODUCTION  17 

distinguished  in  the  Rabbinical  literature.  For  this 
purpose  I  will  briefly  refer  to  the  chief  representa- 
tive works  of  that  literature. 

Pre-eminent  among  them  all  stands  the  Talmud ; 
and  after  what  has  been  already  said,  it  will  not  be 
difficult  to  explain  the  general  nature  of  this  colossal 
work.  Bearing  in  mind  that  the  main  task  of 
Rabbinism  was  to  ascertain  and  define  Halachah,  it 
will  be  evident  that  in  the  course  of  years,  and  by 
the  labours  of  many  contemporary  and  successive 
Rabbis,  a  large  number  of  decisions  upon  questions 
of  Halachah  gradually  accumulated.  Some  of  these, 
dating  from  far  -  off  antiquity,  were  undisputed ; 
others  were  subjected  to  keen  examination  and 
scrutiny  before  being  pronounced  to  be  really 
Halachah.  But,  while  many  decisions  were  rejected, 
for  want  of  a  sufficient  basis  of  authority,  the 
number  of  those  that  were  accepted  increased  with 
every  generation  of  teachers.  More  than  once, 
during  the  first  two  centuries  of  our  era,  attempts 
were  made  to  codify  and  arrange  the  growing  mass 
of  Halachah,  the  confusion  of  which  was  increased 
by  the  fact  that  the  whole  was  carried  in  the  memory 
alone,  not  put  down  in  writing.  The  work  of  codifi- 
cation, attempted  by  Aqiba  and  others,  was  finally 
completed  by  Rabbi  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh  (the  Holy), 
usually  known  as  Rabbi  par  excellence;  and  the 
collection  which  he  formed  is  known  as  the  Mishnah. 
The  date  of  its  completion  is  usually  given  as  220 
a.d.,  or  thereabouts.  Mishnah  denotes  both  'teach- 
ing '  and  '  repetition ' ;  and  the  work  so  called  pro- 
fessed to  be  the  repetition,  in  enlarged  form,  of  the 

Torah  of  Moses.     The  Mishnah  is  a  collection  of 

2 


18  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Halachoth — presumably  of  all  the  Halachoth  whose 
validity  was  recognised  so  far  as  known  to  the 
compiler;  and  it  deals  with  every  department  of 
practical  conduct.  Under  six  main  divisions 
('Sgdarim,'  or  orders),  and  sixty -three  treatises 
('  Massichtoth '),  the  duties  of  the  faithful  Israelite 
are  set  forth,  as  positive  or  negative  commands.  But 
the  Mishnah  contains  Haggadah  as  well  as  Halachah. 
Along  with  the  precepts,  and  the  discussions  in 
which  they  were  defined,  there  are  illustrative  and 
explanatory  notes,  historical  and  personal  remini- 
scences, designed  to  show  the  purpose  or  explain 
the  meaning  of  some  decision.  These  are  Haggadah  ; 
and  they  occur  in  the  midst  of  Halachah,  with  not 
the  slightest  mark  to  distinguish  the  one  from  the 
other.  The  amount  of  Haggadah  in  the  Mishnah, 
however,  is  not  great  compared  with  that  of 
Halachah.  And,  in  consequence,  while  the  Mishnah 
is  easier  to  read  than  the  Gemara  in  point  of 
language,  it  is  far  less  interesting  owing  to  the 
scantiness  of  the  human  element  provided  in  the 
Haggadah. 

As  above  stated,  the  Mishnah  was  completed 
somewhere  about  the  year  220  a.d.  ;  and  though 
at  first  it  only  existed  as  oral  teaching,  it  appears  to 
have  been  very  soon  written  down.  From  hence- 
forth it  was  the  standard  collection  of  Halachoth, 
though  other  collections  existed  of  which  mention 
will  be  presently  made.  As  the  standard  collection 
of  Halachoth,  it  naturally  became  in  its  turn 
the  subject  of  study,  since  many  of  its  precepts 
were  of  uncertain  meaning.  To  mention  only  one 
reason  for  this,  the  destruction  of  the  Temple,  and 


INTRODUCTION  19 

the  consequent  cessation  of  all  the  ritual  and  cere- 
monial of  worship,  reduced  the  precepts  connected 
therewith  to  a  branch  of  archaeology;  while  on  the 
other  hand,  it  increased  the  need  of  defining  with 
the  utmost  precision  the  right  practice  in  those 
matters,  so  that  it  might  not  be  forgotten  if  ever  the 
time  should  come  for  the  resumption  of  the  Temple 
services.  And,  if  some  are  inclined  to  think  lightly 
of  the  time  and  thought  spent  upon  questions  which 
could  have  no  practical  outcome  for  those  who  de- 
bated them,  there  is  still  a  pathetic  and  even  a  heroic 
aspect  in  the  toil  which  preserved  a  sacred  memory 
so  that  it  might  keep  alive  a  no  less  sacred  hope. 

The  Mishnah,  then,  became  in  its  turn  the  subject 
of  commentary,  interpretation  and  expansion.  The 
name  given  to  this  superadded  commentary  is 
Gemara,  which  means  'completion.'  But,  whereas 
there  is  only  one  Mishnah,  there  are  two  Gemaras. 
The  Mishnah  was  studied  not  only  in  the  schools  of 
Palestine,  but  also  in  those  of  Babylonia.  And  by 
the  labours  of  these  two  groups  of  teachers  there  was 
developed  a  Palestinian  Gemara  and  a  Babylonian 
Gemara.  In  course  of  time  the  same  need  for 
codification  of  the  growing  mass  of  Tradition  began 
to  be  felt  in  regard  to  the  Gemaras  which  had 
previously  led  to  the  formation  of  the  Mishnah. 
The  Gemara  of  Palestine  was  ended, — not  com- 
pleted,— towards  the  close  of  the  fourth  century; 
while  it  was  not  until  the  sixth  century  that  the 
Gemara  of  Babylonia  was  reduced  to  the  form  in 
which  we  now  have  it.  The  name  Talmud  is  given 
to  the  whole  corpus  of  Mishnah  plus  Gemara;  and 
thus  it  is  usual  to  distinguish  between  the  Palestinian 


20  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Talmud  (otherwise  known  as  the  Talmud  of  Jeru- 
salem) and  the  Babylonian  Talmud.1 

To  give  any  account  of  the  multifarious  contents 
of  either  Talmud,  even  of  that  of  Jerusalem,  which 
is  much  shorter  and  simpler  than  that  of  Babylon, 
would  be  a  work  of  great  length  and  difficulty,  al- 
most amounting  indeed  to  a  translation  of  the  huge 
work  with  the  commentaries  upon  it.  Briefly,  it 
consists  (in  both  Talmuds)  of  a  series  of  discussions 
upon  the  several  Halachoth  contained  in  the  Mish- 
nah.  In  the  course  of  these  discussions,  all  manner 
of  digressions  interrupt  the  argument,  —  personal 
anecdotes,  speculations  upon  points  of  theology  or 
philosophy,  fragments  of  history,  scraps  of  science, 
folklore,  travellers'  tales — in  short,  anything  and 
everything  that  could  be  supposed  to  have  even  the 
remotest  connection  with  the  subject  under  discussion 
are  brought  in,  to  the  grievous  perplexity  of  the 
reader.  To  add  to  the  difficulty,  this  chaotic  mass 
is  printed  in  an  unpointed  text,  with  no  stops  except 
at  the  end  of  a  paragraph,  and  no  sort  of  mark  to 
distinguish  the  various  elements  one  from  the  other. 
And,  finally,  the  language  of  the  two  Gemaras  (based 

1  The  Hebrew  names  are  '  Talmud  Jerushalmi,'  and  CT.  Babli'  re- 
spectively. I  do  not  know  why  the  former  is  called  T.  Jerushalmi; 
because,  of  the  various  schools  in  which  it  was  developed,  probably  none, 
certainly  none  of  any  importance,  had  its  seat  in  Jerusalem.  It  is  usually 
understood  that  residence  in  Jerusalem  was  forbidden  to  Jews  after  the 
last  war,  in  135  a.d.  Yet  it  is  stated  (b.  Pes.  113a)  that  K.  Johanan,  one 
of  the  founders  of  the  Palestinian  Gemara,  cited  a  tradition  "  in  the  name 
of  the  men  of  Jerusalem."  On  the  whole,  however,  it  seems  to  me  most 
probable  that  the  Palestinian  Talmud  was  merely  called  after  the  name  of 
the  capital  city,  as  indeed  the  T.  Babli  may  be  said  to  have  been  called  after 
the  name  of  the  capital  city  of  the  land  where  the  chief  Rabbinical  schools 
of  the  East  nourished  for  centuries. 


INTRODUCTION  91 

upon  eastern  and  western  Aramaic  respectively)  is 
far  more  difficult  than  that  of  the  Mishnah,  being, 
as  it  is,  concise  to  a  degree  that  Thucydides  might 
have  envied,  and  Tacitus  striven  in  vain  to  imitate. 
It  is  full  of  technical  terms  and  foreign  words,  which 
are  the  despair  of  the  reader  who  knows  only  his 
Hebrew  Bible.  Yet  there  is  order  and  method  even 
in  the  Talmud,  and  it  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose 
that  its  contents  may  be  treated  as  a  series  of  un- 
connected sentences,  whose  meaning  is  clear  apart 
from  their  context,  and  without  reference  to  the 
deep  underlying  principles  which  give  vitality  to 
the  whole.  The  passages  which  will  presently  be 
cited  from  the  Talmud  may  serve  as  illustrations  of 
what  has  been  said,  so  far  as  mere  translations,  how- 
ever literal,  can  represent  an  original  text  so  peculiar 
and  so  bizarre ;  and,  in  presenting  them  apart  from 
their  context,  I  trust  I  have  not  been  unmindful  of 
the  caution  just  given. 

The  twofold  Talmud  is  by  far  the  most  important 
work  of  the  early  Rabbinical  literature.  Yet  there 
are  others,  dating  from  the  same  centuries,  which 
can  by  no  means  be  passed  by  unnoticed.  It  was 
stated  above  that  the  Mishnah  was  not  the  only 
collection  of  Halachoth,  though  it  was  adopted  as 
the  standard.  To  say  nothing  of  the  fact  that  the 
Gemaras  contain  many  Halachoth  not  included  in 
the  Mishnah  (hence  called  '  Baraitha,'  i.e.  external), 
there  exists  at  least  one  independent  collection  of 
Halachoth,  as  a  sort  of  rival  to  the  Mishnah.  This 
is  known  as  Tosephta,  a  name  which  means  '  addition ' 
or  ■  supplement,'  as  if  it  had  been  intended  merely  to 
supply  what  was  wanting  in  the  standard  work.     Yet 


22  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

it  is  not  improbable  that  the  existing  Mishnah  and 
the  existing  Tosephta  are  only  two  out  of  many 
contemporary  collections  great  or  small,  two  com- 
pilations founded  upon  the  works  of  many  previous 
teachers,  and  that  of  these  two,  "  one  was  taken  and 
the  other  left."  The  two  collections  might  almost 
have  exchanged  names,  so  that  what  is  now  known 
as  the  Mishnah  might  conceivably  have  come  to  be 
looked  upon  as  Tosephta  to  the  other.  And,  al- 
though the  one  enjoys  a  sort  of  canonical  authority 
not  recognised  in  the  other,  yet  for  historical  pur- 
poses they  are  both  of  equal  value,  since  both  con- 
tain traditions  dating  from  the  earliest  centuries  of 
the  common  era.  The  contents  of  Tosephta  are, 
as  will*  have  appeared  above,  mainly  Halachah ;  but 
Haggadah  also  is  found,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Mish- 
nah, and  in  greater  abundance. 

The  works  above  described,  viz.,  Mishnah,  Gemaras, 
and  Tosephta,  have  for  their  common  purpose  the 
development  and  definition  of  Halachah  as  the  rule 
for  the  right  conduct  of  life,  the  expansion  into 
minute  detail  of  the  principle,  Thou  shalt  love  the 
Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart  and  soul  and 
strength.  But  the  Rabbinical  literature  includes 
another  very  extensive  class  of  works,  in  which  the 
same  principle  is  dealt  with  in  a  somewhat  different 
manner.  The  generic  name  for  works  of  this  class  is 
'  Midrash,'  i.e.  exposition ;  and  the  common  character- 
istic of  them  all  is  that  they  are  free  commentaries 
upon  books  or  portions  of  books  of  the  O.T. 
Perhaps  commentary  is  hardly  the  right  word;  for 
the  Midrash  does  not  profess  to  explain  every  point 
of  difficulty  in  the  text  with  which  it  deals,  and,  as 


INTRODUCTION  23 

a  rule,  it  makes  no  reference  to  grammatical  and 
linguistic  questions.  The  purpose  of  the  Midrash 
is  to  expound  the  Scriptures  with  a  view  to  edifica- 
tion and  instruction,  from  the  standpoint  not  of  the 
scholar  but  of  the  preacher.  And  probably  the  con- 
tents of  the  various  Midrashim  are  collected  extracts 
from  the  sermons,  as  we  might  call  them,  of  the 
Rabbis  to  their  hearers,  either  in  the  synagogues  or 
the  schools.  The  general  plan  of  a  Midrash  is  to 
take  a  book  or  selected  passages  of  a  book  of 
the  O.T.,  and  to  arrange  under  each  separate 
verse  in  order  the  expositions  of  several  Rabbis. 
The  connexion  between  the  text  and  the  exposition 
is  often  very  slight ;  and,  just  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Gemaras,  digressions  are  frequent,  as  opportunity 
offers  for  bringing  in  some  interesting  but  irrelevant 
topic.  The  method  of  Tradition  is  followed  in  the 
Midrash,  though  not  with  the  same  strictness  as  in 
the  Talmud.  Most  of  the  expository  notes  are 
given  in  the  name  of  some  Rabbi,  and  of  course  the 
whole  body  of  Midrash  is  now  Tradition.  But  a 
good  deal  of  the  contents  of  many  Midrashim  is 
anonymous,  and  therefore  presumably  due  to  the 
compiler.  In  no  instance  in  the  Rabbinical  litera- 
ture can  we  say  that  any  individual  Rabbi  is  the 
author  of  such  and  such  a  work ;  at  most  he  is  the 
editor.  But  a  nearer  approach  is  made  to  individual 
authorship  in  the  Midrash  than  in  the  Talmudic 
literature. 

Midrash,  then,  is  homiletic  exposition  of  Scripture. 
And  it  will  be  seen  from  what  has  been  said  above, 
that  the  distinction  between  Halachah  and  Haggadah 
is   applicable  no  less  to   the   Midrash  than  to  the 


U  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

Talmud.  That  is  to  say,  there  can  be  Midrash 
whose  chief  purpose  is  to  connect  Halachah  with 
Scripture,  and  again  Midrash  which  chiefly  aims  at 
connecting  Haggadah  with  Scripture.  Of  these  two 
classes,  the  Halachic  Midrashim  are  the  more 
ancient,  the  Haggadic  by  far  the  more  numerous. 
Of  the  Halachic  Midrashim,  the  chief  works  are 
Siphra,  on  the  book  of  Leviticus;  Siphri,  on 
Numbers  and  Deuteronomy ;  and  Mechilta,  upon 
parts  of  Exodus.  These  were  compiled,  according 
to  Zunz,  at  a  later  date  than  the  Mishnah,  but 
contain  in  part  older  material.  And  while  they  do 
not  exclude  Haggadah,  where  the  text  suggests  it, 
they  are  prevailingly  Halachic,  since  a  great  part 
of  the  text  dealt  with  is  concerned  with  the  cere- 
monial law.  Siphra  and  Siphri  are  frequently  made 
use  of  in  the  Talmud.1 

The  Haggadic  Midrashim  are  very  numerous,  and 
the  period  of  their  production  covers  several  cen- 
turies. Even  the  earliest  of  them  is  much  later 
as  regards  date  of  compilation  than  the  earliest 
Halachic  Midrash.  There  is  more  need,  on  this 
account,  of  caution  in  using  their  statements  as 
historical  evidence.  Yet,  since  those  statements  rest 
on  tradition,  and  refer  to  many  well-known  names, 
there  seems  no  reason  why  they  should — other 
reasons  apart — be  denied  all  historical  value.  I  have 
therefore  made  use  of  what  the  Midrash  offered  for 
my  purpose,  with,  I  trust,  due  critical  caution.  Of  the 
Haggadic  Midrashim,  the  most  important  in  point 
of  extent  is  the  so-called  Midrash  Rabbah  (or  M. 
Rabboth),    a    collection    of   expositions     upon    the 

1  See  Zunz,  "  Gottesd.  Vortr.  d.  Juden,"  pp.  46-48. 


INTRODUCTION  25 

Pentateuch  and  the  five  Megilloth  (i.e.  Ruth,  Esther, 
Lamentations,  Song  of  Songs,  and  Ecclesiastes). 
The  ten  Midrashim  are  of  very  various  date,  and 
were  not  gathered  into  one  great  collection  till  as 
late  as  the  thirteenth  century.  Other  Midrashim,  of 
similar  character,  are  Tanhuma,  or  Jelam'denu,  on 
the  Pentateuch,  Pesiqta  on  selected  passages,  and 
Jalqut  Shim'oni  on  the  whole  of  the  O.T., 
being  a  vast  collection  of  extracts  from  earlier 
Midrashim.  For  details  concerning  these  and  many 
similar  works,  I  refer  the  reader  to  the  books  of 
Zunz,  Hamburger,  and  others  mentioned  above.  My 
object  in  this  introduction  is  not  to  give  a  biblio- 
graphy of  Rabbinical  literature,  but  to  indicate  the 
general  scope  and  method  of  that  literature,  so  that 
the  reader  may  have  some  idea  of  the  sources  whence 
the  passages,  which  will  presently  be  given,  have 
been  extracted. 

It  will  now  be  possible,  as  it  is  highly  desirable, 
to  attempt  an  answer  to  the  question,  What  is 
the  value,  as  historical  evidence,  of  the  Rabbinical 
literature?  Can  any  reliance  be  placed  upon  state- 
ments found  in  works  whose  main  purpose  was  not 
to  impart  exact  knowledge  of  facts,  but  to  give 
religious  and  moral  teaching  ? 

Nothing  is  easier  than  to  pick  out  from  the 
Talmud  and  the  Midrash  statements  in  regard  to 
historical  events,  which  are  palpably  and  even 
monstrously  false,  and  that,  too,  when  the  events 
referred  to  were  not  very  far  removed  from  the 
lifetime  of  the  author  of  the  statements.  And  the 
conclusion  is  ready  to  hand,  that  if,  in  regard  to 
events  almost  within  living  memory,  such  error  was 


26  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

possible,  reliance  cannot  be  placed  upon  statements 
concerning  events  more  remote.  Yet  that  hasty 
conclusion  is  refuted  by  the  fact  that  the  statements 
referring  to  historical  events  are  sometimes  confirmed 
by  external  testimony,  such  as  the  writings  of  non- 
Jewish  historians,  and  sometimes,  when  not  directly 
confirmed,  are  still  in  accordance  with  such  external 
testimony.  No  one  would  dream  of  accepting  as 
true  all  the  historical  statements  of  the  Talmud  and 
Midrash ;  but  they  are  certainly  not  all  false.  And 
it  ought  not  to  be,  and  I  believe  is  not,  beyond  the 
power  of  a  careful  criticism,  to  distinguish  with  some 
degree  of  probability  the  historically  true  from  the 
historically  false. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  whole  of  the 
literature  under  consideration  is  a  collection  of 
Traditions.  Now,  while  such  a  method  of  retaining 
and  transmitting  knowledge  is  exposed  to  the  dangers 
of  omission,  addition,  and  alteration  in  a  greater  degree 
than  is  the  case  with  written  documents,  yet  on  the 
other  hand  the  fact  that  such  a  method  was  alone 
employed  implies  that  the  power  of  memory  was 
cultivated  and  improved  also  in  a  greater  degree 
than  is  usual  with  those  who  only  or  chiefly  make 
use  of  writing.  The  Talmud  and  Midrash  afford 
illustrations  of  both  these  propositions ;  for  while  we 
find  that  varying  forms  are  handed  down  of  one  and 
the  same  tradition,  the  difference  in  the  form  shows 
that  the  tradition  was  the  subject  of  remembrance 
in  several  minds  and  over  considerable  periods  of 
time.  It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  the 
Talmud  is  not  "a  dateless  book,"  as  it  has  been 
called,  but  that  the  main  points  in  its  chronology 


INTRODUCTION  27 

are  well  known,  being  determined  by  the  biographical 
data  of  the  leading  Rabbis.  The  researches  of 
W.  Bacher1  have  shown  beyond  dispute  that  these 
biographical  data  are,  on  the  whole,  mutually  con- 
sistent ;  and  thus  we  are  provided  with  a  firm 
foundation  on  which  to  rest  a  case  for  the  credibility 
of  the  Rabbinical  records.  If  the  whole  were  a  mere 
tissue  of  extravagant  inventions,  there  would  be  no 
such  consistency ;  and  further,  it  is  often  possible  to 
mark  where  the  historical  tradition  leaves  off  and 
the  legendary  invention  begins.  Thus,  R.  Jehoshua 
b.  Levi  is  a  perfectly  well-known  historical  figure, 
and  one  whose  name  occurs  numberless  times  in  the 
Talmud  and  Midrash ;  of  him  various  facts  are 
related  which  there  is  no  reason  to  call  in  question, 
while  in  addition  other  stories  are  told — such  as  his 
conversation  with  the  Angel  of  Death  (b.  Keth.  77b) 
— which  are  plainly  imaginary. 

In  judging,  then,  of  the  reliability,  as  historical 
evidence,  of  the  Rabbinical  records,  we  must  take  as 
our  guide,  in  the  first  instance,  the  chronology  of  the 
lives  of  the  Rabbis  themselves,  and  note  whether  their 
statements  refer  to  matters  nearly  or  quite  contem- 
porary. Thus,  when  Rabbi  A.  says  that  on  a  certain 
occasion  he  walked  with  Rabbi  B.  who  told  him 
so  and  so,  or  again,  that  when  he  was  a  boy  he  re- 
membered seeing  Rabbi  C.  who  did  so  and  so,  he  is 
presumably  speaking  of  things  well  within  his  know- 

1  "  Agada  der  Tannaiten,"  "  Ag.  der  Palestinensischen  Amoraer,"  "  Ag.  d. 
Babylonischen  Amoraer."  Bacher  is  not  the  only  scholar  who  has  dealt 
with  Rabbinical  biography  ;  but  so  far  as  I  know,  his  work  is  much  more 
thorough  and  complete  than  any  other  on  the  same  subject ;  and  I  would 
here  express  my  very  great  obligation  for  the  help  I  have  derived  from  the 
invaluable  works  I  have  named  above. 


28  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

ledge.  And  though  these  incidental  remarks  may 
refer  to  things  in  themselves  very  trivial,  yet  they 
serve  to  extend  the  region  of  credibility.  Indeed,  it 
is  perhaps  in  these  incidental  remarks  that  the  largest 
harvest  of  historical  fact  is  to  be  gathered.  Because 
they  are  usually  the  illustration,  drawn  from  the 
actual  knowledge  and  experience  of  the  teacher  who 
mentions  them,  of  the  subject  with  which  he  is 
dealing.  A  Rabbi,  especially  one  who  was  skilful 
in  Haggadah,  would  permit  himself  any  degree  of 
exaggeration  or  invention  even  in  regard  to  historical 
persons  and  events,  if  thereby  he  could  produce  a 
greater  impression.  Thus,  an  event  so  terribly  well 
known  as  the  great  war,  which  ended  with  the  death 
of  Bar  Cocheba  and  the  capture  of  Bethar  in  135  A.D., 
was  magnified  in  the  description  of  its  horrors  beyond 
all  bounds  of  possibility.  And  probably  no  one  was 
better  aware  of  the  exaggeration  than  the  Rabbi  who 
uttered  it.1  But  then  the  purpose  of  that  Rabbi 
would  be,  not  to  give  his  hearers  an  exact  account  of 
the  great  calamity,  but  to  dwell  on  the  horror  of  it, 
and  to  burn  it  in  upon  the  minds  of  the  people  as  a 
thing  never  to  be  forgotten.  Yet  there  are  many 
incidental  remarks  about  the  events  of  the  war  which 
are  free  from  such  exaggeration,  and  being  in  no  way 
improbable  in  themselves,  are  such  as  might  well 
have  been  known  to  the  relater  of  them.  The  long 
passage  b.  Gitt.  57a-58a  contains  a  variety  of  state- 
ments about  the  wars  of  Nero,  Vespasian,  and 
Hadrian ;  it  is  reported  to  a  considerable  extent  by 
R.   Johanan,  whose  informant  was    R.    Shim'on   b. 

1  Cp.  what  is  said  below,  p.  252,  as  to  Eabbinical  statements  concerning 
the  former  population  of  Palestine. 


INTRODUCTION  29 

Johai,  who  himself  took  part  in  the  last  war.  No 
one  would  dream  of  crediting  the  assertion  that  for 
seven  years  the  vineyards  in  Palestine  needed  and 
received  no  other  manure  than  the  blood  of  those 
slain  in  the  war.  But  the  story  that  young  Ishmael 
b.  Elisha  was  carried  captive  to  Rome,  and  discovered 
there  and  released,  is  in  every  way  probable.  Ishmael 
b.  Elisha  was  the  name  of  two  very  well-known 
Rabbis,  one  the  grandson  of  the  other,  and  the 
younger  being  the  contemporary  and  rival  of  Aqiba. 
Nothing  is  more  likely  than  that  stories  of  the  lives 
and  adventures  of  these  men  should  have  been  told 
amongst  their  friends  and  remembered  in  later  times. 
Such  stories  must  of  course  be  judged  on  their  own 
merits.  But  if  they  are  in  themselves  reasonable  and 
probable,  there  is  nothing  to  discredit  them  in  the 
mere  fact  that  they  are  found  in  works  like  the 
Talmud  and  Midrash,  embedded  in  a  mass  of 
Haggadic  speculation.  Neither  Talmud  nor  Midrash 
were  intended  primarily  to  teach  history;  but  from 
the  manner  of  their  origin  and  growth,  they  could 
hardly  fail  to  show  some  traces  of  contemporary 
history.  Therefore,  in  place  of  condemning  as  apo- 
cryphal all  and  sundry  of  the  allusions  to  historical 
personages  and  events  contained  in  the  Talmud  and 
Midrash,  we  may  and  ought  to  distinguish  amongst 
them.  And  perhaps  we  may  make  some  approach  to 
a  general  canon  of  criticism  on  the  subject,  if  we  say 
that  in  the  literature  referred  to,  the  obiter  dicta  are 
of  most  value  as  evidence  of  historical  fact ;  or,  in 
other  words,  there  is  more  reason  to  suspect  exaggera- 
tion or  invention  in  statements  which  appear  to  form 
part  of  the  main  line  of  the  argument,  than  in  those 


30  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

which  appear  to  be  merely  illustrative  notes,  added 
to  the  text  and  embedded  in  it.  The  purpose  of 
Haggadah  (to  which  all  these  historical  references 
belong)  is  homiletic ;  it  aims  at  building  up  religious 
and  moral  character  by  every  means  other  than  the 
discipline  of  positive  precept  (see  above,  p.  12). 
Reference  to  historical  fact  was  only  one,  and  by  no 
means  the  most  important,  form  of  Haggadah.  Since 
it  is  in  Haggadah  that  the  Rabbinical  mind  found  the 
outlet  for  its  instinct  of  speculative  inquiry,  and  the 
play  of  its  fancy  and  imagination,  as  already  explained, 
it  is  natural  to  expect  that  these  will  be  most  promi- 
nent and  most  abundant  in  Haggadic  passages  because 
most  in  accordance  with  the  genius  of  Haggadah. 
When,  accordingly,  we  find  in  the  midst  of  such 
fanciful  and  exaggerated  passages  occasional  state- 
ments which  appear  to  be  plain,  sober  matter  of  fact, 
there  is  the  more  reason  to  accept  the  latter  as  being 
historically  reliable  (at  least  intended  to  be  so), 
because  the  author  (or  narrator)  might  have  increased 
their  effect  as  illustrations  by  free  invention,  and  has 
chosen  not  to  do  so.  I  say  that  such  statements  may 
be  accepted  as  being  at  least  intended  to  be  histori- 
cally reliable.  They  must  be  judged  on  their  merits, 
and  where  possible  tested  by  such  methods  as  would 
be  applied  to  any  other  statements  professedly 
historical.  The  narrator  who  gives  them  may  have 
been  wrongly  informed,  or  may  have  incorrectly 
remembered  ;  but  my  point  is  that  in  such  statements 
he  intends  to  relate  what  he  believes  to  be  matter  of 
fact,  and  not  to  indulge  his  imagination. 

I  have  made  this  attempt  to  work  out  a  canon  of 
criticism  for  the  historical  value  of  the  Rabbinical 


INTRODUCTION  31 

literature,  because  such  a  canon  seems  to  me  to  be 
greatly  needed.  So  far  as  I  am  competent  to  judge, 
it  appears  to  me  that  Jewish  historians — as  is  only- 
natural — make  a  far  more  legitimate  and  intelligent 
use  of  the  Rabbinical  literature  for  historical  purposes 
than  is  generally  to  be  observed  in  the  writings  of 
Christian  historians  who  have  dealt  with  that  litera- 
ture. Even  in  the  works  of  Keim  and  Schurer, 
whose  scholarship  is  above  reproach,  I  do  not  remem- 
ber to  have  found  any  attempt  to  set  forth  the 
principles  on  which  they  make  use  of  the  Rabbinical 
literature  for  historical  purposes.  And  it  is  perhaps 
not  too  much  to  say  that  in  most  Christian  writings 
that  touch  upon  the  Rabbinical  literature  there  is 
little  or  no  appearance  of  any  such  principles ;  some- 
times, indeed,  there  is  a  mere  reproduction  of  state- 
ments from  previous  writers,  which  the  borrower  has 
not  verified  and  not  always  understood. 

The  principle  which  I  have  stated  above  will,  of 
course,  find  its  illustration  in  the  treatment  of  the 
passages  from  the  Rabbinical  literature  to  be  presently 
examined.  That  is  to  say,  an  attempt  will  be  made 
to  estimate  the  historical  value  of  the  statements 
contained  in  them.  But  it  should  be  observed  that 
for  historical  purposes  they  may  be  valuable  in  one 
or  both  of  two  ways.  Whether  or  not  they  establish 
the  fact  that  such  and  such  an  event  took  place,  they 
at  least  establish  the  fact  that  such  and  such  a  belief 
was  held  in  reference  to  the  alleged  event,  or  the 
person  concerned  in  it.  Thus  we  shall  find  that 
several  instances  are  mentioned  of  miracles  alleged 
to  have  been  worked  by  Jews  or  Christians.  The 
mere  statement  does  not  prove  that  these  were  actu- 


S2  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

ally  performed,  any  more  than  the  mere  state- 
ment of  the  N.T.  writers  proves  that  the  alleged 
miracles  of  Jesus  and  the  Apostles  were  actually 
performed.  But  in  the  one  case  or  in  the  other,  the 
record  of  alleged  miracles,  made  in  all  good  faith,  is 
clear  proof  of  the  belief  that  such  events  did  take 
place  and  had  taken  place. 

So  also  we  shall  find  many  instances  of  discussion 
upon  topics  chiefly  scriptural,  between  Jewish  Rabbis 
and  certain  persons  called  Minim.1  Now  the  record 
of  such  discussions  may  be,  in  a  given  case,  inaccurate ; 
but  it  is  proof  positive  of  the  belief  that  such  discus- 
sions had  actually  occurred,  and  indeed  may  be  said 
to  establish  not  merely  the  belief  but  the  fact  that 
they  had  occurred.  Therefore,  whatever  may  be  the 
amount  of  actual  historical  fact  established  by  the 
passages  from  the  Rabbinical  writings  examined  in 
the  present  work,  they  will  at  least  have  the  value 
(and  it  is  no  slight  one)  that  belongs  to  records  of 
opinion  and  belief  upon  the  subject  for  the  illustration 
of  which  they  have  been  chosen. 

To  the  consideration  of  those  passages  I  will  now 
proceed,  having  given  what  I  trust  may  be  a  sufficient, 
as  well  as  a  reliable,  explanation  of  their  nature  and 
origin.  I  merely  premise  one  word  as  to  the  classifi- 
cation of  them,  and  the  method  by  which  I  shall  deal 
with  their  contents.  The  subjects  referred  to  in  them 
are  so  various  that  an  exhaustive  classification  would 
involve  a  great  deal  of  repetition,  since  one  passage 
might  be  appropriately  placed  under  each  of  several 
heads.     This   might  be  avoided  by  arranging  them 

1  The  whole  question  of  the  interpretation  of  the  word  Minim  will  be 
dealt  with  hereafter. 


INTRODUCTION  83 

in  the  order  of  their  occurrence  in  the  Talmudic 
treatises  and  the  several  Midrashim.  But  such  an 
arrangement  would  not  afford  the  slightest  help  to 
the  reader  who  wished  to  find  what  was  said  upon 
a  given  subject,  e.g.  the  Christian  scriptures.  The 
same  objection  would  apply  to  a  chronological  classi- 
fication, according  to  which  the  passages  should  be 
arranged  under  the  dates  of  the  several  Rabbis 
responsible  for  them. 

I  have  thought  it  best  to  make  a  classification  accord- 
ing to  the  main  subject  dealt  with  in  each  passage.  I 
place  first  of  all  the  passages  referring  to  Jesus  ;  then, 
the  much  larger  group  of  those  relating  to  followers 
of  Jesus.  Each  passage  or  series  of  passages  will  have 
its  title,  indicating  the  main  subject  to  which  it  refers; 
and  an  index  of  all  the  titles  will  be  found  in  the  table 
of  contents.  Under  each  title  will  be  given  the  trans- 
lation of  one  or  more  passages,  bearing  upon  the 
particular  topic,  together  with  sufficient  commentary 
to  explain  its  meaning  and  its  connexion  with  the 
main  subject.  The  Hebrew  and  Aramaic  texts, 
numbered  consecutively  to  correspond  with  the  trans- 
lated passages,  will  be  collected  in  an  appendix. 
Following  upon  the  translations  and  commentaries, 
a  concluding  chapter  will  sum  up  the  general  results 
of  the  inquiry,  under  the  two  main  heads  of  the 
Tradition  concerning  Jesus  and  the  Tradition  concern- 
ing the  Minim. 


PASSAGES  FROM  THE  RABBINICAL 
LITERATURE, 

ILLUSTRATING  THE  RISE  AND  DEVELOPMENT  OF 
CHRISTIANITY  IN  THE  EARLY  CENTURIES 


DIVISION  I 

A.— PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS 

Birth  and  Parentage  of  Jesus 

(1)  b.  Shabbath  104b.      (The  passage  in  [  ]  occurs 
also  b.  Sanh.  67a.)     "He  who  cuts  upon  his 
flesh."     It  is  tradition  that  Rabbi  Eliezer  said 
to  the  Wise,  '  Did  not  Ben  Stada  bring  spells 
from    Egypt  in    a   cut  which  was   upon  his 
flesh?'     They  said  to  him,  'He  was  a  fool, 
and  they  do  not  bring  a  proof  from  a  fool.' 
[Ben  Stada  is  Ben  Pandira.     Rab  Hisda  said, 
'The  husband  was  Stada,  the  paramour  was 
Pandira.'       The    husband    was    Pappos    ben 
Jehudah,  the  mother  was  Stada.     The  mother 
was   Miriam  the  dresser  of  women's  hair,  as 
we  say  in  Pumbeditha,  '  Such  a  one  has  been 
false  to  her  husband.'] 
Commentary} — The    above   passage    occurs    in    a 

1  I  would  here  express  generally  my  indebtedness  to  the  work  of 
Heinrich  Laible,  "  Jesus  Christus  im  Talmud,"  Berlin,  1891.    In  the  section 

35 


36  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

discussion   upon  the  words  in  the  Mishnah  which 
forbid  all  kinds  of  writing  to  be  done  on  the  Sabbath. 
Several  kinds  are  specified,   and   among  them  the 
making  of  marks  upon  the  flesh.     The  words  at  the 
beginning  of  the  translation  are  the  text,  so  to  speak, 
of  the  Mishnah  which  is  discussed  in  what  follows. 
To  illustrate  the  practice  of  marking  or  cutting  the 
flesh,  the  compilers  of  the  Gemara  introduce  a  tradition 
(Baraitha,  not  included  in  the  Mishnah,  see  above,  p. 
21)  according  to  which  It.  Eliezer  asked  the  question, 
'  Did  not  Ben  Stada  bring  magical  spells  from  Egypt 
in  an  incision  upon  his  flesh  ? '     His  argument  was 
that  as  Ben  Stada  had  done  this,  the  practice  might  be 
allowable.     The  answer  was  that  Ben  Stada  was  a 
fool,  and  his  case  proved  nothing.     Upon  the  mention 
however  of  Ben  Stada,  a  note  is  added  to  explain  who 
that  person  was,  and  it  is  for  the  sake  of  this  note 
that  the  passage  is  quoted.     First  I  will  somewhat 
expand  the  translation,  which  I  have  made  as  bald  and 
literal  as  I  could.1 

Ben  Stada,  says  the  Gemara,  is  the  same  as  Ben 
Pandira.  Was  he  then  the  son  of  two  fathers  ?  No. 
Stada  was  the  name  of  the  husband  (of  his  mother), 
Pandira  the  name  of  her  paramour.    This  is  the  opinion 

of  my  work  relating  to  Jesus  I  have  made  constant  use  of  his  book,  and  can 
hardly  claim  to  have  done  more  than  rearrange  his  material  and  modify 
some  of  his  conclusions.  If  it  had  not  been  my  purpose  to  extend  my  own 
work  over  a  wider  field  than  that  which  he  has  so  thoroughly  explored,  I 
should  not  have  written  at  all. 

1  In  all  the  translations  which  I  shall  give,  I  shall  make  no  attempt  to 
write  elegant  English  ;  I  wish  to  keep  as  closely  as  possible  to  a  word  for 
word  rendering,  so  that  the  reader  who  does  not  understand  the  original 
text  may  have  some  idea  of  what  it  is  like,  and  what  it  really  says.  A 
flowing  translation  often  becomes  a  mere  paraphrase,  and  sometimes  seriously 
misrepresents  the  original. 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  37 

of  Rab  Hisda,a  Babylonian  teacher  of  the  third  century 
(a.d.  217-309).  But  that  cannot  be  true,  says  the 
Gemara,  because  the  husband  is  known  to  have  been 
called  Pappus  ben  Jehudah.  Stada  must  have  been 
not  the  father  but  the  mother.  But  how  can  that  be, 
because  the  mother  was  called  Miriam  the  dresser  of 
women's  hair?  Miriam  was  her  proper  name,  con- 
cludes the  Gemara,  and  Stada  a  nickname,  as  people 
say  in  Pumbeditha  S'tath  da,  she  has  gone  aside,  from 
her  husband. 

The  two  names  Ben  Stada  and  Ben  Pandira 
evidently  refer  to  the  same  person,  and  that  that 
person  is  Jesus  is  shown  clearly  by  the  fact  that  we 
sometimes  meet  with  the  full  name  'Jeshu  ben 
Pandira ' — thus  T.  Hull,  ii.  23,  "  in  the  name  of  Jeshu 
ben  Pandira "  ;  and  also  the  fact  that  '  Jeshu '  is 
sometimes  found  as  a  variant  of '  Ben  Stada '  in  parallel 
passages — thus  b.  Sanh.  43a  says,  "On  the  eve  of  Pesah 
(Passover)  they  hung  Jeshu,"  while  in  the  same 
tractate,  p.  67%  it  is  said,  "Thus  did  they  to  Ben 
Stada  in  Ltid,  they  hung  him  on  the  eve  of  Pesah. 
Ben  Stada  is  Ben  Pandira,  etc."  Then  follows  the 
same  note  of  explanation  as  in  the  passage  from 
Shabbath  which  we  are  studying.  (See  below, 
p.  79). 

There  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  the 
1  Jeshu '  who  is  variously  called  Ben  Stada  and  Ben 
Pandira  is  the  historical  Jesus,  the  founder  of 
Christianity.  It  is  true  that  the  name  Jeshu'a,  though 
not  common,  was  the  name  of  others  beside  Jesus  of 
Nazareth ;  and  even  in  the  New  Testament  (Col.  iv. 
11)  there  is  mention  of  one  Jesus  who  is  called 
Justus.       It   is    also  true    that    the  Jewish    com- 


38  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

mentators  on  the  Talmud  try  to  prove  that  another 
Jesus  is  referred  to,  who  is  described  in  various 
passages  as  having  been  contemporary  with  R. 
Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah,  about  a  century  B.C.  These 
passages  will  be  dealt  with  hereafter.1  But  when  it 
is  said,  as  in  the  passage  referred  to  above  (T.  Hull, 
ii.  23),  and  elsewhere,  that  certain  persons  professed 
to  be  able  to  heal  the  sick  in  the  name  of  "  Jeshu  ben 
Pandira,"  it  is  impossible  to  doubt  that  the  reference 
is  to  Jesus  of  Nazareth. 

Various  conjectures  have  been  made  in  explana- 
tion of  the  epithets  Ben  Stada  and  Ben  Pandira.  In 
regard  to  the  first,  the  explanation  of  the  Gemara 
that  Stada  is  a  contraction  of  S'tath  da  is  certainly 
not  the  original  one,  for  it  is  given  as  a  common 
phrase  in  use  in  Pumbeditha,  a  Babylonian  town 
where  there  was  a  famous  Rabbinical  College.  But 
the  epithet  Ben  Stada  in  reference  to  Jesus  was  well 
known  in  Palestine,  and  that  too  at  a  much  earlier 
date  than  the  time  of  R.  Hisda.  This  is  shown  by 
the  remark  of  R.  Eliezer,  who  lived  at  the  end  of  the 
first  century  and  on  into  the  second.  The  derivation 
from  S'tath  da  would  be  possible  in  Palestine  no  less 
than  in  Babylonia ;  but  it  does  not  seem  to  have  been 
suggested  in  the  former  country,  and  can  indeed  hardly 
be  considered  as  anything  more  than  a  mere  guess  at 
the  meaning  of  a  word  whose  original  significance  was 
no  longer  known.2  It  is  impossible  to  say  whether 
Stada  originally  denoted  the  mother  or  the  father  of 
Jesus  ;  we  can  only  be  sure  that  it  implied  some  con- 
tempt or  mockery.     I  attach  no  value  to  the  sug- 

1  See  below,  p.  54,  No.  8. 

2  See  below,  p.  345,  for  a  possible  explanation  of  the  name  B.  Stada. 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  39 

gestion1  that  Stada  is  made  up  of  two  Latin  words, 
'  Sta,  da,'  and  denotes  a  Roman  soldier,  one  of  the 
traditions  being  that  the  real  father  of  Jesus  was  a 
soldier. 

Of  the  term  Ben  Pandira  also  explanations  have 
been  suggested,  which  are  far  from  being  satisfactory. 
Pandira  (also  written  Pandera,  or  Pantira,  or  Pantiri) 
may,  as  Strauss  suggested  (quoted  by  Hitzig  in 
Hilgenfeld's  Ztschft,  as  above),  represent  7rev0ep6s9 
meaning  son-in-law ;  but  surely  there  is  nothing  dis- 
tinctive in  such  an  epithet  to  account  for  its  being 
specially  applied  to  Jesus.  The  name  Pandira  may 
also  represent  irdvO-qp  (less  probably  7rav6t]pa9  the  final 
d  being  the  Aramaic  article,  not  the  Greek  feminine 
ending) ;  but  what  reason  there  was  for  calling  Jesus 
the  son  of  the  Panther  is  not  clear  to  me.2  Again, 
Pandira  may  represent  wapOevcx;,  and  the  obvious 
appropriateness  of  a  name  indicating  the  alleged  birth 
of  Jesus  from  a  virgin  might  make  us  overlook  the 
improbability  that  the  form  irapOevos  should  be 
hebraized  into  the  form  Pandira,  when  the  Greek 
word  could  have  been  reproduced  almost  unchanged 
in  a  Hebrew  form.  It  is  not  clear,  moreover,  why  a 
Greek  word  should  have  been  chosen  as  an  epithet  for 

1  Hitzig  in  Hilgenfeld's  "  Ztschft.,"  1865,  p.  344  fol. 

2  I  know  that  the  name  TldvOrjp  is  mentioned  in  this  connexion  by 
Christian  writers.     Origen  (ap.  Epiphanius,  Hser.  78,  cited  by  Wagenseil) 

says,  Ovros  fiey  yap  6  laxr^cp  a.S(\<pbs  Trapayiverai  rod  K\uira.  ?jv  84  vibs  rod 
Ia/cot>)8,  iirlKKriv  5e  Udvdyjp  KaKov^iivov.      b.fi<p6npoi  ovtoi  curb  rov  UduOvpos  4riK\t}V 

ytvvwvr ai.  Origen  doubtless  knew  that  the  Jews  called  Jesus  'Ben 
Pandira ' ;  but,  as  he  does  not  explain  how  Jacob,  the  father  of  Joseph, 
came  to  be  called  udvdijp,  he  does  not  throw  any  light  on  the  meaning  of  the 
term  as  applied  to  Jesus.  And  as  there  is  no  trace  of  any  such  name  in  the 
genealogy  given  in  the  Gospels,  it  is  at  least  possible  that  the  name  Ben 
Pandira  suggested  ndvdnp,  instead  of  being  suggested  by  it. 


40  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Jesus.  I  cannot  satisfy  myself  that  any  of  the  suggested 
explanations  solve  the  problem ;  and  being  unable  to 
propose  any  other,  I  leave  the  two  names  Ben  Stada 
and  Ben  Pandira  as  relics  of  ancient  Jewish  mockery 
against  Jesus,  the  clue  to  whose  meaning  is  now  lost. 
Pappos  ben  Jehudah,  whom  the  Gemara  alleges 
to  have  been  the  husband  of  the  mother  of  Jesus, 
is  the  name  of  a  man  who  lived  a  century  after 
Jesus,  and  who  is  said  to  have  been  so  suspicious 
of  his  wife  that  he  locked  her  into  the  house 
whenever  he  went  out  (b.  Gitt.  90a).  He  was 
contemporary  with,  and  a  friend  of,  R.  Aqiba ;  and 
one  of  the  two  conflicting  opinions  concerning  the 
epoch  of  Jesus  places  him  also  in  the  time  of  Aqiba. 
Probably  this  mistaken  opinion,  together  with  the 
tradition  that  Pappos  ben  Jehudah  was  jealous  of  his 
wife,  account  for  the  mixing  up  of  his  name  with  the 
story  of  the  parentage  of  Jesus. 

The  name  Miriam  (of  which  Mary  is  the  equiva- 
lent) is  the  only  one  which  tradition  correctly  pre- 
served. And  the  curious  remark  that  she  was  a 
dresser  of  women's  hair  conceals  another  reminiscence 
of  the  Gospel  story.  For  the  words  in  the  Talmud 
are  'Miriam  m'gaddela  nashaia.'  The  second  word 
is  plainly  based  upon  the  name  '  Magdala ' ;  and 
though,  of  course,  Mary  Magdalene  was  not  the 
mother  of  Jesus,  her  name  might  easily  be  confused 
with  that  of  the  other  Mary. 

The  passage  in  the  Gemara  which  we  are  examin- 
ing shows  plainly  enough  that  only  a  very  dim  and 
confused  notion  existed  as  to  the  parentage  of  Jesus 
in  the  time  when  the  tradition  was  recorded.  It 
rests,  however,  on  some  knowledge  possessed  at  one 


PASSAGES   RELATING   TO  JESUS  41 

time  of  the  story  related  in  the  Gospels.  That  story 
undoubtedly  lays  itself  open  to  the  coarse  interpreta- 
tion put  upon  it  by  Jewish  enemies  of  Jesus,  viz., 
that  he  was  born  out  of  wedlock.  The  Talmud 
knows  that  his  mother  was  called  Miriam,  and  knows 
also  that  Miriam  (Mary)  of  Magdala  had  some  con- 
nexion with  the  story  of  his  life.  Beyond  that  it 
knows  nothing,  not  even  the  meaning  of  the  names 
by  which  it  refers  to  Jesus.  The  passage  in  the 
Talmud  under  examination  cannot  be  earlier  than  the 
beginning  of  the  fourth  century,  and  is  moreover  a 
report  of  what  was  said  in  Babylonia,  not  Palestine. 

Mary  the  Mother  of  Jesus 

(2)  b.  Hag.  4b. — When  Rab  Joseph  came  to  this 
verse  (Exod.  xxiii.  17),  he  wept,  There  is  that 
is  destroyed  without  justice  (Pro v.  xiii.  23).  He 
said,  Is  there  any  who  has  departed  before  his 
time  ?  None  but  this  [told]  of  Rab  Bibi  bar 
Abaji.  The  Angel  of  Death  was  with  him. 
The  Angel  said  to  his  messenger,  '  Go,  bring 
me  Miriam  the  dresser  of  women's  hair.'  He 
brought  him  Miriam  the  teacher  of  children. 
He  [the  Angel]  said,  '  I  told  thee  Miriam  the 
dresser  of  women's  hair.'  He  said,  '  If  so,  I 
will  take  this  one  back.'  He  said,  'Since 
thou  hast  brought  this  one,  let  her  be  among 
the  number  [of  the  dead].' 

(2a)  Tosaphoth. — "  The  Angel  of  Death  was  with 
him:  he  related  what  had  already  happened, 
for  this  about  Miriam  the  dresser  of  women's 
hair  took  place  in  [the  time  of]  the  second 


42  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

temple,  for  she  was  the  mother  of  a  certain 
person,  as  it  is  said  in  Shabbath,  p.  104." 
Commentary, — This  passage,  like  the  preceding 
one,  is  centuries  later  than  the  time  of  Jesus.  R. 
Bibi  bar  Abaji,  as  also  R.  Joseph,  belonged  to  the 
end  of  the  third  and  beginning  of  the  fourth  century, 
and  both  lived  in  Babylonia.  R.  Joseph  was  head  of 
the  college  at  Pumbeditha,  in  which  office  Abaji,  the 
father  of  Bibi,  succeeded  him.  As  the  story  is  told 
it  involves  a  monstrous  anachronism,  which  is  noted 
by  the  authors  of  the  Tosaphoth  (mediaeval  com- 
mentators on  the  Talmud).  The  compilers  of  the 
Gemara  can  scarcely  have  believed  that  Miriam,  the 
dresser  of  women's  hair,  was  still  living  in  the  time  of 
R.  Joseph  and  R.  Bibi ;  for,  as  the  preceding  passage 
shows,  she  was  thought  to  have  been  the  mother  of 
Jesus.  So  far  as  I  know,  this  is  the  only  reference  to 
the  Miriam  in  question  which  brings  down  her  life- 
time to  so  late  a  date ;  and,  if  we  do  not  accept  the 
explanation  of  the  Tosaphoth,  that  the  Angel  of 
Death  told  R.  Bibi  what  had  happened  long  ago,  we 
may  suppose  that  what  is  described  is  a  dream  of  the 
Rabbi's.  Of  the  Miriam  who,  according  to  the  story, 
was  cut  off  by  death  before  her  time,  nothing  what- 
ever is  known.  The  passage  merely  shows  that  the 
name  of  Miriam,  the  dresser  of  women's  hair,  was 
known  in  the  Babylonian  schools  at  the  end  of  the 
third  and  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century.  The 
incident  of  the  fate  of  the  two  Miriams  is  merely 
brought  in  to  illustrate  the  text  that  some  are  cut 
off  without  justice.  And  this  again  forms  part  of  a 
discussion  on  the  duty  of  appearing  three  times  in 
the  year  before  the  Lord.     This  passage  adds  nothing 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  43 

to  our  knowledge  of  the  Rabbinical  belief  concerning 
the  mother  of  Jesus  ;  it  is  only  given  because  it  refers 
to  her,  my  object  being,  as  already  explained,  to  pre- 
sent as  complete  a  series  as  I  can  of  Rabbinical 
passages  bearing  upon  Jesus  and  Christianity. 

There  is,  in  j.  Hag.  77d,  a  reference  to  a  certain 
Miriam  the  daughter  of  'Eh,  whom,  on  account  of 
the  name  (cf.  Luke  iii.  23),  one  might  be  tempted  to 
connect  with  the  story  of  Jesus ;  but  there  seems  to 
be  no  suspicion  on  the  part  of  the  Talmud  of  any 
such  connexion,  and  what  is  told  about  her  does  not 
seem  to  me  to  point  in  that  direction. 

Jesus  Alleged  to  be  a  'Mamzer'1 

(3)  M.  Jeb.  iv.    13   [b.    Gemara,   Jeb.    49b,   same 

words ;    j.    Gemara    does    not    mention    the 

passage].     Rabbi  Shim'on  ben  'Azai  said,  •  I 

have  found  a  roll  of  pedigrees  in  Jerusalem, 

and  therein  is  written  A  certain  person  spurius 

est  ex  adultera  [natus] ;  to  confirm  the  words 

of  Rabbi  Jehoshua.' 

Commentary. — This  passage  is  from  the  Mishnah, 

and  therefore  (see  Introduction)  belongs  to  the  older 

stratum  of  the  Talmud.     R.  Shim'on  ben  Azai  was 

the  contemporaiy  and  friend  of  Aqiba,  about  the  end 

of  the  first  and  beginning  of  the  second  century. 

They    were    both    disciples    of    R.    Jehoshua    ben 

Hananiah  (b.  Taan.  26a),  of  whom  frequent  mention 

will  be  made  in  these  pages.     R.  Jehoshua,  in  his 

early  life,  had  been  a  singer  in  the  Temple  (b.  Erach. 

llb),  and  his  teacher,  R.  Johanan  ben  Zaccai,  was  old 

1  "ITDD,  of  spurious  birth. 


44  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

enough  to  have  seen  and  remembered  Jesus.1  The 
Rabbis  mentioned  here  were  amongst  the  leading 
men  of  their  time,  and  on  that  account  must  have 
been  much  concerned  with  the  questions  arising  out 
of  the  growth  of  Christianity.  R.  Jehoshua  is  ex- 
pressly mentioned  as  having  been  one  of  the  chief 
defenders  of  Israel  against  the  Minim  ;  and,  whatever 
may  be  the  precise  significance  of  that  term,  it  will 
be  shown  subsequently  that  it  includes  Christians, 
though  it  may  possibly  include  others  also.  R. 
Aqiba  also  is  said  to  have  been  a  particularly  zealous 
opponent  of  the  Christians.  Indeed,  according  to 
one  of  the  two  conflicting  opinions  represented  in  the 
Talmud,  Jesus  was  actually  a  contemporary  of  Aqiba, 
an  anachronism  which  finds  its  best  explanation  in  a 
pronounced  hostility  on  the  part  of  Aqiba  towards 
the  Christians.  When,  therefore,  Shimon  b.  'Azai 
reported  that  he  had  found  a  book  of  pedigrees,  in 
which  it  was  stated  that  '  a  certain  person '  (peloni) 
was  of  spurious  birth,  it  is  certainly  probable  that  the 
reference  is  to  Jesus.  Unless  some  well-known  man 
were  intended,  there  would  be  no  point  in  referring 
to  him ;  and  unless  there  had  been  some  strong 
reason  for  avoiding  his  name,  the  name  would  have 
been  given  in  order  to  strengthen  the  argument 
founded  upon  the  case.  For  it  is  said  that  Shim'on 
ben  'Azai  made  his  statement  'in  order  to  confirm 
the  words  of  R.  Jehoshua.'  And  R.  Jehoshua  had 
laid  it  down  that  a  bastard  is  one  who  is  condemned 

1  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  John  mentioned  in  Acts  iv.  6  is  the 
same  as  Johanan  ben  Zaccai  ;  but  there  is  no  evidence  for  this  identification 
except  the  similarity  of  name.  Since  the  Kabbi  was  a  Pharisee,  it  is  not  on 
the  face  of  it  probable  that  he  should  be  "of  the  kindred  of  the  High 
Priest." 


PASSAGES   RELATING   TO   JESUS  45 

to  a  judicial  death,1  i.e.  one  born  of  a  union  which 
was  prohibited  under  penalty  of  such  a  death.  Now 
Jesus  undoubtedly  had  been  condemned  (though  not 
on  account  of  his  birth)  to  a  judicial  death,  as  the 
Talmud  recognises  (see  passages  given  subsequently, 
pp.  80,  83)  and  Shimon  ben  'Azai  brings  the  evidence 
of  the  book  which  he  had  discovered,  to  show  that  in 
the  case  of  a  notorious  person  the  penalty  of  a 
judicial  death  had  followed  upon  unlawful  birth. 

The  alleged  discovery  of  a  book  of  pedigrees  in 
Jerusalem  may  be  historical ;  for  the  Jews  were  not 
prohibited  from  entering  Jerusalem  until  the  revolt  of 
Bar  Cocheba  had  been  suppressed  by  Hadrian,  a.d. 
135,  and  ben  'Azai  was  dead  before  that  time.  What 
the  book  was  cannot  now  be  determined.  The  title, 
Book  of  Pedigrees,  is  quite  general.  It  is  worth 
noticing,  however,  that  the  present  gospel  of  Matthew 
begins  with  the  words,  The  book  of  the  genealogy  of 
Jesus  Christ.  It  is  just  possible  that  the  book  to 
which  ben  'Azai  referred  was  this  Gospel,  or  rather  an 
Aramaic  forerunner  of  it,  or  again  it  may  have  been 
a  roll  containing  one  or  other  of  the  two  pedigrees 
recorded  in  Matthew  and  Luke. 

Covert  Reference  to  Jesus 

(4)  b.  Joma.  66d.— They  asked  It.  Eliezer,  'What 
of  a  certain  person  as  regards  the  world  to 
come'?  He  said  to  them,  'Ye  have  only 
asked  me  concerning  a  certain  person.'  'What 
of  the  shepherd  saving  the  sheep  from  the 
lion '  ?     He  said  to  them,  '  Ye  have  only  asked 


46  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

me  concerning  the  sheep/    'What  of  saving 
the  shepherd  from  the  lion '  ?      He  said,  *  Ye 
have  only  asked  me  concerning  the  shepherd.' 
'What  of  a  Mamzer,  as  to  inheriting' ?     'What 
of  his  performing  the  levirate  duty '  ?     '  What 
of  his  founding  his  house '  ?      '  What  of  his 
founding  his  sepulchre '  ?     [They  asked  these 
questions]  not  because  they  differed  on  them, 
but  because  he  never  said  anything  which  he 
had  not  heard  from  his  teacher  from  of  old. 
[See  a  somewhat  similar  series  of  questions, 
T.  Jeb.  iii.  3,  4.] 
Commentary. — This  passage  is  full  of  obscurities. 
I  record  it  here  because  of  its  reference  to  'peloni,9  '  a 
certain  person,'  the  same  phrase  which  occurred  in 
the  preceding  extract.     R.  Eliezer  was  a  very  well- 
known  teacher  at  the  end  of  the  first  century ;  and 
later  on  will  be  given  a  passage  which  describes  how 
he  was  once  arrested  on  a  charge  of  heresy,  presum- 
ably  Christianity    (see   below,   p.  137).     The  words 
translated  are  a  Baraitha  (see  above,  p.  21),  i.e.  they 
belong  to  a  period  contemporary  with  the  Mishnah, 
though  they  are  not  included  in  it.     Moreover  the 
style  of  the  language  is  that  of  the  Mishnah,  not  that 
of  the  Gemara.     Further,  a  set  of  questions  addressed 
to  the  same  R.  Eliezer,  and  including  some  of  those 
translated  above,  is  found  in  the  Tosephta  (T.  Jeb.  iii. 
3,  4).     Among  the  questions  given  in  Tosephta  are 
those  about '  peloni,'  and  about  the  '  Mamzer.'     It  is 
evident  that  the  authors  neither  of  the  Gemara  nor  of 
the  Tosephta  understood   the  full  meaning  of  the 
questions.     The   explanation  is  that  the    questions 
were  asked  '  not  because  there  was  any  difference  of 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  47 

opinion,  but  because  R.  Eliezer  never  said  anything 
which  he  had  not  heard  from  his  teacher.'  The  same 
explanation  is  given  in  reference  to  another  set  of 
questions  addressed  to  Eliezer  (b.  Succ.  27b,  28a),  and 
from  the  latter  passage  it  appears  to  be  Eliezer 's  own 
declaration  concerning  himself.  But  it  has  no  bear- 
ing on  the  questions  and  answers  translated  above, 
unless  it  be  this,  that  as  Eliezer  was  known  to  have 
had  some  connexion  with  Christianity,  his  questioners 
tried  to  get  at  his  own  opinion  concerning  Jesus, 
and  that  he  fenced  with  the  questions,  not  caring  to 
answer  directly,  and  perhaps  not  being  able  to  answer 
on  the  authority  of  his  teacher.  The  particular  point 
of  each  question  I  am  unable  to  explain ;  but  one 
can  see  an  opportunity  for  allusion  to  Jesus  in  the 
questions  as  to  the  fate  of  *  peloni '  in  the  future  life, 
as  to  the  *  Mamzer'  founding  a  house  (i.e.  a  family), 
or  a  sepulchre,  if  it  were  known  that  Jesus  was  not 
married,  and  that  he  was  buried  in  the  grave  of  a 
stranger.  I  can  throw  no  light  upon  the  '  saving  the 
sheep  (or  the  shepherd)  from  the  lion.'  That  this 
passage  contains  a  covert  reference  to  Jesus  is  the 
opinion  of  Levy,  N.H.W.,  iv.  54%  s.v.  wbfc  and  also  of 
Edersheim,  L.  &.  T.  of  J.  M.,  ii.  193,  who  ventures  a 
comparison  with  John  x.  11.  Is  it  likely  that  the  con- 
tents of  that  Gospel,  supposing  it  to  have  been  in 
existence  at  the  time,  would  be  known  to  Eliezer 
or  his  questioners  ? 

The  Ancestry  of  the  Mother  of  Jesus 

(5)  b.  Sanh.  106a. — It.  Johanan  said  [concerning 
Balaam],  *  In  the  beginning  a  prophet,  in  the 
end  a  deceiver.'     Rab  Papa  said,  *  This  is  that 


48  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

which  they  say,  She  was  the  descendant  of 
princes  and  rulers,  she  played  the  harlot  with 
carpenters.' 
Commentary. — It  will  be  shown  subsequently  that 
Jesus  is  often  referred  to  in  the  Talmud  under  the 
figure  of  Balaam,  and  the  words  just  translated  occur 
in  the  middle  of  a  long  passage  about  Balaam.  No 
name  is  mentioned  to  indicate  what  woman  is  meant. 
But  the  context  suggests  that  the  mother  of  Jesus  is 
intended ;  and  the  suggestion  is  borne  out  by  the 
statement  that  the  woman  mated  with  a  carpenter.1 
The  passage,  as  it  stands,  is  of  a  late  date ;  for  It. 
Papa,  who  said  the  words,  was  head  of  the  college  at 
Sura  from  354  to  374  a.d.  Possibly  it  arose  out  of 
some  imperfect  acquaintance  with  the  genealogies  in 
the  Gospels,  these  being  regarded  as  giving  the 
ancestry  of  Mary  instead  of  that  of  Joseph.  The 
mistake  might  naturally  arise  ;  for  if  Joseph  were  not 
the  father  of  Jesus,  and  if  Jesus  were  alleged  to  be 
the  son  of  David,  or  of  royal  descent,  as  the  Talmud 
itself  (b.  Sanh.  43a)  is  by  some  thought  to  admit,2  then 
evidently  his  royal  ancestry  must  have  been  on  his 
mother's  side. 

Alleged  Confession  by  the  Mother  of  Jesus 

(6)  b.  Kallah.  51a. — Impudens  :  It.  Eliezer  dicit 
spurium  esse,  It.  Jehoshua  menstrua?  filium, 
It.  Aqiba  et  spurium  et  menstruse  filium. 
Sedebant    quondam    seniores    apud    portam, 

1  The  Munich  MS.  has  in  the  margin  "QJ  instead  of  ^"QJ,  i.e.  the  singular, 
not  the  plural. 

2  This  at  least  is  one  interpretation  of  the  expression  ni3?&?  2)1py  see 
below,  p.  89. 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  49 

prseterierunt   duo   pueri   quorum   unus   caput 
operuit,   alter    revelavit.      Dixit  R.    Eliezer, 
de  illo  qui  caput   revelaverat,  *  Spurius  est  • ; 
R.    Jehoshua   '  Menstrua?   Alius ' ;    R.    Aqiba 
'  Spurius,  et  menstrua?  films.'     Responderunt 
illi,  'Quomodo  cor  te  inflat,  ut  verbis  sociorum 
contradixeris  ! '     Dixit  eis  'Rem  confirmabo.' 
Abiit  ad   matrem  pueri,  quam  vidit  in  foro 
sedentem   dum    legumina    vendebat.       Dixit 
ei   'Filia    mea,    si    mihi    id    de   quo   rogabo 
respondeas,   in   seculum  futurum   te  ducam.' 
Respondit  illi  '  Jura  mihi.'     Juravit  R.  Aqiba 
ore,  sed  corde  irritum  fecit.'     Dixit  ei  *  Filius 
hie    tuus,   qualis   est  ? '       Respondit    '  Quum 
thalamum  introivi  menstrua  eram,  et  separavit 
a  me  conjux;    paranymphus  autem  venit  ad 
me,   quapropter    hie   puer   et    spurius  est  et 
menstrua?     filius.'       Responderunt    (Rabbini) 
'Magnus    erat    R.    Aqiba,    quum     magistros 
suos  refutaret.'     Ilia  hora  dixerunt  'Benedictus 
Deus  Israel,  qui  R.  Aqiba?   secretum   suum 
revelavit ! ' 
Commentary. — I  give  the  above  passage  with  some 
hesitation,  because  I  doubt  whether  it  has  anything 
to  do  with  the  legendary  history  of  Jesus.     There  is 
nothing  to  point  him  out  as  the  child  in  question, 
and  the  few  details  which  the  story  contains  do  not 
agree  with  what  we  have  gathered  hitherto  as  the 
Rabbinical  account  of  the  parentage  of  Jesus.     So 
far  as  I  know,  this  passage  stands  by  itself,  without 
being  mentioned  or  referred  to  in  any  other  Talmudic 
tractate  ;  and  the  tractate  Kallah,  in  which  it  is  found, 
is  of  later  origin  than  the  main  body  of  the  Talmud. 


50  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

If,  as  is  possible,  it  may  have  been  suggested  by  the 
story  in  Luke  ii.  41  fol.,  it  can  in  no  case  be  evidence 
for  opinion  concerning  Jesus  in  those  centuries  with 
which  we  are  concerned.  And  my  chief  reason  for 
inserting  it  is  that  I  do  not  wish  to  leave  out  any 
passage  to  which  reference  has  been  made  as  having 
a  supposed  bearing  on  the  subject.  At  the  same 
time,  the  fact  that  use  has  been  made  of  the  story  in 
the  book  called  the  ToVdoth  Jeshu  (ed.  Huldreich, 
p.  22,  ed.  Wagenseil,  p.  12),  shows  that  it  was 
regarded  as  having  reference  to  Jesus.  In  the  work 
"J.  C.  im  Talmud,"  p.  34  fol.,  Laible  argues  that 
the  original  author  of  the  passage  had  no  thought 
of  Jesus  in  his  mind.  It  is  possible  that  the  story  is 
a  free  invention  to  explain  the  words  of  Shimon 
b.  'Azai  (quoted  above,  p.  43),  which  refer  to  a 
•  certain  person '  as  having  been  '  spurius  et  men- 
struae  filius.'  If  so,  Laible  would  be  justified  in 
saying  that  while  the  original  author  of  the  story 
had  no  thought  of  Jesus  in  his  mind,  nevertheless  the 
real  reference  was  to  Jesus. 


Jesus  and  his  Teacher 

(7)  b.  Sanh.  107b.— Our  Rabbis  teach,  Ever  let 
the  left  hand  repel  and  the  right  hand  invite, 
not  like  Elisha  who  repulsed  Gehazi  with  both 
hands,  and  not  like  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah, 
who  repulsed  Jeshu  (the  Nazarene)  with  both 
hands.     Gehazi,  as  it  is  written  .  .  .  .* 

1  The  passage  referring  to  Gehazi  will  be  dealt  with  under  another  head, 
ie  below,  No.  27,  p.  9V  fol. 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  51 

What  of  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah  ?    When 
Jannai  the  king  killed  our  Rabbis,  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Perahjah  [and  Jesus]  fled  to  Alexandria  of 
Egypt.     When  there  was  peace,  Shim'on  ben 
Shetah  sent  to  him,  "From  me  [Jerusalem] 
the    city  of  holiness,  to  thee  Alexandria   of 
Egypt  [my  sister].     My  husband  stays  in  thy 
midst   and   I   sit  forsaken."     He   came,   and 
found  himself  at  a  certain  inn ;   they  showed 
him  great  honour.     He  said,  '  How  beautiful 
is  this  Acsania ! ' x    (Jesus)  said  to  him,  ■  Rabbi, 
she  has  narrow  eyes.'     He  said,  •  Wretch,  dost 
thou  employ  thyself  thus  ? '     He  sent  out  four 
hundred  trumpets  and  excommunicated  him. 
He  [i.e.  Jesus]  came  before  him  many  times 
and  said  to  him,  ■  Receive  me.'    But  he  would 
not  notice  him.     One  day  he  [i.e.  R.  Jeh.]  was 
reciting  the  Shema',  he  [i.e.  Jesus]  came  before 
him.     He  was   minded   to  receive  him,  and 
made  a  sign  to  him.     He  [i.e.  Jesus]  thought 
that  he  repelled  him.     He  went  and  hung  up 
a  tile  and  worshipped  it.     He  [R.  Jeh.]  said  to 
him,  'Return.'     He  replied,  'Thus  I  have  re- 
ceived from  thee,  that  every  one  who  sins  and 
causes  the  multitude  to  sin,  they  give  him  not 
the   chance  to  repent.'     And   a  teacher   has 
said,  '  Jesus  the  Nazarene  practised  magic  and 
led  astray  and  deceived  Israel.' 
Commentary. — The  above  passage  occurs  in  almost 
exactly  the   same  words  in  b.   Sotah.   47%  and  the 
incident  of  the  escape  to  Alexandria  and  the  letter 

1  fcWDDK  denotes  both  inn  and  innkeeper.     K.  Jeh.  uses  it  in  the  first 
sense  ;  the  answering  remark  implies  the  second  meaning,  '  hostess.' 


52  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

from  Jerusalem  is  mentioned  in  j.  Hag.  ii.  2 ;  j. 
Sanh.  vi.  9.1  The  passage  j.  Hag.  ii.  2  gives  a  very- 
brief  account  of  the  dissension  between  the  Rabbi 
and  "  one  of  his  disciples,"  but  does  not  give  the  name 
of  the  latter.  This  is  probably  the  basis  of  what  was 
afterwards  expanded  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara. 

The  passage  before  us  is  the  locus  classicus  for  the 
second  Talmudic  theory  as  to  the  time  when  Jesus 
lived.  ( Jannai  the  king '  is  Alexander  Jannseus,  who 
reigned  from  104  to  78  B.C.,  thus  a  full  century  before 
Jesus  lived.  Shimon  b.  Shetah,  the  king's  brother- 
in-law,  and  Jehoshua  b.  Perahjah  (as  also  Jehudah 
b.  Tabbai  of  the  Palestinian  version)  were  leading 
Pharisees  of  the  time;  and  the  massacre  of  the 
Rabbis,  which  led  to  the  escape  of  one  of  them  to 
Alexandria,  is  a  historical  event.  The  question  is, 
how  did  the  name  of  Jesus  come  to  be  introduced 
into  a  story  referring  to  a  time  so  long  before  his 
own?2      Bearing    in    mind    that    the    Rabbis    had 

1  Where,  however,  the  fugitive  is  not  Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah  but  Jehudah 
ben  Tabbai. 

2  The  name  of  Jesus  is  found  in  this  passage  in  the  codices  of  Munich, 
Florence,  and  Carlsruhe,  used  by  Rabbinowicz,  also  in  all  the  older  editions 
of  the  Talmud.  In  the  edition  of  Basel,  1578-81,  and  in  all  later  ones,  the 
censor  of  the  press  has  expunged  it.  See  Rabbinowicz  Variae  Lectiones,  Sanh. 
ad  loc.  Here  is  perhaps  the  best  place  to  refer  to  the  epithet  ha-Notzri 
(H¥13n)  as  applied  to  Jesus.  It  is  well  known  that  the  name  of  Nazareth 
does  not  occur  in  the  Talmud,  and  indeed  first  appears  in  Jewish  writings 
so  late  as  the  hymns  of  Qalir  (a.d.  900  area),  in  the  form  Natzerath.  This 
is  probably  the  correct  Hebrew  form  ;  but  there  must  have  been  another 
form,  Notzerath,  or  Notzerah,  to  account  for  the  adjective  Notzri.  Perhaps 
Notzerah  was  the  local  pronunciation  in  the  dialect  of  Galilee,  where  the 
sound  6  or  u  frequently  represents  the  a  or  a  of  new  Hebrew  ;  thus, 
•■Dip  for  *Dpb  K3TW  for  fTT*  (Jordan),  K^MID  for  lA*MO  (Magdala).  With 
this  corresponds  the  fact  that  the  Syriac  gives  Notzerath  and  Notzerojo 
for  the  name  of  the  town  and  of  its  inhabitants.  That  from  Notzerath  or 
Notzerah  could  be  formed  an  adjective  Notzri  is  shown  by  the  examples 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO   JESUS  53 

extremely  vague  ideas  of  the  chronology  of  past 
times,  we  may  perhaps  find  the  origin  of  the  story  in 
its  Babylonian  form  in  a  desire  to  explain  the  con- 
nexion of  Jesus  (Ben  Stada,  see  above,  No.  1),  with 
Egypt.  The  connecting  link  may,  perhaps,  be  found 
in  the  fact  of  a  flight  into  Egypt  to  escape  the  anger 
of  a  king.  This  was  known  in  regard  to  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Perahjah,  and  the  Gospel  (Matt.  ii.  13  fol.)  records 
a  similar  event  in  regard  to  Jesus.  The  short  Pales- 
tinian story  in  j.  Hag.  vi.  2  shows  that  there  was 
a  tradition  that  the  Rabbi  had  excommunicated  a 
rebellious  disciple,  whose  name  is  not  given.  As 
the  story  now  stands  in  the  Babylonian  version, 
there  are  several  details  in  it  which  appear  to  have 
reference  to  Jesus,  and  which  probably  were  due  to 
some  confused  remembrance  of  tradition  about  him. 
In  addition  to  the  flight  into  Egypt,  there  is  the  fact 
that  Jesus  was  known  to  have  set  himself  against 
the  authority  of  the  Rabbis,  and  to  have  been  the 
founder  of  a  false  religion.  And  the  rebuke,  "  Dost 
thou  thus  employ  thyself,"  i.e.  with  thinking  whether 
a  woman  is  beautiful,  may  be  based  on  a  gross  distor- 
tion of  the  fact  that  the  Gospel  tradition  gives  a 
prominent  place  to  women  as  followers  of  Jesus. 
Moreover  the  final  answer  of  the  banished  disciple  in 
the  story,  that  '  one  who  sins  and  causes  the  multi- 
tude to  sin  is  allowed  no  chance  to  repent,'  points 

Timni  from  Timnah,  Jehudi  from  Jehudah.  The  adjective  Nafrpeuos  (Acts 
xxviii.  22)  would  seem  to  imply  an  alternative  form  Natzara,  the  second  a 
being  replaced  by  o  in  the  Galilean  dialect,  as  in  N5tzri  for  Natzri.  The 
form  Natzara  indeed  is  adopted  by  Keim  as  the  more  correct ;  but  I  do  not 
see  how  to  avoid  recognising  both  Notzerah  (Nazerah)  and  Natzara  as 
equally  legitimate,  that  is  as  representing  variations  in  the  pronunciation, 
not  original  difference  in  the  formation  of  the  name. 


54  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

clearly  to  the  historical  Jesus ;  for  the  simple  act  of 
idolatry  mentioned  in  the  story  cannot  be  called  a 
*  causing  of  the  multitude  to  sin.'  What  the  point 
may  be  of  the  statement  that  Jesus  hung  up  a  tile, 
a  burnt  brick,  and  worshipped  it,  I  cannot  explain. 

This  passage  is  found  in  its  full  extent  only  in  the 
Babylonian  Gemara,  and  is  probably  of  very  late 
date.  It  is  introduced  as  an  illustration  of  the  saying, 
"  Let  the  left  hand  repel  and  the  right  hand  invite." 
But  there  was  already  an  illustration  of  that  saying  in 
the  case  of  Elisha  and  Gehazi,  and  the  whole  passage 
is  brought  in,  where  it  occurs  in  the  tractate  San- 
hedrin,  as  belonging  to  the  subject  of  Gehazi.  I  sug- 
gest that  the  mention  of  R.  Jehoshua  and  Jesus  was 
an  addition  founded  on  the  Palestinian  tradition  and 
prompted  by  the  mention  of  Elisha  and  Gehazi ;  and 
further  that  this  addition  was  made  in  the  schools  of 
Babylonia,  upon  uncertain  authority.  It  is  not  cited 
under  the  name  of  any  Rabbi ;  and  the  last  sentence 
of  it,  which  distinctly  refers  it  to  Jesus,  only  does  so 
on  the  authority  of  '  a  teacher/  whose  name,  presum- 
ably, was  not  known.  The  glaring  anachronism,  of 
making  Jesus  contemporary  with  R.  Jehoshua  b. 
Perahjah,  is  more  easy  to  understand  on  this  theory, 
than  if  we  suppose  the  story  to  have  originated  in 
Palestine  at  a  time  nearer  to  that  when  Jesus  actually 
lived.1 

Jesus  a  Magician.     (See  also  (1)  above.) 

(8)  T.  Shabb.  xi.  15. — *  He  that  cuts  marks  on  his 
flesh ' ;  R.  Eliezer  condemns,  the  wise  permit. 

1  As  to  the  other  anachronism,  which  makes  Jesus  contemporary  with  R. 
Aqiba,  a  century  after  his  own  time,  see  above,  p.  40. 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  55 

He  said  to  them,  'And  did  not  Ben  Stada 

learn  only  in  this  way  ? '     They  said  to  him, 

Because   of  one  fool  are  we   to   destroy  all 

discerning  people  ? ' 

Commentary. — The    extract    (1)    above,    and    the 

parallel  passage  j.  Shabb.  13d,  contain  almost  the  same 

words.     I  repeat  them  here  because  of  their  reference 

to  the   character  of  Jesus   as   a  magician.     In  the 

earlier   quotation   the  main  reference  of  the  passage 

was  to  the  parentage  of  Jesus. 

It  has  already  been  shown  that  Ben  Stada  denotes 
Jesus.  (See  above,  p.  37  fol.)  What  is  the  meaning 
of  the  statement  that  he  brought  magical  charms 
from  Egypt  concealed  in  an  incision  in  his  flesh  ?  I 
do  not  know  of  anything  related  about  Jesus  which 
could  have  given  rise  to  the  detail  about  the  cutting 
of  his  flesh.  The  charge  that  he  was  a  magician  is 
no  doubt  based  on  the  belief  that  he  did  many 
miracles,  a  belief  which  found  ample  support  in  the 
Gospel  records.  We  shall  see  later  on  that  miracles, 
whether  done  by  Jews  or  Christians,  were  ascribed  to 
magic,  and  were  not  on  that  account  despised.  Now 
Egypt  was  regarded  as  the  especial  home  of  magic, 
an  opinion  expressed  in  the  Talmud,  b.  Qidd.  49b  : — 
"  Ten  measures  of  sorcery  descended  into  the  world, 
Egypt  received  nine,  the  rest  of  the  world  one."  To 
say  that  Jesus  learnt  magic  in  Egypt  is  to  say  that 
he  was  a  great  magician,  more  powerful  than  others. 
And  as  we  have  seen  in  the  preceding  extract  (7) 
there  was  a  tradition  that  he  had  had  something  to 
do  with  Egypt.  As  to  the  manner  in  which  he  is 
alleged  to  have  brought  away  with  him  Egyptian 
magic,  a  curious   explanation  is  given  by  Rashi  (b. 


56  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

Shabb.  104b)  to  the  effect  that  the  Egyptian  magi- 
cians did  not  allow  anyone  to  carry  away  magical 
charms  from  their  country  ;  and  therefore,  since  Jesus 
could  not  take  them  away  in  writing,  he  concealed 
them  in  the  manner  described,  or  perhaps  tattooed 
magical  signs  on  his  flesh.  Whether  Rashi  had  any 
authority  for  his  statement,  or  whether  he  only 
devised  it  to  explain  the  passage  before  him,  I  do 
not  know.  The  date  of  the  passage  under  considera- 
tion is  to  some  extent  determined  by  the  fact  that  it 
is  taken  from  the  Tosephta  (see  above,  p.  21),  a  collec- 
tion which  represents  an  earlier  stratum  of  tradition 
than  that  embodied  in  the  Gemara.  The  Eliezer  who 
is  mentioned  is  of  course  the  same  as  the  one  men- 
tioned in  (1)  above,  and  we  may  take  it  that  the 
reference  there,  p.  36,  to  a  '  Baraitha,'  is  a  reference  to 
the  present  passage.  The  answer,  that  'Ben  Stada 
was  a  fool,'  does  not  perhaps  imply  any  censure  on 
Jesus,  but  merely  that  any  one  would  be  foolish  who 
should  act  as  Ben  Stada  was  said  to  have  done.1 


Jesus  '  Burns  His  Food  ' 

(9)  b.  Sanh.  103a. — For  Rab  Hisda  said  that  Rab 
Jeremiah  bar  Abba  said,  '  What  is  that  which 
is  written:  There  shall  no  evil  befall  thee, 
neither  shall  any  plague  come  nigh  thy  dwelling 

[Ps.     xci.    10] Another    explanation: 

There  shall  no  evil  befall  thee,  [means],  '  that 
evil  dreams  and  evil  thoughts  may  tempt  thee 
not/  and  neither  shall  any  plague  come  nigh 

1  But  see  below,  p.  345  n.,  for  a  possible  alternative  to  the  foregoing 
explanation- 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  57 

thy  dwelling  [means]   'that  thou   mayst  not 

have  a  son  or  a  disciple  who  burns  his  food  in 

public  like  Jeshu  the  Nazarene.' 

[The  concluding  phrase  is  found  in  another 

connexion,  b.  Ber.  17b,  see  below,  p.  61.] 
Commentary. — This  passage  is  Gemara,  and  the  R. 
Hisda  who  cites  the  exposition  of  the  Psalm  is  the 
same  as  the  one  mentioned  in  (1)  above.  He  was  a 
Babylonian,  and  lived  a.d.  217-309.  R.  Jeremiah 
bar  Abba,  from  whom  he  quoted,  was  his  contem- 
porary, and  apparently  of  much  about  the  same  age. 

The  point  of  interest  in  the  above  extract  is  the 
phrase  which  I  have  translated  literally,  '  burns  his 
food,  like  Jesus  the  Nazarene.'  What  did  Jesus  do 
that  could  be  so  described?  It  is  clear  that  as 
applied  to  him,  it  must  have  a  figurative  meaning. 
It  is  sometimes,  however,  intended  quite  literally. 
Thus,  b.  Betz.  29a :  "  The  cook  measures  spices  and 
puts  them  into  his  dish,  that  they  may  not  burn 
[i.e.  spoil]  his  food."  This  is  evidently  literal,  except 
that  in  English  we  should  not  use  the  word  '  burn ' 
in  this  connexion.  The  phrase  occurs  in  the 
Mishnah,  Gitt.  ix.  10,  and  the  question  has  often 
been  discussed,  whether  there  it  is  intended  literally 
or  figuratively.  The  words  are,  "The  School  of 
Shammai  say  that  a  man  may  not  divorce  his  wife 
unless  he  find  in  her  a  matter  of  shame,  for  it  is 
said  [Deut.  xxiv.  1],  because  he  hath  found  in  her  a 
sJmmeful  matter.  The  School  of  Hillel  say  [he  may 
divorce  her]  even  if  she  burn  his  food,  for  it  is  said, 
and  R.  Aqiba  says,  Even  if  he  have  found  another 
[woman]  more  beautiful  than  she,  for  it  is  said,  Ij 
she  sJuxll  not  find  favour  in  thine  eyes''     This  passage 


58  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

has  often  been  cited  as  showing  the  laxity  of  the 
Rabbinical  views  on  the  question  of  divorce,  especi- 
ally as  held  by  the  school  of  Hillel.  And  the  charge 
has  been  met  by  maintaining  that  the  phrase  *  burns 
his  food'  means,  'brings  dishonour  upon  him,' 
'brings  his  name  into  disrepute.'  Whether  or  not 
the  phrase  may  have  some  such  figurative  meaning, 
there  is  good  ground  for  taking  it  literally  in  this 
famous  passage  of  the  Mishnah.  It  has  been  well 
shown  in  a  recent  work,1  by  Amram,  that  Hillel 
and  Aqiba,  and  the  school  in  general  who  sided  with 
them,  were  declaring  not  what  was  their  ethical  ideal, 
but  what  in  their  view  the  law  permitted.  They 
had  to  declare  the  law,  not  to  make  it ;  and  the 
reason  why  they  did  not — as  they  probably  could 
have  done — lay  down  an  interpretation  of  the  law 
more  in  accordance  with  their  own  ethical  view, 
was  that  the  ancient  custom  of  Israel  assumed  the 
absolute  liberty  of  a  man  to  divorce  his  wife  at  his 
will,  and  without  giving  reasons  for  his  action.  The 
law  could  not  attempt  more  than  slightly  to  restrict 
that  liberty,  except  at  the  cost  of  remaining  a  mere 
dead  letter.  Hillel,  in  this  passage,  declares  that, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  law,  in  his  opinion,  does  allow 
a  man  to  divorce  his  wife,  even  for  such  a  trivial 
offence  as  burning  his  food.  But  Hillel  and  his 
school,  did  not,  on  that  account,  approve  of  such 
liberty  of  divorce.  On  the  very  same  page  of  the 
Gemara,  where  this  Mishnah  is  explained,  b.  Gitt. 
90b,  a  Rabbi  of  the  school  of  Hillel  says,  "  He  who 
divorces  his  first  wife,  the  altar  of  God  sheds  tears 
thereat."     To  the  above  argument  in  favour  of  the 

1  The  Jewish  Law  of  Divorce.    London,  1897,  p.  33  fol. 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  59 

literal  meaning  of  the  phrase  'burns  his  food'  in 
this  disputed  Mishnah,  may  be  added  that  Rashi  and 
other  Jewish  commentators  interpret  it  quite  literally, 
and  give  not  the  slightest  hint  of  a  figurative  mean- 
ing. Also  the  fact  that,  whatever  Hillel  may  have 
meant,  Aqiba's  dictum  is  evidently  literal,1  so  that 
it  is  unlikely  that  Hillel's  words  were  figurative. 

But  while  this  is  quite  true,  it  is  also  true  that  the 
literal  meaning  of  the  phrase  will  not  apply  in  all 
cases  where  it  occurs.  When  it  is  said,  as  in  the 
extract  from  b.  Sanh.  103%  under  consideration,  and 
also  in  b.  Ber.  17b,  "  that  there  may  not  be  a  son  or 
a  disciple  who  burns  his  food  in  public,"  something 
much  more  serious  must  be  intended  than  a  literal 
'burning  of  food.'  The  clue  to  this  figurative 
meaning  is  given  in  the  Talmud  itself,  b.  Berach.  34a. 
The  Gemara  in  this  place  is  commenting  on  the 
following  words  of  the  Mishnah :  "  He  who  says 
'The  good  shall  bless  thee,'  lo,  this  is  the  way  of 
heresy.  He  who  goes  before  the  Ark,  if  he  makes 
a  mistake,  another  shall  go  in  his  stead,  and  let  there 
be  no  refusal  at  such  a  time."  To  'go  before  the 
Ark '  is  to  stand  at  the  lectern  to  recite  the  prayers 
in  the  Synagogue.  And  the  Mishnah  has  just 
remarked  that  some  liturgical  phrases  are  signs  of 
heresy  in  the  reader.  Therefore  the  Mishnah  directs 
what  is  to  be  done  when  a  reader  makes  a  mistake. 
Another  man  is  to  take  his  place  and  there  must  be 
no  refusal  on  the  part  of  the  second  man.  That  is 
the  Mishnah.  The  Gemara  says :  "  Our  Rabbis  have 
taught '  He  who  goes  before  the  Ark  ought  [at  first] 

1  See  Edersheim,  "  L.  and  T.  of  J.  the  M.,"  ii.  333  n2,  where  he  success- 
fully proves  the  literalness  of  the  phrase  in  Gitt.  ix.  10. 


60  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

to  refuse.  He  who  does  not  refuse  is  like  food 
without  salt.  He  who  refuses  too  much  is  like  food 
of  which  the  salt  has  burnt  (or  spoiled)  it.'  .  The 
meaning  of  this  is  clear.  One  who  refuses  too  much 
is  open  to  the  suspicion  of  heresy,  and  he  is  like  food 
that  is  spoiled  or  burnt  by  too  much  salt.  The  point 
of  the  comparison  may  perhaps  be  that  as  too  much 
salt  spoils  good  food,  so  the  disciple,  by  too  much 
self-will  and  conceit  in  his  own  wisdom,  spoils  the 
sound  teaching  that  is  given  to  him,  which  would 
have  been  his  mental  food.1  When,  therefore,  it  is 
said  "a  son  or  disciple  who  burns  his  food,"  that 
means  "one  who  is  open  to  the  suspicion  of  heresy." 
It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  the  phrase, 
1  a  son  or  disciple  who  burns  his  food '  occurs  in  two 
passages,  b.  Ber.  17b,  and  b.  Sanh.  103a  (translated 
above).  In  the  former,  the  Gemara,  in  an  exposition 
of  Ps.  cxliv.  14 :  '  There  is  no  breaking  in  and  no 
going  forth,  and  no  outcry  in  the  streets,'  says : 
6  There  is  no  breaking  in,'  that  our  company  be  not 
as  the  company  of  David  from  which  Ahitophel  went 
out,  and  '  there  is  no  going  forth '  that  our  company 
be  not  as  the  company  of  Saul,  from  which  Doeg, 
the  Edomite,  went  forth,  and  'no  outcry,'  that  our 
company  be  not  as  the  company  of  Elisha  from  which 
Gehazi  went  out,  and  '  in  our  streets '  that  there  be 
not  to  us  a  son  or  disciple  who  burns  his  food  in 
public  like  Jeshu  the  Nazarene.2     Now  we  shall  see, 

1  With  this  figurative  meaning  of  'salt/  denoting  'independence  of 
mind,'  may  be  compared  Mark  ix.  49,  50,  "  For  every  one  shall  be  salted 
with  fire.  .  .  .  Have  salt  in  yourselves.  .  .  ." 

2  The  printed  text  does  not  mention  'Jeshu  ha-Notzri.'  The  reading, 
however,  is  found  in  all  the  older  editions  and  the  MSS.  See  Kabbinowicz 
on  the  passage.    Note  that  this  exposition  of  the  Psalm  is  said  to  have  been 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  61 

hereafter,  that  Ahitophel,  Doeg  and  Gehazi,  are  all, 
in  the  view  of  the  Talmud,  tainted  with  heresy 
(Minuth).  These  three,  along  with  Balaam,  the 
chief  infidel,  are  said  in  the  Mishnah,  Sanh.  x.  1,  to 
have  no  part  in  the  world  to  come.  And  the  same 
Mishnah  makes  a  similar  declaration  in  regard  to 
Jeroboam,  Ahab  and  Manasseh.  The  passage  in 
b.  Ber.  17b,  as  quoted  in  the  Aruch  (s.v.  mp)  reads 
thus,  "burns  his  food  in  public,  like  Manasseh." 
And  this  has  probably  led  the  author  of  that  work 
to  explain  the  meaning  of  '  burns  his  food  in  public  ' 
by  '  sets  up  idols  in  public,'  establishes  false  worships. 
But,  as  Rabbinowicz  has  shown,  not  "Manasseh," 
but  "  Jeshu  ha-Notzri,"  is  the  original  reading ;  and 
this  fact  is  conclusive  against  the  explanation  of  the 
author  of  the  Aruch.  It  is  absurd  to  say  of  Jesus 
that  he  set  up  idols.  I  conclude,  therefore,  that  in 
the  passage  before  us  the  reference  to  Jesus  is 
intended  as  an  example  of  one  who  inclined  to 
heresy.1 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  Palestinian  Gemara 
does  not  make  the  reference  to  Jesus,  either  in  Ber. 
or  Sanh.,  nor  does  it  use  the  phrase  6  burns  his  food ' 


spoken  by  the  disciples  of  R.  Hisda  (or,  according  to  another  tradition, 
K.  Shemuel  b.  Nahmani),  when  they  left  the  lecture  room.  This  tends 
to  confirm  the  connexion  of  the  phrase  under  discussion  with  R.  Hisda. 

1  Jost,  "  Gesch.  d.  Judentums  u  s.  Sekten,"  i.  p.  264  n.,  says,  speaking  of 
the  literal  interpretation  of  •  burns  his  food,'  "  sie  wird,  aber,  genugend 
widerlegt  durch  die  in  jener  Zeit  bekannte  Bedeutung  des  Wortes, 
ib^nn  nnp»,  b.  Ber.  17b,  b.  Sanh.  103%  wo  es  geradezu  in  dem 
Sinne :  den  eigenen  oder  des  Hauses  guten  Ruf  preisgeben,  angewendet 
wird,— wie  schon  Zipser,  Orient  1850,  s.  316  nachgewiesen  hat."  I  do  not 
know  on  what  authority  he  says  that  the  phrase  was  so  understood  at  the 
time,  in  view  of  the  quite  different  interpretation  given  by  the  Talmud 
itself  in  b.  Ber.  34a. 


62  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

in  either  passage.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Tosephta, 
so  far  as  I  can  observe.  We  may,  perhaps,  infer  that 
the  figurative  use  of  the  phrase  originated  in  the 
Babylonian  schools,  where,  as  we  have  already  seen 
(see  above  (1)  (2)  (7)),  the  Rabbis  speculated  a  good 
deal  about  Jesus.  Possibly  R.  Jeremiah  bar  Abba, 
who  used  the  phrase  in  the  passage  we  have  been 
studying,  was  himself  the  author  of  the  figurative 
application  of  it,  and  also  of  the  explanation  of  its 
meaning,  b.  Ber.  34a.  He  and  R.  Hisda  were  con- 
temporaries and  friends,  and  the  latter  claimed  (p.  37 
above)  to  know  something  about  Jesus.  To  one  or 
other  of  them  the  origin  of  the  phrase  as  denoting 
a  tendency  to  heresy  may  with  great  probability  be 
ascribed. 

The  Claim  of  Jesus  Denied 

(10)  j.  Taanith  65b. — R.  Abahu  said:   If  a  man  say 

to  thee  *  I  am  God,'  he  is  a  liar ;  if  [he  says,  '  I 

am]  the  son  of  man,'  in  the  end  people  will 

laugh  at  him ;  if  [he  says]  '  I  will  go  up  to 

heaven,'  he  saith,  but  shall  not  perform  it. 

Commentary, — So  far  as  I  know,  this  saying  occurs 

only  here.     That  it  refers  to  Jesus  there  can  be  no 

possibility  of  doubt.     R.  Abahu,  the  speaker,  was  a 

very  well-known  Rabbi,  who  lived  in  Caesarea,  at  the 

end  of  the  third   and  the   beginning   of  the   fourth 

century ;  and  we  shall  see  hereafter  that   he   had   a 

great  deal  of  intercourse,  friendly  and  also  polemical, 

with  heretics,  who,  in  some  instances  at  all  events, 

were   certainly   Christians.     It    is  not  necessary  to 

assume  an  acquaintance  with  any  of  the  Gospels  to 

account  for  the  phrases   used   by  R.  Abahu.     The 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  63 

first  and  third  do  indeed  suggest  the  Gospel  of  John, 
but  it  is  enough  to  admit  a  general  knowledge  of 
what  Christians  alleged  concerning  Jesus  from  the 
Rabbi's  own  discussions  with  them. 

The  saying  is  based  upon  Num.  xxiii.  19  :  God 
is  not  a  man  that  he  should  lie,  nor  the  son  of  man 
that  he  should  repent.  Hath  he  said  and  shall  he 
not  do  it?,  or  hath  he  spoken  and  shall  he  not  make 
it  good?  Various  interpretations  of  these  words, 
by  Rabbis  of  Babylonia,  are  given,  and  then  follows 
the  sarcastic  application  of  the  text  by  Abahu. 

Although  this  saying  is  not  quoted  elsewhere,  nor 
even  referred  to,  so  far  as  I  know,  yet  it  belongs  to 
a  somewhat  extensive  group  of  Haggadic  passages,  of 
which  the  common  foundation  is  the  story  of  Balaam, 
Num.  xxii.-xxiv.  It  will  be  shown  presently  that  in 
the  Talmud  Balaam  is  regarded  as  a  type  of  Jesus. 
We  thus  have  an  additional  reason,  beside  the 
internal  evidence  furnished  by  the  words  themselves, 
for  regarding  the  saying  of  Abahu  as  an  anti- 
Christian  polemic.  Here  may  be  best  introduced  a 
passage  in  the  Jalqut  Shim'oni,  in  which  is  found  an 
amplification  of  Abahu's  words.  I  give  it  according 
to  the  Salonica  edition,  as  it  is  expunged  from  the 
later  ones. 

(11)  Jalq.  Shim.  §  766.— R.  El'azar  ha-Qappar 
says,  God  gave  strength  to  his  [Balaam's]  voice,  so 
that  it  went  from  one  end  of  the  world  to  the  other, 
because  he  looked  forth  and  beheld  the  peoples  that 
bow  down  to  the  sun  and  moon  and  stars  and  to 
wood  and  stone,  and  he  looked  forth  and  beheld  that 
there  was  a  man,  son  of  a  woman,  who  should  rise  up 
and  seek  to  make  himself  God,   and  to   cause  the 


64  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

whole  world  to  go  astray.  Therefore  God  gave 
power  to  his  voice  that  all  the  peoples  of  the  world 
might  hear,  and  thus  he  spake,  '  Give  heed  that  ye 
go  not  astray  after  that  man,  for  it  is  written 
(Num.  xxiii.  19),  God  is  not  man  that  he  should  lie, 
and  if  he  says  that  he  is  God  he  is  a  liar,  and  he  will 
deceive  and  say  that  he  departeth  and  cometh  again 
in  the  end,  he  saith  and  he  shall  not  perform.  See 
what  is  written  (Num.  xxiv.  23) :  And  he  took  up 
his  parable  and  said,  Alas,  who  shall  live  when  God 
doeth  this.  Balaam  said,  'Alas,  who  shall  live,  of 
that  nation  which  heareth  that  man  who  hath  made 
himself  God.' 

It.  El'azar  ha-Qappar,  who  is  reported  to  have  said 
all  this,  was  earlier  than  Abahu,  for  he  died  about 
260  a.d.  Bacher  (Ag.  d.  Tann.  ii.  506  n.2)  shows  that 
only  the  first  clause  of  the  passage  in  Jalqut  is  to  be 
ascribed  to  El'azar  ha-Qappar,  i.e.  the  statement  that 
the  voice  of  Balaam  resounded  from  one  end  of  the 
world  to  the  other.  All  the  rest  is  probably  of  much 
later  date  ;  but  it  may  very  well  have  been  suggested 
by  Abahu's  words.  It  will  be  observed  that  Balaam 
is  not  identified  with  Jesus,  but  is  made  to  prophesy 
his  coming.  That,  however,  Jesus  is  referred  to  is 
even  more  evident  than  in  the  shorter  saying  of 
Abahu.  It  is  curious  that  this  later  Haggadah  is 
attached  to  the  words  not  of  Abahu  but  of  El'azar 
ha-Qappar. 

Jesus  and  Balaam 

(12)  M.  Sanh.  x.  2. — Three  kings  and  four  private 
men  have  no  part  in  the  world  to  come ;  the 
three  kings  are  Jeroboam,  Ahab  and  Manasseh 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  65 

....  the  four  private  men  are  Balaam,  Doeg, 

Ahitophel  and  Gehazi. 
Commentary. — The  famous  chapter  of  the  Mishnah 
from  which  these  words  are  taken  begins  by  saying 
that,  '  All  Israel  have  part  in  the  world  to  come,'  and 
then  enumerates  the  exceptions.  The  three  kings, 
Jeroboam,  Ahab  and  Manasseh  are  all  mentioned 
in  the  O.T.  as  having  introduced  idolatry,  per- 
verted the  true  religion.  And,  as  the  four  private 
men  are  named  in  close  connexion  with  the  kings,  it 
is  reasonable  to  infer  that  they  were  condemned  for 
the  same  offence.  This  conclusion  is  strengthened 
by  the  fact  that  the  preceding  paragraph  of  the 
Mishnah  in  this  chapter  excepts  from  the  privilege 
of  the  world  to  come, '  those  who  say  the  resurrection 
of  the  dead  is  not  proved  from  the  Torah,  and  that 
the  Torah  is  not  from  heaven,  also  the  Epicuros. 
R.  Aqiba  says,  He  who  reads  in  external  books, 
also  he  who  whispers  over  a  wound,  and  says,  None 
of  the  diseases  which  I  sent  in  Egypt  will  I  lay  upon 
thee,  I  the  Lord  am  thy  healer.  Abba  Shaul  says, 
He  that  pronounces  the  Name  according  to  its 
letters.'  These  are  all,  unless  perhaps  the  last,  aimed 
at  heretics  who  can  hardly  be  other  than  Christians. 
For  it  will  be  seen  hereafter  that  the  opinions  and 
practices  here  condemned  were  the  subject  of  dis- 
pute between  Jews  and  heretics  (Minim).  Therefore 
we  naturally  expect  that  the  four  private  men,  who 
are  singled  out  for  exclusion  from  the  world  to  come, 
are  condemned  on  account  not  merely  of  heresy  but 
of  actively  promoting  heresy.  Now  this  is  not  true 
in  any  especial  sense  of  any  one  of  the  four.     Balaam, 

certainly,  according  to  the  story  in  Num.  xxii.-xxiv. 

5 


66  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

did  lead  the  people  astray  ;  but  so  far  as  religion  was 
concerned,  he  acknowledged  and  obeyed  the  God  of 
Israel.  Moreover,  Balaam  was  not  an  Israelite,  and 
therefore  could  not  logically  be  included  in  a  list  of 
exceptions  to  a  rule  which  only  affected  Israelites. 
It  is  evident  that  Balaam  here  does  not  mean  the 
ancient  prophet  of  Num.  xxii.  fol.,  but  some  one  else 
for  whom  that  ancient  prophet  could  serve  as  a  type. 
From  the  Jewish  point  of  view  there  was  considerable 
likeness  between  Balaam  and  Jesus.  Both  had  led  the 
people  astray ;  and  if  the  former  had  tempted  them 
to  gross  immorality,  the  latter,  according  to  the  Rabbis, 
had  tempted  them  to  gross  apostasy — not  unaccom- 
panied by  immorality,  as  will  appear  from  some  of  the 
passages  relating  to  Christians.  This  was  the  great 
charge  against  Jesus,  that  "  he  practised  magic  and 
deceived  and  led  astray  Israel"  (see  above  (7)  last  line). 
It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  even  in  the 
O.T.,  unfaithfulness  in  the  covenant-relation  be- 
tween Israel  and  God  is  symbolised  under  the  form 
of  unfaithfulness  in  marriage,  so  that  Balaam,  the 
chief  corrupter  of  the  morality  of  Israel,  might 
naturally  be  taken  as  a  type  of  Jesus,  the  chief 
corrupter  of  its  religion.  I  am  well  aware  that  this 
does  not  amount  to  a  proof  that  Balaam  is  a  type  of 
Jesus.  But  it  establishes  a  probability,  which  is 
strengthened  by  the  consideration  that  the  animus 
displayed  against  Balaam  in  the  Talmud  would  be 
very  artificial  if  its  object  had  been  really  the  ancient 
prophet,  while  it  is  very  natural  and  intelligible  if  it 
was  really  directed  against  Jesus,  who  had  dealt  a 
blow  at  the  national  religion  such  as  it  had  never  re- 
ceived.    To  show  the  violence  of  the  hatred  against 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  67 

Jesus,  and  also  to  strengthen  the  above  contention 
that  Balaam  is  a  type  of  Jesus,  I  will  give  a  passage 
in  which  they  are  mentioned  together.  By  being 
mentioned  together,  it  is  true  that  Balaam  is  not  in 
this  case  exactly  a  type  of  Jesus,  i.e.  we  are  not  for 
6  Balaam '  to  read  '  Jesus ' ;  but  the  symbol  is  ex- 
panded into  a  comparison,  to  suggest  the  conclusion, 
'  What  Balaam  was,  such  also  was  Jesus/  The 
passage  is  as  follows  : — 

Jesus  and  Balaam  in  Hell 

(13)  b.  Gitt.  56h,  57*.— Onqelos  bar  Qaloniqos, 
sister's  son  of  Titus,  desired  to  become  a 
proselyte.  He  called  up  Titus  by  necromancy. 
He  said  to  him,  *  Who  is  honoured  in  this 
world  ? '  He  replied,  ■  Israel.'  ■  What  about 
joining  them  ? '  He  replied,  '  Their  words  are 
many  and  thou  canst  not  fulfil  them.  Go, 
join  thyself  to  them  in  this  world  and  thou 
shalt  become  a  leader,  for  it  is  written  [Lam. 
i.  5],  Her  adversaries  have  become  the  head. 
Every  oppressor  of  Israel  is  made  a  head.' 
He  said  to  him,  'What  is  the  punishment 
of  this  man  ? '  [i.e.  '  what  is  thy  punishment '  ?] 
He  replied,  'That  which  he  determined  for 
himself.  Every  day  they  collect  his  ashes  and 
judge  him,  and  burn  him  and  scatter  him  over 
seven  seas.' 

He  called  up  Balaam  by  necromancy.  He 
said  to  him,  '  Who  is  honoured  in  this  world  ? ' 
He  replied,  '  Israel.'  •  What  about  joining 
them  ? '     He  replied  [Deut.  xxiii.   6],  '  Thou 


68  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

shalt  not  seek  their  peace  or  their  prosperity 
all  [thy]  days.9  He  said  to  him,  '  What  is 
the  punishment  of  this  man  ? '  He  replied, 
6  Per  semen  fervens.' 

He  called  up  Jesus  by  necromancy.      He 
said  to  him,  '  Who  is  honoured  in  this  world  ? ' 
He  replied,   '  Israel.'      '  What  about   joining 
them  ? '      He  replied,  '  Seek  their  good,  seek 
not  their  harm.     Every  one  who  injures  them, 
[it  is]  as  if  he  injured  the  apple  of  his  eye.' 
He   said,    'What  is  the  punishment   of  this 
man?'     He  replied,  '  By  boiling  filth.'     For  a 
teacher  has  said,  'Every  one  who  mocks  at  the 
words  of  the  wise  is  punished  by  boiling  filth.' 
Come   and    see    the   difference   between   the 
sinners    of    Israel    and   the   prophets   of  the 
peoples  of  the  world  who  serve  a  false  religion. 
Commentary. — This  extract  forms  part  of  a  long 
Midrash  chiefly  concerned  with  the  war  against  Ves- 
pasian and  Titus,  and  reported  by  It.  Johanan  (200-279 
a.d.).     The  story  of  Onqelos  b.  Qaloniqos,  nephew 
of  Titus,  is  introduced  immediately  after  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  death  of  the  latter.     Whether  Onqelos 
the  Proselyte,  who   is   mentioned   elsewhere  in  the 
Talmud,  really  was  the  nephew  of  Titus,  I  do  not 
know,  and  the  question  is  of  no  importance  for  the 
present  purpose.     The  object  of  the  gruesome  story 
contained  in  this  passage  is  to  show  the  fate  of  the 
three  chief  enemies  of  Israel,  i.e.  Titus,  Balaam  and 
Jesus.     Each  suffers  the  punishment  appropriate  to 
the  nature  of  his  offence. 

The  modern  editions  of  the  Talmud,  which  have 
been  subjected  to  the  censor  of  the  press,  do  not 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  69 

mention  the  third  criminal  by  name.  They  read 
that  Onqelos  called  up  '  the  sinners  of  Israel ' 
(plural),  which  is  obviously  absurd.1  The  older 
editions  have  '  the  sinner  of  Israel,'  which  is  gram- 
matically correct,  but  the  reading  '  Jeshu '  is  vouched 
for  by  the  work  that  contains  all  the  expurgated 
passages  of  the  Talmud.2  It  is  evident  that  some 
individual  person  is  referred  to,  and  that  this  person 
is  not  Balaam,  since  his  case  has  just  been  disposed 
of.  Moreover,  it  was  some  one  who  had  'mocked 
against  the  words  of  the  wise,'  i.e.  the  Rabbis. 
Internal  evidence  alone  would  suffice  to  show  that 
Jesus  was  meant;  and  as  there  is  authority  for  the 
reading  'Jeshu,'  we  may  rest  assured  that  he  is 
the  person  referred  to. 

The  passage  has  been  introduced  here,  as  stated 
above,  in  order  to  establish  the  fact  that  in  the 
Talmud,  Balaam  and  Jesus  are  classed  together,  and 
that  therefore  Balaam  serves  frequently  as  a  type  of 
Jesus.  I  do  not  mean  that  wherever  Balaam  is 
mentioned  Jesus  is  intended,  or  that  everything  said 
about  the  former  is  really  meant  for  the  latter.  I 
mean  that  wherever  Balaam  is  mentioned,  there  is  a 
sort  of  under-current  of  reference  to  Jesus,  and  that 
much  more  is  told  of  Balaam  than  would  have  been 
told  if  he  and  not  Jesus  had  really  been  the  person 
thought  of.3     I   shall   henceforth   assume  this  close 

1  *  The  sinners  of  Israel '  may,  however,  be  the  right  reading  in  the  last 
line  of  the  passage,  because  there  the  comparison  is  general  between  'the 
sinners  of  Israel '  and  •  the  prophets  of  the  heathen.' 

2  I  have  used  the  one  published  at  Konigsberg,  1860,  nii<W>  W\W\p 
D"K>n  niillDH-  The  invaluable  work  of  Eabbinowicz  is  unfortunately  not 
available  for  the  tractate  Gittin. 

3  There  is    a  suggestive  remark  in  b.   Sanh.   106b  (immediately  after 


70  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

connexion  in  the  Rabbinical  mind  between  Jesus 
and  Balaam ;  and  if  it  proves  a  guide  to  the  mean- 
ing of  other  passages  where  Balaam  is  referred  to, 
it  will  be  to  that  extent  confirmed  and  made  more 
probable.  These  other  passages  will  be  mentioned 
presently.  For  the  moment  I  return  to  the  passage 
(12),  quoted  above,  from  M.  Sanh.  x.  2,  where  it  is 
said  that  Balaam,  Doeg,  Ahitophel  and  Gehazi  are 
shut  out  from  the  world  to  come.  Having  seen  that 
Balaam  here  denotes  Jesus,  it  is  natural  to  enquire 
into  the  meaning  of  the  other  three  names.  That 
they  merely  denote  the  three  persons  mentioned 
in  the  Books  of  Samuel  and  Kings  is  not  probable  ; 
for  there  is  nothing  in  the  facts  there  recorded  to 
show  why  just  these  three  should  have  been  so 
severely  condemned.  Following  immediately  after 
Balaam-Jesus,  we  can  hardly  avoid  the  conclusion 
that  the  three  O.T.  names  denote  three  of  the 
Apostles,  as  having  shared  in  the  work  of  heresy 
which  Jesus  began.  Each  of  the  three  is  elsewhere 
mentioned  in  the  Talmud  as  being  tainted  with 
heresy,  as  will  be  shown  hereafter  (see  below,  pp.  99, 
192).  Which  of  the  Apostles  are  referred  to,  if  this 
hypothesis  be  accepted,  is  a  question  of  which  the 
answer  must  remain  uncertain.     One  thinks,  naturally, 

the  passage  about  the  age  of  Balaam,  to  be  given  below)  : — (14)  Mar 
bar  Rabina  said  to  his  son,  *  Do  not  multiply  Midrash,  in  regard  to  all 
these  except  in  regard  to  Balaam,  the  wicked ;  whatever  you  find  in  him, 
expound  of  him.'  *  In  regard  to  all  these,'  i.e.  the  four  men,  Balaam,  Doeg, 
Ahitophel  and  Gehazi.  Rashi,  in  his  note  on  the  passage,  says  that  the 
multiplying  of  Midrash  means  doing  so  "'fcOJ  7,  with  malicious  intention.  The 
son  of  Mar  bar  Rabina,  mentioned  above,  was  the  younger  Rabina,  contem- 
porary with  and  colleague  of  Ashi  the  redactor  of  the  Babylonian  Gemara 
Ashi,  of  course,  was  responsible  for  the  inclusion  in  the  Gemara  of  the 
anonymous  passages  concerning  the  excommunication  of  Jesus  (see  p.  51). 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  71 

of  Peter,  James  and  John.  But  it  seems  to  me  at 
least  highly  probable  that  Gehazi,  at  all  events,  means 
Paul.  It  would  certainly  be  strange  if  the  man  who 
more  than  all  elsq  except  Jesus  '  troubled  Israel ' 
(cf.  Acts  xxi.  27  fol.)  should  have  been  left  out  of 
this  black  list.  A  passage  will  be  given  presently 
where  the  story  of  Gehazi  and  Elisha  is  told  in  such 
a  way  as  strongly  to  suggest  Paul  the  renegade 
disciple  of  Gamaliel.  (See  below,  No.  (27),  p.  97,  b. 
Sotah.  47a). 

As  for  Doeg  and  Ahitophel,  I  do  not  know  of  any 
evidence  for  a  particular  identification.  May  not, 
however,  Doeg  the  Edomite,  who  betrayed  David 
(1  Sam.  xxii.  9),  possibly  denote  Judas  Iscariot,  the 
traitor?  And  the  high  honour  in  which  Ahitophel 
was  held  (2  Sam.  xvi.  23)  suggests  him  as  a  type  of 
Peter.  These  are  only  guesses,  and  as  regards  the 
proposed  identification  of  Doeg  with  Judas  Iscariot, 
I  must  allow  that  it  would  be  more  likely  that  the 
Talmud  should  exalt  the  betrayer  of  Jesus  into  a 
hero  than  condemn  him  to  exclusion  from  the  world 
to  come.  At  the  same  time,  I  would  submit  that  the 
three  names  which  are  most  prominent  in  the  list  of 
the  Apostles,  the  three  figures  which  would  be  most 
likely  to  dwell  in  the  memory  as  connected  with 
Jesus,  are  Peter,  Judas  Iscariot,  and  Paul.  And 
therefore,  in  spite  of  difficulties,  I  am  inclined  to 
hold  that  these  three  are  denoted  by  Ahitophel, 
Doeg,  and  Gehazi,  in  the  passage  we  have  been 
considering. 


72  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 


The  Age  of  Balaam  (Jesus) 

(15)  b.  Sanh.  106b. — A  certain  heretic  said  to  R. 
Hanina,    '  Have    you    ever    heard    how    old 
Balaam  was  ? '     He  replied,  '  There  is  nothing 
written  about  it.     But  from  what  is  written 
(Ps.  lv.  23),  Men  of  blood  and  deceit  shall  not 
live  out  half  their  days,  he  must  have  been 
thirty-three  or  thirty-four  years  old.'     He  [the 
heretic]   said,  •  Thou  hast  answered  me  well. 
I   have   seen    the   chronicle   of  Balaam,   and 
therein  is  written   "  Balaam,   the   lame,   was 
thirty-three  years  old  when  Pinhas  the  Robber 
killed  him." ' 
Commentary, — R.  Hanina  lived  in  Sepphoris  at  the 
end  of  the  second  and  the  beginning  of  the  third 
century  (died  232  a.d.).     The  story  of  this  conver- 
sation with  a  heretic  was  reported  in  Babylonia  prob- 
ably by  Rab,  who,  like  Hanina,  was  a  disciple  of 
Rabbi  (Jehudah  ha-Qadosh.     See  above,  p.  17).     The 
heretic — Min — was  in  all  probability  a  Christian,  as 
will  be  shown  later  when  the  passages  dealing  with 
the  Minim  come  under  review.     And  while  there  is 
no  apparent  reason  why  a  Christian  should  inquire  as 
to  the  age  of  the  ancient  Balaam,  he  might  well  have 
inquired — especially    in   Galilee — about    the  age  of 
Jesus.     It  would  seem,  however,  that  he  was   not 
asking  for  information,  but  had  a  desire  to  find  out 
whether  R.    Hanina    knew  anything    about  Jesus. 
For  he  confirmed  the  Rabbis  answer  by  facts  known 
to  himself.     The  •  Chronicle  of  Balaam '  probably  de- 
notes a  Gospel,  though  none  of  the  known  Gospels 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  73 

states  in  so  many  words  that  Jesus  was  as  much  as 
thirty-three  years  old.  If,  however,  it  was  believed 
that  his  ministry  lasted  three  years,  and  that  he  was 
■  about  thirty  years  old '  when  he  began  to  preach, 
the  statement  of  the  Christian  is  sufficiently  borne 
out,  though  not  verbally  correct.  R.  Hanina  must 
have  had  fairly  good  grounds  for  his  opinion  as  to 
the  age  of  Jesus,  or  he  would  not  have  quoted  a  text 
which  would  only  apply  to  the  case  of  a  man  about 
thirty-three  or  thirty-four  years  old. 

It  is  curious  that  Balaam  is  here  called  '  the  lame,' 
and  that  this  epithet  is  mentioned,  not  by  the  Rabbi 
but  by  the  Christian.  It  was,  however,  a  Rabbinical 
opinion  that  Balaam  was  lame,  and  also  blind  of  one 
eye.  This  is  stated  in  the  Gemara,  b.  Sanh.  105%  in 
the  same  chapter  from  which  is  taken  the  extract  at 
present  under  notice.  This  opinion  about  Balaam  is 
taught  by  R.  Johanan,  on  the  strength  of  a  fanciful 
interpretation  of  two  texts — Num.  xxiii.  3,  xxiv.  15. 
It  is  quite  possible  that  this  is  simply  a  fancy,  without 
any  reference  to  Jesus.  But  we  may  at  least  com- 
pare Mark.  ix.  45,  46. 

There  remains  to  be  noticed  Pinhas  the  Robber,  or 
1  Pinhas  Listaah,'  who  is  said  to  have  killed  Balaam. 
It  has  been  suggested  by  Perles  (Gratz,  Monatsch., 
1872,  p.  267,  quoted  by  Bacher)  that,  assuming 
Balaam  to  represent  Jesus,  Pinhas  Listaah  is  a  cor- 
ruption of  Pontius  Pilatus.1      The  corruption  is,  it 

1  Of.  the  story  given  below  (p.  87),  according  to  which  a  certain  person, 
presumably  Jesus, ■  took  to  robbery '  (listaia),  and  further,  p.  95,  where  it  is 
suggested  that  the  allegation  of  robbery  in  reference  to  Jesus  is  due  to  a  con- 
fusion of  him  with  a  certain  robber  chieftain  Ben  Netzer.  It  is  worth 
noting  that  according  to  Matt.  xxvi.  55,  Jesus  said,  Are  ye  come  out  as 
against  a  robber  (its  ivl  Ap<rrV) ;  Apo-T^s  is  in  the  Talmud  D^DD?,  listis. 


74  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

must  be  admitted,  a  somewhat  violent  one,  if  the 
author  who  had  written  the  one  name  was  aware  of 
the  other.  But  he  may  have  found  a  name  to  him 
unintelligible,  and  by  the  help  of  Num.  xxxi.  8 
have  transformed  it  into  Pinhas  Listaah.  Talmudic 
tradition  did  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  know  the 
name  of  Pontius  Pilate,  or  ascribe  the  death  of 
Jesus  to  a  non-Jewish  tribunal.  But  it  is  certainly 
strange  that  a  Jew  should  call  Pinhas  [Phinehas] 
a  robber,  being,  as  he  was,  a  highly  honoured  hero 
of  tradition.  Bacher  seeks  to  show  (Jew.  Quart. 
Rev.,  iii.  p.  356)  that  the  reference  is  to  the  historical 
Phinehas  and  the  historical  Balaam,  as  against  the 
theory  of  Perles.  And  if  it  were  not  for  the  word 
Listaah,  I  should  agree  with  him.  He  explains  its 
use  in  connexion  with  Pinhas  by  assuming  that  the 
heretic  quoted  from  some  apocryphal  work  about 
Balaam  of  an  anti- Israelite  tendency.  But  was 
there  such  a  work?  Was  Balaam  of  any  special 
interest  to  either  Jews  or  heretics,  except  as  a  type 
of  Jesus?  With  all  deference  to  Bacher's  great 
authority,  I  cannot  help  thinking  that  under  this 
mention  of  Pinhas  Listaah  there  lies  concealed  a 
reference  to  Pontius  Pilatus.  The  difficulty  that 
the  heretic,  if  a  Christian,  would  not  call  Jesus  by 
the  name  of  Balaam,  may  be  met  by  the  considera- 
tion that  the  whole  conversation  comes  to  us  in  a 
Jewish  form.  As  for  the  historical  value  of  the 
incident,  there  is  nothing  to  make  it  impossible. 
Such  conversations  were  frequent,  and  R.  Hanina 
was  a  well-known  man.  That  the  story  only  occurs 
in  the  Babylonian  Gemara  is  not  surprising,  since 
we  have  already  seen  that  there   was   considerable 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  75 

interest  taken  in  the  Babylonian  schools  in  the 
traditions  about  Jesus.  The  Palestinian  Gemara 
contains  much  less  than  the  Babylonian  of  such 
digressions  from  its  proper  subject.  But  that  the 
story  is  a  pure  invention  I  see  no  reason  whatever 
to  believe. 

As  it  has  already  been  suggested  (see  above,  p.  71) 
that  Doeg  and  Ahitophel  represent  two  of  the 
Apostles,  perhaps  Judas  Iscariot  and  Peter,  it  is 
interesting  to  note  that  the  text  quoted  above  to 
determine  the  age  of  Balaam  is  also  applied  to  these 
two.  On  the  same  page  of  b.  Sanh.  106b  it  is  said 
by  R.  Johanan,  'Doeg  and  Ahitophel  did  not  live 
out  half  their  days.  It  is  thus  taught  (Ps.  lv.  23), 
Men  of  blood  and  deceit  do  not  live  out  half  their 
days.  All  the  years  of  Doeg  were  but  thirty-four, 
and  of  Ahitophel  only  thirty-three.'  It  is  but  fair, 
however,  to  admit  that,  as  Doeg  and  Ahitophel  had 
been  mentioned  together  with  Balaam  in  the  Mishnah, 
the  inference  as  to  the  age  of  the  one  might  naturally 
be  extended  to  the  other,  since  it  is  only  a  haggadic 
deduction  from  a  text  of  Scripture. 

Balaam  (Jesus)  and  the  Name  of  God 

(16)  b.  Sanh.  106a. — And  he  [Balaam]  took  up  his 

parable,  and  said,  Alas,  who  shall  live  when 

God    doeth  this?      It.    Shim'on   ben   Laqish 

said:    'Woe  unto  him  who  maketh   himself 

to  live  by  the  name  of  God.' 

Commentary. — The  text  quoted  is  Num.  xxiv.  23, 

and  the  application  of  it  by  R.  Shim'on  b.  Laqish 

is  a  mere  distortion  of  the  original  words.      What 


76  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

precisely  is  the  meaning  of  bx  WD  is  open  to 
question,  and  is  for  the  O.T.  commentators  to 
decide.  But  by  no  rules  of  grammar  or  syntax 
could  the  words  be  made  to  mean,  'Who  maketh 
himself  live  by  the  name  of  God.'  This  is  a  haggadic 
variation  of  the  text,  such  as  the  Rabbis  often  per- 
mitted themselves  to  make  (see  above,  p.  13)  for 
a  homiletic  purpose.  And  it  is  hard  to  see  what 
purpose  there  could  be,  in  the  present  example,  other 
than  that  of  making  a  covert  allusion  to  Jesus,  who 
had  declared  —  according  to  the  Gospels  —  that  he 
should  rise  from  the  dead,  of  course  by  the  power 
of  God.  The  words  do  not  apply  to  Balaam,  at 
least  there  is  nothing  recorded  about  him  that  would 
give  occasion  for  any  such  remark.  Rashi,  in  his 
note  on  the  passage,  does  indeed  refer  it  to  Balaam, 
but  seems  to  be  well  aware  that  some  one  other  than 
Balaam  is  really  intended.  He  says,  "  Balaam,  who 
restored  himself  to  life  by  the  name  of  God,  made 
himself  God."  With  this  passage  should  be  compared 
the  saying  of  Abahu,  (10)  above,  which  is  a  somewhat 
similar  haggadic  variation  of  a  text  of  Scripturei 

R.  Shim'on  ben  Laqish,  often  called  Resh  Laqish, 
was  the  colleague  and  friend  of  R.  Johanan  already 
mentioned.     He  died  somewhere  about  279  a.d. 

The  Chapter  Concerning  Balaam 

(17)  b.  B.  Bathr.  14b. — Moses  wrote  his  book  and 
the  section  [Parashah]  about  Balaam. 

Commentary. — The  book  which  Moses  wrote  is,  of 
course,  the  Pentateuch,  with  the  exception  of  the 
last  eight  verses,  which  the   Talmud   attributes  to 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  77 

Joshua.  As  the  section  about  Balaam,  Num.  xxii.- 
xxiv.,  forms  part  of  the  Pentateuch,  the  question 
arises,  Why  was  it  necessary  to  state  expressly  that 
Moses  wrote  it?  Rashi  answers  that  Moses  went 
out  of  his  way  to  include  the  prophecies  of  Balaam, 
which  did  not  properly  belong  to  his  own  subject. 
Marx  (Traditio  Veterrima,  p.  42)  accepts  this,  and 
quotes  a  passage  from  the  Jerusalem  Talmud  to  show 
how  much  importance  was  attached  to  the  Balaam 
section.  As  this  passage  seems  to  me  to  suggest 
more  than  Marx  finds  in  it,  I  quote  it  here,  adding 
some  preceding  words  which  did  not  come  within 
the  scope  of  his  reference. 

(18)  j.  Ber.  i.  8  (3C).— For  Rab  Mathnah  and  Rab 
Shemuel  bar  Nahman  says,  both  say,  It  would 
be  proper  that  the  Ten  Words  should  be  read 
every  day.  And  why  are  they  not  read? 
Because  of  the  misrepresentation  of  the 
Minim,  that  they  might  not  say,  •  These  [i.e. 
the  Ten  Words]  only  were  given  to  Moses 
on  Sinai.'  Rab  Shemuel  bar  Nahman  in  the 
name  of  Rabbi  Jehudah  bar  Zebuda  says, 
'It  would  be  proper  that  the  Parashah  of 
Balak  and  Balaam  should  be  read  every  day. 
And  why  is  it  not  read  ?  In  order  not  to 
weary  the  congregation.'  Rab  Huna  says, 
'Because  there  is  written  in  it  Lying  down 
and  rising  up '  [Num.  xxiii.  24].  Rabbi  Jose 
bar  Rabbi  Bun  says,  '  Because  there  is  written 
in  it  the  going  forth  [out  of  Egypt],  and 
the  Kingdom'  [Num.  xxiii.  21,  22].  Rabbi 
El'azar  says,  'Because  it  is  written  in  the 
Torah,  the  Prophets  and  the  Writings.' 


78  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

The  first  part  of  this  passage  will  be  mentioned  in 
another  connexion  subsequently  (p.  308) ;  I  quote  it 
here  because  it  refers  to  the  Minim,  heretics,  whose 
false  interpretation  made  it  desirable  not  to  introduce 
the  Decalogue  into  the  daily  service.  Coming  im- 
mediately after  this  statement,  may  not  the  mention 
of  the  Parashah  of  Balak  and  Balaam,  and  its 
exclusion  from  the  daily  prayers,  have  also  some 
reference  to  the  misrepresentations  of  heretics? 
From  the  parallel  passage,  b.  Ber.  12b,  it  appears 
that  the  various  reasons  given  by  the  Rabbis  are 
reasons  for  the  inclusion,  not  the  exclusion,  of  the 
Parashah  from  the  daily  prayers.  And  the  exclusion 
is  justified  on  the  ground  that,  the  passage  being 
very  long,  the  recital  of  it  would  weary  the  con- 
gregation. The  Babylonian  Gemara  distinctly  says 
that  it  was  proposed  to  include  the  Parashah,  and 
that  the  proposal  was  not  entertained. 

There  is,  I  admit,  hardly  anything  in  this  passage 
to  connect  it  directly  with  anti-Christian  polemic; 
but  yet  I  think  there  is  enough  to  show  that  a 
special  interest  attached  to  the  Parashah  of  Balaam ; 
and  we  may,  with  a  fair  degree  of  probability,  define 
that  special  interest  by  what  we  have  already  learnt 
as  to  the  connexion  between  Balaam  and  Jesus. 


The  Trial  of  Jesus 

(19)  T.  Sanh.  x.  11. — In  regard  to  all  who  are 
worthy  of  death  according  to  the  Torah,  they 
do  not  use  concealment  against  them,  except 
in  the  case  of  the  deceiver.      How  do  they 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  79 

deal  with  him  ?  They  put  two  disciples  of 
the  wise  in  the  inner  chamber,  and  he  sits  in 
the  outer  chamber,  and  they  light  the  lamp 
so  that  they  shall  see  him  and  hear  his  voice. 
And  thus  they  did  to  Ben  Stada  in  Lud ; 
two  disciples  of  the  wise  were  chosen  for 
him,  and  they  [brought  him  to  the  Beth  Din] 
and  stoned  him. 

(20)  j.  Sanh.  vii.  16  (25c,  d).— The  deceiver ;  this 
denotes  a  private  man.  Not  a  Sage  ?  [i.e.  a 
Rabbi].  No.  From  the  time  he  deceives  he 
is  no  longer  a  Sage.  And  from  the  time  he 
is  deceived  he  is  no  longer  a  Sage.  How  do 
they  deal  with  him  to  work  craftily  against 
him?  They  conceal  (in  his  case)  two  witnesses 
in  the  inner  chamber  and  make  him  sit  in 
the  outer  chamber,  and  they  light  a  lamp 
over  him  that  they  may  see  him  and  may 
hear  his  voice.  Thus  did  they  to  Ben  Stada  in 
Lud,  and  they  concealed  in  his  case  two 
disciples  of  the  wise,  and  they  brought  him 
to  the  Beth  Din  and  stoned  him. 

The  Babylonian  Gemara  has  the  following 
version  of  this  incident : — 

(21)  b.  Sanh.  67a. — [The  passage  of  which  the  ex- 
tract No.  1  above  (the  part  enclosed  in  [  ]  ), 
forms  the  conclusion.] 

For  it  is  tradition  that  in  regard  to  the 
rest  of  all  who  are  worthy  of  death  according 
to  the  Torah,  they  do  not  use  concealment 
except  in  this  case  [i.e.  of  the  deceiver].  How 
do  they  deal  with  him  ?  They  light  a  lamp 
for  him  in  the  inner  chamber  and  set  witnesses 


80  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

in  the  outer  chamber,  so  that  they  may  see 
him  and  hear  his  voice,  but  he  does  not  see 
them.      And  one  says  to  him,  "  Say  to  me 
what  thou  saidst  to  me  in  private,"  and  he 
says  it  to  him.      And  another   says  to  him, 
"How  shall  we   forsake  our   God  who  is  in 
heaven,  and   practise   false  worship?"     If  he 
repents,  it  is  well.     If  he  says,  "  Such  is  our 
duty   and  thus   it    becomes    us    to    do,"  the 
witnesses,  who  hear  from  outside,  bring  him 
to  the  Beth  Din  and  stone  him.     And  thus 
they   did   to   Ben    Stada  in   Lud,  and  they 
hung  him  on  the  eve  of  Pesah. 
Commentary. — The  legal  procedure  to  be  used  in 
the  case  of  a  deceiver,  who  has  tempted   others  to 
apostasy,  is  set  forth  in  the  Mishnah  almost  in  the 
same  words  as  in  the  first  of  the  above   extracts. 
These  are  from  the  Tosephta  and  the  Gemaras,  the 
passage    (20)    being    contained    in    the    Palestinian 
Gemara,  while  (21)  is  from  the  Babylonian  Gemara. 
The  Mishnah  does  not  contain  the  reference  to  Ben 
Stada ;  but  it  is  important  to  notice  that  the  Tosephta 
(19)  does  contain  the  name,  and  thus  establishes  the 
fact  that  the  curious  and  exceptional  legal  procedure 
to  be  followed  in  the  case  of  a  deceiver  was  associ- 
ated with  the  case  of  Ben  Stada  (Jesus,  see  above  (1)), 
at  a  time  before  the  Tosephta  was  completed.     This 
fact  lends  some  support  to  the  hypothesis  of  Laible, 
(J.  C.  im  Talmud,  p.   76),  that  the  legal  procedure 
referred  to  was  really  based  upon  the  case  of  Jesus, 
as  traditionally  reported.     In  all  the  passages  given 
above,  it  is  stated  that  the  concealment  of  witnesses, 
in  order  to  trap  the  accused,  is  only  practised  in  the 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  81 

one  case  of  a  man  who  has  tempted  others  to  apostasy, 
which  was  of  course  the  charge  against  Jesus  (see 
above,  p.  51).  However  that  may  be,  and  I  do  not 
feel  competent  to  pronounce  opinion  on  the  question 
of  the  origin  of  this  law,  the  point  that  concerns  us 
here  is  this,  that  as  early  as  the  time  when  the  To- 
sephta  was  compiled,  there  was  a  tradition  that  the 
condemnation  of  Jesus  had  been  obtained  by  the 
fraudulent  means  described  above.  Presumably  the 
Tosephta  (19)  represents  the  oldest  form  of  the  tradi- 
tion now  extant ;  but  there  is  no  material  difference 
between  the  three  passages  (19),  (20),  (21),  so  far  as 
they  refer  to  Ben  Stada.  They  agree  in  saying,  first, 
that  two  witnesses  were  hidden  in  a  room  adjoining 
the  one  where  the  accused  sat ;  second,  that  a  lamp 
was  lit  over  the  accused,  so  that  the  witnesses  could 
see  as  well  as  hear  him  ;  third,  that  in  the  case  of  Ben 
Stada,  the  witnesses  brought  him  to  the  Beth  Din1 
and  stoned  him ;  fourth,  that  this  took  place  in  Lud 
(Lydda).  (21)  makes  the  important  addition  that 
"  they  hung  him  on  the  eve  of  Passover."  As  to  the 
place  of  concealment,  (19)  and  (20)  say  that  the  two 
witnesses  were  in  the  inner  chamber  and  the  accused 
in  the  outer,  (21)  reverses  the  position.  It  is  not 
clear  in  regard  to  the  cross-examination  described  in 
(21)  whether  the  questioners  are  the  two  witnesses. 
If  they  are,  the  concealment  would  seem  to  be  use- 
less ;  if  not,  there  is  nothing  to  show  who  they  are. 
The  uncertainty  on  this  point,  which  the  compiler  of 
the  Gemara  seems  to  feel,  may  be  understood  if  there 

1  Beth  Din,  literally  house  of  judgment,  an  assembly  of  Rabbis  and  their 
disciples  sitting  as  a  court  of  justice.  The  term  does  not  denote  any  special 
tribunal. 

6 


82  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

really  was  no  law  on  the  subject  except  what  could 
be  recollected  in  connection  with  the  trial  of  Jesus. 
As   in  the  passages  previously  examined,  we   have 
here  only  scanty  remnants  of  a  tradition  about  that 
trial,   combined    perhaps    with    hearsay   information 
derived  from    Christians.     There  is   no  ground,   as 
Keim  rightly  says  (Jesus  of  Nazara,  vi.  47  n.,  E.T.), 
for  correcting  the  Gospel  account  by  the  help  of  the 
Talmud.     Rather   it   is   the   Gospel   account   which 
throws  light  upon  the  Talmudic  tradition.     From  the 
Gospel  story  are  derived  the  two  witnesses  (Matt. 
xxvi.  60.     In  Mark  xiv.  56,  57,  several  witnesses  are 
mentioned).     The  Gospel  speaks  of  '  false  '  witnesses, 
and  this  is  perhaps  the  origin  of  the  Talmudic  asser- 
tion that  the  witnesses  were  concealed  in   order  to 
entrap  the  accused.     From   the  Talmudic   point  of 
view  the  witnesses  were  not  false,  in  the  sense  of  un- 
truthful, but  were  justified  by  their  zeal  for  the  true 
religion  in  acting  deceitfully  against  a  heretic.     The 
mention  of  the  outer  and  the  inner  chamber  (of  what 
building  is  not  said)  recalls  Matt.   xxvi.  69,  where  it 
is    said   that  Peter  was  sitting  without  in  the  court, 
while   the   trial   was  going  on   within  the  house  of 
the  High  Priest.     The  lighted  lamp  may  have  been 
suggested  by  the  mention  of  the  fire  kindled  in  the 
outer  court,  Luke   xxii.    55.     And  finally  the  state- 
ment that  the  witnesses  carried  the  accused  to  the 
Beth  Din  may  have  its  origin  in  the  fact  that  there 
was,  according  to  the  Gospels,  a  second  sitting  of  the 
council  after  the  one  at  which  the  witnesses  had  been 
present  (Mark  xv.  1).     The  Talmudic  tradition  differs 
from  the  Gospel  in  saying  that  the  trial  took  place  at 
Lud   (Lydda),  and  that  Jesus  was   stoned.     These 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  83 

statements,  as  well  as  the  remark  that  Jesus  was 
hung  on  the  Eve  of  Passover,  belong  rather  to  the 
question  of  the  execution  of  Jesus,  which  will  form 
the  subject  of  the  next  extract.  They  tend,  however, 
to  confirm  what  has  already  been  pointed  out,  that 
the  Talmud  has  preserved  only  a  very  vague  and 
confused  recollection  of  Jesus.  His  name  was  doubt- 
less held  in  abhorrence  as  that  of  a  dangerous  heretic 
and  deceiver ;  but  extremely  little  was  known  of  him, 
and  that  little  is  mentioned  more  by  way  of  casual 
remark  than  as  being  of  importance  on  its  own 
account. 


The  Execution  of  Jesus 

(22)  b.  Sanh.  43a.— And  it  is  tradition:  On  the 
eve  of  Pesah  they  hung  Jeshu  [the  Nazarene]. 
And  the  crier  went  forth  before  him  forty 
days  (saying),  '[Jeshu  the  Nazarene]  goeth 
forth  to  be  stoned,  because  he  hath  practised 
magic  and  deceived  and  led  astray  Israel. 
Any  one  who  knoweth  aught  in  his  favour, 
let  him  come  and  declare  concerning  him.' 
And  they  found  naught  in  his  favour.  And 
they  hung  him  on  the  eve  of  Pesah.  Ulla 
says,  •  Would  it  be  supposed  that  [Jeshu  the 
Nazarene]  a  revolutionary,  had  aught  in  his 
favour  ? '  He  was  a  deceiver,  and  the  Merciful 
hath  said  (Deut.  xiii.  8),  Thou  shalt  not  spare, 
neither  shalt  thou  conceal  him.  But  it  was 
different  with  [Jeshu  the  Nazarene],  for  he 
was  near  to  the  kingdom. 


84  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

[The  whole  of   this   passage   is   expunged 

from  the  later  editions.     It  is  given  here  on 

the  authority  of  the  MSS.  and  early  editions 

set  forth  by  Rabbinowicz.     The  words  in  [ 

are  from  MSS.] 

Commentary. — To  the  statements  contained  in  the 

foregoing  passage  must  be  added  those  given  in  Nos. 

(19),  (20),  (21),  viz.,  that  Jesus  was  stoned,  and  that 

his  death  took  place  in  Lud  (Lydda).     It  is  remarkable 

that  the  fact  of  the  crucifixion  in  Jerusalem  should 

have  been    so    completely   forgotten,   even    by  the 

compiler  of  the   Tosephta,   to   say  nothing  of  the 

compilers  of  the  Gemara.     This  is  the  more  curious 

because  there  are  to  be  found  in  other  passages,  to  be 

given  presently,  allusions  to  a   crucifixion  and  to   a 

death    in  Jerusalem,   which   are  probably  those  of 

Jesus.     The  explanation  of  the  statement  that  Jesus 

was  put  to  death  in  Lydda  is  probably  the  following  : 

After  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  Lydda  gradually 

became  an  important  centre  of  Rabbinical  activity. 

In  the  early  years   of  the   second   century,   Rabbis 

Eliezer,  Tarphon  and  Aqiba  held  their  colleges  there, 

and  Lydda  quite  outshone  Jabneh,  which  had  been 

the  seat  first  of  Johanan  ben  Zaccai,  and  then  of  the 

Patriarch  Gamliel   II.    after  the  fall   of  Jerusalem. 

Aqiba  took  a  very  active  part  in  the  insurrection 

under  Bar  Cocheba  (a.d.  132-135),  and  Lydda  was 

probably  the  headquarters   of  the  insurgents.     The 

name  "  Martyrs  of  Lydda  "  (n£  win,  b.  B.  Bathr.  10b), 

was  applied  to  some  of  the  distinguished  Rabbis  who 

were  executed  at  the  close  of  the  insurrection.     Now 

we   have  already  learnt  (see   above,  p.  44)  that  the 

Talmud  regards  Jesus  as  having  been  a  contemporary 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  85 

of  Aqiba ;  and  it  is  further  to  be  observed  that  the 
Christians  were  persecuted  by  the  adherents  of  Bar 
Cocheba,  presumably  for  not  acknowledging  him  as 
the  Messiah.1  Now  it  is  quite  certain  that  in  the 
Talmud  the  insurrection  of  Bar  Cocheba  and  its 
tragic  end  is  remembered  with  much  greater  clear- 
ness than  the  fate  of  Jesus  a  century  before.  And 
the  suggestion  is  that  the  more  recent  and  important 
event  has  gathered  to  itself  the  tradition  of  the  earlier 
period.  Aqiba,  the  apostle  of  the  insurrection,  became 
thereby  the  persecutor  of  Christians  ;  the  place  where 
he  was  most  active  against  them  was  Lydda,  and  thus 
a  later  tradition  could  naturally  arise  that  Jesus  was 
a  contemporary  of  Aqiba,  and  had  been  executed  in 
Aqiba's  own  city  of  Lydda.  This  is  in  the  main 
Laible's  explanation ;  but  I  differ  from  him  in  holding 
that  Aqiba's  hostility  towards  the  Christians  was 
chiefly  due  to  his  own  connexion  with  Bar  Cocheba, 
and  not  so  much  to  his  hatred  of  Christians  as  such. 
No  doubt  he  felt  such  a  hatred,  as  did  other  Rabbis, 
e.g.  Tarphon  and  Meir ;  but  I  do  not  know  of  any 
special  evidence  of  his  hostility  except  on  the  ground 
that  I  have  mentioned. 

The  passage  before  us  further  states  that  Jesus  was 
hung.  With  this  must  be  combined  the  evidence  of 
the  passages,  Nos.  (19),  (20),  (21),  that  he  was  stoned. 
The  connexion  between  the  two  statements  is  that 
Jesus  was  stoned,  and  his  dead  body  then  hung  upon 
a  cross.     This  is  clear  from  the  Mishnah,  Sanh.    vi. 


1  Justin  Mart.,  Apol.  i.  C.  31,  ical  yap  iv  t$  vvv  yeytvr\ix4vcp  'lou8at/c<p  iro\4fi(p 
Bapx<»X€&as>  &  T^s  'lovSaiwv  airo(rrd<rta)S  opx777*T1?s>  Xpiariavohs  fxSvovs  (Is 
Tipaplas  Seivds,  §1  fi^j  apvoivro  'Ir}(rovv  rby  Xpiffrbv  ko\  f}\a<r<prnxo?ev,  eKiKtvtv 
fardyeo-dai. 


86  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

4.  (23)  '  All  who  are  stoned  are  hung,  according  to 
Rabbi  Eliezer.  The  Sages  say  None  is  hung  except 
the  blasphemer  and  he  who  practises  a  false  worship.' * 
The  corpse  was  hung  to  a  cross  or  else  to  a  single 
beam,  of  which  one  end  rested  on  the  ground,  the 
other  against  a  wall  (same  Mishnah).  It  is  worth 
noting  that  the  technical  word  for  a  cross  (n^s)  is  not 
used  here.  The  Gospels,  of  course,  say  nothing  about 
a  stoning  of  Jesus,  and  I  suggest  that  the  Talmudic 
tradition  is  an  inference  from  the  fact  that  he  was 
known  to  have  been  hung.  The  inference  would  be 
further  strengthened  by  the  application  of  the  text, 
Deut.  xxi.  23,  He  that  is  hanged  is  accursed  of  God, 
a  text  which  Paul  had  to  disarm  in  reference  to  Jesus 
(Gal.  iii.  13).  The  Talmud  knows  nothing  of  an 
execution  of  Jesus  by  the  Romans,  but  makes  it  solely 
the  act  of  the  Jews. 

Here  may  be  mentioned  a  passage  which  seems  to 
show  that  there  was  a  tradition  that  Jesus  had  been 
crucified. 

(24)  T.  Sanh.  ix.  7. — Rabbi  Meir  used  to  say, 
What  is  the  meaning  of  (Deut.  xxi.  23),  For 
a  curse  of  God  is  he  that  is  hung  ?  [It  is  like 
the  case  of]  two  brothers,  twins,  who  resembled 
each  other.  One  ruled  over  the  whole  world, 
the  other  took  to  robbery.  After  a  time  the 
one  who  took  to  robbery  was  caught,  and  they 
crucified  him  on  a  cross.  And  every  one  who 
passed  to  and  fro  said,  '  It  seems  that  the  king 

1  Literally  a  worshipper  of  stars  and  planets.  This  is  constantly  used  in 
the  Rabbinical  literature  as  a  technical  term  for  the  adherent  of  a  false 
religion,  without  any  implication  that  the  stars  are  the  actual  objects  of 
worship.  Idolater  is  not  always  an  equivalent  term  ;  but,  with  this  explana- 
tion, it  is  the  most  convenient  to  use. 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  87 

is  crucified.'     Therefore  it  is  said,  A  curse  of 
God  is  he  that  is  hung. 

Commentary. — R.  Meir  lived  in  the  second  cen- 
tury, and  we  shall  see  that  he  had  some  knowledge 
of  the  Gospels  (see  below,  p.  163).  It  is  hardly  to  be 
doubted  that  the  above  passage  contains  a  reference 
to  Jesus.  '  One  ruled  over  the  whole  world,'  that  is 
God.  '  They  resembled  each  other '  suggests  He 
that  hath  seen  me  hath  seen  the  Father.  The  men- 
tion of  the  cross  (ni^v)  obviously  accords  with  the 
Gospel  story.  The  scornful  gibe  of  the  passers-by 
suggests  Matt,  xxvii.  37  and  39,  and  esp.  42,  43.  The 
curious  remark  that  the  second  'took  to  robbery' 
(listaia)  I  cannot  explain,  but  it  should  be  noted  in 
connexion  with  what  was  said  above  (see  p.  73), 
about  Pinhas  Listaah  (Pontius  Pilatus).  It.  Meir's 
interpretation  of  the  text  in  Deut.  is  somewhat 
obscure  ;  so  far  as  I  understand  it  he  seems  to  mean 
that  the  raillery  of  the  bystanders  was  a  cursing  of 
♦God,  because  they  said  '  the  King  is  hung,'  which 
would  be  the  case  if  Jesus  were  supposed  to  be 
God. 

To  this  passage  may  be  appended  another  where 
there  is  also  a  reference  to  crucifixion.  It  is  con- 
tained in  the  Midrash  on  Esther  ix.  2,  and  is  as 
follows  : — Zeresh,  the  wife  of  Haman,  is  advising  him 
how  to  kill  Mordecai,  so  that  he  shall  not  be  de- 
livered by  miracle  as  so  many  had  been,  and  she  says, 
W9D  anwan  *ioy  \o  nn  propa  irfn  mh*  by  rw  sb%  "  Crucify 
him  on  a  cross,  for  we  do  not  find  one  out  of  his 
nation  who  has  been  delivered  from  it."  The  refer- 
ence seems  to  be  to  the  fact  that  Jesus  was  not 
saved   from   the  cross   even   though  it  was  claimed 


88  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

for  him  that  he  was  the  Messiah ;  cp.  Matt,  xxvii. 
40. 

To  return  now  to  the  Gemara  in  Sanh.,  at  the 
head  of  this  section.  It  is  stated  there  that  Jesus 
was  put  to  death  on  the  eve  of  Passover  ;  the  Florence 
codex  adds  that  it  was  also  the  eve  of  Sabbath.  This 
is  probably  dependent  on  the  Gospel  story,  and  it  is 
interesting  to  note  that  it  agrees  more  with  the 
Gospel  of  John  than  with  the  Synoptics.  From  what 
we  have  already  seen,  however,  of  the  vagueness  and 
uncertainty  of  the  Talmudic  tradition  concerning  the 
death  of  Jesus,  it  is  unwarrantable  to  use  this  as 
independent  evidence. 

In  like  manner  we  may  ascribe  to  a  confused 
knowledge  of  Christian  teaching  the  statement  that 
a  herald  went  forth,  during  forty  days  before  the 
death  of  Jesus,  calling  upon  all  who  could  bear 
witness  in  his  favour  to  come  and  do  so.  The  herald 
is,  of  course,  fictitious  ;  but  the  forty  days  may  have 
been  suggested  by  the  forty  days  which  are  said  to 
have  elapsed  between  the  crucifixion  and  the  ascen- 
sion, i.e.  before  the  final  disappearance  of  Jesus. 
Laible  suggests  the  forty  days  of  fasting  ending  with 
Easter,  and  Dalman  hints  at  the  forty  days'  fast  of 
Jesus  in  the  wilderness  (Matt.  iv.  2).  All  that  can 
be  said  with  any  safety  is  that  the  number  forty  may 
have  its  origin  in  the  Gospel. 

The  Gemara,  having  described  the  death  of  Jesus, 
adds  a  remark  about  the  statement  that  a  herald 
invited  evidence  in  favour  of  Jesus,  and  found  none. 
Ulla,  a  Palestinian  Rabbi  of  the  end  of  the  third 
century,  a  disciple  of  R.  Johanan,  says,  '  Would  it 
be   thought  that  anything   could  be  said  in  favour 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  89 

of  Jesus,  a  revolutionary  ?  He  was  a  deceiver,  and 
the  Merciful  hath  said  (observe  the  irony  of  appeal- 
ing to  God  as  "the  Merciful"  in  this  case),  Thou 
shalt  not  spare  nor  conceal  such  a  one'  But,  says 
the  compiler  of  the  Gemara,  or  perhaps  Ulla,  who 
raised  the  question,  '  It  was  different  with  Jesus, 
because  he  was  near  to  the  kingdom.'  Is  this  a 
reference  to  the  supposed  Davidic  descent  of  Jesus  ? 
The  suggestion  is  tempting;  but  I  doubt  whether 
it  is  warranted.  The  phrase  "  near  to  the  kingdom  " 
occurs  elsewhere,  and  is  applied  to  the  family  of  the 
Patriarch  Gamliel  II.,  of  whom  it  is  said  (b.  B.  Q. 
83a),  that  they  were  allowed  to  learn  Greek  because 
they  were  "near  to  the  kingdom."  The  Patriarch 
was  the  official  representative  of  the  Jews,  and  since 
as  such  he  must  have  had  frequent  intercourse  with 
the  government,  the  knowledge  of  Greek  was 
necessary.  Of  course,  Jesus  stood  in  no  such  official 
relation  to  the  government ;  but  the  Gospels  record 
a  remarkable  hesitation  on  the  part  of  Pontius 
Pilate  to  put  him  to  death,  and  such  hesitation  might 
well  be  explained  by  saying  that  Jesus  must  have 
had  friends  at  court,  or  at  least  that  there  must 
have  been  political  reasons  for  wishing  to  spare  him. 
If  this  suggestion,  which  is  made  by  Laible  (J.  C. 
im  Talmud,  p.  80),  be  thought  somewhat  far-fetched, 
as  implying  a  greater  knowledge  of  the  Gospel  story 
than  is  probable,  it  may  be  simplified  by  supposing 
that  the  phrase,  "  near  to  the  kingdom,"  was  an  in- 
ference from  the  fact  that  Jesus  frequently  spoke  of 
"the  kingdom."  In  this  case  there  would  be  no 
need  to  bring  in  Pontius  Pilate,  and  in  fact  the 
Talmudic  story  of  the  execution  of  Jesus  does  not 


90  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

implicate  the  civil  government  at  all.  Laible  appears 
to  me  to  credit  the  Talmudic  Rabbis  with  a  much 
clearer  memory  of  the  life  and  death  of  Jesus  than 
is  warranted  by  the  evidence.  That  they  knew  of 
the  existence  of  the  Gospel  (or  Gospels)  is  certain 
(see  below,  p.  163) ;  and  that  they  had  some  acquaint- 
ance with  the  contents  of  the  Gospel  is  probable; 
but  the  frequent  discussions  between  Jews  and 
Christians,  of  which  we  shall  meet  with  many  ex- 
amples, lead  me  to  think  that  the  Rabbis  gained 
most  of  their  information  about  Jesus  from  such 
intercourse,  and  that  the  real  tradition  concerning 
him  amounted  to  hardly  more  than  the  fact  that  he 
had  been  a  deceiver  of  the  people  and  had  been  put 
to  death. 

The  Disciples  of  Jesus 

(25)  b.  Sanh.  43a. — Our  Rabbis  have  taught,  Jesus 
had  five  disciples — Matthai,  Neqai,  Netzer, 
Buni,  and  Thodah.  They  brought  Matthai 
[before  the  judges].  He  said,  '  Must  Matthai 
be  killed?  For  it  is  written  [Ps.  xlii.  2]: 
Mathai  [  =  when]  shall  (I)  come  and  appear 
before  God'  They  said  to  him,  'Yes, 
Matthai  must  be  killed,  for  it  is  written  [Ps. 
xli.  5]:  Mathai  [  =  when]  shall  (he)  die  and 
his  name  perish'  They  brought  Neqai.  He 
said  to  them,  •  Must  Neqai  be  killed  ?  For 
it  is  written  [Ex.  xxiii.  7] :  The  Naqi  [  «■  inno- 
cent] and  the  righteous  thou  shalt  not  slay.9 
They  said  to  him, '  Yes,  Neqai  must  be  killed, 
for  it  is  written  [Ps.  x.  8] :   In  secret  places 


PASSAGES   RELATING  TO  JESUS  91 

doth  he  slay   Naqi  [  =  the  innocent].'     They 
brought  Netzer.     He   said,  'Must  Netzer  be 
killed  ?     For  it  is  written  [Isa.  xi.  1]  :  Netzer 
[  =  a  branch]  shall  spring  tip  from  his  roots' 
They   said    to    him,    'Yes,   Netzer    must  be 
killed.      For    it    is    written    [Isa.    xiv.    19]: 
Thou  art  cast  forth  out  of  thy  grave  like  an 
abominable  Netzer  [  =  branch].'     They  brought 
Buni.     He    said    to    them,    'Must   Buni   be 
killed  ?      For  it  is  written  [Ex.  iv.  22] :  Bni 
[  =  my  son],  my  first  born,  Israel"     They  said 
to  him,    '  Yes,  Buni  must  be  killed.     For  it  is 
written   [Ex.   iv.  23] :  Behold,  I  slay  Bincha 
[  =  thy   son]   thy  first   born'      They  brought 
Thodah.     He  said  to  them,  '  Must  Thodah  be 
killed  ?     For  it  is  written  [Ps.  c.  1] :  A  Psalm 
for    Thodah  [  =  thanksgiving].'     They  said  to 
him,  'Yes,   Thodah   must  be  killed,  for  it  is 
written  [Ps.  1.  23] :   Whoso  sacrificeth  Thodah 
[  =  thanksgiving]  honoureth  me? 
Commentary.  —  This    passage   is  the   continuation 
of  the  preceding  one,  and  I  have   only  divided  the 
two   for   convenience   of  separate  treatment.     It  is 
probable  that  the  passage   already  considered,   No. 
(21),  which  in  the  editions  of  the  Talmud  is  found 
on  p.    67a  of    Sanhedrin,   also    forms    part    of   the 
same  paragraph  about  Jesus.      Thus  it  would  con- 
tain, first,  the  description  of  the  witnesses,  then  the 
execution,  and  lastly  the  account  of  the  five  disciples. 
If  this  is  so,  then  it  is  clear  why  the  place  of  exe- 
cution (Lydda)  is  not  mentioned  in  the  second  and 
third  passages  (22),  (25),  since   it   has   already  been 
mentioned  in  (21).     This  is  Laible's  suggestion.     The 


92  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

reason  for  their  being  divided  in  the  Talmud  would 
be  that  the  division  of  subject  required  it,  the 
account  of  the  death  of  Jesus  being  introduced  in  a 
discussion  about  the  stoning  of  certain  criminals, 
and  the  description  of  the  manner  of  concealing 
witnesses  finding  its  proper  place  later  in  a  discussion 
upon  deceivers  of  the  people.  The  passage  which 
we  have  now  to  consider  is  merely  a  pendant  to 
the  account  of  the  death  of  Jesus,  describing  with 
a  certain  ferocious  humour  the  fate  of  five  of  his 
disciples.  These  are  said  to  have  been  condemned 
to  death ;  and  when  they  quoted  Scripture  texts  as 
a  plea  for  their  lives,  they  were  met  with  other 
texts  demolishing  their  plea.  That  any  tribunal  of 
justice,  or  of  arbitrary  violence,  ever  conducted  its 
business  in  such  a  manner,  it  is  hard  to  believe ;  and 
we  can  only  regard  this  fencing  with  texts  as  a 
jeu  (Tesprit,  occasioned  no  doubt  by  some  actual 
event.  That  event  would  naturally  be  an  execution 
of  Christian  disciples,  if  such  took  place.  The 
dialogue  as  given  in  the  Talmud  can  certainly  not 
be  taken  as  historical ;  but  it  may  yet  give  some  in- 
dication of  the  historical  circumstances  under  which 
it  was  composed.  Little  or  nothing  can  be  learnt 
from  the  names  of  the  five  disciples ;  only  the  first, 
Matthai,  has  any  close  resemblance  to  a  name  in  the 
list  of  the  twelve  (Matt.  x.  2-4).  The  last,  Thodah, 
is  not  unlike  Thaddseus ;  but  in  Hebrew  that  name 
would  be  Thaddai,  not  Thodah.  The  others,  Naqi, 
Netzer,  and  Buni,1  have  no  parallels  in  the  list  of  the 

1  It  is,  however,  worthy  of  note  that  in  b.  Taan.  19b,  20a,  is  related  a  story 
of  Naqdimon  b.  Qorion,  a  rich  citizen  of  Jerusalem,  and  it  is  added  in  a 
note  that  his  real  name  was  not  Naqdimon,  but  Bum.     Now  Naqdimon  is 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  9$ 

Twelve ;  indeed,  it  is  doubtful  whether  they,  and 
Thodah,  were  ever  names  of  persons  at  all.  At 
most  they  may  have  been  nick-names,  and  they 
certainly  raise  the  suspicion  that  they  have  been 
chosen  for  the  sake  of  the  texts.  I  suggest  that  the 
case  stands  thus : — five  disciples  of  Jesus,  i.e.  five 
Christians,  were  on  some  occasion  condemned  to 
death,  that  their  real  names,  if  known,  were  not 
mentioned,  that  one  of  them  was  designated  Matthai 
with  reference  to  the  name  attached  to  the  first 
Gospel,  that  the  play  upon  his  name  suggested  a 
similar  device  in  the  case  of  the  others,  and  that  for 
them  other  names  were  invented,  each  of  which  had 
some  reference  to  Jesus,  as  regarded  of  course  by 
Christians.  Thus  Naqi,  the  innocent,  is  obviously 
applicable  to  Jesus  from  the  Christian  point  of  view, 
and  is  as  obviously  satirical  from  that  of  the  Rabbis, 
as  already  shown.  Netzer,  the  branch,  is  the  Hebrew 
word  occurring  in  the  two  texts  quoted  from  Isaiah, 
of  which  the  former  was  interpreted  Messianically, 
and  would  therefore  be  applied  to  Jesus.  But 
perhaps  more  probably  there  is  a  reference  to  the 
name  Notzri,  the  Nazarene,  which  we  have  already 
met  with  as  an  epithet  of  Jesus  (for  the  derivation 
of  the  word  Notzri,  and  its  meaning,  see  above, 
p.  52  n.).  Buni,  as  used  in  both  the  texts,  is  taken 
to  mean  'my  son,'  a  frequent  designation  of  the 
Messiah,  and  therefore  applicable  by  Christians  to 
Jesus.  For  the  name  Thodah,  'praise,'  I  do  not 
know  any  connexion  with  Jesus ;  but  it  is  possible 
that  the  apt  retort  of  the  second  text,  whoso  sacri- 

equivalent  to  Nicodemus.      There  may,  therefore,  be  an  allusion  to  Nico- 
demus,  who  came  to  Jesus  by  night  (John  iii.  1). 


94  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

ficeth  Thodak  honoureth  me,  may  have  suggested  the 
whole  series,  and  thus  that  the  name  Thodah  was  a 
pure  invention. 

It  is  natural  to  infer  from  the  passage  that  all  the 
five  disciples  were  condemned  on  the  same  occasion, 
and  this  at  once  excludes  the  possibility  that  any 
of  the  original  Twelve  are  referred  to.  At  least  no 
Christian  tradition  exists  which  specifies  any  five  out 
of  the  Twelve  as  having  met  with  such  a  fate.  But 
the  fact  that  the  five  were  called  disciples  of  Jesus 
only  implies  that  they  were  Christians,  not  that  they 
were  contemporaries  of  Jesus.  Therefore  we  may 
look  for  them,  if  necessary,  at  some  later  period. 
The  fact  that  the  prisoners  quoted  texts  of  Scripture, 
and  were  met  with  other  texts,  suggests  that  the  trial 
took  place  before  a  Jewish  and  not  a  Roman  tribunal. 
Not,  of  course,  that  such  a  thrust  and  parry  of  texts 
really  took  place  anywhere,  but  that  it  would  be 
impossible  in  a  Roman  court  and  only  a  witty 
travesty  of  what  would  be  possible  in  a  Jewish  one. 
Laible  (J.  C.  im  Talm.,  p.  68  fol.)  makes  the  very 
probable  suggestion  that  the  story  refers  to  the 
persecution  of  Christians  under  Bar  Cocheba,  already 
mentioned.  It  is  a  fantastic  account  of  some  incident 
of  that  persecution.  The  reasons  for  taking  this  view 
are,  that  the  story  occurs  in  the  same  passage  as  that 
which  describes  the  death  of  Jesus,  and  that  we  have 
found  the  key  to  the  understanding  of  the  statements 
there  made  about  Jesus  in  the  anti- Christian  hatred 
of  Bar  Cocheba,  and  more  especially  of  Aqiba,  his 
chief  supporter.  So  far  as  I  know,  there  is  no  other 
period  than  this  (132-135  a.d.)  at  which  Christians 
were  persecuted  and  even  put  to   death   by  Jews. 


PASSAGES  RELATING  TO  JESUS  95 

The  Christians  would,  of  course,  be  of  Jewish 
extraction. 

Other  persons  who  are  described  as  disciples  of 
Jesus  will  be  mentioned  subsequently.  I  do  not 
mention  them  here,  in  the  division  dealing  with 
Talmudic  references  to  Jesus,  because  the  passages 
where  they  are  alluded  to  are  more  conveniently 
grouped  together  as  referring  to  Minuth  (heresy)  and 
Minim  (heretics),  and  will  therefore  be  treated 
separately  in  another  main  division. 

I  shall  close  this  division,  of  which  the  main  subject 
is  Jesus,  by  a  reference  to  the  name  Ben  Netzer,  which 
has  been  held  by  some  to  denote  Jesus. 


Ben  Netzer 

Levy  (N.  H.  W.,  i.  240%  s.v.  p)  says  that  the  name 
Ben  Netzer  (to  a)  is  probably  an  allusion  to  Jesus  the 
Nazarene.  Keim,  (J.  of  N.,  ii.  15,  Eng.  Tr.)  says 
that  the  Talmudists  call  Jesus,  Ben  Netzar.  This  is 
also  the  view  of  Edersheim  (L.  and  T.  J.  M.,  i.  222). 
The  authority  for  this  appears  to  be  Abarbanel,  whose 
work  nvwn  wjns  is  quoted  by  Buxtorf  (Lexicon 
Talmudicum,  ed.  Fischer,  s.v.  to  )  as  follows  :  Speak- 
ing of  the  "  little  horn  "  in  Dan.  vii.  8,  he  says  (26), 
"  See,  yea  see,  how  they  interpret  that  other  '  little 
horn '  to  mean  Ben  Netzer,  who  is  Jeshua  ha-Notzri, 
and  according  to  the  context  they  join  in  the  reference 
to  him  the  wicked  kingdom,  which  is  Edom,  for  that 
was  his  nation."  What  reason  Abarbanel  had  for 
making  this  identification  I  do  not  know ;  but  there 
is   nothing  in  the   passages   where    Ben    Netzer  is 


96  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

mentioned  (b.  Keth.  51b,  J.  Terum.  46b,  Ber.  r.  sec.  76) 
to  suggest  Jesus.  Ben  Netzer  is  described  as  a  sort 
of  robber  chieftain,  "  a  robber  amongst  kings,  a  king 
amongst  robbers,"  as  the  Talmud  says.  The  correct 
explanation,  as  it  seems  beyond  question,  is  that  of 
Gratz  (G.  d.  J.,  iv.  295,  and  n.  28),  who  shows  that 
Ben  Netzer  is  Odenathus,  the  founder  of  the  shortlived 
kingdom  of  Palmyra,  a.d.  260  circa.  Jost  (G.  d.  J., 
ii.  145  n.  4)  says  that  this  hypothesis  is  without 
evidence  to  support  it ;  and  if  it  were  not  for  a  re- 
ference in  the  same  context  to  Gratz'  work,  it  would 
be  hard  to  believe  that  Jost  had  read  the  long  note 
(n.  28)  in  which  Gratz  presents  the  evidence.  It 
appears  to  me  clear  that  Gratz  is  right,  and  if  so, 
there  can  be  no  question  of  an  allusion  to  Jesus  in  the 
name  Ben  Netzer.  Even  Jost  does  not  allege  any 
such  allusion,  though  he  rejects  the  proposed  identi- 
fication with  Odenathus. 


B.— PASSAGES  REFERRING  TO  MINIM  AND 
MINUTH 

This  division  will  include  a  much  larger  number  of 
passages  than  the  one  just  completed,  and  the  greater 
part  of  them  will  be  concerned  with  those  Minim 
whose  identification  is  one  of  the  problems  of  the 
Talmud.  It  will  be  necessary,  for  the  sake  of  clear- 
ness, to  sub-divide  the  material  in  this  division,  with 
the  result,  as  I  hope,  of  lessening  the  amount  of  com- 
mentary upon  each  passage. 

SECTION   I.— DESCRIPTIONS   AND   DEFINITIONS   OF 
MINIM   AND   MINUTH 

I  place  first  of  all  what  I  believe  to  be  a  reference 
to  the  most  distinguished  disciple  of  Jesus,  viz.,  Paul. 

Gehazi  (Paul?) 

(27)  b.  Sotah.  47a.— Our  Rabbis  have  taught: 
Always  let  the  left  hand  repel  and  the  right 
hand  invite.  Not  like  Elisha,  who  repulsed 
Gehazi  with  both  his  hands,  and  not  like 
Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah,  who  repulsed  Jesus  the 
Nazarene  with  both  his  hands.  What  about 
Elisha?  It  is  written  (2  Kings  v.  23),  And 
Naaman  said,  Be  content,  take  two  talents,  and 

97  7 


98  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

it  is  written  (ib.  v.  26),  and  he  said  to  him, 
1  Went  not  my  heart  [with  thee]  when  the  man 
turned  from  off  his  chariot  to  meet  thee2.  Is 
it  a  time  to  receive  silver,  and  to  receive  raiment 
and  olive  gardens  and  vineyards  and  sheep  and 
cattle  and  men-servants  and  maid-servants?' 
But  had  he  indeed  received  all  this?  Silver 
and  raiment  was  what  he  received.  R.  Jitzhaq 
said,  ■  In  that  hour  Elisha  was  occupied  with 
[the  law  concerning]  the  eight  [kinds  of] 
creeping  things  (Lev.  xi.  29,  30].  He  said  to 
him  [Gehazi],  '  Wretch,  the  time  has  come  to 
receive  the  punishment  [for  having  partaken] 
of  the  eight  creeping  things,  and  the  leprosy  of 
Naaman  shall  cleave  to  thee  and  to  thy  seed  for 
ever'  And  there  were  four  leprous  men  (2 
Kings  vii.  3),  R.  Johanan  said  these  were 
Gehazi  and  his  three  sons.  And  Elisha  went 
to  Damascus  (ib.  viii.  7).  Why  did  he  go  to 
Damascus  ?  R.  Johanan  says  that  he  went  to 
turn  Gehazi  to  repentance,  and  he  did  not 
repent.  He  said  to  him  'Repent,'  and  he 
answered,  'Thus  have  I  received  from  thee, 
that  everyone  who  has  sinned  and  caused  the 
multitude  to  sin,  they  give  him  not  the  chance 
to  repent.'  What  did  he  do  ?  Some  say  he 
set  up  a  loadstone  according  to  the  sin  of 
Jeroboam  and  made  it  stand  between  heaven 
and  earth.  And  some  say  he  wrote  the  Name 
upon  its  mouth,  and  it  used  to  say  "  I "  and 
"Thou  shalt  not  have."  And  some  say  he 
drove  our  Rabbis  from  before  him,  as  it  is 
written  (2  Kings  vi.  1),  And  the  sons  of  the 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH      99 

prophets  said  to  Elisha,  Behold  the  place  where 

we  sit  is  too  strait  for  us,  whereas  up  till  that 

time  it  had  not  been  too  small. 

What  of  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah  ?     [See 

the  continuation  (7)  above,  p.  50.] 
Commentary. — It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  this 
passage  is  continuous  with  that  describing  the  excom- 
munication of  Jesus  by  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah,  No. 
(7)  above,  p.  50.  The  whole  passage  occurs  in  b.  Sotah 
47a  and  b.  Sanh.  107b.  The  story  of  Jesus  has  been 
given  according  to  the  latter  version,  for  the  sake  of 
being  able  to  use  the  various  readings  of  Rabbinowicz, 
which  are  not  available  for  the  treatise  Sotah.  The 
story  about  Gehazi  is  given  according  to  the  version 
in  Sotah,  because  it  is  somewhat  fuller,  and  omits 
nothing  of  importance  that  is  found  in  the  version  in 
Sanhedrin. 

The  connexion  of  a  story  about  Jesus  with  a  story 
about  Gehazi  suggests  that  there  may  be,  under  the 
figure  of  Gehazi,  a  covert  reference  to  some  person 
associated  with  Jesus.  It  will  not  be  forgotten  that 
Gehazi  is  one  of  the  four  men  expressly  excluded  from 
the  world  to  come,  and  that  the  other  three  are  Balaam, 
Doeg  and  Ahitophel.  We  have  already  seen  reason 
to  believe  that  Balaam  is  a  type  of  Jesus  (see  above, 
p.  64  fol.),  and  that  Doeg  and  Ahitophel  are  else- 
where said  to  have  been  heretics  (Minim),  a  term 
which  in  some  cases  certainly  denotes  Christians.  It 
is  natural,  therefore,  to  look  amongst  the  followers  of 
Jesus  for  the  man  of  whom  Gehazi  is  the  type.  I 
suggest  that  the  man  referred  to  is  Paul.  In  what 
is  said  about  Gehazi,  in  the  passage  before  us  and 
elsewhere,   there  are  several   points  of   likeness  to 


JOO  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Paul ;  and  it  would  certainly  be  strange  if  the  man 
who,  more  than  any  other  except  Jesus,  was  the  foe 
of  the  traditional  Judaism,  and  who,  moreover,  had 
been  in  his  youth  a  strict  Pharisee,  should  be  passed 
over  in  silence  by  the  defenders  of  that  Judaism  when 
they  had  occasion  to  refer  to  Christianity. 

In  the  passage  before  us,  the  subject  under  discus- 
sion is  the  duty  of  attending  on  or  accompanying  a 
man  walking  forth  from  a  town ;  and  a  chance 
mention  of  Elisha  is  made  the  excuse  for  introducing 
a  long  haggadah  about  him,  of  which  our  passage 
forms  part.  The  story  translated  above  is,  of  course, 
a  haggadic  enlargement  of  the  story  in  2  Kings  v. 
of  the  dismissal  and  punishment  of  Gehazi  for 
covetousness.  The  curious  statement  that  Elisha 
was  studying  the  law  about  the  eight  kinds  of  creep- 
ing things  is  only  a  fantastic  explanation  of  the 
punishment  of  Gehazi.  Elisha  said,  '  Is  this  a  time 
to  receive  silver  and  raiment  and  olive-gardens.'  etc., 
mentioning  eight  things.  And  the  objection  is  made 
that  Gehazi  had  not  received  all  these,  but  only  the 
first  two.  R.  Jitzhaq  explains  this  by  saying  that 
Elisha  was  studying  the  law  about  the  eight  creeping 
things  forbidden  for  food.  The  connexion  is  not, 
however,  simply  the  number  eight.  The  punishment, 
according  to  this  fanciful  exposition,  is  inflicted  upon 
Gehazi  for  having  broken  the  law  about  eating  the 
creeping  things.  The  absurdity  of  this  explanation 
is  somewhat  diminished  when  we  remember  that  it 
was  Paul  more  than  anyone  else  who  repudiated  the 
Jewish  laws  of  clean  and  unclean  food.  In  reference 
to  the  real  Gehazi  the  explanation  has  no  point,  but 
in  reference  to  Paul  it  has  a  good  deal. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    101 

Significant  also  is  the  fact  that  Gehazi  was  a 
renegade  disciple  of  a  great  master;  and  although 
this  is,  of  course,  found  in  the  O.T.  story,  and  is  not 
a  haggadic  invention,  it  is  none  the  less  applicable 
to  Paul,  the  disciple  of  Gamaliel.  So,  too,  the 
fact  that  Gehazi  went  to  Damascus  (not  stated,  but 
implied  in  the  statement  that  Elisha  went  thither 
to  try  and  bring  him  to  repentance)  has  its  parallel 
in  the  fact  that  Paul  went  to  Damascus,  and  was 
there  as  a  Christian  (Acts  ix.  22).  The  answer  of 
Gehazi  to  Elisha,  that  one  who  has  sinned  and  caused 
the  multitude  to  sin  is  allowed  no  chance  to  repent, 
has  no  meaning  in  reference  to  the  real  Gehazi,  but 
harmonizes  well  with  the  case  of  Paul.  It  should  be 
noticed  that  this  answer  is  exactly  the  same  as  that 
which,  in  the  companion  story,  Jesus  makes  to  It. 
Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah.1 

Further,  the  accounts  of  what  happened  afterwards 
to  Gehazi  deserve  notice.  ■  Some  say  that  he  set  up 
a  loadstone  according  to  the  sin  of  Jeroboam.'  The 
sin  of  Jeroboam  consisted  in  setting  up  the  calves  in 
Bethel  and  Dan ;  and  Rashi,  in  his  comment  on  this 
passage,  says  that  he  did  so  by  means  of  a  loadstone 
which  will  lift  metal  from  the  earth.  What  may  be 
the  meaning  of  a  loadstone  in  reference  to  Paul  will 
be  seen  presently ;  but  he  so  far  followed  the  example 
of  Jeroboam  as  to  establish  centres  of  worship  other 
than  Jerusalem.  ■  Some  say  that  he  wrote  the  Name 
upon  its  mouth,  and  it  used  to  say  "  I "  and  "  Thou 

1  The  words  of  the  answer  are,  however,  a  general  Rabbinical  maxim,  not 
peculiar  to  this  passage.  The  origin  of  the  maxim  is  fonnd  in  1  Kings  xiv. 
16  ;  and  the  Rabbinical  aphorism  occurs  in  T.  Joma  v.  11,  b.  Joma  87a, 
Aboth.  v.  18  (in  connexion  with  *  disciples  of  Balaam'). 


102  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

shalt  not  have." '  What  is  referred  to  here  is  again 
the  loadstone,  and  it  would  seem  that  a  statue  is 
intended.  The  Name  that  he  wrote,  or  carved,  upon 
the  mouth  of  the  figure  is  the  name  of  God,  the 
Name  which  was  forbidden  to  be  pronounced.  And 
the  words  which  the  figure  uttered  are  the  opening 
of  the  Ten  Commandments.  The  meaning  seems 
to  be  that  Paul  set  up  some  figure  representing  a 
person  whom  he  asserted  to  be  equal  with  God. 
That  images  of  Christ  were  to  be  seen  in  Christian 
churches  in  the  time  of  Paul  is  not  to  be  supposed ; 
but  that  they  were  well  known  to  the  Rabbis  of  the 
time  to  which  our  passage  belongs,  is  certain.  And 
considering  how  much  the  doctrine  of  the  Deity  of 
Christ  owes  to  the  teaching  of  Paul,  it  would  not  be 
unnatural  for  a  Jew  to  charge  him  with  setting  up 
images  of  Christ  to  be  worshipped  as  God.  Pos- 
sibly the  clue  may  be  found  in  John  xii.  32 :  And 
I,  if  I  be  lifted  up,  will  draw  all  men  unto 
myself, 

6  Some  say  that  he  drove  our  Rabbis  from  before 
him.'  This  is  explained  by  Rashi  to  mean  that  the 
Rabbinical  academies  were  crowded  by  the  disciples 
whom  Gehazi  drove  away.  Whether  there  is  here 
any  reference  to  Paul  I  am  not  prepared  to  say. 

As  to  the  date  of  this  passage,  nothing  can  be 
precisely  determined.  It  is  found  only  in  the  Baby- 
lonian Gemara,  and  no  Rabbi  is  mentioned  as  an 
authority  except  for  some  small  portions.  R.  Johanan 
belongs  to  the  third  century  (d.  279  a.d.),  and  R. 
Jitzhaq  was  a  younger  contemporary.  Both  lived  in 
Palestine.  The  passage  about  Gehazi  is  perhaps 
older  than  that  about  Jesus,   as   suggested   above, 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH    103 

p.  54,  and  served  as  the  introduction  to  that  story. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  story  about  Jesus  had  a 
foundation  in  Palestinian  tradition,  as  the  story  of 
Gehazi  (Paul)  had.  And  in  both  cases,  what  we 
have  is  a  product  of  the  Babylonian  schools.  Both 
are  probably  of  very  late  date,  and  though  one  may 
have  preceded  the  other,  there  seems  no  reason  to 
place  any  considerable  interval  between  them. 

It  is  curious,  by  the  way,  that  in  neither  story  is 
any  further  reference  made  to  that  repulsion  by  both 
hands,  which  each  story  is  quoted  to  illustrate.1 

Ben  Damah  and  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama 
(Sechanja). 

(28)  T.  Hull,  ii.  22,  23.— The  case  of  R.  El'azar  ben 
Damah,  whom  a  serpent  bit.  There  came  in 
Jacob,  a  man  of  Chephar  Sama,  to  cure  him 
in  the  name  of  Jeshua'  ben  Pandira,  but  R. 
Ishmael  did  not  allow  it.  He  said,  '  Thou  art 
not  permitted,  Ben  Damah.'  He  said,  •  I  will 
bring  thee  a  proof  that  he  may  heal  me.'  But 
he  had  not  finished  bringing  a  proof  when  he 
died.  R.  Ishmael  said,  ■  Happy  art  thou,  Ben 
Damah,  for  thou  hast  departed  in  peace,  and 
hast  not  broken  through  the  ordinances  of  the 
wise ;  for  upon  every  one  who  breaks  through 
the  fence  of  the  wise,  punishment  comes  at 
last,  as  it  is  written  [Eccl.  x.  8]:  Whoso 
breaketh  a  fence  a  serpent  shall  bite  him. 

(29)  j.  Shabb.  14d. — Almost  word  for  word  the  same 
as  (28),  then  follows: — The  serpent  only  bit 

1  For  the  phrase,  see  Mechilta,  Jithro,  58b. 


104  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

him  in  order  that  a  serpent  might  not  bite  him 
in  the  future.  And  what  could  he  [B.  Damah] 
have  said  ?  (Lev.  xviii.  5) :  Wliich,  if  a  man  do, 
he  shall  live  in  them  [i.e.  not  die  in  them]. 

(30)  j.  A.  Zar.  40d,  41a.— Same  as  (29),  except  that 
after  the  words  "  came  in  to  cure  him,"  is 
added,  "  He  said,  We  will  speak  to  thee  in  the 
name  of  Jeshu  ben  Pandira." 

(31)  b.  A.  Zar.  27b. — A  man  shall  have  no  dealings 
with  the  Minim,  nor  be  cured  by  them,  even 
for  the  sake  of  an  hour  of  life.  The  case  of 
Ben  Dama,  sister's  son  of  Rabbi  Ishmael,  whom 
a  serpent  bit.  There  came  Jacob  the  Min  of 
Chephar  Sechanja  to  cure  him  ;  but  R.  Ishmael 
would  not  allow  him.  And  he  [B.  Dama]  said 
to  him,  '  R.  Ishmael,  my  brother,  allow  him, 
that  I  may  be  cured  by  him,  and  I  will  bring 
a  text  from  the  Torah  that  this  is  permitted.' 
But  he  had  not  finished  his  discourse  when  his 
soul  departed,  and  he  died.  R.  Ishmael  pro- 
nounced over  him,  'Happy  art  thou,  Ben 
Dama,  for  thy  body  is  pure  and  thy  soul  hath 
departed  in  purity,  and  thou  hast  not  trans- 
gressed the  words  of  thy  companions,  who  have 
said  [Eccl.  x.  8]:   Whoso  breaketh  through   a 

fence,  a  serpent  shall  bite  him.'     It  is  different 

in  regard  to   Minuth,  which  bites  a  man,  so 

that  he  comes  to  be  bitten  afterwards. 

Commentary. — A  fifth  version  of  this  story  is  given 

in  the  Midrash,  Qoheleth  Rabba,  i.  8,  along  with  a 

good  deal  else  referring  to  Minuth,  of  which  use  will 

be  made   subsequently.     The  story  of  Ben  Damah 

there  given,  however,  does  not  add  anything  to  what 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    105 

is   contained   in   one  or   other   of  the   four   versions 
already  cited. 

We  have  here  to  deal  with  an  event  separated  by 
no  long  interval  of  time  from  the  date  at  which  it  was 
first  recorded.  R.  Ishmael  was  one  of  the  most 
distinguished  Rabbis  whose  teaching  is  contained  in 
the  Mishnah  and  Tosephta ;  he  lived  in  the  first  half 
of  the  second  century,  and  there  is  reason  to  believe 
that  he  did  not  die  in  the  war  of  Bar  Cocheba,  or  im- 
mediately afterwards  (a.d.  135),  but  survived  it  some 
years  [see  below,  p.  131  fol].  R.  Ishmael  spent  the 
greater  part  of  his  life  in  Chephar  Aziz,  a  village  in 
the  extreme  south,  on  the  borders  of  Idumea  (M. 
Qid.  vi.  4,  Khethub.  v.  8).  It  is  not  likely  that  he 
would  there  be  brought  into  contact  with  a  Galilean, 
and  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  (or  Sechanja)  was  of 
course  a  Galilean.  But  it  is  said  that  R.  Ishmael  was 
present  at  an  assembly  of  Rabbis  at  Usha,  in  Galilee 
(b.  B.  Bathr.  28%  b),x  and  although  the  date  of  that 
meeting  cannot  be  precisely  determined,  it  seems 
probable  that  it  took  place  not  long  before  the  out- 
break of  the  rebellion  of  Bar  Cocheba,  say  130.  a.d. 
or  thereabouts.  Two  assemblies  at  Usha  are  distinctly 
mentioned  (b.  R.  ha  Sh.  31%  b),  the  second  being 
immediately  after  the  close  of  the  rebellion.  It  is 
probable,  then,  that  the  incident  of  Ben  Damah  and 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  (Sechanja)  took  place  on  the 
occasion  of  the  first  assembly  at  Usha.  Ben  Damah 
is   elsewhere   (b.    Menah.   99b)   said    to   have    asked 

1  The  assembly  at  Usha,  here  mentioned,  is  probably  the  second  of  the 
two,  as  that  was  certainly  the  more  famous.  But  if  R.  Ishmael  attended  the 
second,  there  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that  he  also  attended  the  first.  This 
is  all  that  matters  as  far  as  his  presence  in  Galilee  is  concerned. 


106  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

permission  from  his  uncle,  R.  Ishmael,  to  study  Greek 
philosophy.  Permission  was  refused  by  the  quotation 
of  Josh.  i.  8,  Thou  shalt  meditate  thereon  [the  book 
of  the  Law]  day  and  night,  and  the  command, 
'  Go,  seek  a  time  when  it  is  neither  day  nor  night, 
and  therein  study  Greek  philosophy.' 

Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  or  Sechanja  is  evidently  a 
Christian ;  but,  no  less  evidently,  he  cannot  have  been 
a  contemporary  of  Jesus,  still  less  identical  with  James 
(Jacob)  the  brother  of  Jesus,  as  has  been  suggested. 
The  latter  was  put  to  death  somewhere  about  the 
year  44  a.d.  ;  and  R.  Ishmael  was  only  a  boy  when 
Jerusalem  was  captured  in  a.d.  70.  Jacob  was  an 
extremely  common  name,  and  no  identification  with 
any  known  Christian  is  possible.  The  place  to  which 
this  Jacob  belonged  is  called  variously  Chephar  Sama 
and  Ch.  Sechanja.  The  first  is  thought  to  be  the 
modern  Khefr  Sumeia,  and  the  second  the  well-known 
Sichnin  (modern  Suchnin) ;  as  these  two  places  are 
only  nine  miles  apart,  Jacob  may  quite  well  have  been 
associated  with  both.  In  a  passage  which  will  be 
examined  presently,  this  same  Jacob  is  said  to  have 
talked  with  R.  Eliezer  b.  Horqenos,  in  the  High 
Street  of  Sepphoris,  and  to  have  communicated  to 
him  a  saying  of  Jesus.  [See  below,  p.  138  and 
especially  p.  143].  If  we  suppose  that  Jacob  was, 
roughly  speaking,  about  the  same  age  as  R.  Eliezer, 
he  would  belong  to  the  third  generation  of  Christian 
disciples,  hardly  to  the  second. 

As  to  the  details  of  the  story,  there  is  little  variation 
among  the  several  versions  given  above.  In  all,  the 
Christian  proposes  to  heal  the  sick  man  in  the  name  of 
Jeshu  ben  Pandira,  i.e.  as  the  Palestinian  Gemara  (30) 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH    107 

says,  by  pronouncing  that  name  over  the  sufferer  (cp. 
Acts  iii.  6,  ix.  34 ;  Mark  xvi.  17,  18).  R.  Ishmael 
refused  to  allow  the  cure  to  be  performed,  although 
his  nephew  pleaded  that  he  had  scripture  warrant  for 
it.  He  died  while  speaking;  but  the  Palestinian 
Gemara  (29)  supplies  what  he  had  not  time  to  say,  by 
referring  to  Lev.  xviii.  5.  Ben  Damah  would  have 
argued  that  since  a  man  was  to  live  by  doing  the 
things  commanded  in  the  Torah,  he  would  be  justified, 
for  the  sake  of  them,  in  saving  his  life. 

The  quotation  of  Eccl.  x.  8  is  ambiguous.  It 
appears  to  have  been  suggested  by  the  mere  fact  of 
B.  Damah  having  been  bitten  by  a  serpent.  But,  on 
the  other  hand,  according  to  the  text,  the  bite  of  a 
serpent  was  a  punishment  for  having  "  broken  through 
a  fence,"  i.e.  "transgressed  the  ordinances  of  the 
Rabbis,"  according  to  the  Rabbinical  interpretation. 
Now  Ben  Damah  had  not  done  this,  and  therefore 
R.  Ishmael  praised  him  ;  but  he  had  been  bitten  by  a 
serpent.  Tosephta  (28)  does  not  attempt  to  get  over 
the  difficulty;  the  Pal.  Gemara  (29)  explains  that 
the  bite  of  the  serpent,  which  killed  Ben  Damah,  was 
to  prevent  him  from  meeting  a  worse  fate  hereafter ; 
for  if  he  had  "  transgressed  the  ordinances  of  the 
wise,"  he  would  have  been  a  heretic,  and  in  the  world 
to  come  would  have  suffered  the  fate  of  a  heretic. 
In  other  words,  Jacob  the  heretic  would  have  infected 
him  with  the  venom  of  heresy,  if  allowed  to  cure  his 
wound,  and  thus  the  literal  serpent  saved  him  from 
the  figurative  serpent. 

The  word  translated  'heresy'  is  Minuth,  the 
abstract  noun  from  Min ;  and  there  can  be  no  ques- 
tion but  that  here  the  heresy  intended  is  Christianity. 


108  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

This  is  evident  from  the  mention  of  Jacob  as  a  dis- 
ciple of  Jesus,  and  it  is  important  as  helping  to  decide 
the  real  significance  of  the  terms  Min  and  Minuth. 
The  next  extract  will  afford  evidence  of  a  similar 
kind. 

The  Grandson  of  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Levi 
and  a  Christian  Doctor 

(32)  j.  Shabb.  14d.— The  grandson  [of  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Levi]  had  something  stuck  in  his  throat. 
There  came,  a  man  and  whispered  to  him  in 
the  name  of  Jeshu  Pandera,  and  he  recovered. 
When  he  [the  doctor]  came  out,  he  [R. 
Jehoshua]  said  to  him,  'What  didst  thou 
whisper  to  him  ? '  He  said  to  him,  <  A  certain 
word.'  He  said,  *  It  had  been  better  for  him 
that  he  had  died  rather  than  thus.'  And  it 
happened  thus  to  him,  as  it  were  an  error  that 
proceedetkfrom  the  ruler  (Ecc.  x.  5). 

j.  A.  Zar.  40d  gives  the  passage  in  the  same 

words  as  above,  this  page  of  the  treatise  being, 

indeed,  to  a  considerable  extent  a  repetition  of 

that  in  the  treatise   Shabbath.     The  story  is 

found   also   in   the   Midrash  Qoh.  rabbah,  on 

x.  5,  in  a  shorter  form. 

Commentary.— Jehoshua  ben   Levi  is   one   of  the 

best  known  of  the  Talmudic  Rabbis.     He  lived  and 

taught  for  the  most  part  at  Lud  (Lydda),  where  he 

followed   his   own   teacher   Bar   Qappara,   a.d.    260. 

But  he  was  in  close  association  with  the  two  great 

teachers,  Johanan   and  Resh   Laqish,  whose  college 

was  in  Tiberias.     It  is  probable  that  it  was  in  Tiberias 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    109 

that  the  incident  took  place  which  is  described  above. 
For  the  grandson  referred  to  was  probably  the  son  of 
R.  Joseph  (son  of  R.  Jehoshua)  who  had  married  into 
the  family  of  the  Patriarch  Jehudah  II.,  and  Tiberias 
was  the  latter's  place  of  residence.  A  Christian 
doctor  might  be  met  with  elsewhere,  as  in  the  case  of 
R.  Abahu,  in  the  next  extract. 

The  main  outline  of  the  story  resembles  that  of 
Ishmael  and  Ben  Damah,  except  that  in  the  passage 
before  us  the  Christian  was  not  prevented  from  doing 
what  he  came  to  do.  R.  Jehoshua  had  not  been 
present  to  interfere,  but  apparently  only  met  him  as 
he  was  coming  away.  The  meaning  of  the  quotation 
from  Ecc.  x.  5,  I  suppose  to  be,  that  the  fact  of  the 
child  having  been  cured  by  a  Christian  was  a  deplor- 
able evil  which  could  not  be  undone,  as  the  command 
of  a  ruler  given  in  error,  and  implicitly  obeyed,  may 
result  in  mischief  which  cannot  be  afterwards  put 
right.  This  is  on  the  lines  of  the  explanation  given 
by  Rashi  and  Aben  Ezra  in  their  commentaries  on 
Ecclesiastes.  It  is  characteristic  of  the  feeling  of 
Jews  towards  Christians  in  the  third  century  in"\ 
Palestine. 

That  feeling  is  further  illustrated  by  the  following : 

R.  Abahu,  and  Jacob  the  Min 

(33)  b.  A.  Zar.  28a.— And  yet,  R.  Abahu  was  an 
eminent  man,  and  Jacob  the  Min  applied  a 
drug  to  his  leg,  and  if  it  had  not  been  for  R. 
Ami  and  R.  Asi,  who  licked  his  leg,  he  would 
have  cut  his  leg  off. 

Commentary. — The  above  occurs  in  the  midst  of  a 


110  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

discussion  on  the  question  whether  in  cases  of  sick- 
ness the  help  of  non- Jewish  physicians  might  be  used. 
R.  Johanan  laid  down  the  rule  that  in  cases  for  which 
the  Sabbath  might  be  profaned,  i.e.  in  very  dangerous 
cases,  such  help  might  not  be  used,  but  that  in  slighter 
cases  it  might;  the  meaning  of  which  seems  to  be 
that  all  risk  was  to  be  avoided  of  a  man  dying  under 
non-Jewish  treatment.  This  rule  is  given  immedi- 
ately after  the  story  of  Ben  Damah,  already  discussed, 
and  is  repeated  just  before  the  present  passage  re- 
ferring to  Abahu.  The  connexion  is  this,  that  an 
exception  might  be  made  to  Johanan's  rule  if  the 
patient  were  an  eminent  man,  "and  yet,  R.  Abahu 
was  an  eminent  man,  etc." 

Abahu  lived  in  Caesarea  at  the  end  of  the  third  and 
the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century.  He  had  very 
frequent  intercourse  with  Christians,  as  will  be  seen 
hereafter,  and  such  intercourse  was  not  always  un- 
friendly. The  Gemara  in  recording  the  above  inci- 
dent seems  to  suppose  that  Jacob  the  Min  intended 
to  kill  his  patient  by  putting  poison  into  a  wound  in 
his  leg,  and  says  that  if  Abahu's  two  friends  had  not 
licked  the  poison  off  (or  rather  perhaps  sucked  it  out) 
Abahu  would  have  cut  off  his  own  leg  rather  than  be 
saved  by  a  Christian.  And  the  Gemara  supports  its 
view  by  quoting  Jud.  xvi.  30,  where  Samson  says, 
*  Let  me  die  with  the  Philistines?  to  show  that  the 
Christian  was  bent  on  killing  Abahu  though  he  should 
lose  his  own  life  in  consequence.  But  this  can  hardly 
be  the  real  meaning  of  the  incident.  Abahu  was  *  an 
eminent  man,'  closely  associated  with  the  court  of  the 
Roman  governor,  and  would  therefore  be  attended  by 
a  physician   of  his   own  choice.     Indeed,  the  whole 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH    111 

point  of  the  story,  in  reference  to  Johanan's  rule  about 
calling  in  non-Jewish  physicians,  implies  that  Abahu 
must  himself  have  called  in  Jacob  the  Min,  knowing 
him  to  be  a  Min.  If  so,  he  cannot  have  felt  any  such 
dislike  towards  his  physician,  as  would  make  him  cut 
off  his  own  leg  rather  than  allow  the  Christian  remedy 
to  be  applied.  His  two  friends,  however,  appear  to 
have  felt  as  R.  Ishmael  and  R.  Jehoshua  felt,  as  de- 
scribed in  the  preceding  passages.  They  licked  off, 
or  sucked  out,  the  drug  applied  by  the  Christian ;  and 
whether  they  supposed  it  to  be  poison,  or  only  dis- 
liked a  Christian  remedy,  their  antipathy  to  the 
Christian  is  equally  apparent. 

The  commentary  of  Tosaphoth  on  the  passage 
explains,  rather  needlessly,  that  the  Jacob  the  Min 
who  is  mentioned  here  cannot  have  been  the  same  as 
the  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  (Sechanja)  who  attended 
Ben  Damah.  There  was  a  period  of  some  170  years 
between  them. 

In  b.  Hull  84a  occurs  a  reference  to  a  certain  Jacob 
the  Min,  who  is  said  to  have  discussed  a  point  of 
Halachah  with  Raba,  a  Babylonian  teacher  in  Mahuza, 
early  in  the  fourth  century.1  As  far  as  chronology  is 
concerned  this  might  be  the  same  Jacob  as  the  one 
who  attended  Abahu;  but  I  do  not  know  what  he 
should  be  doing  in  Mahuza.  Jacob  was  a  very 
common  name,  and  there  must  have  been  many 
Jewish  Christians  who  were  so  called. 

tt!  °<P;  ^  thtK  T:  W?ere  "a  oertain  Min"  has  an  a*****  with  Raba. 
The     Jacob  Minaah'  who  met  Raba  is  hardly  identical  with  the  'Jacob 

^rfi.7 h0TTVe™d  ***  R*  Jehudah  <b-  MeS-  23a),  if  this  be  R 
Jehudah  ben  Jehesq'el,  since  the  latter  died  about  the  time  (a.d.  292)  when 
Raba  was  born.  N  ' 


112  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 


A  Contest  of  Miracles 

(34)  j.  Sanh.  25d. — For  example,  R.  Lazar  and  R. 
Jehoshua  and  R.  Aqiba  went  up  to  bathe  in  a 
certain  public  bath  in  Tiberias.     A  certain  Min 
(heretic)  saw  them.     He  said  something,  and 
the   arched   roof  held   them   fast.     It.    Lazar 
said  to  It.  Jehoshua,  <  What !   Jehoshua  ben 
Hananjah,  see  what  thou  canst   do.'     When 
that  Min  went  forth,  R.  Jehoshua  said  some- 
thing, and  the  door  held  him  fast,  and  every- 
one who  entered  gave  him  a  blow,  and  every 
one  who  went  out  gave  him  a  thrust  in  the 
back.     He   said,  'Undo  what  ye  have  done.' 
They  said,  '  Undo,  and  we  will  undo.'     They 
each  did  so.     When  they  had  gone  forth,  R. 
Jehoshua  said,  '  Well,  how  clever  thou  art ! ' 
He  said,  '  Let  us  go  down  to  the  sea.'     When 
they  had  gone  down  to  the  sea,  the  Min  said 
something,  and  the  sea  was  divided.     He  said 
to  them,  <  And  did  not  Moses  your  master  do 
thus  in  the  sea  ? '     They  said  to  him,  '  Wilt 
thou  not  agree  with  us  that  Moses  our  master 
walked  in  the  midst  of  it  ? '     He  said  to  them, 
1  Yes.'     They  said  to  him,  '  Then  do  thou  walk 
in  the  midst  of  it.'     He  walked  in  the  midst  of 
it.     And  R.  Jehoshua  commanded  the  Prince 
of  the  Sea,  and  he  swallowed  him  up. 
Commentary. — The  foregoing  tale  is  given  as  an 
illustration   in   a   discussion  upon  magic  and  witch- 
craft, arising  out  of  the  text  (Exod.  xxii.  18),  Thou 
shalt  not  suffer  a  witch  to  live.      The  three  Rabbis 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH     113 

mentioned  are  very  well  known  characters.  R.  Lazar  * 
is  R.  El'azar  ben  Azariah.  R.  Jehoshua  ben 
Hananiah  was  the  contemporary,  and,  in  a  sense, 
rival  of  R.  Eliezer  ben  Horqenos  whom  we  have 
already  met  with  (see  above,  No.  4).  Aqiba  has  also 
been  frequently  mentioned.  All  three  were  living 
at  the  beginning  of  the  second  century  a.d.  The 
Christian  might,  so  far  as  chronology  goes,  have  been 
the  same  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  who  came  to  cure 
Ben  Damah ;  but  there  is  nothing  to  identify  him. 
The  story  itself  needs  little  explanation.  The  Rabbis 
go  to  a  public  bath  and  apparently  enter  a  room  with 
a  vaulted  roof.  Levy  (N.  H.  W.,  ii.  322,  s.v.  rmo) 
says  that  what  is  meant  is  the  arched  recess  where  an 
idol  stood  ;  but  the  quotation  which  he  gives  in  sup- 
port of  this  view  (b.  A.  Zar.  16a)  does  not  seem  to 
me  to  show  this.  However,  it  was  evidently  some 
small  arch,  under  or  in  which  a  man  could  stand. 
The  Min,  whom  here  we  may  safely  call  a  Christian 
(after  the  example  of  Jacob  the  Min,  who  was  a  dis- 
ciple of  Jesus),  pronounced  a  spell,  literally  '  said  what 
he  said,'  and  the  arch  held  them  fast.  Jehoshua 
retaliated  by  a  spell  which  caused  the  door  to  hold 
the  Christian  fast,  so  that  he  blocked  the  way,  and 
people  as  they  tried  to  go  in  or  out  struck  him. 
After  releasing  each  other  they  all  went  down  to  *  the 
sea/  i.e.  the  lake  of  Galilee.  By  another  spell  the 
Christian  divided  the  water,  to  show  that  he  could 
do  what  Moses  did.  He  incautiously  admitted  that 
Moses  also  walked  in  the  midst  of  the  divided  water, 
and  he  was  challenged  to  do  the  same.     He  fell  into 

1  Lazar  is  the  shorter  form  of  Eleazar,  and  appears  in  the  N.  T.  as 
Lazarus. 

8 


114  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

the  trap  ;  and  when  he  was  in  the  midst  of  the  water, 
Jehoshua  commanded  the  'Prince  of  the  Sea,'  the 
angel  or  spirit  in  charge  of  the  lake,  and  the  water 
swallowed  him  up. 

This  story  is  anonymous,  and  there  is  nothing  to 
indicate  its  age  or  origin.     It  is   certainly  not   con- 
temporary with  the  Rabbis  who  figure  in  it,  unless 
we  admit  that  Jehoshua  ben  Hananiah  enjoyed  during 
his  lifetime  the  reputation  for  magical  power  which 
was  afterwards  attributed  to  him.     It  should  be  noted 
that  the  miracles  of  the  Christian  are  admitted  to  be 
as  real  as  those  of  his  opponent.     There  is  complete 
faith  in   miracles   all  through  the   story.     I  use  the 
term  '  miracle,'  though  the  Talmud  speaks  of  magic, 
because  it  is  well  to  remind  the  reader  that  what 
the    N.T.    calls    a    miracle    (at    least    in    English, 
the  Greek  has   0-77/xeia   or  Swa/xeis),   the   Talmud — 
reflecting  current  belief — regards  as  magic,  i.e.  as  the 
result  of  superhuman  agency  employed  by  men  who 
know  how  to  call  it  forth.     Without  expressing  any 
opinion  on  the  reality  of  the  alleged  miracles  of  Jesus, 
I  would  remark   that  the   Jews   admitted   them   as 
genuine,  no  less  than  the  acts  performed  by  their  own 
Rabbis,  the  difference  being  not  in  the  character  of 
the  deeds,  but  in  that  of  the  persons  who  performed 
them.     So  in   the   story  above,  the  rival  enchanters 
perform  exactly  similar  acts;  and  since  the  story  is 
told    from    the  Jewish    side,   naturally  the  victory 
remains  with  the  Rabbi.     The  fate  of  the  Christian 
may  perhaps  contain  an  allusion  to  the  story  told  in 
the  Gospels,  of  Peter  trying  to  walk  on  the  water.     If 
that  story  had  its  origin  in  Galilee,  it  might  well 
continue  to  be  remembered  on  the  shores  of  the  lake. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     115 

On  the  same  page  in  which  the  passage  above 
translated  occurs  are  some  further  remarks  on  Jewish 
and  Christian  miracles,  which  may  throw  light  on  the 
probable  date  of  the  story.  They  would  have  to  be 
included  in  any  collection  of  Talmudic  references  to 
Christianity,  but  are  hardly  of  sufficient  importance 
to  be  treated  by  themselves  under  a  separate  head. 
They  will  therefore  be  given  here. 


Miracles  by  Jews  and  Minim 

(35)  j.  Sanh.  25d. — R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananiah 
said,  '  I  can  take  cucumbers  and  melons  and 
make  them  into  kids  and  goats,  and  they  really 
are  made  into  kids  and  goats/  R.  Jannai  said, 
'  I  was  walking  in  a  certain  street  of  Sepphoris, 
and  I  saw  a  certain  Min  take  a  bird,  and  he 
cast  it  up  and  it  fell  down  and  was  made  into 
a  calf.'  But  it  is  not  so.  R.  Lazar  said  in 
the  name  of  R.  Josd  ben  Zimra,  '  If  all  who 
come  into  the  world  were  assembled  together, 
they  would  not  be  able  to  create  a  gnat  and 
put  breath  in  it.'  Let  us  say,  not  that  this  Min 
took  a  bird  and  cast  it  up  and  it  came  down 
and  was  made  into  a  calf,  but  that  he  called  to 
his  prince  [familiar  spirit]  and  he  stole  a  calf 
from  the  herd  and  brought  it  to  him.  R. 
Hanina  ben  R.  Hananiah  said,  '  I  was  going 
along  a  certain  place  near  the  gate  of  Sepphoris, 
and  I  saw  a  Min  take  a  skull  and  cast  it  up  and 
it  came  down  and  was  made  into  a  calf.  And 
I  went  and  told  my  father.     He  said,  *  If  thou 


116  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

hast  eaten  of  it,  it  is  a  real  one  ;  if  not,  it  is  an 

illusion.' 
Commentary. — R.  Jannai  lived  in  Sepphoris  about 
the  end  of  the  second  and  the  beginning  of  the  third 
century.  He  was  one  of  the  teachers  of  R.  Johanan, 
to  whom  is  traditionally  ascribed  the  codification  of 
the  Palestinian  Gemara.  R.  Jannai's  remark  about 
the  miracle  which  he  saw  is  given  without  the 
support  of  any  later  teacher  who  vouched  for  it.  It 
is  simply  quoted  by  the  compilers  of  the  Gemara  as  a 
detached  saying.  R.  Jose  b.  Zimra  was  contemporary 
with  R.  Jannai,  possibly  an  inhabitant  of  the  same 
town.  He  is  quoted  by  R.  Lazar  (i.e.  El'azar  b. 
Pedath),  a  Babylonian  who  migrated  to  Palestine 
about  the  middle  of  the  third  century.  Apparently 
the  compilers  of  the  Gemara  felt  some  misgiving  at 
the  assertion  that  animals  had  been  produced  by 
magic,  and  they  quote  R.  Jose*  b.  Zimra  in  support  of 
the  view  that  no  human  being  can  create  even  the 
smallest  living  creature;  but  they  do  not  on  that 
account  reject  the  miracle.  They  explain  it  by 
saying  that  it  was  done  by  the  help  of  superhuman 
beings,  who  brought  what  was  wanted,  in  place  of  the 
thing  that  was  apparently  changed.  A  similar  doubt 
as  to  the  reality  of  the  miracle  is  expressed  in  the 
story  about  R.  Hanina  b.  R.  Hananiah,  where  his 
father  told  him  that  unless  he  had  actually  eaten  of 
the  calf  which  he  said  he  had  seen  made,  he  could  not 
be  sure  it  was  a  real  one. 

All  these  sayings  and  stories  about  magic  seem  to 
belong  to  a  late  period,  and  to  be  merely  fragments 
collected  by  the  compilers  of  the  Gemara,  by  way 
of  illustration,  rather  than   duly   recorded   tradition. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     117 

That  the  real  R.  Jehoshua  b.  Hananiah,  a  very  well- 
known  personage,  should  have  said  that  he  had  the 
magical  power  ascribed  to  him  above,  is  less  likely 
than  that  such  power  should  have  been  attributed  to 
him  in  later  times.  He  had  indeed  the  reputation  of 
being  a  great  opponent  of  the  Minim  (heretics),  and 
that  may  account  for  the  part  which  he  played  in  the 
contest  with  the  Christian  in  the  first  story. 

It  is  remarkable  that  nearly  all  the  incidents  men- 
tioned above  are  located  in  Sepphoris,  and  that  the 
same  place  was  the  scene  of  a  much  more  important 
event,  the  meeting  of  JR..  Eliezer  b.  Horqenos  and 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama.  It  would  be  very  inter- 
esting to  know  whether  the  Jewish  Christians  of 
Galilee  possessed  an  original  Galilean,  as  distinguished 
from  the  Judaean,  tradition  of  the  ministry  of  Jesus. 

The  above  passages  serve  to  show  that  miracles 
were  accepted  as  genuine,  whether  done  by  Jews  or 
Christians,  and  that  they  were  all  alike  regarded  as 
magical. 

It  has  been  impossible  to  avoid  mentioning  the 
word  Min x  in  the  above  remarks,  since  it  occurs  in 
the  texts  to  be  translated.  And  1  have  translated  it 
6  Christian '  because  the  connexion  with  Jesus  seemed 
to  be  clearly  shown.  But  I  do  not  wish  to  take  it  for 
granted  that  in  all  cases  ( Min '  denotes  a  Christian. 
I  will  therefore  present  here  several  passages  in  which 
the  Talmud  attempts  to  indicate  what  is  a  Min.  And 
although  this  will  still  leave  something  to  be  said  by 
way  of  general  discussion  of  the  question,  after  all  the 
Rabbinical  passages  referring  to  '  Minim '  have  been 
given,   yet   a  provisional  definition    by  the  Rabbis 

1  Min,  plural  Minim  ;  abstract  noun  Minuth,  the  state  of  being  a  Min. 


118  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

themselves  will  be  of  much  use  in  dealing  with  subse- 
quent passages.     I  proceed  to  give 

DEFINITIONS  OF  MIN,  MINUTH 

The  Fate  of  the  Minim  Hereafter 

(36)  T.  Sanh.  xiii.  4,  5.— The  sinners  of  Israel,  and 
the  sinners  of  the  nations  of  the  world  descend 
into  Gehinnom  in  their  body,  and  they  are 
judged  there  twelve  months.  After  twelve 
months  their  soul  perishes  and  their  body  is 
burnt,  and  Gehinnom  casts  it  out,  and  they 
are  made  dust  and  the  wind  disperses  them 
and  scatters  them  under  the  soles  of  the  feet 
of  the  righteous,  as  it  is  said  (Mai.  iv.  3),  And 
ye  shall  tread  down  the  wicked,  for  they  shall  be 
dust  under  the  soles  of  the  feet  of  the  righteous, 
fCh)l)'  ll<  in  the  day  that  I  do  make,  saith  the  Lord  of 
Hosts.  But  the  Minim,  and  the  apostates 
and  the  betrayers  and  Epiqurosin,  and  those 
who  have  lied  concerning  the  Torah,  and  those 
who  depart  from  the  ways  of  the  congregation, 
and  those  who  have  lied  concerning  the  resur- 
rection of  the  dead,  and  everyone  who  has 
sinned  and  caused  the  multitude  to  sin,  after 
the  manner  of  Jeroboam  and  Ahab,  and  those 
(Ezek.  xxxii.  24)  who  have  set  their  fear  in  the 
land  of  the  living,  and  have  stretched  forth  their 
hand  against  Zebul,  Gehinnom  is  shut  in  their 
faces  and  they  are  judged  there  for  generations 
of  generations,  as  it  is  said  (Isa.  lxvi.  24), 
And  they  shall  go  forth  and  look  upon  the 
corpses  of  tJie  men  who  sin  against  me,  for  their 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM  AND   MINUTH     119 

worm  shall  not  die,  nor  their  fire  be  quenched, 
and  they  shall  be  an  abhorring  unto  all  flesh. 
Sheol  fails,  they  fail  not,  as  it  is  said  (Ps.  xlix. 
14),  Their  beauty  shall  be  for  Sheol  to  con- 
sume,  who  hath  caused  them  to  stretch  forth 
their  hand  against  Zebul,  as  it  is  said  {ibid,), 
that  there   be  no  Zebul  for  him,  and   Zebul 
means  nothing  else  but  the  Temple,  as  it  is 
said   (1    Kings   viii.    13),  J  have  surely  built 
thee  an  house  of  habitation  (Zebul),  a  place  for 
thee  to  dwell  in  for  ever. 
Commentary. — A  sharp  distinction   is   here  made 
between  Jewish  and  Gentile  sinners  on  the  one  hand, 
and  Minim,  betrayers  and  Epiqurosin  on  the  other. 
The  Jewish   sinners  remain  Jews  though  they  sin. 
The  Gentile  sinners  have  not  sinned  against  the  Torah 
of  Israel,  because  they  are  not  bound  by  it.     They 
are  punished  merely  qua  sinners  ;  and  twelve  months 
in  Gehinnom  suffices  to  punish  their  offence.     Far 
greater  is  the  guilt  of  those  who,  being  Jews,  have 
sinned   against  the  fundamental    principles    of   the 
Jewish  religion.     Apostasy  in  some  form  or  another 
is  implied   in  the  terms   'Minim,'  'apostates/  'be- 
trayers,' '  Epiqurosin.'     These  are  not  interchangeable. 
Reserving  for  the  moment  the  first,   the  betrayers 
(Masoroth)  are  explained  by  Rashi  to  mean  "slan- 
derers, who  betray  the  wealth  of  Israel  into  the  hands 
of    Gentiles."     More   particularly  they    are    Jewish 
'delators,'  informers,  spies,  acting   against   Israel  in 
the  interest  of  the  Roman  government.     Epiqurosin 
(plur.    of  Epiquros)   is   plainly    borrowed    from  the 
personal  name  Epicurus ;  but  it  contains  also  a  play 
on  the  word  'paqar'  ("ipa),  which  means  'to  be  free 


120  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

from  restraint.'  The  name  denotes,  in  general  terms, 
a  freethinker,  one  who  disregards  the  restraints  of 
traditional  authority.  An  Epiquros  was  not  neces- 
sarily a  Jew,  he  might  be  a  Gentile.  Thus  it  is  said 
(b.  Sanh.  38b),  "  They  teach  there  [in  Palestine]  R. 
El'azar  said,  'Be  careful  to  learn  Torah,  and  know 
what  thou  shalt  answer  to  an  Epiquros.'  R.  Johanan 
said,  'They  taught  not  so  except  concerning  an 
Epiquros  of  the  Gentiles.'  But  all  the  more  concern- 
ing a  Jewish  Epiquros,  for  he  is  more  defiant  (>bb  nps)." 1 
In  other  words  the  Jewish  Epiquros  was  the  more 
dangerous  opponent  because  he  was  an  enemy  within 
the  camp.  The  term  does  not,  so  far  as  1  know,  imply 
the  holding  or  rejecting  of  any  specific  doctrines, 
but  merely  the  assertion  of  liberty  of  thought  upon 
all  subjects,  and  consequent  disregard  of  external 
authority.  A  Gentile  Epiquros  would  be  one  who, 
in  controversy,  did  not  from  the  first  admit  the 
authority  of  Jewish  tradition  as  upheld  by  the  Rabbis, 
a  Jewish  Epiquros  would  be  one  who,  having  formerly 
acknowledged  the  Rabbinical  authority,  afterwards 
rejected  it.  But  a  man  is  only  an  Epiquros,  if  I 
\\  rightly  understand  the  term,  when  he  is  considered 
*»  as  having  relation  with  the  Jewish  religion.  A  Greek 
philosopher,  teaching  in  Rome  or  Athens,  would  not, 
merely  as  such,  be  an  Epiquros  ;  but  if  he  had  a  con- 
troversy with  a  Jew  upon  some  question  affecting 
Judaism,  then  he  would  be  a  Gentile  Epiquros.  A 
Jew  became  an  Epiquros  as  soon  as  he  showed  a 
disposition  to  despise  the  Rabbinical  authority  and 
go  his  own  way.  Thus  it  is  said  (b.  Sanh.  99b)  that 
an  Epiquros  is  like  those  who  say,  '  What  are  these 

1  See  below,  p.  294  fol. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     121 

Rabbis  to  us  ? '  And  on  the  same  page  they  are 
compared  to  "one  who  sits  before  his  Rabbi,  and 
there  has  come  to  him  a  tradition  from  another  place, 
and  he  says,  '  Thus  we  teach  there,'  instead  of  saying, 
'Thus  the  teacher  (Rabbi  so-and-so)  hath  said.'" 
Compare  with  this,  Matthew  v.  21,  22 :  It  was  said 
to  them  of  old  time  ....  but  I  say  unto  you.  We 
may  then  provisionally  assume  that  Epiquros  denotes 
a  free-thinker  in  the  widest  sense  of  the  word. 

It  will  be  evident  that  the  term  Min  denotes  some- 
thing similar  to  Epiquros,  since  they  are  both  in- 
cluded in  the  passage  before  us,  along  with  apostates 
and  betrayers.  The  various  details  of  apostasy — 
denial  of  the  resurrection  of  the  dead,  of  the  Torah, 
etc. — are  not  specified  as  being  characteristic  of  one 
class  of  apostates  more  than  of  another ;  and  we  may 
take  them  as  applying  to  Minim  no  less  than  to 
Epiqurosin,  while  on  the  other  hand  there  must  be 
some  difference  to  account  for  the  use  of  two  terms 
where  one  would  have  sufficed.  The  difference 
between  Min  and  Epiquros  is  much  the  same  as  the 
difference  between  'heretic'  and  'free-thinker.'  The 
heretic  usually  is  a  free-thinker ;  but  not  every  free- 
thinker is  a  heretic.  From  the  standpoint  of  Judaism 
a  Gentile  might  be  a  free-thinker,  but  not  a  heretic  ; 
since,  being  a  Gentile,  he   had  never  professed  the 

1 

heretic  without  being  also  a  free-thinker.     The  term 
Min_jdeno_tes,  I  believe,  invariably  a  Jewish  heretic,    i 
i.e.  one  who,  having  been  trained  in  the  principles^of 
the  Jewish   religion,  departs   from  them   and  is  un- 
faithful towards  them,  violates  the  covenant  between 


Jewish  religion.     Only  a  Jew   could    be   a  heretic 
as   regards   Judaism;    and   he    could   scarcely   be   a 


122  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

God  and  Israel.1     This  I  believe  to  be  the  root  sig- 
nificance of  the  term  Min,  and   if  so  it  would  be 
practically   equivalent  to   Jewish   Epiquros.     But  I 
think  that  Min,  more  often  than  Epiquros,  implies  not 
merely  freedom  of  thought,  but  the  holding  or  re- 
jecting of  specific  opinions.     It  does  not  always  do  so; 
but  it  does  sometimes,  while  I  believe  that  this  is 
hardly  ever  the  case  with  Epiquros.     We  have  already 
met  with  several  instances  of  the  word  Min,  and  have 
judged  from  the  context  that  the  persons  referred  to 
were   Christians.     So    far  as   I   know,   the   Talmud 
seldom,  if  ever  speaks  of  a  Christian   as  Epiquros. 
And  I  infer  that  the  term  Min  carried  with  it  the 
denial  of  certain  doctrines,  as  the  expression  of  the 
unfaithfulness  in  which  his  heresy  consisted.     A  Min, 
as   such,  was  not  necessarily  a  Christian ;   but,  as  a  / 
matter  of  fact,  most  of  the  heretics  who  came  into 
strained    relations   with  Jews  were   Christians,   and 
more  particularly  Jewish    Christians.     If  they  had 
been  Gentile  Christians  they  would  probably  have 
been  called  Epiqurosin.     And  thus  it  often  happens 
that    '  Jewish  -  Christian '    is    a    correct    equivalent 
of  'Min,'  while  yet  it  remains  true  that  Min  does 
not    properly    signify    'Jewish-Christian,'    but    only 
■  heretic' 2     This,  at  all  events,  is  the  meaning  which 

1  For  the  probable  etymology  of  the  word  Min,  see  below,  p.  362  fol. 

a  Friedlander  (der  Vorchristliche  jiidische  Gnosticismus  ;  Gottingen,  1898) 
attempts  to  prove  that  the  Minim  were  in  all  cases  Gnostics,  and  more 
particularly  of  the  Ophite  sect  His  work  will  be  more  fully  noticed  in  the 
concluding  division  of  this  book,  when  having  the  whole  of  the  Talmudic 
evidence  before  us,  we  shall  be  able  to  judge  of  the  value  of  his  conclusions. 
His  treatment  of  the  Rabbinical  authorities  is  far  from  satisfactory,  if  only 
because  he  bases  his  theory  upon  a  comparatively  small  number  of  passages 
not  always  fairly  presented.  For  a  glaring  omission,  hardly  to  be  ex- 
cused, see  below,  p.  145  n. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     12S 

I  provisionally  adopt  of  the  term  Min.  I  should  have 
preferred,  if  possible,  to  have  presented  all  the 
passages  referring  to  Min  and  Minuth  before  at- 
tempting to  fix  the  significance  to  be  attached  to  the 
words  ;  but  in  that  case  it  would  have  been  difficult, 
if  not  impossible,  to  have  given  any  clear  idea  of  the 
bearing  of  each  passage  upon  my  main  subject.  It 
will  be  necessary  to  compare  this  provisional  meaning 
with  the  context  in  each  case,  and  to  attempt  a  more 
precise  identification  of  the  class  of  persons  referred  to. 
It  remains  now  to  remark  upon  the  details  of  the 
passage  which  has  led  to  this  discussion.  It  should 
be  noted  that  it  is  contained  in  the  Tosephta,  and  is 
thus  not  later  than  the  end  of  the  second  or  the  be- 
ginning of  the  third  century.  "  Who  have  lied  con- 
cerning the  Torah."  The  particular  point  of  the 
denial  is  not  stated  ;  but  a  comparison  with  M.  Sanh. 
x.  1  makes  it  probable  that  the  heretics  denied  that 
the  Torah  was  from  heaven.  It  is  not  stated  that 
they  denied  the  Torah,  but  that  they  lied  concerning 
it,  a  charge  which  might  cover  a  variety  of  offences. 
Similarly,  "  who  have  lied  concerning  the  resurrection 
of  the  dead"  does  not  necessarily  imply  that  re- 
surrection itself  was  denied,  but  that  some  falsehood 
was  taught  concerning  it ;  probably,  that  it  could  not 
be  proved  from  the  Torah  (M.  Sanh.  loc.  cit). 
"  Everyone  who  has  sinned  and  caused  the  multitude 
to  sin."  We  have  already  met  with  this  phrase  in 
connexion  with  both  Jesus  and  Paul,  (see  above,  pp. 
51,  101),  and  may  fairly  conclude  that  it  is  here 
directed  against  preachers  of  heresy,  of  whom,  no 
doubt,  Christians  were  the  most  important.  "Who 
have  set  their  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living  "  is  a 


124  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

quotation  from  Ezek.  xxxii.  24,  26,  and  as  such,  the 
precise  point  of  the  present  application  of  the  words 
remains  doubtful.  As  used  in  Ezekiel,  the  words 
refer  to  the  great  nations — Asshur,  Elam,  Tubal, 
Meshech,  and  Edom — -who  had  at  various  times  op- 
pressed Israel:  and  it  is  possible,  especially  in  view 
of  the  following  clause  "  Who  have  stretched  forth 
their  hands  against  Zebul  (the  Temple),"  that  the 
reference  is  to  the  Roman  Empire,  the  oppressor 
above  all  others.  If  this  is  so,  then  it  must  be  ad- 
mitted that  these  two  last  clauses  do  not  in  any  way 
serve  to  describe  Minim,  or  heretics.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  it  seems  forced  and  unnatural  to  pass  so 
suddenly  from  heretics  to  political  enemies;  and 
further,  the  Talmud  nowhere  else,  so  far  as  I  know, 
threatens  the  Romans,  or  even  the  Roman  Emperor, 
with  the  fate  here  described.  The  date  of  the  passage 
forbids  us  to  think  of  a  time  when  the  Roman  Empire 
had  officially  become  Christian,  and  there  is  no  reason 
to  suspect  an  interpolation  in  the  text.  The  political 
reference  seems  then  to  be  excluded,  and  "  those  who 
have  set  their  fear  in  the  land  of  the  living,"  must  be  J 
understood  of  some  class  of  heretics.  The  explanation 
of  R.  Hisda  (b.  R.  ha-Sh.  17a),  that  the  reference  is 
to  "  the  steward,  d:iq,  of  the  synagogue,  who  makes 
himself  too  much  feared  by  the  congregation,"  does 
not  seem  adequate,  in  view  of  the  severity  of  the 
punishment  which  is  threatened.  "  Those  who  have 
stretched  out  their  hands  against  Zebul."  It  is  ex- 
plained in  the  Tosephta  itself  that  Zebul  (habitation) 
denotes  the  Temple.  But  it  does  not  follow  that  the 
reference  is  to  the  destruction  of  the  Temple  by  the 
Romans.     And  since  the  whole  passage  seems  to  be 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     125 

directed  against  heresy  in  some  form,  we  may  perhaps 
interpret  this  clause  of  those  who,  like  the  Christians, 
repudiated  the  claim  of  the  Temple  to  be  the  place 
where  alone  worship  could  be  duly  and  perfectly 
offered.  Of  course  the  Temple  ceased  to  exist,  when 
Titus  destroyed  it ;  but  this  was  only  de  facto,  not  de 
jure. 

The  sentence  pronounced  on  all  these  offenders, 
heretics,  apostates,  betrayers,  free  thinkers,  all  who  in 
their  various  ways  sought  to  undermine  the  founda- 
tions of  Rabbinical  Judaism,  is  punishment  during 
generations  of  generations  in  Gehinnom.  When  it  is 
said  that  Gehinnom  is  shut  in  their  faces,  that  can 
only  mean  that  they  cannot  escape,  though  the 
natural  meaning  of  shutting  a  door  in  the  face  of 
some  one  is  that  thereby  his  entrance  is  barred. 

On  the  Rabbinical  conception  of  Gehinnom,  see 
Weber,  System  der  Altsynag.  Theologie,  p.  326, 
374.  His  translation  (p.  375)  of  the  passage  which 
we  have  been  studying  is  not  sufficiently  exact. 

The  Formula  against  the  Minim 

(37)  j.  Ber.  9C. — Shemuel  ha-Qaton  went  before 
the  Ark  [to  recite  the  prayers].  He  forgot 
"That  casteth  down  the  proud"  at  the  end- 
He  paused  and  tried  to  remember  them. 
They  said  to  him,  "  The  wise  have  not  framed 
it  thus." 

Commentary. — See  the  commentary  on  the  much 
fuller  passage  which  follows. 

(38)  b.  Ber.  28b,  29a.— Our  Rabbis  teach :  Shim'on 
the  cotton-seller  arranged  the  Eighteen 
Benedictions    in    the    presence     of    Rabban 


126  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Gamliel,  according  to  their  order,  in  Jabneh. 
Rabban  Gamliel  said  to  the  Wise,  "  Is  there 
anyone  who  knows  how  to  compose  a  Benedic- 
tion of  the  Minim?"  Shemuel  ha-Qaton 
stood  up  and  composed  it.  The  following 
year  he  forgot  it,  and  sought  [to  recall  it]  for 
two  and  even  three  hours,  and  they  did  not 
call  him  up  [from  the  pulpit].  Why  did  they 
not  call  him  up  ?  For  Rab  Jehudah  said,  that 
Rab  said,  "  If  a  man  makes  a  mistake  in  all 
the  Benedictions,  they  do  not  call  him  up; 
but  in  the  Benediction  of  the  Minim  they  call 
him  up."  They  suspect  that  he  is  a  Min.  It 
was  different  with  Shemuel  ha-Qaton,  because 
he  had  composed  it,  and  it  was  thought 
perhaps  he  would  recover  himself. 

[The  first  sentence  of  this  passage  occurs  in 

b.  Meg.  17b,  where  follows  a  sort  of  running 

commentary  on   the   Eighteen    Benedictions. 

An  incidental  reference  to  the  Minim  occurs 

(according  to   the  reading  of  Rabbinowicz) ; 

but  nothing  is  stated  beyond  what  is  contained 

in  the  other  passage  quoted  in  this  section.] 

Commentary. — This    is    an    extremely    important 

passage,  because  it  records  the  official  condemnation 

of  the  Minim  by  the  Rabbis  ;  and  it  will  be  necessary 

to  determine  as  accurately  as  possible  the  date  of  the 

incident  here  narrated. 

Before  entering  upon  that  investigation,  I  will 
notice  the  details  of  the  story  which  call  for  remark. 
The   Eighteen    Benedictions1  are  a  series   of  short 

1  For  a  full  account  of  them,  see  Hamburger,  Eeal  Encykl.  f.  Bibel  u. 
Talmud,  ii.,  s.v.  Schemone-Esre\ 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     127 

prayers  still  to  be  found  in  the  Jewish  liturgy.  The 
word  translated  Benediction  serves  equally  for  male- 
diction, and  it  is  rather  in  that  sense  that  it  is  used  in 
regard  to  the  Minim.  In  the  modern  liturgy  the 
Benediction  referred  to  runs  thus  : — mpn  wi  fen  psufafr, 
94  May  there  be  no  hope  for  the  slanderers,"  where  the 
word  for  *  slanderers '  has  been  put  in  place  of  the 
ancient  word  Minim.1 

These  Eighteen  Benedictions  are  said  to  have  been 
arranged  in  order  by  Shim'on  the  cotton-seller,  at 
Jabneh,  in  the  presence  of  Rabban  Gamliel.  This 
was  Gamliel  II.,  who  held  the  position  of  Patriarch 
(unw)  after  the  death  of  Johanan  ben  Zaccai,  some- 
where about  the  year  80  a.d.  Of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton 
more  will  be  said  presently.  He  is  said  to  have  •  com- 
posed' the  Benediction;  but  perhaps  it  would  be  more 
correct  to  say  '  adapted,'  altered  some  previous  formula 
so  as  to  apply  to  the  Minim.  The  formula  drawn  up 
by  him  was  taken  into  use ;  and  the  following  year  it 
fell  to  the  lot  of  its  author  to  recite  it  in  the  public 
service.  He  forgot  the  words,  but  tried  for  three 
hours  to  recall  them,  while  the  congregation  waited, 
and  did  not  "  call  him  up  "  from  the  pulpit,  i.e.  cause 
him  to  leave  it.  The  pulpit  or  reading-desk  was 
below,  not  above,  the  general  level  of  the  seats  of  the 
congregation.  According  to  later  usage,  a  reader 
who  made  a  mistake  in  reciting  this  benediction  would 
have  been  made  to  leave  the  desk,  because  he  would 
be  suspected  of  being  a  Min.2  The  reason  given  why 
this  was  not  done  in  the  case  of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton 

1  The  form  pWD  suggests  the  transposition  p*D  h&.  Hamburger 
thinks  that  p*6??D  is  the  original  which  was  altered  into  WO. 

2  See  j.  Ber.  9C,  which  will  be  translated  and  explained  below  (p.  204). 


128  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

was  that  as  he  was  the  author  of  the  formula  he 
might  be  expected  to  remember  it. 

It  is  curious  that  this  incident  is  only  given  in 
detail  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara.  It  is  quoted  there 
as  a  Baraitha,  i.e.  it  belongs  to  the  stratum  of  Tradi- 
tion contemporary  with  that  embodied  in  the  Mishnah 
and  Tosephta.  So  far  as  I  know,  the  Mishnah  does 
not  expressly  mention  the  "Benediction  of  the 
Minim."  In  Tosephta  the  story  is  not  given,  but  the 
Benediction  is  referred  to  in  a  discussion  of  the 
question  how  the  number  eighteen  is  to  be  completed 
(T.  Ber.  hi.  25).  A  similar  discussion  is  found  in  the 
Palestinian  Gemara  (j.  Ber.  iv.  3).  As  these  do  not 
throw  any  light  on  the  story  before  us,  the  text  of 
them  will  be  deferred  till  the  end  of  the  commentary 
on  this  passage. 

The  incident  has  every  appearance  of  being 
historical;  the  explanation  of  Rab,  quoted  by  R. 
Jehudah,  plainly  shows  that  he  knew  of  the  story, 
and  as  he  was  a  disciple  of  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh, 
the  grandson  of  the  Gamliel  referred  to,  he  is  a 
sufficiently  good  witness. 

To  determine  the  date  of  this  incident,  which  is 
important  as  marking  the  official  breach  between  the 
synagogue  and  the  Minim,  it  is  necessary  to  examine 
carefully  the  chronology  of  the  life  of  Shemuel  ha- 
Qaton.  The  date  of  his  death  will  obviously  afford 
a  terminus  ad  quern  for  the  date  of  the  composition 
of  the  formula  against  the  Minim.  The  death  of 
Shemuel  ha-Qaton  is  mentioned  in  several  passages 
of  the  Talmud  and  Midrash,  with  but  slight  variations 
in  the  text.     These  are  as  follows : — 

(39)  T.    Sotah  xiii.   4. — Also,  in  the  hour  of  his 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH    129 

death,  he  [Sh.  ha-Q.]  said,  "  Shim'on  and 
Ishmael  to  the  sword,  and  their  companions 
to  slaughter,  and  the  rest  of  the  people  to 
plunder,  and  many  troubles  will  come  after- 
wards " ;  and  he  said  this  in  the  Aramaic 
tongue. 

(40)  j.  Sotah  24b. — The  same  words,  with  the 
addition,  however,  of  the  following,  after  'in 
the  Aramaic  tongue,'  "and  they  knew  not 
what  he  said." 

(41)  b.  Sotah  48b.— Same  as  (39). 

(42)  b.  Sanh  lla.— Same  as  (39). 

The  question  is,  to  whom  did  the  dying  man  refer 
as  "  Shim'on  and  Ishmael "  ?  One  thinks  most 
naturally  of  Shim'on  ben  Gamliel  and  Ishmael  ben 
Elisha,  who  were  executed  after  the  capture  of 
Jerusalem  a.d.  70.  And,  in  spite  of  difficulties,  I 
believe  that  this  is  the  right  interpretation.  The 
detailed  account  in  Ab.  d.  It.  Nathan,  c.  38,  distinctly 
implies  that  the  two  men  executed  were  the  elder 
Shim'on  b.  Gamliel  and  the  elder  Ishmael  b.  Elisha. 
For  Ishmael  there  says  to  Shim'on,  "When  thou 
didst  sit  and  teach  on  the  Mount  of  the  House  [i.e. 
the  Temple],  and  all  the  multitude  of  Israel  sat  in  thy 
presence,  etc." 

Moreover,  Ishmael  speaks  of  himself  as   a  priest 

and  son  of  a  high  priest.     But,  if  Shemuel  ha-Qaton 

was  a  member  of  the  assembly  at  Jabneh  over  which 

Rabban  Gamliel  presided,  must  not  his  dying  words 

have  referred   to   someone  whose   death   took   place 

later  than  the  year  70  ?     The   period   during  which 

Rn.  Gamliel  presided  at  Jabneh  is  usually  given  as 

80-110  a.d.  or  thereabouts,  so  that   Shemuel  could 

9 


130  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

not  have  died  before  80  a.d.  It  is  therefore  held, 
amongst  others,  by  Jost,  Gratz,  Weiss  and  Bacher, 
that  the  Ishmael  referred  to  was  Ishmael  ben  Elisha 
the  younger,  grandson  of  the  one  already  mentioned 
and  contemporary  with  Aqiba.  (See  Jost,  Gsch.  d. 
Jdtums.,  ii.  p.  74 ;  Gratz,  G.  d.  J.,  iv.  175 ;  Weiss, 
G.  d.  j.  T.,  ii.  102 ;  Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Tannaiten,  i.  243). 
This  is  also  the  view  of  Rashi,  at  least  in  so  far  that 
he  explains  the  ■  companions '  of  Shimon  and  Ishmael 
to  be  "such  as  R.  Aqiba  and  R.  Hanina  ben  Teradjon" 
(Rashi  on  b.  Sanh.  lla).  Of  course,  these  two  were 
companions  of  the  younger  Ishmael.  Moreover,  it  is 
said  (and  this  is  the  strongest  evidence  in  favour  of 
this  view),  in  Mechilta  (Mishpat.  c.  18,  p.  95b),  that 
Aqiba  uttered  a  solemn  warning  to  his  disciples  after 
the  execution  of  R.  Ishmael  and  Shimon.  This  is 
repeated  in  the  late  Treatise  Semahoth  c.  8,  where, 
however,  it  is  distinctly  said  that  the  Shim'on  in 
question  was  Shim'on  ben  Gamliel.  The  passage  in 
Mechilta  is  strong  evidence,  because  that  Midrash 
originated  amongst  the  disciples  of  the  younger 
Ishmael,  who  may  be  supposed  to  have  known  the 
circumstances  of  his  death. 

Yet,  in  spite  of  the  above  evidence,  supported  as  it 
is  by  the  great  authority  of  Jost,  Gratz,  Weiss,  and 
Bacher,  there  is  a  difficulty  in  the  way  of  accepting 
this  interpretation ;  because  there  is  evidence  to  show 
that  both  the  younger  Ishmael  and  the  younger 
Shim'on  ben  Gamliel  survived  the  persecution  of 
Hadrian,  and  died  a  natural  death.  This  is  un- 
questionably true  in  the  case  of  Shim'on  ben  Gamliel, 
who  died  somewhere  about  a.d.  166.  The  historians 
above  mentioned  see  clearly  that  he  cannot  have  been 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     131 

the  person  referred  to  by  Shemuel  ha-Qaton,  and  ac- 
cordingly state  that  Ishmael  was  executed  along  with 
H  a  certain  Simeon,"  whom  they  do  not  try  to  identify. 
But  there  is  reason  for  believing  that  R.  Ishmael  also 
died  a  natural  death,  as  is  shown  by  Hamburger  (R. 
EncykL,  ii.  526)  and  Frankel  (Darke  ha-Mishnah,  p. 
106).  It  is  said  (M.  Nedar.,  ix.  10),  "When  [R. 
Ishmael]  died,  the  daughters  of  Israel  raised  a  lament 
and  said,  'Ye  daughters  of  Israel,  weep  for  Rabbi 
Ishmael.' "  (T.  Nedar.,  v.  6,  much  the  same.)  In  the 
Gemara  (b.  Nedar.  66b)  it  is  said,  «  When  R.  Ishmael 
lay  dying?  the  word  being  '  shechib '  (wr)  not  '  meth  ' 
( no).  Now  the  word  no  used  in  the  other  passages  does 
not  imply  a  violent  death,  while  the  word  i^t?  does 
imply  a  natural  death.1  The  R.  Ishmael  here  referred 
to  is  undoubtedly  R.  Ishmael  ben  Elisha  the  younger, 
for  he  is  the  R.  Ishmael  of  the  Mishnah  and  Tosephta. 
And  in  view  of  the  fact  that  a  lamentation  was  raised 
for  him,  compare  what  is  said  (b.  Sanh.  lla),  ptsdd  p« 
nvbn  wwi  *&>  "  They  do  not  make  lamentation  for 
those  slain  by  the  kingdom  "  [i.e.,  political  prisoners 
executed  as  rebels,  and  more  particularly  those 
executed  after  the  rebellion  of  Bar  Cocheba].  If  this 
can  be  taken  as  a  correct  statement,  then  R.  Ishmael 
ben  Elisha  was  not  one  of  those  executed  at  that 
time.  Further,  the  view  that  R.  Ishmael  survived 
the  persecution,  or,  at  all  events,  lived  some  time  after 
it  had  begun,  is  confirmed  by  what  is  recorded  in  b.  B. 
Bathra  60b :  "  It  is  tradition,  R.  Ishmael  ben  Elisha 
said  .  .  .  .  '  from  the  day  when  the  wicked  kingdom 

1  3*26?  is  from  the  root  2D  8?,  to  lie,  and  it  i.*  used  of  persons  who  are 
dangerously  ill.  Cp.  b.  B.  Qam.  38a,  47b,  and  especially  lllb,  where  Raba 
eays,  "  When  I  was  very  ill  (&02*2fc>),  etc." 


132  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

prevailed,  which  decrees  against  us  wicked  and  hard 
ordinances,  and  prevents  us  from  fulfilling  Torah  and 
commandments,  and  does  not  allow  us  to  assemble  to 
circumcise  a  son,  etc' "  This  certainly  refers  to  the 
edicts  which  were  made  by  Hadrian,  after  the  sup- 
pression of  the  rebellion  under  Bar  Cocheba,  a.d.  135  ; 
and  if  so,  R.  Ishmael  must  have  survived  at  all  events 
the  beginning  of  the  persecution.  The  form  of  the 
expression,  "  from  the  day  that  the  wicked  kingdom 
prevailed,"  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  some  time, 
probably  years,  had  elapsed  since  the  decrees  had 
come  into  force.  Finally,  if  there  be  any  truth 
in  the  extraordinary  tale  (b.  A.  Zar.  lla)  that  the 
skull  of  R.  Ishmael  was  preserved  among  the 
Imperial  treasures  in  Rome,  that  could  refer  quite 
as  well  to  the  older  Ishmael,  who  undoubtedly 
was  executed  by  the  Romans,  a.d.  70,  as  to  the 
younger  Ishmael.  It  is,  in  any  case,  no  proof  that 
the  latter  was  executed. 

If  these  considerations  are  well  founded,  then  it  is 
clear  that  the  dying  speech  of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton  did 
not  refer  to  the  younger  Ishmael  and  Shimon,  unless 
on  the  assumption  that  the  words  contain  a  prophecy 
which  was  not  fulfilled.  The  Talmud  does  not  say 
that  they  were  a  prophecy,  and  does  regard  them 
as  referring  to  persons  who  actually  died  a  violent 
death. 

There  seems  to  me  to  be  a  quite  simple  explanation, 
which  will  meet  all  the  difficulty  of  identifying  the 
Ishmael  and  Shim'on,  and  which  will  also  throw  light 
upon  the  incident  of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton's  mistake  in 
the  recitation  of  the  formula  concerning  the  Minim. 
Let  us  suppose  that  Shemuel  ha-Qaton  was  a  very 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    133 

old  man  at  the  time  of  his  death.  In  that  case  he 
would  be  contemporary  with  the  elder  Ishmael  ben 
Elisha  and  Shimon  ben  Gamliel,  who  were  executed 
a.d.  70,  and  no  doubt  friendly  with  them.  On  his 
own  deathbed,  his  thoughts  may  very  well  have  gone 
back  to  the  dreadful  memories  of  the  war,  and  have 
recalled  the  tragic  fate  of  his  two  old  friends — 
"Shim'on  and  Ishmael  to  the  sword."  All  that  he 
said  found  ample  illustration  in  the  slaughter  and 
plunder  that  followed  the  capture  of  Jerusalem  ;  and 
it  is  not  at  all  necessary  to  suppose  that  he  prophesied 
the  final  catastrophe  of  the  persecution  under 
Hadrian.1  Now  if  he  was  a  very  old  man  at  the  time 
of  his  death,  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  such  a 
failure  of  memory  might  have  happened  to  him,  as  is 
described  in  the  incident  of  the  Minim-formula.  Such 
forgetfulness  is  certainly  much  more  natural  to  an  old 
man  than  to  a  young  one.  Now  the  question  is,  Was 
he  an  old  man  at  the  time  of  his  death  ?  It  is 
generally  assumed  that  he  died  young ;  but,  as  it 
seems  to  me,  the  available  evidence  does  not  prove 
this.  If  it  does  not,  on  the  other  hand,  prove  that  he 
reached  an  advanced  age,  it  at  least  allows  the 
possibility  of  his  having  done  so.  A  curious  story  is 
told  (j.  Sanh.  18c  and  elsewhere)  as  follows : — "  It 
happened  that  Rabban  Gamliel  said,  'Let  seven  elders 
meet  me  in  the  upper  room,'  and  eight  entered.  He 
said,  'Who  is  it  that  has  entered  without  leave?' 
Shemuel  ha-Qaton  stood  up  upon  his  feet  and  said, 
P I  have  come  without  leave;  1  wanted  [to  know]  the 
halachah,  and  I   have   come   to  ask  concerning  it.' 

1  Observe  the  curious  remark  (j.  Sotah.  24b),  that  the  hearers  did  not 
understand  what  the  dying  man  said. 


134  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Rabban  Gamliel  said  to  him,  *  O,  Eldad  and  Medad  ! 
[Num.  xi.  26] ;  for  all  Israel  know  that  if  there  are 
two  such  [as  they]  I  say  that  thou  art  one  of  them,' 
etc."  The  Babylonian  Gemara  (Sanh.  lla),  which  also 
tells  this  story,  says :  "  It  was  not  Shemuel  ha-Qaton 
who  did  this  [i.e.  entered  without  leave],  but  another." 
And  Hananel,  in  his  commentary  on  the  passage,  says 
that  he  did  it  to  screen  the  real  culprit.  This  is 
adopted  by  Bacher  (Ag.  d.  Tann.,  i.  p.  88  n.  3,  where 
the  whole  incident  is  admirably  discussed).  Now,  if 
Shemuel  ha-Qaton  was  an  old  man,  and  held  in  high 
esteem  by  Rabban  Gamliel,  he  could  rely  on  his  age 
and  position  to  shield  the  real  offender  much  more 
confidently  than  if  he  had  been  only  a  young  man. 
And  when  Gamliel  says  to  him,  "All  Israel  know 
that  if  there  are  two  such,  thou  art  one  of  them,"  that 
seems  to  imply  that  the  character  and  standing  of 
Shemuel  were  well  known,  and  thus  goes  to  confirm 
the  view  that  he  was  not  young.  Gamliel  would,  so 
far  as  we  can  judge  from  his  character,  as  elsewhere 
described,  have  been  much  less  tolerant  of  a  young 
man  who  had  disobeyed  his  orders.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  epithet  "ha-Qaton,"  "the  small,"  to  prove 
that  he  was  young.  The  distinguishing  feature  of 
his  character  is  said  to  have  been  humility,  and  the 
epithet  '  ha-Qaton  "  was  supposed  to  have  reference 
to  that.  This  virtue  of  humility  caused  a  comparison 
to  be  made  between  him  and  Hillel,  so  that  he  was 
sometimes  called  a  disciple  of  Hillel.  To  suppose, 
however,  that  he  actually  had  been  a  disciple  of 
Hillel,  would  be  to  stretch  the  hypothesis  of  his 
advanced  age  beyond  all  probability ;  for  Hillel  died 
about  a.d.  4,  and  if  Shemuel  had  been  his  disciple,  he 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    185 

could  hardly  have  been  so  at  less  than  twenty  years  of 
age,  which  would  make  him  at  least  ninety-six  at  the 
time  when  Gamliel  began  to  preside  over  the 
assembly  of  Jabneh.1 

Summing  up  the  result  of  this  chronological 
inquiry,  I  recognise  that  there  is  not  evidence 
sufficient  positively  to  decide  the  question  whether 
Shemuel  lived  to  an  advanced  age  or  not.  But  I 
submit  that  all  the  facts  recorded  about  him,  and 
mentioned  above,  not  only  are  consistent  with,  but 
find  their  best  explanation  in,  the  hypothesis  that  he 
was  already  a  very  old  man  at  the  time  when  Gamliel 
began  to  preside  at  Jabneh,  and  I  accordingly  suggest 
that  his  death,  and,  a  fortiori^  the  composition  of  the 
formula  concerning  the  Minim,  must  be  dated  very 
near  the  year  80  a.d. 

It  remains  only  to  say  a  word  with  regard  to  the 
formula  itself.  It  was  not  exactly  a  malediction, 
but,  as  Gratz  (iv.  105)  well  says,  a  kind  of  test- 
formula,  for  the  purpose  of  detecting  those  who 
might  be  secretly  inclined  to  heresy.  The  words 
ran,  "May  there  be  no  hope  for  the  Minim." 

As  already  remarked,  the  Mishnah  does  not 
mention  the  formula.      The  passages   in    Tosephta 

1  In  j.  Hor.  48c  it  is  said  that  when  the  wise  were  assembled  in  the  house 
of  Gorion,  in  Jericho,  they  heard  a  Bath  Qol  saying,  ■  There  are  two  of  you 
upon  whom  the  Holy  Spirit  may  worthily  rest>  and  Hillel  is  one  of  them.' 
They  fixed  their  eyes  upon  Shemuel  ha-Qaton.  In  the  earlier  version  of  this 
story,  T.  Sotah.  xiii.  3,  Shemuel  ha-Qaton  is  not  mentioned  in  connexion 
with  Hillel.  But  the  next  paragraph  narrates  how  he,  in  like  manner,  was 
indicated  at  Jabneh.  The  authority  for  connecting  Shemuel  with  Hillel  in 
the  same  incident  is  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Levi,  quoted  by  R.  Jacob  bar  Idi 
(j.  Sot.  24c).  So  late  a  witness  can  certainly  not  establish  the  fact  of  their 
having  been  contemporaneous  ;  but  his  testimony  may  indicate  a  traditiom 
that  Shemuel  was  an  old  man  when  he  died. 


136  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

and  the  Palestinian  Gemara  which  refer  to  it  are  the 
following : — 

(43)  T.  Ber.  iii.  25.— The  Eighteen  Benedictions 
which  the  wise  have  said,  corresponding  to 
the  eighteen  Invocations  [mentions  of  the 
divine  Name]  in  [Ps.  xxix.],  Give  unto  the 
Lord,  O  ye  sons  of  the  mighty.  The  bene- 
diction concerning  the  Minim  is  included  in 
that  concerning  the  seceders,  and  that  con- 
cerning strangers  in  that  concerning  elders, 
and  that  concerning  David  in  that  concerning 
Jerusalem.  And  if  they  said  these  on  their 
own  account,  that  would  be  valid. 

(44)  j.  Ber.  8a. — R.  Huna  said,  If  a  man  saith  to 
thee,  They  [the  benedictions]  are  seventeen, 
say  to  him,  '  The  Wise  in  Jabneh  have  before 
now  appointed  that  concerning  the  Minim. ' 
R.  Elazar  ben  It.  Jose1  objected  in  the 
presence  of  It.  Jose'  'But  it  is  written  [Ps. 
xxix.  3],  The  God  of  glory  thundereth '  [i.e. 
that  the  divine  name  is  mentioned  nineteen, 
instead  of  eighteen,  times  in  the  Psalm]. 
R.  Jose  replied,  But  it  is  taught,  The  bene- 
diction concerning  the  Minim  and  the  sinners 
is  included  in  'casteth  down  the  proud,'  and 
that  concerning  elders  and  strangers  in  'the 
refuge  for  the  righteous,'  and  that  concerning 
David  in  'who  buildeth  Jerusalem.' 

I  reserve  for  the  concluding  chapter  the  discussion 

■  R.  Jose  is  R.  Jos6  ben  Halaphta,  whose  father  was  intimate  with  R. 
Gamliel  of  Jabneh.  R.  Jose  himself  may  possibly  have  been  one  of  the 
assembly  at  Jabneh  ;  but,  as  he  was  only  ordained  after  a.d.  135,  he  would 
be  very  young  when  R.  Gamliel  died,  a.d.  110  or  thereabouts. 

I 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     137 

of   the    bearing    of    the    "formula    concerning    the 
Minim"    upon    the    relations    between    Jesus     and 
heretics,  only  remarking  here  that  Jewish  Christians 
would  probably  be  those  who  would  feel  most  of  its  J 
force  as  a  means  of  detecting  heresy. 


R.  Eliezer  arrested  for  Minuth. 

(45)  T.  Hull.  ii.  24.— The  case  of  K.  Eliezer,  who 
was  arrested  for  Minuth,  and  they  brought 
him  to  the  tribunal  (non,  fifjua)  for  judgment. 
The  governor  (p»:n,  rjyefjicov)  said  to  him, 
'Doth  an  old  man  like  thee  occupy  himself 
with  such  things  ? '  He  said  to  him,  '  Faithful 
is  the  judge  concerning  me.'  The  governor 
supposed  that  he  only  said  this  of  him,  but 
he  was  not  thinking  of  any  but  his  Father 
who  is  in  Heaven.  He  [the  governor]  said  to 
him,  'Since  I  am  trusted  concerning  thyself, 
thus  also  I  will  be.  I  said,  perhaps  these 
societies1  err  concerning  these  things.  Ztimissus, 
Behold  thou  art  released.'  And  when  he  had 
been  released  from  the  tribunal,  he  was  troubled 
because  he  had  been  arrested  for  Minuth.  His 
disciples  came  in  to  console  him,  but  he  would 
not  take  comfort.  It.  Aqiba  came  in  and 
said  to  him,  Rabbi,  shall  1  say  to  thee  why 
thou  art  perhaps  grieving?  He  said  to  him, 
'  Say  on.'  He  said  to  him, '  Perhaps  one  of  the 
Minim  has  said  to  thee  a  word  of  Minuth 
and  it  has  pleased  thee.'     He  said,  'By  Heaven, 

1  Read  nil^n  with  b.  A.  Zar  16b,  in  place  of  P*W1  which  makes  no 


138  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

thou  hast  reminded  me !  Once  I  was  walking 
along  the  street  of  Sepphoris,  and  I  met 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Sichnin,  and  he  said  to  me 
a  word  of  Minuth  in  the  name  of  Jeshu  ben 
Pantiri,  and  it  pleased  me.  And  I  was 
arrested  for  words  of  Minuth  because  1  trans- 
gressed the  words  of  Torah  (Pro v.  v.  8), 
Keep  thy  way  far  from  her,  and  come  not 
nigh  the  door  of  her  house  (vii.  26),  for  she  hath 
cast  down  many  wounded'  And  R.  Eliezer 
used  to  say,  ■  Ever  let  a  man  flee  from  what  is 
hateful,  and  from  that  which  resembles  what  is 
hateful/ 
(46)  b.  A.  Zar.  16b,  17a.— Our  Rabbis  teach, 
When  R.  Eliezer  was  arrested  for  Minuth 
they  took  him  up  to  the  tribunal  (orra, 
gradus)  to  be  judged.  The  governor  said  to 
him,  'Will  an  old  man  such  as  thou  busy 
himself  about  these  vain  things  ? '  He  said, 
'Faithful  is  the  judge  concerning  me.'  The 
governor  supposed  he  said  this  in  reference  to 
him ;  but  he  only  said  it  in  regard  to  his 
Father  in  Heaven.  He  (the  governor)  said, 
•  Since  I  am  trusted  concerning  thee,  Dimissus, 
thou  art  released.'  When  he  came  to  his 
house  his  disciples  came  in  to  comfort  him, 
but  he  would  not  take  comfort.  R.  Aqiba 
said  to  him,  '  Rabbi,  suffer  me  to  say  some- 
thing of  what  thou  hast  taught  me.'  He 
said  to  him,  '  Say  on.'  He  said  to  him, 
'Rabbi,  perhaps  there  has  come  Minuth  into 
thy  hand  and  it  has  pleased  thee,  and  on 
account  of  that  thou  hast  been  arrested  for 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM  AND  MINUTH     139 

Minuth.'  He  said  to  him,  ■  Aqiba,  thou  hast 
reminded  me.  Once  I  was  walking  in  the 
upper  street  of  Sepphoris,  and  I  found  a  man 
of  the  disciples  of  Jeshu  the  Nazarene,  and 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja  was  his  name. 
He  said  to  me,  '  It  is  written  in  your  Torah, 
Thou  shalt  not  bring  the  hire  of  a  harlot,  etc. 
[Deut.  xxiii.  18].  What  may  be  done  with 
it  ?  Latrinae  for  the  high  priest  [may  be 
built  with  it].'  And  I  answered  him  nothing. 
He  said  to  me, '  Thus  hath  Jeshu  the  Nazarene 
taught  me,  For  of  the  hire  of  a  harlot  hath 
she  gathered  them,  and  unto  the  hire  of  a 
harlot  shall  they  return  [Micah  i.  7].  From 
the  place  of  filth  they  come,  and  unto  the 
place  of  filth  they  shall  go.'  And  the  saying 
pleased  me,  and  because  of  this  I  was  arrested 
for  Minuth;  and  I  transgressed  against  what 
is  written  in  the  Torah  [Prov.  v.  8],  Keep 
thy  way  far  from  her,  this  is  Minuth  ;  and 
come  not  nigh  the  door  of  her  house,  this  is  the 
Government. 

[The  remainder  of  the  passage  in  A.  Zar. 
17a  will  be  given  below  in  another  connexion. 
See  p.  182.] 

The  same  story  is  found  in  the  Midrash, 
Qoh.  Rabb.  on  i.  8,  also  in  Jalq.  Shim'oni  on 
Micah  i.,  and  Prov.  v.  8.  These  versions  add 
nothing  to  what  is  contained  in  the  above 
passages,  except  that  (47)  Qoh.  Rabb.  gives 
the  dialogue  between  the  Rabbi  and  Jacob 
more  fully,  as  follows: — 
(47)  ■  It  is  written  in  your  Torah,  Thou  shalt  not 


140  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

bring,  etc.,  What  of  these?'     I  said  to  him, 
1  They  are  forbidden.'     He  said  to  me,  '  They 
are  forbidden   as  an  offering:   it  is  permitted 
to  destroy  them.'      I   said   to    him,   'If  so, 
what  shall  one  do  with  them?'     He  said  to 
me,  'He  shall  make  with  them  bath-houses 
and  latrinae:     I  said  to  him,  <  Thou  hast  well 
said.'     And  the  halachah  was  concealed  from 
me  for  the  moment.      When  he  saw  that  I 
agreed  with  his  words,  he  said  to  me,  <  Thus 
hath  ....  taught  me,  They  come  from  filth 
and  they  go   to  filth,  as   is   said   [Mic.  i.  7], 
For  of  the  hire  of  a  harlot,  etc.     They  shall 
make  seats  for  the  public,'  and  it  pleased  me. 
For  this  I  was  arrested,  etc. 
Commentary.— We  have  to  distinguish  two  events 
in  this  story,  the  arrest  of  R.  Eliezer  and  his  inter- 
view with   Jacob   the   Min.     First  as  to  the  arrest. 
R.  Eliezer  lived  at  the  end  of  the  first  and  the  be- 
ginning of  the  second  century  of  our  era;  but  the 
dates  of  his   birth  and  death  are  not   known.      His 
usual  residence  was  in  Lud,  but  he  travelled  about 
the   country.      He   was   arrested,    according   to   the 
story,  '  for  Minuth,'  i.e.  on  a  charge  of  being  a  Min. 
Rashi  is  certainly  wrong  when  he  says  that  Eliezer 
was  arrested  by  the  Minim.      From  the  context  it 
is   clear  that   Minuth  denotes  the  Christian  heresy. 
We  have  therefore  to  inquire   whether  there  was  in 
Palestine,  at  a  period  within  the  lifetime  of  Eliezer,  a 
persecution  of  Christians,  or  if  not  a  persecution,  at 
all  events  an  official  search  for  them.     The  so-called 
persecution   under  Nero   was  probably   confined   to 
Rome,  and  is  besides   too   early  in   date   (a.d.    64). 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     141 

It.  Eliezer  must  have  been  quite  a  young  man  at 
the  time.  But  there  is  mentioned  in  Eusebius 
(Ecc.  Hist.,  iii.  32),  on  the  authority  of  Hegesippus, 
a  persecution  of  Christians  in  Palestine,  during  which 
Simeon  the  aged  bishop  of  Jerusalem  was  crucified. 
This  took  place  in  the  year  109,  during  the  reign, 
therefore,  of  Trajan.  The  charge  against  the  bishop 
was  that  he  was  of  the  lineage  of  David,  and  also 
that  he  was  a  Christian.  Probably  it  was  his  alleged 
Davidic  descent  rather  than  his  Christianity  which 
brought  him  under  the  sentence  of  the  civil  tribunal. 
Because  already  Domitian  had  caused  inquiry  to  be 
made  for  descendants  of  the  ancient  royal  line  of 
David,  fearing  presumably  lest  among  them  might 
be  some  pretender  to  his  own  throne.  It  does  not 
appear  that  Simeon  was  the  only  victim,  though 
doubtless  he  was  the  most  eminent.  Eusebius  says 
(loc.  cit.)  that  the  Christians  were  persecuted,  or 
rather  sought  for,  Kara  TroXeis,  which  implies  a  general 
search  throughout  the  country.  The  popular  risings, 
which  are  said  to  have  accompanied  the  search, 
would  be  the  expression  of  Gentile  rather  than  of 
Jewish  hostility  to  Christianity,  though  no  doubt  the 
Jews  might  take  the  opportunity  of  assailing  Chris- 
tians, as  they  did  in  the  case  of  Simeon,  who  is  said 
to  have  been  accused  by  certain  heretics.  But,  on 
the  whole,  it  was  in  the  interest  of  the  Jews  to 
keep  quiet ;  because,  to  the  Gentile  mind,  there  was 
too  much  likeness  between  Jews  and  Christians  to 
make  it  safe  for  the  former  to  be  conspicuous 
while  the  latter  were  being  persecuted. 

It  appears  to  me  probable  that  the  arrest  and  trial 
of  It.  Eliezer  took  place  during  this   official  search 


142  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

after  Christians,  and  is  therefore  to  be  dated  a.d.  109 
or  thereabouts.1  How  he  came  to  be  arrested  is  not 
said,  because  the  explanation  which  he  gives,  viz., 
his  former  close  association  with  a  Christian,  was  a 
fact  which  he  himself  had  forgotten  until  his  pupil 
Aqiba  suggested  it.  Yet  it  is  possible  that  some 
popular  opinion  connected  him  with  the  Christians ; 
and  we  have  already  seen  that  his  Rabbinical  com- 
panions, by  their  questions  to  him,  seemed  to  have 
acted  on  some  such  suspicion  (see  above  (4)  p.  46). 
And  it  is  curious  to  observe  the  embarrassment  of 
R.  Eliezer  when  on  his  trial.  One  would  have 
thought  that  he  could  have  saved  himself  by  declaring 
that  he  was  not  a  Christian,  whereas  he  only  made 
a  skilful  evasion,  and  owed  his  escape  to  the  vanity 
of  his  judge.  It  is  certain  from  all  the  recorded 
words  of  R.  Eliezer,  which  are  very  numerous,  that 
he  was  by  no  means  a  Christian  ;  but  it  is  none  the 
less  possible  that  damaging  facts  might  be  brought 
against  him  in  court,  connecting  him  with  Chris- 
tianity, so  that  his  wisest  course  was  to  stave  oft 
inquiry  altogether. 

It  is  not  stated  where  the  arrest  and  trial  took 
place;  but  it  may  well  have  happened  in  Cassarea, 
whither  Eliezer  seems  to  have  gone  after  his  ex- 
communication  by  the    Rabbis   of  Jabneh.2      This 

1  Note  the  fact  that  the  judge  calls  him  an  old  man.  It  is  said 
(A.  d.  R.  N.,  c  6)  that  Eliezer  was  twenty-two  years  old  when  he  ran  away 
from  home  to  learn  Torah  under  Johanan  ben  Zaccai  in  Jerusalem.  He 
appears,  from  this  same  story,  to  have  become  a  distinguished  pupil,  if  not 
already  a  Rabbi,  while  still  in  Jerusalem,  therefore  before  the  war  a.d.  68-70. 
He  must  thus  have  been  born  not  later  than  a.d.  40,  probably  earlier.  At 
the  time  of  his  arrest  he  would  be  about  seventy  years  old. 

2  He  died  in  Caesarea,  and  his  body  was  brought  thence  to  Lud. — b.  Sanh. 
68*. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     143 

is  to  some  extent  borne  out  by  the  fact  that  the 
judge  is  called  by  the  title  '  hegmon '  (rjyeficov), 
which  usually,  I  believe,  implies  high  rank,  and 
in  the  present  instance  may  denote  the  governor 
of  Syria. 

On  being  dismissed  from  the  tribunal,  Eliezer 
returned  to  his  house,  greatly  troubled,  because  he 
had  been  accused  of  being  a  Christian.  His  disciples 
came  in  to  console  him,  amongst  them  Aqiba.  The 
latter  suggested,  as  the  reason  why  R.  Eliezer  had 
been  arrested  as  a  Christian,  that  perhaps  at  some 
time  he  had  come  in  contact  with  that  heresy  and 
approved  of  it.  R.  Eliezer,  thus  reminded,  recalled 
an  interview  he  had  once  had  with  a  certain  Min 
called  Jacob,  of  Chephar  Sechanja,  one  of  the 
disciples  of  Jesus  the  Nazarene.  Jacob  had  ex- 
pounded to  him  a  text  from  Scripture,  and  the 
interpretation  pleased  him.  Whereupon  the  Chris- 
tian added  that  he  had  learnt  it  from  Jesus  the 
Nazarene. 

I  do  not  see  any  reason  to  doubt  the  genuineness 
of  this  incident,  at  all  events  of  its  main  features, 
although  Edersheim  declares  it  to  be  plainly  apocry- 
phal [L.  and  T.  of  J.  M.,  i.  537].  It  may  not  be 
true  that  Jesus  himself  gave  the  rather  unsavoury 
interpretation  of  Deut.  xxiii.  18  and  Mic.  i.  7.  And 
even  if  he  did,  it  is  certain  that  Jacob  the  Christian 
did  not  get  it  direct  from  Jesus ;  because,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  he  belonged  to  the  second  or,  perhaps, 
third  generation  of  disciples  (see  above,  p.  106).  But 
I  do  not  see  on  what  ground  we  can  reject  the 
evidence  of  a  man  so  well  known  as  R.  Eliezer, 
especially  as   it   tells    against   himself.      The    story 


144  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

is  well  authenticated ;  for,  if  it  does  not  appear  in 
the  Palestinian  Gemara,  where  we  should  naturally 
expect  to  meet  with  it,  it  is  given  in  the  Tosephta, 
which  is  not  only  Palestinian,  but  represents  an  older 
stratum  of  tradition  than  the  Gemaras  (see  Intro- 
duction, p.  21). 

We  have  already  met  with  Jacob  of  Chephar 
Sechanja,  or  Ch.  Sama  (see  above,  p.  106),  and  we 
have  to  inquire  when  the  interview  between  him  and 
Eliezer  took  place.  The  data  are  few  and  inade- 
quate.1 From  the  way  in  which  R.  Eliezer  begins 
the  story,  "  Once  on  a  time  [nna  Dya]  I  was  walking, 
etc.,"  it  would  seem  as  if  the  incident  had  taken  place 
some  years  before.  At  least  that  is  always  the  im- 
pression made  on  my  mind  by  the  story.  Gratz 
(G.  d.  J.,  iv.  47  fol.)  associates  the  incident  much 
more  closely  with  the  subsequent  arrest  and  trial. 
He  says  that  by  reason  of  his  intercourse  with 
Christians  R.  Eliezer  was  looked  upon  as  a  member 
of  the  Christian  community,  and  therefore  accused 
as  a  heretic.  The  only  objection  that  I  see  to  this 
view  is,  that  if  R.  Eliezer  had  met  Jacob  only  a  short 
time  previously,  he  would  scarcely  have  forgotten 
the  incident.  Also,  Aqiba  reminds  his  teacher  of 
what  he  had  been  told  on  a  former  occasion.  Still, 
these  facts  do  not  exclude  the  possibility  of  a  com- 

1  It  is  probable  that  the  interview  with  Jacob  the  Min  took  place  after 
Eliezer  had  been  excommunicated.  Before  his  excommunication  he  appears 
to  have  lived  in  Jabneh  or  Lud,  and  the  interview  took  place  in  Sepphoris. 
Moreover,  a  banished  man  would  be  more  likely  to  venture  upon  intercourse 
with  a  heretic  than  one  who  was  in  close  fellowship  with  the  Rabbis.  From 
the  account  of  his  excommunication,  b.  B.  Mez.  59b,  it  appears  that  this 
took  place  shortly  before  R.  Gamliel  started  on  his  voyage  to  Rome,  there- 
fore in  or  about  the  year  95  a.d. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     145 

paratively  short  interval  only — perhaps  a  few  months 
or  a  year  or  two — between  the  interview  with  Jacob 
and  the  arrest  of  R.  Eliezer.  And  a  short  interval 
suits  the  chronology  better.  For  we  have  already 
seen  reason  to  believe  that  this  same  Jacob  of 
Chephar  Sechanja  was  living  in  Galilee  a.d.  130,  thus 
twenty  years  after  the  arrest  of  Eliezer.  We  cannot, 
therefore,  safely  set  back  the  earlier  date  much 
beyond  a.d.  110.  It  is  possible,  of  course,  but  it  is 
not  likely,  that  there  were  two  persons  each  known 
as  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja. 

As  to  the  conversation  between  the  Christian  and 
the  Rabbi,  the  interpretation  of  the  texts  quoted  has 
nothing  that  is  characteristic  of  Jesus  as  he  is  known 
from  the  Gospels.1  It  is  evidently  a  thoroughly 
Jewish  exposition,  and  therefore  pleased  the  Rabbi ; 
there  were  Jewish  Christians  in  plenty  who  adhered 
to  Rabbinical  modes  of  thought  and  exposition  ;  and 
seeing  that  Jacob  was  most  certainly  not  a  con- 
temporary of  Jesus,  his  statement,  '  thus  hath  Jesus 
taught  me,'  means  no  more  than  that  'such  is 
current  Christian  teaching.'  Whether  there  is  any 
parallel  to  this  interpretation  in  any  Jewish- Christian 
work  I  do  not  know. 

1  Friedlander  (der  Vorchristliche  jiidische  Gnosticismus,  p.  74)  rightly 
points  out  that  there  is  nothing  Christian  in  the  exposition  of  Jacob,  and 
accordingly  claims  the  fact  in  support  of  his  theory  that  Jacob  was  not  a 
Christian  but  a  Gnostic.  But  he  has  most  strangely  ignored  the  words — 
very  inconvenient  for  his  theory — 'thus  hath  Jesus  the  Nazarene  taught 
me,5  whereby  Jacob  the  Min  puts  the  fact  of  his  Christianity  beyond 
dispute.  Friedlander  has  much  scorn  for  those  shallow  interpreters 
who  hold  that  the  Minim  are  Jewish  Christians.  Until  he  deals  with 
his  evidence  more  carefully,  not  to  say  more  honestly,  his  scorn  is 
hardly  justified. 

10 


146  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 


BOOKS  OF  THE  MINIM 

Under  this  head  I  collect  all  the  passages  I  can 
find  in  which  reference  is  made  to  heretical  writings, 
and  their  treatment  by  Jews. 

Imma  Shalom  and  a  Christian  Judge 

(48)  b.  Shabb.  116%  b. — Imma  Shalom  was  the  wife 
of  It.  Eliezer  and  sister  of  Rabban  Gamliel. 
There  was  in  her  neighbourhood  a  '  philosoph,' 
who  had  got  a  name  for  not  taking  a  bribe. 
They  sought  to  make  fun  of  him.  She 
[Imma  Shalom]  sent  to  him  a  lamp  of  gold. 
They  came  before  him.  She  said  to  him,  '  I 
desire  that  they  divide  to  me  the  property  of 
the  women's  house.'  He  said  to  them, '  Divide 
it.'  They  said  to  him,  *  For  us,  it  is  written, 
"Where  there  is  a  son,  a  daughter  does  not 
inherit."  He  said  to  them,  'From  the  day 
when  ye  were  exiled  from  your  land,  the  Law 
of  Moses  has  been  taken  away,  and  the  law 
of  the  Evangelion  has  been  given,  and  in  it 
is  written,  "  A  son  and  a  daughter  shall  inherit 
alike." '  The  next  day  he  [R.  Gamliel]  in  his 
turn  sent  to  him  a  Lybian  ass.  He  [the 
judge]  said  to  them,  'I  have  looked  further 
to  the  end  of  the  book,  and  in  it  is  written, 
"I  am  not  come  to  take  away  from  the 
Law  of  Moses  and  I  am  not  come  to  add  to 
the  Law  of  Moses,"  and  in  it  [the  Law  of 
Moses]  is  written,  "  Where  there  is  a  son, 
a  daughter  does  not  inherit."'     She  said  to 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH      147 

him,  '  Let  your  light  shine   as  a  lamp ! '     R. 

Gamliel  said  to  her,  '  The  ass  has  come  and 

trodden  out  the  lamp.' 
Commentary.  —  This  striking  story  only  occurs, 
so  far  as  I  know,  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara,  and, 
therefore,  is  open  to  suspicion  from  the  want  of  con- 
temporary evidence.  On  the  other  hand  there  seems 
no  reason  to  account  for  its  being  invented,  if  there 
were  no  historical  fact  at  the  bottom  of  it.  The 
story  may  well  have  been  told  as  a  family  anecdote 
by  the  descendants  of  R.  Gamliel,  and  have  been 
repeated  in  Babylonia  by  Rab,  who  transplanted 
thither  so  many  of  the  Palestinian  traditions,  and 
whose  teacher  was  R.  Jehudah,  grandson  of  R. 
Gamliel.  In  the  Gemara  the  story  is  tacked  on  to 
a  passage  dealing  with  written  scrolls  and  especi- 
ally with  heretical  writings ;  but  there  is  not  a 
word  of  introduction  to  say  on  whose  authority  it 
was  told.  The  preceding  passage  will  be  given 
presently ;  I  have  placed  the  story  here,  because 
the  incident  which  it  records  carries  us  back  to 
an  earlier  date  than  other  references  to  heretical 
scriptures. 

The  R.  Eliezer  is  the  same  whom  we  have  already 
several  times  met  with.  Rabban  Gamliel  is  Gamliel 
of  Jabneh,  under  whose  direction  the  formula  con- 
cerning the  Minim  was  arranged  [see  above,  p.  127]. 
The  incident  took  place,  therefore,  within  the  closing 
years  of  the  first  or  the  opening  of  the  second  century. 
The  place  was  probably  Jabneh. 

As  the  purpose  of  Gamliel  and  his  sister  was  to 
expose  the  judge  to  ridicule,  it  is  hardly  likely  that 
they  would  appeal  to  him  to  decide  a  real  difference. 


148  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

In  a  very  interesting  discussion  of  this  story,1  Nichol- 
son argues  that  the  Rabbi  and  his  sister  found  a 
pretext  for  their  law-suit  in  the  death  of  their  father 
Shim'on,  and  the  consequent  inheritance  of  his  pro- 
perty. This  may  be  so ;  but  if  there  were  no  real 
dispute  (and  it  is  evident  there  was  not),  the  case 
might  have  been  trumped  up  at  any  time.  Nicholson 
gives  a.d  71-3  as  the  probable  date;  and  the  best 
evidence  for  so  early  a  date  is  the  saying  of  the  judge, 
"  From  the  day  that  ye  were  exiled  from  your  land," 
which  can  only  refer  to  the  confiscation  of  Jewish 
property  in  a.d.  72.  I  do  not  see  much  force  in  the 
contention  that  R.  Gamliel  would  not  have  conde- 
scended to  such  a  trick  as  that  described  in  the  story, 
after  he  had  become  president  of  the  Sanhedrin. 
That  dignity  was  probably  but  little  known  or  recog- 
nised outside  of  Jewish  circles.  Still  we  may  admit 
that  the  conduct  of  R.  Gamliel  and  his  sister  was 
more  appropriate  to  youth  than  to  maturer  years,  and 
therefore  we  may  accept  the  date  a.d.  71-3  as  being 
on  the  whole  probable. 

The  judge  is  called  a  '  philosoph,'  and  there  is  no 
reason  to  read  some  form  of  '  episcopos,'  as  is  proposed 
by  Lowe  (quoted  by  Nicholson,  op.  cit,  p.  146). 
The  term  '  philosoph '  or  '  philosophos '  occurs  several 
times  in  the  Talmud,  and  seems  to  denote  a  trained 
speaker.  It  is  quite  likely  that  in  the  present  case 
the  *  philosoph '  was  a  bishop  ;  but  the  term  '  philo- 
soph' has  nothing  ecclesiastical  about  it.  So  far  as  I 
know,  there  is  no  attempt  in  the  Talmud  to  reproduce 
the  term  ■  episcopos  '  in  a  Hebrew  form.  The  judge, 
whether  bishop  or  not,  was  probably  a  Jewish  not  a 

1  See  The  Gospel  According  to  the  Hebrews,  by  E.  B.  Nicholson,  p.  146  n. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     149 

Gentile  Christian.  That  he  was  a  Christian  is  beyond 
question,  seeing  that  he  based  his  decision  on  a 
quotation  from  a  Gospel.  R.  Gamliel  would  not  be 
likely  to  play  a  trick  on  a  Gentile  judge;  and  a 
Gentile  judge  would  scarcely  have  appealed  to  a 
Gospel  in  a  Jewish  suit.  He  would  have  decided  the 
case  on  the  lines  of  Roman  law. 

Now  let  us  examine  the  details  of  the  story  in 
order.  Imma  Shalom,1  the  sister  of  R.  Gamliel,  and 
wife  of  R.  Eliezer,  applied  to  the  court  to  divide  for 
her  '  the  property  of  the  women's  house,'  in  other 
words  to  give  to  her  the  share  in  her  father's  property 
which  she  ought  to  bring  to  her  husband  at  her  mar- 
riage. R.  Gamliel  pleaded  against  this,  that  his  sister 
had  no  title  to  any  part  of  her  father's  property, 
because  he,  as  son,  inherited  it  all.  He  supported  his 
plea  by  an  appeal  to  the  Law  of  Moses,  though  the 
words  which  he  cited  do  riot  occur  in  the  Pentateuch. 
His  plea  is  an  inference  based  upon  Num.  xxvii.  8. 
The  judge,  mindful  of  the  bribe  he  had  received  from 
the  complainant,  decided  against  the  defendant,  on 
the  ground  that  the  Law  of  Moses  had  been  super- 
seded by  the  law  '  of  the  Evangelion,'  according  to 
which  a  son  and  daughter  inherit  alike.  I  believe 
that  ■  of  the  Evangelion '  is  the  right  reading  in  this 
passage ;  but  at  the  same  time  I  doubt  whether  the 
judge  actually  used  the  term.  We  shall  see  presently 
(p.  162)  that  R.  Meir  and  R.  Johanan,  in  the  second 
and  third  centuries,  made  jests  on  the  word  Evan- 
gelion ;  and  since  the  story,  as  we  have  it,  was  written 
down  long  after  their  time,  it  is  not  safe  to  conclude 
that  the  term  ■  Evangelion '  was  known  and  used  as 

1  Imma  Shalom,  i.e.  Mother  Salome. 


150  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

early  as  a.d.  72.  Jesus  must  have  used  some 
Aramaic  term,  at  least  if  he  used  any  equivalent 
word  at  all ;  and  it  would  be  natural  to  expect  that  a 
Jewish  Christian,  in  speaking  to  Jews,  would  also 
have  used  the  Aramaic  term  rather  than  the  Greek 
equivalent.  I  regard  the  words  '  of  the  Evangelion ' 
as  a  later  gloss,  though  earlier  than  the  written  text 
of  the  Talmud. 

There  is  no  passage  in  any  known  Gospel  which 
states  that  a  son  and  daughter  shall  inherit  alike. 
Unless  some  text,  hereafter  to  be  discovered,  shall 
furnish  a  parallel,  we  can  only  regard  the  statement 
as  a  general  inference  from  Christian  principles.  It  is 
worth  noting,  by  the  way,  that  if  there  were  such  a  rule 
of  Christian  practice,  the  state  of  things  described  in 
Acts  iv.  32-37  had  already  ceased  to  exist  in  the  year  72. 

The  sentence  of  the  court  having  been  given  against 
him,  It.  Gamliel  so  to  speak  applied  for  a  new 
trial  by  sending  a  bribe  to  the  judge,  a  present 
of  a  Lybian  ass.  The  next  day,  accordingly,  the 
judge  had  reconsidered  his  decision.  He  said,  'I 
have  read  further  in  the  end  of  the  book,  and  therein 
it  is  written,  "  I  am  not  come  to  take  away  from  the 
Law  of  Moses,  neither  to  add  to  the  Law  of  Moses 
am  I  come,"  and  in  it  [the  Law  of  Moses]  it  is  written, 
"  where  there  is  a  son,  a  daughter  does  not  inherit." ' 
There  is  an  obvious  parallel  here  with  Matt.  v.  17, 
though  the  quotation  is  not  exact.  It  would  be  too 
much  to  infer  from  this  that  the  present  Gospel  of 
Matthew  was  in  existence  at  this  time.  But  it  seems 
probable  that  the  judge  had  some  written  text,  and 
was  not  merely  quoting  from  memory.  If  there  had 
at  the  time  been  no  written  text  at  all,  it  would  not 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     151 

have  occurred  to  the  judge  to  say  that  he  had  •  read 
in  the  book."  If  he  had  had  some  collection  of '  Logia,' 
such  as  that  of  which  a  fragment  was  published  by 
Rendell  and  Harris  in  1897,  he  would  have  had  as 
much  as  the  story  implies.  Indeed,  a  collection  of 
6  Logia,'  sayings  of  Jesus,  would  better  come  under 
the  description  of  a  '  new  law  '  than  would  any  work 
in  the  fuller  form  of  one  of  the  known  Gospels.  It  is 
evident  that  the  book,  whatever  it  was,  did  not  pre- 
sent the  sayings  of  Jesus  in  anything  like  the  same 
order  as  is  found  in  the  canonical  Gospel  of  Matthew. 
For  the  words,  /  am  not  come  to  destroy  but  to  fulfil, 
occur  near  the  beginning  of  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount  [Matt.  v.  17],  and  far  from  the  end  of  the 
Gospel.  The  •  Logia '  fragment,  already  referred  to, 
shows,  where  comparison  is  possible,  an  arrangement 
differing  from  that  of  any  of  the  canonical  Gospels. 
There  is  nothing  improbable  in  supposing  the  exis- 
tence of  written  collections  of  Logia  in  the  year  72. 
It  has  been  well  suggested  by  J.  E.  Odgers  (Jewish 
Quarterly  Review,  1891,  p.  16),  that  the  first  impulse 
to  the  writing  down  of  the  sayings  of  Jesus  was  given 
by  the  dispersion  of  the  Christian  community  in 
Jerusalem,  owing  to  the  siege  of  the  city,  a.d.  69-70. 
The  Christians  did  not  all  take  refuge  in  Pella,  as  the 
presence  of  the  Christian  in  the  story  plainly  shows  ; 
and  written  *  Logia '  may  well — we  may  almost  say 
must — have  found  their  way  to  other  places,  includ- 
ing Jabneh,  the  probable  scene  of  the  story. 

The  reversal  of  the  sentence  naturally  disappointed 
the  original  complainant,  and  she  gave  the  judge  a 
significant  reminder  of  her  present  in  the  words, 
"  Let  your  light  shine  as  a  lamp."     Here,  also,  there 


152  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

seems  to  be  a  partial  reference  to  a  text  now  found  in 
Matt.  v.  16,1  "  Let  your  light  shine  before  men." 
How  the  Jewess  came  to  know  the  words,  unless  by 
report,  is  not  easy  to  see  ;  as  it  is  not  very  likely,  on 
the  face  of  it,  that  she  would  read  a  Christian  writing. 
The  retort  is  so  apt,  that  we  cannot  suppose  it  to 
have  been  merely  invented,  with  no  knowledge  of  the 
words  of  Jesus.  By  quoting  them  she  convicted  the 
judge  out  of  his  own  law,  as  well  as  reminded  him  of 
the  bribe  he  had  taken. 

R.  Gamliel,  the  successful  pleader,  made  rejoinder 
in  a  curious  saying,  which  may  have  been  a  popular 
proverb,  but  which  also  may  have  been  his  own 
original  remark,  "  The  ass  has  come  and  trodden  out 
the  lamp."  The  meaning  of  the  retort  is  obvious, 
and  equally  so  its  purpose  in  exposing  the  shameless 
venality  of  the  judge.  But  just  as  the  retort,  "  Let 
your  light  shine,"  was  aimed  at  more  than  the  mere 
fact  of  bribery,  and  had  a  sting  for  the  Christian  as  a 
Christian,  so  perhaps  it  may  be  in  the  case  of  the 
saying  about  the  ass  and  the  lamp.  The  phrase 
occurs  elsewhere,  and  a  brief  study  of  the  subject 
may  throw  some  light  on  a  very  obscure  but  not 
unimportant  point. 

The  phrase  is  found  in  Pesiqta  de  Rab  Kahana 
122b,  also  in  j.  Joma  38c,  Vajiqr.  r.  c.  21.  In  all 
these  cases  the  phrase  is  used  to  describe  the  frustra- 
tion of  one  bribe  by  a  larger  bribe  from  the  opposite 
party  in  a  suit.  The  passage  in  Pesiqta  is  more 
detailed  than  the  others,  and  is  as  follows  : — "  The 
case  of  a  certain  woman  who  presented  to  a  judge  a 
lamp  of  silver ;  but  her  opponent  went  and  presented 

1  In  fact  Matt.  v.  15,  16,  and  17  seem  to  underlie  the  story. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     153 

to  him  an  ass  of  gold.  On  the  morrow  the  woman 
came  and  found  the  judgment  reversed.  She  said, 
'  My  lord,  let  justice  shine  before  thee  like  a  silver 
lamp.'  He  said  to  her,  'What  shall  I  do  for  thee  ? 
The  ass  has  trodden  out  the  lamp.' " 

Bacher  (Ag.  d.  Pal.  Amor.,  ii.  424  n.)  holds  that 
this  story  is  founded  upon  the  story  of  Imma 
Shalom  and  R.  Gamliel.  And  I  think  he  is  right 
in  this  opinion,  even  though  the  Pesiqta  should  be, 
as  it  possibly  is,  earlier  in  date  than  the  completion 
of  the  Babylonian  Gemara.  At  all  events  the 
evidence  of  the  Pesiqta  places  the  story  on 
Palestinian  ground.  If  we  may  conclude  that  the 
phrase  originated  with  Gamliel,  then  we  are  free  to 
inquire  whether  there  is  anything  significant  in  the 
mention  of  a  lamp  and  an  ass  as  the  bribes  to  the 
judge.  It  is,  of  course,  easy  to  discover  symbolism 
where  none  is  intended;  and  quite  possibly  the  ass 
and  the  lamp  were  costly  gifts  and  nothing  more. 
But  there  is  evidence  elsewhere  to  show  that  there 
was  some  obscure  connexion  in  thought  between 
Jesus  and  an  ass,  so  that  the  latter  served  as  a  kind 
of  symbol  of  the  former.  In  the  Midrash  Qoh.  r. 
on  i.  8,  a  passage  which  will  be  given  below  (see  p. 
211  if.),  R.  Jehoshua  b.  Hananiah  says  to  his  nephew, 
who  had  been  led  astray  by  the  Minim  of  Caper- 
naum and  rescued  from  them,  "  Since  the  ass  of 
that  wicked  one  is  roused  against  thee,  thou  canst 
no  longer  dwell  in  the  land  of  Israel,"  etc.  The 
plain  meaning  is  that  the  young  man  had  been 
damaged  in  character  and  repute  by  contact  with 
Christianity;  and  this  would  hardly  have  been 
described  by  a  metaphor  so  peculiar  unless  there  was 


154  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

an  implied  reference  to  Jesus  in  the  mention  of 
the  ass.1  What  may  have  suggested  this  reference 
I  cannot  positively  say.  But  possibly  it  is  an 
allusion  to  the  alleged  Messianic  dignity  of  Jesus. 
In  Ber.  r.  c.  75  §  6,  it  is  explained  that  the  ass  is 
a  symbol  of  the  Messiah.  And  the  passage  just 
quoted  from  Qoh.  r.  i.  8  tends  to  confirm  this 
suggestion,  because  the  young  apostate  had  been 
made  by  the  Christians  to  ride  on  an  ass  on  the 
Sabbath.  These  are  nothing  more  than  slight  and 
obscure  hints,  and  there  may  be  nothing  in  them ; 
but  they  are  worth  collecting  and  recording,  on  the 
chance  that  their  meaning  may  be  more  clearly 
understood  in  the  light  of  future  researches. 

If  there  really  was,  in  contemporary  thought,  some 
association  of  an  ass  with  Jesus,  then  the  story  of 
R.  Gamliel  and  his  bribe  to  the  judge  gains  additional 
point.  The  object  of  the  whole  plot  was  to  expose 
the  venality  of  this  Jewish  Christian,  by  bribing  him 
to  alter  his  own  decision.  The  rectitude  of  the  Jew 
had  been  corrupted  by  the  spirit  of  Christianity,  the 

1  In  this  connexion  may  be  mentioned  the  caricature  found  on  a  wall  in 
Rome,  where  there  is  shown  a  crucified  figure  having  an  ass's  head  ;  a 
soldier  kneels  before  the  cross,  and  underneath  is  written,  "  Alexamenos 
worshipping  his  God."  This  brutal  parody  of  Christian  belief  evidently 
shows  that  in  the  mind  of  the  '  artist '  there  was  an  association  of  Jesus  with 
an  ass.  The  charge  of  worshipping  an  ass  was  brought  against  the  Jews,  as 
is  shown  by  the  well-known  passages  in  Josephus  (c.  Apion,  ii.  7)  and 
Tacitus  (Hist.,  v.  3,  4).  The  Jews  in  their  turn  tried  to  pass  it  on  to  the 
Christians.  See  an  article  by  Rbsch,  on  the  Caput  asininum,  in  the  Stud.  u. 
Kritik.,  1882,  p.  523,  where  the  origin  and  development  of  this  fable  are 
described.  Rosch  makes  no  mention  of  the  Rabbinical  allusions,  though  he 
refers  to  the  Talmud  for  another  purpose.  I  think  the  passages  mentioned 
in  the  text  may  fairly  be  connected  with  the  fable  of  the  ass-worship. 

For  another  possible  reference  to  the  association  of  Jesus  with  an  ass,  see 
below,  p.  224  n. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     155 

light  of  the  true  religion  had  been  extinguished  by 
a  mischievous  heresy,  and  the  witty  Rabbi  expressed 
both  these  facts  by  saying,  "  The  ass  has  come  and 
trodden  out  the  lanip." 

How  the  Books  of  the  Minim  are  to 
be  Treated 

(49)  T.  Shabb.  xiii.  5. — The  margins1  and  books 
of  the  Minim  they  do  not  save,  but  these  are 
burnt  in  their  place,  they  and  their  '  memorials ' 
[i.e.  the  sacred  names  in  the  text].  It.  Jose' 
the  Galilean  says,  'On  a  week-day  one  cuts 
out  the  memorials  and  hides  them  and  burns 
the  rest.'  R.  Tarphon  said,  '  May  I  lose 
my  son !  if  they  come  into  my  hand  I  would 
burn  them  and  their  memorials  too.  If  the 
pursuer  were  pursuing  after  me,  I  would 
enter  into  a  house  of  idolatry,  and  I  enter 
not  into  their  houses.  For  the  idolaters  do 
not  acknowledge  Him   [i.e.  God]  and   speak 

1  The  word  f  1  vJ  means  the  unwritten  portion  of  a  book,  the  margin.  But, 
as  in  modern  books,  the  margins  of  ancient  MSS.  were  used  for  annotations  ; 
and  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  these  annotations  would  include  texts  of 
Scripture,  quoted  as  illustrations.  Hence  the  question  would  arise  whether, 
although  the  corpus  of  the  book  was  heretical,  the  marginal  citations  of 
Scripture  were  to  be  regarded  as  sacred.  Jost  (Gsch.  d.  Jdtums.  ii.  40  n.) 
says  that  JV?3  (giljon)  plainly  denotes  '  evangelion '  in  the  passage  before 
us.  No  doubt  the  Gospels  are  included  amongst  the  '  Books  of  the  Minim ' ; 
but  I  do  not  think  it  can  be  shown  that  'giljon'  by  itself  ever  means  a 
Gospel.  If  that  were  the  case,  there  would  be  the  less  occasion  for  the 
plays  on  the  word  '  Aven-giljon '  and ■  Avon-giljon '  which  will  be  mentioned 
below  (s.  p.  162).  Friedlander  (d.  Vorchr.  jiid.  Gnosticismus,  p.  83  fol.) 
identifies  the  '  giljonim '  of  the  Minim  with  the  Diagramma  of  the  Ophite 
sect  of  the  Gnostics.  This  may  be  correct ;  but  as  the  Talmud  never  gives 
any  indication  of  what  the  ■  giljonim '  contained  beyond  *  memorials,'  the 
guess  is  hazardous. 


156  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

falsely  concerning  Him ;  but  these  [i.e.  the 
Minim]  do  acknowledge  Him  and  speak  falsely 
concerning  Him.  And  concerning  them  the 
Scripture  says  [Isa.  lvii.  8],  And  behind  the 
door  and  the  door-post  thou  Jiast  set  thy 
memorial.1  R.  Ishmael  said,  '  Whereas,  in 
order  to  make  peace  between  a  man  and  his 
wife,  God  says  [cp.  Num.  v.  23],  Let  my  name 
which  is  written  in  holiness  be  blotted  out  in 
water,  how  much  more  the  books  of  the 
Minim,  which  put  enmity  and  jealousy  and 
strife  between  Israel  and  their  Father  who  is 
in  Heaven,  should  be  blotted  out,  and  their 
memorials  too.  And  concerning  them  the 
Scripture  says  [Ps.  cxxxix.  21],  Do  I  not  hate 
them,  O  Lord,  which  hate  thee,  and  I  loathe 
them  that  rise  up  against  thee.  I  hate  them 
with  a  perfect  hatred,  and  they  have  become  to 
me  as  enemies'  And  even  as  men  do  not 
save  them  [the  books]  from  burning,  so  they 
do  not  save  them  from  falling,  nor  from  water, 
nor  from  anything  which  destroys  them. 
(50)  (51)  No  important  variation.  See  Appendix. 
Commentary.  The  Rabbis  whose  words  are  cited 
here  lived  in  the  early  part  of  the  second  century. 
Tarphon1  is  well  known  as  a  bitter  opponent  of 
Christianity.      Ishmael  is  the   same  whom  we  have 

1  Tarphon  is  often  identified  with  Tryphon,  the  interlocutor  in  Justin 
Martyr's  Dialogue.  Beyond  some  resemblance  of  name,  there  is  little,  if 
anything,  on  which  to  found  such  identification.  It  is  possible  that  Justin 
may  have  heard  of,  or  perhaps  even  met,  Tarphon,  though  certainly  not  in 
Ephesus.  But  no  one  who  knows  Tarphon  in  the  Talmud  would  recognise 
him  in  the  feeble  Jew  who  serves  Justin  as  a  man  of  straw.  Tarphon,  not 
Tryphon,  is  the  proper  form  of  the  name. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     157 

previously  seen,  protesting  against  the  cure  of  his 
nephew  by  a  Christian  doctor.  It  is  evident  then, 
from  their  strong  denunciations,  that  the  Books  of 
the  Minim  included  Christian  writings.  But  the 
phrase  is  indefinite,  and  cannot  be  fairly  restricted  to 
writings  explanatory  of  the  Christian  religion.  We 
shall  see,  in  another  passage  (p.  158),  that  copies  of 
the  Hebrew  Scriptures  were  sometimes  written  by 
Minim,  in  the  ordinary  way  of  business,  and  the 
question  arose  whether  such  copies  might  be  used 
by  Jews.  In  the  present  passage  that  question  is 
not  directly  raised ;  but  one  of  the  difficulties  which 
it  suggested  is  mentioned,  viz.,  the  fact  that  in 
heretical  writings  the  name  of  God  often  occurred, 
whereby  the  reader  was  placed  in  the  dilemma  of 
having  either  to  destroy  the  divine  Name  along  with 
the  book,  or  to  preserve  the  heretical  book  for  the 
sake  of  the  divine  Name.  It.  Jose  the  Galilean 
enjoins  the  quaint  device  of  cutting  out *  and  keeping 
the  divine  Name  wherever  it  occurred,  and  burning 
the  rest.  What  was  to  be  done  with  the  collected 
scraps  is  not  said.  R.  Tarphon  and  It.  Ishmael 
were  at  least  consistent,  in  deciding  that  heretical 
books  were  to  be  destroyed,  no  matter  what  they 
contained. 

Books  of  the  Law  written  by  Minim 

(52)  b.  Gitt.  45b. — Rab  Bodia  said  to  Rab  Ashi, 
1 "  At  more  than  their  price,"  this  is  why  "  they 
do  not  receive  them."     At  their  price  they  do 

1 1  follow  here  the  reading  of  the  Vienna  Codex,  and  the  early  printed 
text,  also  Siphre,  p.  6a,  as  against  the  Erfurt  Codex,  which  has  instead  of 
TNpi  K"rtp,  i.e.  '  reads '  the  name  instead  of  '  cuts  out '  the  name. 


158  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

receive  them.'     Learn  from  this,  that  one  may 
read  in  a  Book  of  the  Law  which  is  found  in 
the  hand  of  an  idolater.     Ought  it,  perhaps,  to 
be  concealed  ?     Rab  Nahman  said,  •  We  have 
received  [tradition]  that  a  Book  of  the  Law,  if 
written  by  a  Min,  is  to  be  burnt ;  if  written  by 
an  idolater,  it  is  to  be  concealed.'     If  found  in 
the  hand  of  a  Min,  it  is  to  be  concealed ;  if 
found  in  the  hand  of  an  idolater,  some  say  it 
is  to  be  concealed,  some  say  it  may  be  read. 
[In  regard  to]  a  Book  of  the  Law  written  by 
an  idolater,  one  [teacher]  teaches  that  it  is  to 
be  burnt,  another  [tradition]  is  that  it  is  to  be 
concealed,  and  another  that  it  may  be  read. 
There  is  no  contradiction. 
Commentary, — Apart  from  the  difficulties  in  con- 
nexion with  books  written  by  Minim  for  their  own 
use,  there  was  the  difficulty  of  deciding  whether  a 
book  of  the  law  might  be  used  if  written  by,  or  found 
in  the  possession  of,  some  one  other  than  a  Jew.     Such 
a  book  might  have  been  written  in  order  to  be  sold  to 
Jews  for  their  own  use.     Or,  if  found  in  the  posses- 
sion of  a  non-Jewish  person,  it  might  still  have  been 
written  by  a  Jew,  and  therefore  might  be  lawful  for  a 
Jew  to  use.     The  text  in  the  Mishnah,  of  which  the 
passage  before  us  is  the  commentary,  says,  "  We  do  not 
receive  books,  tephillin,1  and  mezuzoth2  from  idolaters 
at  more  than  their  price."     R.  Bodia  explains,  what  is 
surely  obvious,  that  books,  etc.,  might  be  received  from 

1  Tephillin,  phylacteries,  small  parchment  boxes,  containing  certain  texts, 
and  worn  on  the  arm  and  the  head. 

2  Mezuzoth,  similar  small  boxes,  containing  texts,  but  fastened  to  the  door- 
post of  the  house.     Mezuzoth  may  be  called  the  '  tephillin '  of  the  house. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     159 

idolaters,  only  that  more  than  their  proper  price  must 
not  be  given  for  them.  As  a  contemporary  of  R. 
Ashi  (the  editor  of  the  Babylonian  Gemara),  R. 
Bodia  lived  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  century  or  the 
beginning  of  the  fifth.  R.  Nahman,  whose  explana- 
tion is  more  to  the  purpose,  is  Nahman  bar  Jacob,  a 
Babylonian  teacher  who  died  a.d.  300. x  A  clear 
distinction  is  made  between  an  idolater  and  a  Min,  in 
deciding  how  to  deal  with  books  of  the  law  whose 
origin  was  doubtful.  It  should  be  noticed  that  the 
Mishnah  text  does  not  say  anything  about  Minim  in 
this  connexion.  The  distinction  is  made  against  the 
Min  and  in  favour  of  the  idolater.  The  Min  is  not  in 
this  case  necessarily  a  Christian,  but  is  certainly  a 
Jewish  heretic.  Therefore  a  book  written  by  a  Min 
was  condemned  outright,  and  must  be  burnt.  If 
found  in  his  possession,  even  though  it  might  have 
been  written  by  a  Jew,  it  was  considered  as  tainted 
with  heresy,  and  must  be  '  concealed,'  i.e.  withdrawn 
from  use,  treated  as  an  Apocryphon.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  book  if  written  by  an  idolater  must  be 
6  concealed ' ;  but,  if  found  in  his  possession,  according 
to  some  authorities  it  must  be  '  concealed,'  according 
to  others  it  might  be  used. 

A  few  lines  further  down  on  the  same  page  of  the 
Talmud  (b.  Gitt.  45b)  are  two  more  references  to 
Minim.  I  do  not  translate  the  whole  passage,  because 
it  is  chiefly  taken  up  with  technical  questions  having 
no  bearing  on  the  subject  of  heresy  ;  and,  further,  it  is 
exceedingly  difficult  to  render  into  intelligible  English. 
The  first  reference  occurs  in  a  dictum  of  R.  Hamnuna, 

1  He  received  several  Palestinian  traditions  from  R.  Jitzhaq,  a  disciple  of 
R.  Johanan,  who  visited  him  in  Nehardea. 


3 


160  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

son  of  Raba  of  Parshunia.  He  says,  '  Rolls  of  the 
Law,  tephillin  and  mezuzoth,  written  by  a  Min,  a 
betrayer,  an  idolater,  a  slave,  a  woman,  a  child,  a 
Samaritan  or  an  apostate  Israelite,  are  ceremonially 
unfit  for  use  '  ( |fa* ).  This  also  occurs  b.  Men.  42b. 
The  second  reference  is  merely  the  following : — "  Con- 
cerning a  proselyte  who  reverts  to  his  wickedness  :  [he 
will  revert]  to  his  wickedness  much  more  if  he  be  a 
Min." 

These  references  are  added  merely  to  make  the  list 
of  references  to  Minim  as  complete  as  possible.  They 
are  of  very  late  date,  and  add  nothing  new  to  what  is 
contained  in  other  more  important  passages. 

The  Books  of  the  Minim  do  not  Defile  the 

Hands 

(53)  T.  Jad.  ii.   13.— The  rolls  and  books  of  the 
Minim  do  not  defile  the  hands. 

The  books  of  Ben  Sira  and  all  books  which 
have  been  written  from  that  time  onward  do 
not  defile  the  hands. 
Commentary. — There  is  hardly  anything  to  be  said 
on  this  passage,  which  is  a  mere  statement  that  the 
books  of  the  Minim  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  sacred. 
It  may  seem  strange  that  such  a  statement  should  be 
necessary,  especially  in  view  of  such  denunciations  of 
them  as  those  uttered  by  R.  Tarphon  and  R.  Ishmael 
(see  above,  pp.  154-5).     The  reason  probably  is,  that 
the   books   of   the   Minim,   though   heretical,   made 
mention  of  sacred  names  and  things,  and  might  there- 
fore be  supposed  to  be  themselves  holy. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  Mishnah  does  not  mention 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     161 

the  books  of  the  Minim  either  in  the  parallel  passage 
M.  Jad.  iii.  5,  or,  so  far  as  I  know,  in  any  other 
place.  The  'external  books'  referred  to  in  M. 
Sanh.  x.  i.  are  understood  by  the  commentators  to  be, 
or  to  include,  the  books  of  the  Minim ;  but  they  are 
not  so  called  in  the  Mishnah. 

On  the  same  page  of  T.  Jadaim,  a  few  lines  below 
the  passage  just  cited,  there  is  an  apparent  reference 
to  Minim  which  ought  to  be  noticed,  if  only  to  guard 
the  reader  from  a  mistake,  and  myself  from  a  charge 
of  omitting  an  important  passage.  Mention  is  there 
made  (ii.  16)  of  p»D  nir^n,  'halachoth  concerning  the 
Minim ' ;  and  for  some  time  I  was  under  the  delusion 
that  the  reference  was  to  ordinances  concerning 
heretics,  made  at  Jabneh.  A  comparison,  however, 
with  j.  Bice.  iii.  6  (p.  65d)  shows  conclusively  that 
the  word  p»»  denotes  here  not  '  heretics,'  but  simply 
'  kinds '  or  •  sorts,'  and  the  reference  is  to  the  seven 
'  kinds '  of  fruit  for  which  Palestine  was  famous.  The 
word  po  is  a  common  noun  as  well  as  a  proper  noun  ; 
and  to  a  non-Jewish  reader  it  is  not  always  easy 
to  distinguish  between  the  two  usages.  (See  below, 
p.  364). 

The  Books  of  the  Be  Abidan  (and  Be 
Nitzraphi 

(54)  b.  Shabb.  116a. — R.  Joseph  bar  Hanin  asked 

R.  Abahu :  '  Those  books  of  the  Be  Abidan, 

does  one  save    them  from  burning  or  not  ? ' 

Yes  and  no ;  he  was  undecided.     Rab  did  not 

go  to  the  Be  Abidan,  much  less  to  the  Be 

Nitzraphi.     Shemuel   did   not  go  to   the   Be 

Nitzraphi ;  but  he  did  go  to  the  Be  Abidan. 

11 


162  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

They  said  to  Rab,  '  What  is  the  reason  thou 
didst  not  come  to  the  Be  Abldan  ? '     He  said 
to  them,  ■  There  is  a  certain  palm  tree  by  the 
road,  and  it  is  an  offence  to  me ;  if  it  were 
uprooted,  the  place  of  it  would  be  an  offence 
to  me.'     Mar  bar  Joseph  said,  'I  have  been 
amongst  them,  and  I  was  not  respected  by 
them.'     On  one  occasion  he  went  and  they 
sought  to  endanger  him.     It.  Meir  called  it 
Aven    giljon,    It.    Johanan    called    it    Avon 
giljon. 
Commentary, — This  passage  forms  part  of  a  longer 
one,  of  which  we  have  already  examined  two  portions. 
It  follows  immediately  after  No.  (51)  and  immediately 
precedes  (48) ;  I  have  broken  it  up  for  convenience  of 
treatment.     It  obviously   comes   under  the  general 
head  of  'Books   of  the  Minim,'  but  the  portion  at 
present  under  examination  is  interesting  on  its  own 
account,  because  it  mentions  the  Be  Abldan  and  the 
Be  Nitzraphi.     These  are  of  sufficient  importance  to 
be  treated  separately.      And  having  in  the  previous 
sections  dealt  with  all  the  passages  that  I  know  of 
which  refer  to  the  Books  of  the  Minim,  I  shall  present 
here  those  which  mention  the  Be  Abidan  and  the  Be 
Nitzraphi.     What  these  names  mean  is  not  certain, 
and  I   shall  endeavour  to   explain  them  presently. 
Meanwhile  I  will  consider  the  rest  of  the  passage. 

It.  Abahu  we  have  already  met  with  (see  above, 
No.  10).  He  lived  in  Caesarea  at  the  end  of  the  third 
and  beginning  of  the  fourth  century.  This  is  evidence 
that  the  question  put  to  him  referred  to  things  in 
Palestine.  The  printed  text  in  the  modern  editions 
give  the  name  of  his  questioner  as  Joseph  bar  Hanin, 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     163 

and  this  is  correct,  although  the  Munich  MS.  gives 
6  Joseph  bar  Hama.'  The  latter,  the  father  of  Raba, 
was  a  Babylonian,  who,  so  far  as  I  know,  never  came 
in  contact  with  Abahu.  Joseph  bar  Hanin,  or 
Hanina,  was  the  teacher  of  Abahu  ;  his  name  in  this 
passage  is  vouched  for  by  the  Oxford  MS.  See 
Rabbinowicz,  ad  loc.  Mar  bar  Joseph,  if  the  reading 
be  correct,  would  be  the  son  of  Joseph  b.  Hanin. 
Whatever  the  books  of  the  Be  Abldan  may  have 
been,  it  is  clear  that  they  included  books  which  were 
heretical,  and  distinctly  Christian.  That  they  were 
heretical  is  shown  by  the  context,  because  the  books 
of  the  Minim  have  just  been  mentioned  (see  No  51). 
And  that  they  were  Christian  is  shown  unmistakably 
by  the  concluding  words,  which  contain  plays  upon  the 
name  Evangelion.  This  concluding  sentence  is  not 
found  in  the  modern  editions,  but  is  contained  in  the 
MSS.  and  early  editions,  and  is  here  given  on  the 
authority  of  Rabbinowicz.  Probably  both  witticisms 
are  reported  by  R.  Abahu,  who  was  a  disciple  of  R. 
Johanan,  the  author  of  one  of  them.  And  R.  Johanan 
must  have  been  aware  of  the  saying  of  R.  Meir,  since 
his  own  jest  is  only  a  variation  of  the  older  one. 
'  Aven  giljon'  means  'a  worthless  thing  of  a  book 
[roll],'  or,  since  ■  Aven '  in  the  O.T.  generally  has  some 
reference  to  idolatry,  'a  book  of  idolatry.'  In 
like  manner  Avon  giljon  may  be  rendered  'a  book 
of  iniquity.'  R.  Meir,  to  whom  belongs  the  credit  of 
the  original  jeu  (T esprit,  lived  in  Palestine  in  the  latter 
half  of  the  second  century.  His  teachers  were  R. 
Aqiba,  whom  we  have  already  met  with  as  a  fierce 
opponent  of  Christianity,  and  Elisha  ben  Abuja,  him- 
self inclined  to  heresy,  and  well  acquainted  with  the 


164  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

books  of  the  Minim.  The  gibe  of  R.  Meir  is  clear 
proof  that  in  his  time  the  term  Evangelion  was  in 
common  use,  and  we  may  perhaps  conclude  from  the 
passage  before  us  that  it  was  a  generic  term  for  the 
6  Books  of  the  Minim,'  or,  at  all  events,  that  it  in- 
cluded more  than  one  book.  After  referring  to 
'books'  in  the  plural,  the  passage  reads,  'R.  Meir 
called  it  Aven  giljon.'  I  have  already  (p.  149)  pointed 
out  that  the  use  of  the  word  Evangelion  in  the  story 
of  R.  Gamliel  and  the  Christian  judge  (a  passage  which 
forms  the  continuation  of  the  one  at  present  under 
examination)  is  probably  a  later  gloss.  It  would  at 
all  events  be  unsafe  to  rely  upon  its  authenticity  in 
that  story. 

Now  what  are  the  '  Be  Abidan '  and  '  Be  Nitz- 
raphi '  ?  '  Be '  is  a  shortened  form  of  Beth,  house. 
Neither  ■  Abidan '  nor  '  Nitzraphi '  are  regular 
Aramaic,  still  less  Hebrew,  words.  They  are  hybrids, 
and  contain  some  polemic  allusion.  'Abidan'  is 
apparently  connected  with  the  root  'abad'  (m«),  to 
destroy,  and  both  form  and  derivation  may  be  com- 
pared with  5A/3a8So>i/  (Rev.  ix.  11).  Nitzraphi  [the 
vocalization  is  uncertain]  is  almost  certainly  con- 
nected with  the  word  Notzri,  Nazarene,  while  the 
form  suggests  a  niph'al  from  the  root  tzaraph  (*ps),  to 
unite.  It  is  tempting  to  infer  for  Be  Nitzraphi  the 
meaning  'house  where  Nazarenes  assemble.'  And 
whether  or  not  this  be  the  intention  of  the  inventor 
of  the  word,  it  suits  the  sense  in  the  few  passages 
where  the  word  occurs.  These  passages  I  will  intro- 
duce here,  so  that  we  may  have  all  the  available 
evidence  for  an  answer  to  one  of  the  minor  prob- 
lems  of  the   Talmud.      In   addition  to  the  passage 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     165 

already  translated,  we  have  the  following,  which 
I  will  translate  successively  and  comment  on  to- 
gether : — 

(55)  b.  Shabb.  152a. — Caesar  said  to  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Hananjah,  '  What  is  the  reason  that  thou 
comest  not  to  the  Be  Abidan  ? '  He  said  to 
him,  'The  mountain  is  covered  with  snow 
[my  head  is  white,  I  am  too  old],  its  slopes 
are  frozen  [my  beard  is  white],  its  dogs  do 
not  bark  [my  voice  is  feeble],  its  grinders  do 
not  grind  [my  teeth  are  gone].' 

(56)  b.  A.  Zar.  17b.— They  said  to  him  [El'azar 
ben  Perata],  'What  is  the  reason  that  thou 
comest  not  to  the  Be  Abidan  ? '  He  said  to 
them,  '  I  have  become  an  old  man,  and  I  am 
afraid  lest  ye  should  trample  me  with  your 
feet.' 

(57)  b.  Erub.  79b,  80a.— What  is  an  Asherah  in 
general?  Rab  said,  'Every  [tree]  which 
priests  guard  and  do  not  taste  of  its  fruits.' 
And  Shemuel  said,  'Like  those  who  say, 
These  dates  are  for  the  wine  of  the  Be 
Nitzraphi,  which  they  drink  on  the  day  of 
their  feast.' 

[b.  A.  Zar.  48a  has  substantially  the  same.] 
These  are,  so  far  as  I  know,  all  the  passages 
which  mention  either  the  '  Be  Abidan '  or  the  '  Be 
Nitzraphi.'  Whatever  these  places  were,  it  is  plain 
that  they  were  to  be  found  in  Palestine.  This  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  all  the  Rabbis  mentioned  in  the  fore- 
going passages  lived  in  Palestine  during  the  whole  or 
part  of  their  lives.  The  extraordinary  explanation 
of  Hamburger  (R.  Encykl.,  ii.  95,  96)  may  therefore 


166  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

be  dismissed,  viz.  that  'Be  Abidan'  is  Bezabde,  a 
town  on  the  west  side  of  the  Tigris,  and  'Be 
Nitzraphi '  is  Nicephorium  on  the  Euphrates  !  Why- 
should  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananiah,  who  never  was 
in  Babylonia  in  his  life,  be  taken  to  task  because  he 
had  not  gone  to  Bezabde  on  the  Tigris  ?  And  was  it 
only  in  these  two  remote  and  little  known  cities  that, 
as  Hamburger  says,  "theological  disputations  were 
held  between  Ormuzd  priests,  Christians  and  Jews  ?  " 

Jost  (Gsch.  d.  Jdtums.,  ii.  40  n.)  says  that  the  term 
4  Be  Abidan '  belongs  to  the  Persian  time,  and  means 
place  of  assemblage.  But  why  should  a  Persian  word 
be  used  to  describe  an  institution  which  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Hananiah  and  R.  El'azar  ben  Perata,  both 
Palestinians  of  the  second  century,  were  in  a  position 
to  attend  ?  Jost  seems  to  feel  some  doubt  of  his  own 
assertion,  for  he  adds  the  suggestion  that  perhaps 
•  Be  Abidan '  is  a  corruption  of  '  Be  Ebionim '  (house 
of  the  poor).  This  is  better,  but  scarcely  convincing. 
His  suggestion  that  Be  Nitzraphi  is  a  corruption  of 
1  Be  Nitzranin '  (pnva  I  pvu)  is  unintelligible  to 
me  ;  perhaps  it  involves  a  printer's  error. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  discover  that  Gratz  in  his 
history  makes  any  allusion  to  either  of  the  two  names, 
still  less  gives  any  explanation  of  them.  Nor,  so  far 
as  I  know,  does  Bacher  explain  them  in  his  three 
works  on  the  Agada.1  I  have  not  found  anything 
bearing  on  the  subject  in  Weiss'  G.  d.  j.  T.  Levy 
(N.  H.  W.,  i.  p.  8)  suggests  that  p™   may  be  con- 

1  The  only  reference,  so  far  as  I  know,  made  by  Bacher,  is  in  A.  d.  Pal. 
Am.,  ii.  97,  n.  4,  where  he  says,  that  the  meaning  of  Be  Abidan  has  never 
yet  been  explained,  but  that  in  any  case  the  '  Books  of  the  B.  Abidan '  are 
equivalent  to  the  '  Books  of  the  Minim,'  so  far  as  Abahu  is  concerned. 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM  AND  MINUTH     167 

nected  with  pT3j  which  is  the  rendering  in  the 
Targums  of  the  Gk.  ttvOmv  (ventriloquist,  fortune- 
teller). Such  persons,  he  says,  were  seldom,  in  the 
later  Grecian  period,  absent  from  popular  merry- 
makings, and  might  have  been  conspicuous  in  a  place 
of  public  debate.  Yet  something  more  serious  is 
surely  implied  than  this ;  an  Emperor  would  hardly 
ask  an  eminent  Rabbi  why  he  had  not  come  to  listen 
to  a  ventriloquist;  nor  would  it  be  carefully  noted 
that  some  Rabbis  did,  and  some  did  not,  go  to  the 
place  where  such  persons  were  to  be  met  with.  It 
should  be  noted  also  (as  Levy  admits)  that  the  word 
irvOoiv  is  rendered  in  the  Mishnah  by  mrva  (Sanh. 
vii.  7). 

I  venture  to  suggest  that  (Be)  Abldan  represents 
the  word  coSeiov,  odeum,  a  species  of  theatre  for 
musical  performances,  frequently  used  as  a  law-court 
or  as  a  place  for  philosophical  disputations}  Such 
buildings  were  erected  in  several  of  the  cities  of 
Palestine,2  as  is  shown  by  the  existing  ruins  (see 
Schurer,  G.  d.  J.  VoJkes,  ii.  24,  and  elsewhere). 
Hadrian  built  one  in  Rome,  and  of  course  the  original 
'QiSeZov  was  in  Athens.  Now  there  are  various 
accounts  in  the  Talmud  and  Midrash  of  disputations 
between  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananiah,  the  Emperor 
Hadrian,  and  '  the  men  of  the  Be  Athina,'  i.e.  literally 
the   'House   of   Athens'   (see  b.    Bechor.    8b,  Qoh. 

1  €i  5e  <f>-f)(rei  ris  '6ri  Z6%av  ovtoi  Kal  ti/xos  l^peuov,  iirl  robs  <ro<pobs  i\de  teal  ras 
ffocf>as  'A6T)vr)<n  <rx<>\as  Kal  Siarptfids'  avaircfjaraffai  ras  iv  Aujeefy  ras  iv'AKaSruxla, 
tV  Stooi/,  rb  Ila\\d$iov,  rb  'HSeToy.  (Plut.  De  ExiL,  p.  602  B.) 

2  Gratz  (G.  d.  J.,  iv.  313  n.)  quotes  from  Malala  (Histor.,  x.  p.  261)  the 
following  words,  showing  that  Vespasian  built  an  Odeum  in  Caesarea : — 

Centre    yap    Kal    iv    Kai(rapela  £k    rrjs    'lovdaiKrjs      irpaiSas    6     avrbs 

Ovc<rira<Tiav6s  <^St?ov  peya  iravv  Qtdrpov  %xov  SidffrTifia  fieya  ovros  Kal  avrov  rod 
t6ttov  trp<#i)v  ffvvaydyrjs  rav  'lovSaiwv. 


168  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

r.  i.  7,  and  elsewhere).  It  is  not  recorded  that  R. 
Jehoshua  was  ever  in  Athens ;  but  he  visited  Rome 
(see  below,  p.  228),  where  there  was  an  'ABiqvaiov 
founded  by  Hadrian.  The  Athenaeum  was  not  the 
same  as  the  Odeum ;  but  in  both  institutions  philo- 
sophical disputations  were  held,  and  a  Jew  would  not 
be  likely  to  make  any  careful  distinction  between  the 
two.  May  not  the  debates  between  R.  Jehoshua  and 
the  men  of  the  ■  Be  Athina '  represent  what  really 
took  place  in  an  Odeum,  either  in  Palestine  or 
Alexandria  ?  The  Rabbis  living  in  Palestine  must 
certainly  have  heard  and  known  the  name  cpSeiov  in 
the  common  speech  of  the  Greek  inhabitants  of  the 
towns,  where  such  buildings  existed.  Further,  the 
study  of  Greek  philosophy  was  looked  upon  with 
disapproval  amongst  the  Rabbis,  who  regarded  it  as 
a  danger  to  their  religion  (see  above,  p.  106).  There- 
fore it  was  natural  that  they  should  not  willingly 
encounter  Greek  philosophers,  though  sometimes 
obliged  to  do  so.  The  term  'Be  Abidan,'  though 
only  a  hybrid  word,  may  be  translated  '  House  of 
Destruction ' ;  and  I  suggest  that  it  is  a  play  on  the 
word  (phelov  or  odeum,  nearly  alike  in  sound,1  though 
not  intended  as  a  transliteration.  I  venture  to  think 
that  this  explanation  of  '  Be  Abidan '  meets  the  re- 
quirements of  the  references  to  it  in  the  passages 
quoted  above.  An  (oSelov  was  a  place  to  which  a  Jew 
might  on  occasion  go,  because  it  was  not  a  heathen 
temple.     It  was  a  place  where  philosophical  disputa- 

i  )T2K  and  ^5e7ov  seem  at  first  sight  somewhat  far  removed  from  each 
other  in  sound.  But,  for  the  first  syllable,  compare  DWplK  and  u>Keav6s, 
bearing  in  mind  that  2  and  1  are  frequently  interchanged.  And,  for  the 
termination,  compare  jD^D  and  <nj^7ov,  an  exact  parallel. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     169 

tions  were  held,  such  as  we  know  that  R.  Jehoshua 
did  engage  in ;  and  it  was  a  place  where  books  (in- 
cluding Christian  books)  would  most  naturally  be 
found.  Finally,  it  was  a  place  well  known  in  several 
Palestinian  cities,  and  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware, 
familiar  to  the  Babylonian  Rabbis. 

There  remains  to  be  considered  the  term  Be  Nitz- 
raphi.  What  this  means,  we  can  only  infer  from  the 
two  passages  quoted  above  (54),  (57).  It  is  evident 
that  the  '  Be  Nitzraphi '  was  considered  to  be  a  worse 
place  to  go  to  than  the  Be  Abldan ;  for  while  Rab 
would  not  go  to  the  latter,  much  less  to  the  former, 
Shemuel  went  to  the  latter,  but  would  not  go  to  the 
former.  Moreover,  while  the  'Be  Abidan'  is  first 
mentioned  in  connexion  with  R.  Jehoshua  and  R. 
El'azar  (first  half  of  the  second  century),  the  'Be 
Nitzraphi '  is  only  mentioned  in  connexion  with  Rab 
and  Shemuel,  whose  sojourn  in  Palestine  occurred  in 
the  beginning  of  the  third  century.  It  appears  from 
(57)  that  the  '  Be  Nitzraphi '  was  a  place  where  wine 
was  used  for  religious  purposes,  while  at  the  same 
time  it  could  not  have  been  a  heathen  temple,  because 
no  Rabbi  would  have  entered  such  a  place  or  have 
had  any  inducement  to  do  so ;  and  thus  the  fact  that 
he  did  not  go  there  would  call  for  no  remark.  More- 
over, the  '  Be  Nitzraphi '  was  a  Palestinian  institution, 
although  the  fact  of  its  being  mentioned  only  in  con- 
nexion with  Rab  and  Shemuel,  both  chiefly  known 
as  Babylonian  teachers,  might  suggest  that  it  was  a 
Babylonian  institution.  This  cannot  indeed  be  said 
to  be  impossible,  owing  to  the  scantiness  of  the 
evidence  upon  which  any  conclusion  can  be  based. 
But  it  is  not  likely,  because  a   comparison  is  made 


170  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

between  the  Be  Abidan,  which  we  have  seen  to  be 
purely  Palestinian,  and  the  Be  Nitzraphi ;  and  it  is 
stated  that  Shemuel  went  to  one  but  not  to  the  other. 
Evidently  he  could  have  gone  to  both.  It  appears  to 
me  most  probable  that  the  '  Be  Nitzraphi '  is  a 
synagogue  or  meeting-place  of  Christians,  more 
particularly  Jewish  Christians  or  Nazarenes,  Notzrim. 
In  this  case  the  wine  which  "  they  drank  on  the 
day  of  their  feast "  would  be  the  wine  of  the  Lord's 
Supper.  While  a  Jew  would  certainly  not  enter  a 
place  where  Gentile  Christians  assembled,  we  know, 
and  shall  see  in  passages  to  be  quoted  hereafter,  that 
Rabbis  of  undoubted  orthodoxy,  such  as  Abahu,  had 
close  intercourse  with  Jewish  Christians  ;  and  not  only 
so,  but  that  a  Rabbi  (Saphra)  was  actually  appointed 
by  the  Jewish  Christians  of  Caesarea  to  be  their  teacher 
on  the  recommendation  of  this  same  Abahu.  If  any- 
thing, this  proves  too  much,  because  the  *  Be 
Nitzraphi,'  or  Jewish  Christian  place  of  meeting, 
might  seem  to  be  not  such  a  terrible  place  after  all. 
Yet  Abahu,  with  all  his  readiness  to  hold  intercourse 
with  Jewish  Christians,  was  a  stout  opponent  of  their 
teaching,  and  had  many  a  debate  with  them.  I  rest, 
therefore,  in  the  conclusion  that  '  Be  Nitzraphi '  de- 
notes a  meeting-place  of  Jewish  Christians ;  and  I 
would  explain  the  name  as  a  hybrid,  combining  a 
reference  to  Notzrim,  Nazarenes,  with  the  notion 
of  assembly  (root,  tzaraph).  I  do  not  know  that 
Nitzraphi  is  the  correct  form  ;  as  the  word  is  only 
found  in  an  unpointed  text,  it  is  difficult  to  say  what 
the  proper  vowels  are. 

In  conclusion  it  should  be  pointed  out  that  there 
is  no  mention  of  books  in   connexion  with  the  '  Be 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     171 

Nitzraphi.'  That  institution  is  only  referred  to 
because  the  mention  of  the  ■  Be  Abldan '  suggested  it. 
Also,  if  my  explanation  of  '  Be  Abldan '  be  correct, 
the  books  referred  to  would  not  be  exclusively 
Christian  books.  But  undoubtedly  Christian  books 
would  be  included,  perhaps  even  as  early  as  the  time 
of  R.  Jehoshua,  certainly  in  the  time  of  Rab  and 
Shemuel,  and  afterwards.  Because,  by  the  middle  of 
the  second  century,  Christian  writers  had  composed 
Apologies  for  their  religion  in  answer  to  the  argu- 
ments of  Gentile  opponents ;  and  the  Dialogue  of 
Justin  Martyr  with  Tryphon  the  Jew,  though  probably 
fictitious  in  substance,  may  nevertheless  represent  a 
fact ;  for  the  dialogue  form  would  scarcely  have  been 
chosen,  unless  such  disputations  were  already  familiar 
by  common  usage  to  those  who  would  read  the  book. 
That  a  Jew,  to  say  nothing  of  Tarphon,  would  have 
spoken  as  Justin  makes  his  Jew  speak,  is  not  likely ; 
but  in  other  respects  the  Dialogue  may  be  taken  as  a 
representation,  from  the  Christian  side,  of  what  went 
on  in  a  '  Be  Abldan.'  There  was  no  great  difference, 
from  this  point  of  view,  between  an  cpSeiov  and  the 
£wrds,  where  Justin  says  that  he  conversed  with  the 
Jew. 

The  Nazaiiene  Day 

(58)  b.  A.  Zar.  6a  (ib.  7b).— For  R.  Tahlipha  bar 
Abdimi  said  that  Shemuel  said :  *  The  Nazarene 
day,  according  to  the  words  of  R.  Ishmael, 
is  forbidden  for  ever.' 

(59)  b.  Taan.  27b.— On  the  eve  of  Sabbath  they 
did  not  fast,  out  of  respect  to  the  Sabbath ; 


172  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

still  less  [did  they  fast]  on  the  Sabbath  itself. 

Why   did    they   not    fast   on    the    day   after 

Sabbath  ?     R.  Johanan  says,  '  Because  of  the 

Nazarenes.' 
Commentary. — There  is  little  to  be  said  upon  these 
two  meagre  references  to  the  Christian  Sunday.  It 
is  curious  that  both  occur  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara, 
and  that  the  Palestinian  tradition  does  not  appear  to 
contain  any  allusion  to  the  'Nazarene  day.'  It  is 
true  that  R.  Johanan  was  a  Palestinian  teacher ;  but 
his  dictum  (in  59)  is  quoted  only  by  a  Babylonian,  i.e. 
by  the  compiler  of  the  Gemara,  presumably  R.  Ashi, 
in  the  fourth  century.  In  (58)  the  '  words  of  R. 
Ishmael'  have  no  reference  to  the  Sunday,  but  are 
a  general  declaration  concerning  heathen  festivals. 
Shemuel,  a  Babylonian  (a.d.  180-250),  merely  asserts 
that,  according  to  the  rule  of  R.  Ishmael,  the  '  Nazar- 
ene  day '  is  forbidden  for  ever.  The  context  shows 
that  what  is  forbidden  on  that  day  is  intercourse  with 
those  who  observe  it  as  a  festival.  In  (59)  the  subject 
under  discussion  is  the  reason  for  certain  fasts,  kept 
by  the  idsjd  hwk,  men  appointed  to  be  present  and 
to  repeat  prayers  while  sacrifices  were  offered,  of 
course  in  the  time  when  the  Temple  was  still  in  exis- 
tence. In  Sopherim,  c.  17,  §  5,  the  passage  (59)  is 
referred  to,  and  R.  Johanans  explanation  is  given, 
though  without  his  name.  Then  follows  his  remark, 
"  but  the  sages  have  said  that  in  the  days  of  the 
nncwD  [the  assistants  at  the  sacrifices]  men  did  not 
pay  any  attention  to  the  idolaters."  R.  Johanan 
transferred  to  the  time  of  the  Temple  a  feature  of 
the  religious  life  of  his  own  totally  different  time. 
It  should  be  observed  that  the  word  nsu,  '  Nazarene/ 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     173 

and  not  the  word  Minim,  is  used  to   designate  the 
obnoxious  day. 

Having  examined  the  passages  which,  so  far  as 
they  go,  describe  Minim,  I  proceed  to  give  those 
which  attempt  to  define  Minim  and  Minuth.  I 
am  aware  that  in  so  doing  I  am  not  following  the 
logical  order ;  but  I  trust  that  the  reason  given  above 
(p.  123)  may  be  a  sufficient  justification. 


Gentile  and  Min  (i.) 

(60)  T.  B.  Mez.,  ii.  33. — Gentiles,  and  those  that 
keep  small  cattle  and  those  that  breed  the 
same,  are  neither  helped  out  [of  a  pit]  nor 
cast  into  it.  The  Minim  and  the  apostates 
and  the  betrayers  are  cast  in  and  not  helped 
out. 

This    passage    is   included   and    discussed   in  the 
following. 

(61)  b.  A.  Zar.  26a,  b. — R  Abahu  taught,  in  presence 
of  R.  Johanan,  Idolaters  and  shepherds  of 
small  cattle  are  neither  helped  out  nor  cast 
in ;  but  the  Minim,  and  the  betrayers  and 
the  apostates  (mumarim)  are  cast  in  and  not 
helped  out.  He  [R.  Johanan]  said  to  him, 
1 1  teach  every  lost  thing  of  thy  brother  [Deut. 
xxii.  3]  to  include  the  apostate,  and  thou  hast 
said,  they  are  cast  in.'  He  [R.  Joh.]  excludes 
the  apostate.  Then  did  he  mean  to  teach 
this  both  of  the  apostate  who  eats  nebheloth 
from  desire,  and  of  the  apostate  who  eats 
neblieloth  to  offend  ?     [Because]  some  suppose 


174  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

that  he  who  eats  nebheloth  to  offend  is  a  Min, 

some  say  an  apostate.     Rab  Aha  and  Rabina 

are  divided.     One  says,  '  he  who  eats  nebheloth 

from  desire  is  an  apostate,  he  who  eats  nebheloth 

to  offend  is  a  Min.'      The  other  says,  •  even  he 

who  eats   nebheloth  to  offend  is  an  apostate.' 

Then  what  is  a  Min?      He  who  serves  false 

gods  [lit.  gods  of  the  stars].     It  is  rejoined, 

1  If  he  eat  a  single  flea  or  fly,  he  is  an  apostate.' 

Now  here  [i.e.  in  R.  Abahu's  dictum]  it  is  a 

case  of  eating  to  offend,   and    therefore   he 

includes    the    apostate ;     there     [i.e.    in     R. 

Johanan's   dictum]   he   [the   apostate]  wished 

to  taste  what  is  forbidden  [and   is   therefore 

excluded]. 

Commentary.  —  The   foregoing    passage   is    a    fair 

specimen,  both   in  matter   and   style,  of  a   halachic 

discussion.     To  make  the  meaning  clear,  considerable 

explanation     of    detail    is    necessary.       "  Idolaters," 

literally,    worshippers    of    stars,     are     the    ordinary 

heathen,  Gentiles,  and  I  have  used  the  term  Idolaters 

for  convenience.     "Are  neither  helped  out  nor  cast 

in,"  i.e.  out  of  or  into  a  pit.     Gentiles  are  not  to  be 

endangered  or  delivered  from  danger.     On  the  other 

hand,    Minim,    betrayers   and   apostates,   are   to   be 

endangered  and  not  to  be  delivered  from  danger.     As 

regards  Minim  and  betrayers,  i.e.  political  informers, 

delatores,  this  is  not  disputed.     The  question  is  raised, 

however,  in  regard  to  the  apostate  (mumar),  whether 

he  ought  to  be   included   in   the   severer  treatment 

dealt  out  to  Minim.     R.  Abahu  taught  that  he  should 

be  included,  R.  Johanan  on  the  other  hand  maintained 

that  he  should  not.     And  the  point  to   be   settled 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     175 

accordingly  is  whether  there  is  a  distinction  between 
a   Min  and  an  Apostate.     An  Apostate  (mumar)  is 
one  who  deliberately  transgresses  the  ceremonial  law, 
especially   in   regard   to    food,    by   eating   forbidden 
things.     Nebheloth  means  the  flesh  of  an  animal  that 
has  died  of  itself,  which   flesh  is   forbidden  as   food 
[Lev.    vii.    24].     A  man  who  eats   nebheloth   is   un- 
deniably   a    mumar.      But,    says    the    Gemara    (in 
reference  to  the  dictum  of  R.  Johanan,  who  excluded 
the  mumar  from  the  severer  treatment),  a  mumar  may 
eat  nebheloth  either  from  desire,  because  he  is  hungry, 
or  in  order  to  offend,  i.e.  from  wilful  defiance  of  God. 
Does  R.  Johanan  apply  his  words  to  both  of  these  ? 
Because  some  say  that  the  latter  is  a  Min,  while  some 
say  that  he  is  still  only  a   mumar.     The  discussion 
between  R.  Johanan  and  R.  Abahu  must  have  taken 
place  not  later  than  a.d.  279,  the  year  of  R.  Johanan's 
death.     The  point   raised  was  discussed  by  R.  Aha 
and   Rabina,  Babylonian   teachers  during   the   early 
years   of  the   fourth  century.     The  former  (R.  Aha 
bar  Jacob)  held  that  a  mumar  who  ate  nebheloth  from 
desire  was  only  a  mumar >  while  one  who  did  so  to 
offend  was   a  Min.      The   latter  (Rabina  the  elder) 
held  that  a  mumar  in  either  case  was  only  a  mumar, 
and  that  a  Min  was  a  heathen  idolater.     The  Gemara 
decides,  as  between  R.  Johanan  and  R.  Abahu,  that 
even  if  a  man  eat  a  single  flea  or  fly  (both  of  which 
are   forbidden   food),  he  is   a   mumar ;  but  that   R. 
Abahu  had  in  view  the  mumar  who  ate  in  order  to 
offend,  and  therefore  declared  that  such  mumar  was 
to  be  severely  dealt  with,  like  a  Min  or  an  informer ; 
on  the  other  hand,  R.  Johanan  had  in  view  the  mumar 
who  only  ate  because  he  wished  to  taste   forbidden 


176  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

food,  and  therefore  declared  that  such  mumar  should 
be  excluded  from  the  severer  treatment. 

It  should  be  observed  that  this  whole  discussion 
arises  upon  two  Baraithas,  i.e.  decisions  contemporary 
with,  but  not  included  in,  the  Mishnah.  One  is  that 
already  quoted  at  the  head  of  this  passage,  from  T.  B. 
Mez.  ii.  33.  The  other  is  found  in  T.  Horai.  i.  5, 
and  is  to  the  effect  that  everyone  who  eats  reptiles 
(lintpe)  is  a  mumar}  These  two  passages  are  con- 
siderably earlier  than  the  period  of  R.  Johanan  and 
R.  Abahu,  and  yet  more  so  than  that  of  Aha  and 
Rabina.  The  discussion  upon  them  may  therefore 
be  considered  as  academic  rather  than  practical,  so  far, 
at  all  events,  as  regards  the  difference  between  a 
mumar  and  a  Min.  And  a  comparison  of  the  two 
discussions  seems  to  show  that  whereas  R.  Johanan 
and  R.  Abahu  knew  well  what  a  Min  was,  R.  Aha 
and  Rabina  did  not  know,  except  as  a  matter  of 
speculation.  Rabina  would  not  have  said  that  a 
Min  was  an  ordinary  Gentile  if  he  had  had  actual 
knowledge  of  the  Minim. 

So  far  as  regards  the  subject  of  Minim,  the  passage 
we  have  just  studied  is  of  very  little  value,  being 
concerned  only  with  the  subject  of  the  mumar.  It 
was  necessary,  however,  to  deal  with  it  because  of 
its  mention  of  Minim,  and  it  could  not  be  made 
intelligible  without  the  dry  and  tedious  explanation 
just  given. 

It  may  be  sufficient  to  refer,  without  translation,  to 
a  short  passage  b.  Hor.  11%  where  the  same  question 
concerning  the  mumar  and  the  Min  is  discussed  and 
decided  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  passage  just  ex- 

1  Cod.  Erfurt  reads  '  Meshummad,'  HOI^D. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     177 

amined.     Nothing  fresh  is  added,  and  the  explanation 
of  the  one  passage  suffices  for  the  other. 

The  following  extract  is  hardly  less  dry  and  difficult 
than  the  foregoing ;  but  it  must  be  included,  since  it 
brings  out  a  somewhat  different  aspect  of  the  subject. 


Gentile  and  Min  (ii.) 

NO   DEALINGS    WITH   THE   MINIM 

(62)  T.  Hull.  ii.  20,  21.— Flesh  which  is  found  in 
the  hand  of  a  Gentile  (>u)  is  allowed  for  use, 
in  the  hand  of  a  Min  it  is  forbidden  for  use. 
That  which  comes  from  a  house  of  idolatry, 
lo  I  this  is  the  flesh  of  sacrifices  of  the  dead, 
because  they  say,  'slaughtering  by  a   Min  is 
idolatry,  their  bread  is  Samaritan  bread,  their 
wine   is   wine   offered   [to   idols],  their  fruits 
are  not  tithed,  their  books  are  books  of  witch- 
craft, and  their  sons  are  bastards.     One  does 
not  sell  to  them,  or  receive  from  them,   or 
take  from  them,  or  give  to  them ;   one  does 
not  teach  their  sons  trades,  and  one  does  not 
obtain  healing  from  them,  either  healing  of 
property  or  healing  of  life.' 
Commentary. — The   ordinary   Gentile  is   here  dis- 
tinguished  from  the  Min,  and  the   latter  is  judged 
more   severely,  presumably   on  the  ground  that  the 
ceremonial  law  in  regard  to  food  is  unknown  to  the 
former,   and   wilfully   violated   by   the    latter.     The 
argument    is,  'flesh   found  in  the  hand  of  a  Min  is 

forbidden  for  use,  because  that  which  is  slaughtered 

12 


178  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

by  a  Min  is  [for]  idolatry,  and  that  which  comes  from 
a  house  of  idolatry  is  the  flesh  of  sacrifices  of  the 
dead'  [cp.  Ps.  cvi.  28].  The  various  statements 
about  the  Minim  rest  upon  anonymous  authority — 
'they  say'  —  and  perhaps  only  represent  current 
opinion  in  the  time  when  the  Tosephta  was  compiled. 
The  context  of  the  passage  shows  that  the  Minim 
here  described  are,  or  at  all  events  include,  Jewish 
Christians.  The  passage  does  not  occur,  so  far  as  I 
know,  either  in  the  Mishnah  or  the  Gemaras ;  but  in 
b.  Hull.  41%  b  there  is  a  parallel  to  some  sentences  of 
Tosephta  preceding  the  portion  just  translated.  The 
Mishnah  on  the  page  just  mentioned  (M.  Hull.  ii.  9., 
b.  Hull  41a)  says  that  a  hole  to  catch  the  blood  of 
slaughtered  animals  is  not  to  be  made  in  the  street, 
p*on  npn*  *S*%  *  that  one  may  not  imitate  the  Minim.' 
(See  also  j.  Kil.  32a,  where  the  same  statement 
occurs.)  T.  Hull.  ii.  19  has  >pin  ns  nrw  una  p  w  vh 
pro ,  "  he  shall  not  do  so  because  he  would  be  doing 
the  statutes  of  the  Minim."  Rashi  and  the  other 
commentators  explain  the  Minim  to  be  idolaters, 
ordinary  Gentiles.  If  this  were  the  meaning,  it  is 
not  evident  why  the  usual  term  for  a  Gentile  was  not 
used.  The  reference  must  be  to  heretics,  possibly, 
though  not  necessarily,  Jewish  Christians ;  but  I  do 
not  know  of  any  heretical  practice  such  as  that 
described. 

Here  may  be  added  a  passage  which  seems  to  show 
that  the  distinction  between  Min  and  Gentile  was 
scarcely  understood  in  the  Babylonian  schools. 

(63)  b.  Hull.  13b. — A  teacher  said,  <a  thing 
slaughtered  by  an  idolater  is  nebhelah  (see 
above,  p.  175)  and  he  is  suspected  of  being  a 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     179 

Min.    Rab  Nahman  said  that  Rabah  bar  Abuha 
said  there  are  no  Minim  among  the  idolatrous 
nations.     But  we  show  that  there  are.     Say 
that  the  majority  of  idolaters  are  not  Minim. 
He   [R.  Nahman]    thought   of  this    that   R. 
Hija  bar  Abba   said    that   R.  Johanan   said, 
Foreigners  outside  the  land  are  not  idolaters, 
but  follow  the  custom  of  their  fathers.     R. 
Joseph  bar  Minjomi  said  that  Rab  Nahman 
said  *  there  are  no  Minim  among  the  idolaters.' 
In  reference  to  what  ?     Do  you  say,  In  refer- 
ence to  slaughtering  ?     Here  we  have  *  sl  thing 
slaughtered  by  a  Min':  if  he  be  an  Israelite, 
it  is  forbidden.     What  if  he  be  an  idolater? 
But  [if  you  mean]   in  reference   to  '  casting- 
down  '  [into  a  pit],  we  have,  *  They  cast  down 
a   Min  who  is  an  Israelite ' ;    what  if  he   be 
an  idolater? 
Commentary. — In  addition  to   what  has  been  said 
on  the  preceding  passages  in  the  present  group,  it  is 
only  necessary  to  say  that,  the  foregoing  seems  to  be 
a  purely  academical  discussion  amongst  teachers  who 
had  no  practical  experience  of  Minim.     R.  Nahman 
bar  Jacob  (died  300  a.d.)  taught  in  Nehardea  till  a.d. 
258,  then  at  Shechanzib  till  his  death.     He  was  the 
son-in-law  of  Rabah  bar  Abuha,  the  Resh  Galutha 
after  250  a.d.     R.  Hija  bar  Abba  was  a  pupil  of  the 
Palestinian  R.  Johanan,  he  lived  in  the  latter  half 
of  the  third  century  and  the  beginning  of  the  fourth. 
R.  Joseph  bar  Minjomi  was  an  otherwise  unknown 
pupil  of  R.  Nahman.     The  purpose  of  the  discussion 
seems  to  be  to  reconcile  the  dictum  that  there  are  no 
Minim  among  idolaters  with  the  statements  of  the 


180  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

teacher  who  said  that  an  idolater  who  slaughtered  an 
animal  for  sacrifice  was  suspected  of  being  a  Min. 
From  this  latter  it  would  follow  that  a  Min  was  only 
a  particularly  zealous  idolater,  and  this  is  the  view 
generally  taken  by  Rashi  (see  his  comment  on  the 
present  passage,  and  elsewhere).  The  Gemara 
accounts  for  the  opinion  that  there  are  no  Minim 
amongst  idolaters,  by  a  reference  to  the  saying  of 
R.  Johanan  that  there  is  no  idolatry  outside  the 
Holy  Land.  This  means  that  the  worship  of  gods 
other  than  the  God  of  Israel  is  only  idolatry,  false 
worship,  when  practised  in  the  Holy  Land,  by  those 
who  might  be  supposed  to  know  the  true  religion. 
There  might  therefore  be,  in  foreign  countries,  persons 
who  in  Palestine  would  be  called  Minim;  but  they 
are  not  so  called,  because  the  name  implies  a  dis- 
tinction which  only  holds  good  in  Palestine.1  The 
Gemara,  however,  does  not  accept  the  dictum  that 
there  are  no  Minim  amongst  idolatrous  nations,  and 
proves  their  existence  by  showing  that  it  is  implied  in 
certain  ordinances  referring  to  Minim  who  were  of 
Jewish  origin.  But  it  is  quite  plain  that  the  discus- 
sion does  not  rest  upon  any  real  knowledge  of,  or 
personal  contact  with,  Minim.  This  will  be  of  im- 
portance when  we  come  to  gather  up  the  evidence  so 
as  to  present  a  general  account  of  the  use  of  the 
term  Minim. 

1  But  the  same  Kabbi  Johanan  says  (b.  A.  Zar.  65a),  *  A  proselyte  who 
lets  twelve  months  go  by  without  being  circumcised  is  like  a  Min  among  the 
idolaters.'  From  which  may  be  inferred  that  Johanan  did  not  hold  the 
opinion  that  there  were  no  Minim  among  the  idolaters  ;  and,  further,  that  he 
would  define  a  Min  as  one  who  professed  to  hold  the  Jewish  religion  with- 
out observing  the  ceremonial  law. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     181 

The  Jewish  Origin  of  the  Minim 

(64)  j.   Sanh.    29c. — R.   Johanan  said,  *  Israel  did 

not  go  into  exile  until  they  had  been  made 

twenty-four  sects  of   Minim.'      What  is  the 

reason  ?      Son   of  man,   I  send    thee    to   the 

children  of  Israel,   to    the   rebellious  peoples 

that  have  rebelled  against  me  [Ezek.  ii.  3].     It 

is  not  written  here,  to  the  rebellious  people, 

but  to  the  rebellious  peoples  which  have  rebelled 

against  me,  they  and  their  fathers  have  sinned 

against  me,  unto  this  day. 

Commentary. — This   is   a   little   bit    of  haggadah, 

not  at  all  a  strict  exegesis  of  the  text   of  Ezekiel. 

So  far  as  I  know  it  does  not  occur  elsewhere  in  the 

Gemaras   or  the   Midrashim.     It   forms  part    of   a 

long  chapter  upon  that  section  of  the  Mishnah  which 

enumerates  those  persons  who  shall  have  no  part  in 

the  world  to  come.     Amongst  these,  according  to 

R.  Johanan,  in  a  passage  immediately  preceding  the 

one  before  us,  are  to  be   included  the   followers  of 

Johanan  ben   Kareah   [Jer.    xliii.].     This   opinion  is 

based  upon  an  exposition  of  Hos.  v.  7,  not  because 

that  text  distinctly  refers  to  the  son  of  Kareah,  but 

merely  because  it  might  be  applied   to  him.     This 

dictum  of  R.  Johanan  appears  to  serve  as  an  excuse 

for    introducing   the   one  before   us,    which  in  like 

manner  is  only  a  fanciful  deduction  from  a  text  in 

Ezekiel.      The  prophet    speaks    of  the    children  of 

Israel  as  ■  rebellious  peoples '  instead  of  'people.'    And, 

whether  or  not  the  Hebrew  text  is  correct  in  giving 

the  plural  form,  and  whatever  the  prophet  may  have 

meant  if  he   did   use  the  plural,   it  is   out  of  the 


182  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

question  that  he  should  have  meant  what  R.  Johanan 
deduced  from  his  words.  Probably  the  Rabbi  was 
quite  aware  of  this.  His  object  was  not  to  expound 
Ezekiel,  but  to  find  a  Scripture  basis,  however  slight, 
for  an  opinion  of  his  own  concerning  heretics.  He 
knew  the  Minim,  of  his  own  day  and  earlier,  as 
heretics  who  disregarded  the  true  religion  of  Israel 
as  summed  up  in  the  Torah.  They  were  rebellious 
against  the  God  of  Israel ;  and  thus,  as  the  word 
used  by  Ezekiel  was  applicable  to  them,  haggadic 
logic  inferred  that  the  rebellion  denounced  by 
Ezekiel  was  that  of  the  Minim.  The  twenty-four 
sects  of  Minim  are  arrived  at  by  the  simple  calcu- 
lation that  each  of  twelve  tribes  was  divided  into 
at  least  two  sections.  Hence  twenty-four.  (This, 
at  all  events,  is  the  explanation  of  the  anonymous 
commentator  on  the  passage  in  the  Palestinian 
Gemara.)  The  only  point  worth  noticing  is  that  R. 
Johanan's  dictum  implies  the  Jewish  origin  of  Minim. 
They  were  not  Gentiles,  but  unfaithful  Jews.  The 
passage  therefore,  while  entirely  worthless  as  a  com- 
ment on  Ezekiel,  is  valuable  as  evidence  for  the 
historical  definition  of  the  term  Minim,  coming 
from  a  contemporary  authority. 

Haggadah  against  Minuth 

(65)  b.  A.  Zar.  17a. — Keep  thy  way  far  from  her 
[Prov.  v.  8],  this  is  Minuth;  and  come  not 
near  the  door  of  her  house,  this  is  the  Govern- 
ment. Some  say,  Keep  thy  way  far  from  her, 
this  is  Minuth  and  the  Government ;  and  come 
not  near  the  door  of  her  house,  this  is  harlotry. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     183 

How  near  [may  one  come]  ?  R.  Hisda  said, 
Four  cubits.  How  do  our  Rabbis  expound 
this  :  '  The  price  of  a  harlot '  ?  According  to 
R.  Hisda.  For  R.  Hisda  said,  Every  harlot 
who  begins  by  being  hired  ends  by  hiring,  as  it 
is  said  [Ezek.  xvi.  34],  Whereas  thou  givest  hire 
and  no  hire  is  given  to  thee  and  thou  art 
contrary.  He  differs  from  R.  Pedath,  for  R. 
Pedath  said,  The  Torah  only  forbids  approach 
for  uncovering  nakedness,  as  it  is  said  [Lev. 
xviii.  6],  None  of  you  shall  approach  to  any 
that  is  near  of  kin  to  him  to  uncover  their 
nakedness.  Ulla,  when  he  came  from  the 
college,  used  to  kiss  the  hands  of  his  sisters. 
Some  say  he  kissed  their  breasts.  He  [Ulla] 
contradicts  himself ;  for  Ulla  said,  Approach  in 
general  is  forbidden  on  the  ground  of  [the 
maxim],  'Away,  away,  Nazirite,  they  say, 
approach  not  the  fence  round  the  vineyard.' 
The  horseleach  hath  two  daughters  [crying], 
Give,  give  [Pro v.  xxx.  15].  What  is  •  Give, 
give? '  Mar  Uqba  said,  '  It  is  the  voice  of  two 
daughters  who  cry  from  Gehinnom,  saying  in 
this  world,  Give,  give.'  And  who  are  they? 
Minuth  and  Government.  Some  say  that  R. 
Hisda  said  that  Mar  Uqba  said,  The  voice  of 
Gehinnom  crying  out  and  saying,  ■  Bring  me 
my  two  daughters  who  cry  and  say  in  this 
world,  Give,  give.'  None  who  come  to  her 
return,  neither  do  they  attain  the  paths  of  life 
[Prov.  ii.  19].  But  if  they  do  not  'return,' 
how  should  they  '  attain  V  Here  is  a  diffi- 
culty.      If  they   do    'return,'   they   do    not 


184  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

'attain'  the  patlis  of  life.'  It  is  to  be  inferred 
that  everyone  who  departs  from  Minuth  dies. 
But  [there  is  the  case  of]  a  certain  woman 
who  came  before  R.  Hisda  and  said,  that  the 
lightest  of  the  lightest  sins  she  had  done  was 
that  her  youngest  was  begotten  by  her  eldest 
son.  And  he  [R.  Hisda]  said,  'Make  ready 
her  shroud  ! '  But  she  did  not  die.  From  her 
saying,  'the  lightest  of  the  lightest  sins  she  had 
done,'  presumably  Minuth  was  still  in  her; 
and  because  she  had  not  thoroughly  turned 
from  it  she  did  not  die.  Some  say  [one  who 
turns]  from  Minuth  dies,  [one  who  turns]  from 
sin  [does]  not.  But  [there  is  the  case  of]  the 
woman  who  came  before  R.  Hisda,  and  he 
said,  '  Make  a  shroud  for  her ! '  and  she  died. 
From  her  saying,  '  the  lightest  of  the  lightest 
sins  she  had  done,'  presumably  Minuth  was 
still  in  her,  and  she  died  [in  parting]  from 
it  and  not  from  her  sin.  But  it  is  tradition, 
they  said,  concerning  El'azar  ben  Dordaia 
.  .  .  .  *  he  bowed  his  head  between  his  knees 
and  groaned  with  weeping  until  his  soul 
departed.  And  there  went  forth  a  Bath  Qol 
[voice  from  heaven],  saying,  'Rabbi  El'azar 
ben  Dordaia  is  summoned  to  the  life  of  the 
world  to  come.'  Here  he  was  in  sin,  and 
died  [in  parting  from  it].  There  [referring  to 
the  incident  omitted],  so  long  as  he  clave  to 
the  woman,  it  was  like  Minuth.  Rabbi  wept 
and  said,  '  One  man  earns  heaven  in  how  many 

1  Here  follows  an  obscene  story  to  show  how  a  great  sinner  may  repent 
and  yet  die. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     185 

years  !  and  another  in  a  single  hour.     It  is  not 
enough  for  repentant  sinners  that  they  should 
be    received,  but    they  must  also   be   called 
Rabbi!' 
Commentary. — This   passage  forms  the   continua- 
tion of  No.  (46),  where  is  related  the  arrest  of  R. 
Eliezer    for    Minuth.       But    whereas    that    famous 
incident  is  mentioned  no  less  than  five  times  in  the 
Talmud  and  Midrash,  the  present  passage  (with  the 
exception  of  the  first  few  sentences)  occurs,  so  far  as 
I  know,  only  here. 

The  haggadic  interpretation  of  Prov.  v.  8  would 
seem  to  be  due  to  R.  Eliezer  himself.1  For  he  says 
(see  above,  p.  139),  '  I  transgressed  that  which  is 
written  in  the  Torah,  Keep  thy  way  far  from  her, 
this  is  Minuth  ;  and  go  not  near  the  door  of  her  house, 
this  is  the  Government.'  R.  Eliezer's  misfortune 
was  due  to  both  these  evils ;  he  had  been  con- 
taminated with  heresy,  and  was  a  prisoner  in  the 
power  of  the  state.  The  variation,  according  to 
which  the  first  half  of  the  verse  refers  to  both 
Minuth  and  the  Government,  while  the  second 
denotes  harlotry,  is  probably  much  later,  and  seems 
to  belong  to  a  time  when  Minuth  and  the  Empire 
were  blended  by  the  adoption  of  Christianity  as  the 
state  religion.  That  this  great  change  did  not  pass 
unnoticed  in  the  Rabbinical  literature  we  shall  have 
evidence  later  on. 

R.    Hisda,   whose   opinions   are   cited   more   than 

1  According  to  Bacher,  A.  d.  Tann.,  ii  310  n.,  the  application  of  Prov. 
v.  8  to  Minuth  ia  ascribed  to  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Qorha,  in  "  the  second  version 
of  the  Aboth  de  R.  Nathan  7b."  This  reference  I  have  not  been  able  to 
verify.    R.  Eliezer  was  considerably  earlier  in  date  than  R.  Jeh.  b.  Qorha. 


186  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

once,  was  a  Babylonian  whom  we  have  already 
several  times  met  with.  In  conjunction  with  R. 
Huna,  he  presided  over  the  college  at  Sura.  He 
was  born  a.d.  217,  and  died  a.d.  309.  He  was  a 
pupil  of  Rab,  and  also  of  Mar  Uqba,  whose  name 
occurs  in  the  present  passage.  R.  Pedath,  probably 
the  elder  of  two  who  bear  the  same  name,  was  a 
Babylonian  contemporary  with  Rabbi  in  Palestine. 
He  is  scarcely  known  except  as  the  father  of  the 
more  distinguished  R.  El'azar  ben  Pedath.  Ulla  is 
Ulla  ben  Ishmael,  of  Palestinian  origin  (see  Bacher, 
Ag.  d.  Bab.  Amor.,  p.  93,  n.  3),  who  afterwards 
migrated  to  Babylonia.  He  was  not  liked  in  the 
country  of  his  adoption,  a  fact  which  perhaps  may 
account  for  the  rather  uncivil  reference  to  him. 

The  maxim,  'Away,  away,  Nazirite,  they  say; 
approach  not  the  fence  round  the  vineyard,'  is 
quoted  b.  Shabb.  13%  b.  Pes.  40%  b.  Jeb.  46%  b. 
B.  Mez.  92%  b.  A.  Zar.  58%  Bamm.  r.  x.  8  p.  38c. 
It  means,  'Keep  away  from  temptation,'  the 
Nazirite,  of  course,  being  forbidden  to  taste  wine. 
The  earliest  authority  for  it  is  R.  Johanan  (b.  A.  Zar. 
58%  59a),  who,  however,  refers  to  it  as  a  familiar 
saying.  It  is  indeed  called  a  proverb  (i6no,  fcw>)  in 
the  last  of  the  above-mentioned  passages,  and  prob- 
ably occurs  elsewhere ;  but  I  have  not  been  able  to 
find  it. 

The  explanation  of  the  text  Pro  v.  xxx.  15  is  not 
very  clear,  except  to  this  extent,  that  it  is  interpreted 
of  Minuth  and  the  Empire,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
former  text  [Prov.  v.  8].  This  interpretation  appears 
to  be  due  to  Mar  Uqba  (see  above),  and  to  have 
been  handed  down  in  more  than  one  form,  for  one  of 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     187 

which  the  authority  is  R.  Hisda,  a  disciple  of  Mar 
Uqba.  It  should  be  noted  that  R.  Hisda  was  also 
the  authority  in  the  Babylonian  schools  for  the  story 
about  the  mother  of  Jesus  (see  above,  No.  (1),  p.  36), 
and  for  the  remark  about  Jesus  in  reference  to 
'burning  his  food'  (see  above,  No.  (9),  p.  56). 
Further,  in  b.  Ber.  12a  (a  passage  which  will  be 
examined  hereafter,  p.  308),  the  same  R.  Hisda 
mentions  the  Minim.  These  facts  serve  to  show  in 
what  direction  R.  Hisda  was  looking  when  he  en- 
dorsed Mar  Uqba's  interpretation  of  the  text  in  Prov. 
xxx.  15.  It  is  possible,  and  perhaps  probable,  that 
this  interpretation  was  of  Palestinian  origin ;  at  all 
events,  hostility  against  both  Minuth  and  the  Empire 
would  naturally  be  more  bitter  in  the  west  than  in 
the  east.  At  the  same  time  it  must  be  admitted 
that  there  does  not  seem  to  be  any  trace  of  this 
particular  haggadah  in  the  Palestinian  Midrash.  R. 
Hisda  improved  on  Mar  Uqba's  interpretation  of 
the  text.  The  earlier  teacher  said  that  the  'two 
daughters'  who  cried  'give,  give'  were  Minuth 
and  the  Empire.  This  left  it  uncertain  what  was 
meant  by  the  'horseleach'  whose  daughters  they 
were.  R.  Hisda  said  that  the  horseleach  meant 
Gehinnom  [Gehenna,  which  in  this  case  may  be 
fairly  rendered  Hell],  'who  cries  and  says,  Bring 
me  my  two  daughters  who  cry  and  say  in  this 
world  Give,  give ' ;  in  other  words,  Heresy  and  the 
Empire  are  the  rapacious  offspring  of  Hell,  and  Hell 
cries  out  for  them. 

Following  on  this  text  is  an  interpretation  of  Prov. 
ii.  19,  on  similar  lines,  None  who  come  to  her 
return,  neither  do  they  attain  the  paths  of  life.     Like 


188  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

the  preceding  haggadah,  it  is  introduced  without  any 
mention  of  a  Rabbi  as  its  author.  But  in  this  case 
the  source  can  be  traced  in  the  Palestinian  tradition. 
In  the  Midrash  Qoh.  r.  [on  i.  8,  a  long  passage  of 
which  use  will  be  made  hereafter],  occurs  the  follow- 
ing, which  will  be  seen  at  once  to  be  a  close  parallel 
to  the  incident  at  present  under  consideration. 

(66)  Qoh.  r.  i.  8. — The  case  of  a  woman  who  came 

to  R.  Eliezer  to  become  a  proselyte.     She  said 

to  him,  ■  Rabbi,  receive  me.'     He  said  to  her, 

1  Relate  to  me  thy   deeds.'     She   said,  '  My 

youngest    son    is    by   my    eldest    son.'       He 

stormed  at  her.      She  went  to  R.  Jehoshua 

and  he  received  her.      His  disciples  said  to 

him,    'R.    Eliezer   drove  her   away  and  thou 

receivest ' !       He   said  to  them,  '  When  her 

mind  was   set   on  becoming  a  proselyte   she 

no  longer   lived    to  the  world    [?],   as    it  is 

written  [Pro v.  ii.  19],  None  that  go  unto  her 

return  again,  and  if  they  return,  they  do  not 

attain  the  paths  of  life' 

Commentary, — This  passage  occurs  in  the  midst  of 

a  long  series  of  references  to  Minuth,  all  of  which, 

moreover,  are  concerned  with  Palestinian  personages. 

It  is,   on  the  face  of  it,  much  more  likely  that  a 

woman  desiring  to  abjure  Minuth — in  this   instance 

Christian  heresy — should  go  to  a  Palestinian  Rabbi 

rather  than  to  a  Babylonian  like  Hisda.     At  the  same 

time  it  is  true  that  the  Midrash  on  Qoheleth  is  later 

than  the  Babylonian  Gemara,  and  occasionally  quotes 

from  it  (see  Zunz,  G.  Vortr.,  p.  265).     But,  in  the 

present  instance,  the  Midrash  gives  the  shorter  form 

of  the   story;    and  the  version   in  the   Babylonian 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     189 

Gemara,  at  present  under  consideration,  is  not  only 
longer,  but  appears  to  be  introduced  as  merely  a  case 
for  discussion.  Bacher  (Ag.  d.  Tann.,  i.  188  n.  4,) 
regards  the  version  in  Qoh.  r.  as  the  original.  If  so, 
then  this  haggadic  interpretation  of  Pro  v.  ii.  19  is 
traced  back  to  the  second  century.  And  seeing  that 
the  haggadah  on  Prov.  v.  8  is  due  to  R.  Eliezer,  the 
contemporary  of  R.  Jehoshua,  it  is  at  least  probable 
that  the  interpretation  of  Prov.  xxx.  15  also  dates 
from  the  same  period,  and  from  one  or  other  of  the 
two  famous  Rabbis  already  named.  In  that  case  R. 
Hisda  merely  added  his  own  comment  upon  each  text 
to  a  tradition  brought  from  Palestine. 

We  resume  now  the  discussion  of  the  passage  in  the 
Babylonian  Gemara.  The  object  of  the  argument  is  to 
decide  whether  they  who  recant  from  Minuth  die  or  not. 
The  Gemara  says,  "  It  is  to  be  inferred  that  they  die." 
Then  by  way  of  proof  to  the  contrary  is  introduced 
the  case  of  the  woman  who  came  before  R.  Hisda, 
accusing  herself  of  gross  crimes.  It  is  to  be  observed 
that  the  Gemara  does  not  know  whether  this  woman 
really  died  or  not,  and  it  attempts  to  prove  its  point 
on  either  supposition.  It  seems  likely  that  what 
came  before  R.  Hisda  was  not  the  woman  herself,  but 
the  story  of  the  woman  who  had  gone  to  R.  Eliezer  and 
R.  Jehoshua,  mentioned  merely  as  a  case  in  point,  and 
submitted  to  him  for  his  opinion.  He  gave  his  opinion 
(viz.  that  she  would  die)  in  the  words,  '  Make  ready 
her  shroud  ! '  If,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  she  did  not  die, 
then,  says  the  Gemara,  she  was  still  unrepentant ;  if 
she  did  die,  then  she  died  in  parting  from  her  heresy 
and  not  from  her  sin.  This  uncertainty  as  to  whether 
she  died  or  not  can  be  traced  to  the  original  story  in 


190  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Qoh.  r.  There  R.  Jehoshua,  when  asked  why  he 
received  her,  said,  '  When  her  mind  was  set  on  becom- 
ing a  proselyte,  she  no  longer  lived  to  the  world' 
(D^y1?).  I  have  translated  these  words  literally,  but 
I  do  not  feel  certain  what  exactly  is  meant  by  '  to  the 
world.'  The  Rabbinical  literature  does  not  recognise, 
so  far  as  I  know,  the  sharp  distinction  between  •  the 
world '  and  the  spiritual  life  which  is  common 
in  the  N.T.,  especially  in  the  Fourth  Gospel.  So 
that  possibly  here,  as  elsewhere,  thvh  should  be 
translated  'for  ever.'  But  still  I  believe  that  the 
sense  which  R.  Jehoshua  intended  is  given  by  the 
translation  'to  the  world,'  ix.  he  meant  that  the 
woman  by  her  repentance  died  to  her  past  life  and 
would  never  live  in  it  again.  This  is  the  opinion  of 
Hamburger  (Encykl.,  ii.  514).  Apparently  this  was 
not  understood  in  the  Babylonian  schools,  hence  the 
uncertainty  as  to  whether  or  not  the  woman  really 
died. 

The  story  about  R.  El'azar  ben  Dordaia  (which  I 
have  not  transcribed  or  translated  because  it  is  gross 
and  has  no  bearing  on  the  main  subject)  is  introduced 
by  way  of  an  objection  to  the  argument  that  the 
woman  did  not  die  because  of  her  sin.  El'azar  ben 
Dordaia,  it  is  urged,  sinned  no  less  grievously,  and  was 
forgiven,  but  yet  he  died.  The  objection  is  met  by 
saying  that  while  he  was  in  his  sin  it  was,  as  it  were, 
Minuth  to  him,  and  he  died  in  parting  from  it,  not 
merely  in  repenting  of  his  sin.  This  is  mere  hair- 
splitting, and  shows  that  in  the  Babylonian  school 
where  this  discussion  was  carried  on  there  was  only  a 
vague  notion  of  what  Minuth  was,  and  an  inclination 
to  identify  it  with  sexual  immorality. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     191 

Note  that  El'azar  ben  Dordaia  was  not,  strictly- 
speaking,  a  Rabbi,  but  was  only  greeted  with  that 
title  when  summoned  by  the  divine  forgiveness  to 
heaven.  And  note  finally  the  jealousy  of  Rabbi,  i.e. 
R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh,  whose  epithet  of  '  The  Holy ' 
would  lead  one  to  expect  something  different. 


Minim  and  Circumcision 

(67)  Shem.  r.  xix.  4,  p.  36d. — Because  Israelites  who 
are  circumcised  do  not  go  down  to  Gehinnom. 
R.  Berachjah  said,  ■  That  the  Minim  and  the 
wicked    of    Israel   may    not    say,    "We    are 
circumcised,     we    shall     not     go     down     to 
Gehinnom,"  what  does  the  Holy  One,  Blessed 
be  He,  do?     He  sends  an  angel  and  effaces 
their    circumcision,   and    they    go    down    to 
Gehinnom,  as  it  is  said  [Ps.  lv.  20],  He  hath 
put  forth  his  hand  against  such  as  be  at  peace 
with  him,  he  hath  profaned  his  covenant ;  and 
when  Gehinnom  sees  that  their  circumcision 
is  a  matter  of  doubt,  it  opens  its  mouth  and 
swallows  them  alive  and  opens  its  mouth  with- 
out measure'  [Isa.  v.  14]. 
Commentary. — R.    Berachjah   was  a  younger  con- 
temporary of  Abahu  in  the  early  years  of  the  fourth 
century,  and,  like  him,  lived  in  Palestine.     There  were 
indeed  two  Rabbis  of  this  name,  of  whom  the  elder 
lived  perhaps  half  a  century  earlier.     The  one  who  is 
the  more  frequently  mentioned   (especially  in    the 
Midrash)  is  probably  the  younger. 

The  passage  before  us  is  of  no  great  importance 


192  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

in  itself,  except  that  it  implies  the  Jewish  origin 
of  the  Minim.  Circumcision  would  not  concern  any 
Gentile.  The  Minim  are  evidently  Jewish  heretics, 
and,  though  not  necessarily  in  every  case  Christians, 
must  certainly  have  included  some.  If  so,  then  it  is 
important  to  notice  that  as  late  as  the  fourth  century 
there  were  Jewish  Christians  who  were  circumcised. 
The  conclusion  is  either  that  the  practice  was  kept 
up  amongst  Jewish  Christian  families,  or  else  that  the 
Jewish  Christian  community  received  very  numerous 
proselytes.  The  former  is  the  more  likely,  because 
the  term  Minim,  whatever  it  may  denote,  must  at 
least  refer  to  the  main  body  of  heretics,  so  called, 
whoever  they  were,  and  not  to  those  who  joined  them 
from  time  to  time. 

The  Principle  of  Minuth  :  The  House  of  Straw 

(68)  Bamm.  r.  xviii.  17,  p.  75d. — R.  El'azar  said, 
There  was  in  them  [i.e.  Doeg  and  Ahithophel] 
the  principle  of  Minuth.  What  were  they 
like?  Like  a  house  filled  with  straw,  and 
there  were  openings  in  the  house,  and  the 
straw  entered  them.  After  a  time  that  straw 
which  was  inside  those  openings  began  to 
come  forth.  But  all  knew  that  that  had 
been  a  house  [full]  of  straw.  So  Doeg  and 
Ahithophel.  From  the  beginning  no  Mitzvoth 
[precepts  of  the  Law]  were  in  them ;  although 
they  had  been  made  Sons  of  the  Law,  they 
were  as  in  their  beginning,  for  wickedness  was 
in  the  midst  of  them,  within  them  [cp.  Ps. 
lv.  11]. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    193 

Commentary.  —  The    Midrash    on    Exodus   dates, 

according  to  Zunz  (G.  Vortr.,  p.  261),  from  the  twelfth 

century,  but  contains  material  that  is  much  earlier. 

The  passage  before  us  is  part  of  such  earlier  material. 

It  is  not  indeed  to  be  found  in  exactly  the  same  words 

in   the   older  literature ;  but  the  substance   of  it  is 

contained  in  the  Palestinian  Gemara,  and  there  are 

traces  of  it  in  that  of  Babylon.     In  j.    Sanh.  27a  is 

the  following: — 

(69)    The  Epiquros:    R.  Johanan   and  R.   Lazar, 

one  said,  '[He  is]  like  one  who  says  These 

Scribes ' ! ;   the  other  said,  '  [He  is]  like  one 

who  says  These  Rabbis ' !     R.  El'azar  and  R. 

Shemuel  bar  Nahman,  one  said,  ■  [He  is]  like 

an  arch   of  stones ;  as  soon  as   one  stone  is 

loosened  all   are  loosened.'      The  other  said, 

1  [He  is]  like  a  house  full  of  straw.     Although 

you  clear  away  the  straw  from  it,  the  chaft 

inside  [clings  to  and]  loosens  the  walls.' 

This  latter  passage  carries  us   back  to   the  third 

century.     R.   Lazar  is  the  same  as  R.  El'azar,  and 

both  names  denote  R.  El'azar  ben  Pedath.     He  was 

a  Babylonian  who  came  to  Palestine  and  taught  in 

Tiberias,  where  he  died  in  a.d.  279,  about  the  same 

time  as  R.  Johanan.     R.  Shemuel  bar  Nahman  was  a 

Palestinian  (see  Bacher,  A.  d.  Pal.   Amor.,  i.   477), 

contemporary  with  R.  Johanan  and  R.  El'azar,  though 

perhaps  somewhat  younger,   as   he  appears  to  have 

been  living  in  a.d.  286  (Bacher). 

In  both  passages  the  subject  of  discussion  is  the 

heretic  or  the  freethinker  (on  the  relation  of  Epiquros 

to  Min,  see  above,  p.  121  fol.).     A  Jewish  Epiquros 

was  practically  the  same  as  a   Min.     The  point  of 

13 


194  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

comparison  between  the  heretic  and  the  house  full 
of  straw  is  this,  that  the  original  character  of  each 
remains  unchanged  in  spite  of  changes  in  outward 
appearance  or  condition.  Though  the  straw  be 
removed,  the  chaff  remains ;  though  the  heretic  put 
on  an  appearance  of  piety,  the  taint  of  heresy  is  in 
him  still.  Thus  Doeg  and  Ahithophel  are  said  to 
have  in  them  the  principle  of  Minuth,  the  taint  of 
heresy,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  they  were  made  '  sons 
of  the  Torah,'  i.e.  brought  up  in  the  Jewish  religion. 
In  b.  Hag.  16b  it  is  said  of  these  two  that  there  was 
*a  gnawing  passion  in  their  heart'  (nJ?2  KK)),  i.e.  a 
secret  desire  to  rebel,  in  spite  of  outward  conformity. 
We  have  already  seen  (above,  p.  70)  that  Doeg  and 
Ahithophel  are  treated  in  the  Rabbinical  literature  as 
types  of  heresy,  and  that  there  is  probably  some 
covert  reference  to  Christianity  in  the  condemnation 
of  them.  The  present  passage  does  not  contradict, 
though  it  does  not  confirm,  the  latter  supposition. 
The  Gemara  does  not  explain  in  what  the  '  principle 
of  Minuth '  consisted,  but  leaves  it  to  be  inferred,  or 
rather  takes  it  for  granted  as  being  generally  known, 
on  the  strength  of  other  references  to  it  elsewhere. 
The  simile  of  the  arch  of  stones  is  used  by  R.  Johanan, 
j.  M.  Qat.  83c,  though  for  a  different  purpose.  The 
simile  of  the  house  of  straw  is  ascribed,  in  the  second 
passage  above  (j.  Sanh.  27d),  to  R.  Shemuel  bar 
Nahman,  and  that  of  the  arch  of  stones  to  R.  El'azar. 
It  is  probable  that  these  two  should  be  interchanged, 
in  which  case  the  version  in  Bamm.  r.  would  be  in 
harmony  with  that  in  the  Palestinian  Gemara. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    195 


Scriptural  Indications  of  Minuth 

(70)  Siphri,  §  115,  p.  35a. — And  ye  shall  not  walk 
after    your    heart    [Num.    xv.    39],    this    is 
Minuth,  according  as  it  is  said  [Ecc.  vii.  26], 
And  I  find  a   thing  more  bitter  than  death, 
even  the  woman  whose  heart  is  snares  and  nets, 
and  whose  hands  are  bands,  and  the  king  shall 
rejoice  in  God  [Ps.  lxiii.  11.] 
Commentary. — The  book  Siphri  is  almost  contem- 
poraneous with  the  Mishnah  (see  Zunz,  G.  Vortr.,  p. 
46).     It  was   compiled,  or  rather  edited,  somewhat 
later ;  but  parts  of  its  contents  are  older.     It  may  be 
dated  about  the  middle  of  the  third  century.     The 
above  passage  is  the  earliest  authority  for  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  phrase  after  your  heart  in  the  sense 
of  heresy.     This  really  amounts  to  a  definition  that 
Minuth  consists  in   following  the  dictates   of  one's 
own  selfish   nature,  as   against  those   of  the  lawful 
authority.     The  result  of  so  doing  is,  indirectly,  the 
rejection  of  beliefs   and  practices  enjoined  on  those 
who   hold   the  true  religion.     A   Min,  accordingly, 
disregards  the  authority  of  the  Rabbis  as  teachers  of 
religion  and  expounders  of  the  Torah,  both  written 
and    unwritten,   and    also    maintains   doctrines   and 
practices  which  are  not  those   of  the  true  religion. 
This   dictum,  that  '  after  your  heart '  denotes  Minuth, 
became  a  sort  of  canon  of  exegesis  in  the  later  litera- 
ture.    In  support  of  it  Siphri  quotes  two  texts,  Ecc. 
vii.  26  and  Ps.  lxiii.  11.     The  first  of  these  does  not 
appear  to  have  any  reference  to  heresy ;  but  the  cita- 
tion  of  it  may  be   explained   either  on  the  ground 


196  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

of  the  symbolism  common  in  the  O.T.,  which  repre- 
sents religious  unfaithfulness  under  the  figure  of 
fornication,  or  on  the  ground  of  the  immorality 
with  which  heretics,  and  particularly  Christians,  were 
frequently  charged.  The  second  text  needs  to  be 
given  in  full  in  order  that  its  bearing  on  Minuth  may 
be  understood.  It  runs :  But  the  king  shall  rejoice  in 
God ;  everyone  that  swear eth  by  him  shall  glory,  for 
the  mouth  of  them  that  speak  lies  shall  be  stopped. 
A  verse  of  which  the  learned  editor  of  Siphri  rather 
naively  says  that  it  clearly  refers  to  Minuth. 

The  above  passage  is  referred  to  in  b.  Ber.  12b, 
where,  however,  the  text  cited  in  support  of  the  inter- 
pretation is  Ps.  xiv.  1,  The  fool  hath  said  in  his  heart 
there  is  no  God.1  This  gives  at  least  one  of  the 
implications  of  Minuth,  for,  if  the  Minim  did  not 
theoretically  deny  the  existence  of  God,  it  was  quite 
sufficient  (as  later  Christian  history  abundantly  shows) 
that  they  should  be  heretics  in  order  to  be  at  once 
branded  as  atheists.  Rashi,  on  the  passage  in  Ber. 
12b,  says : — Minuth :  those  who  turn  the  sense  of  the 
Torah  into  an  exposition  of  falsehood  and  error. 

There  is  a  further  reference  to  this  interpretation 
of  the  phrase  ■  after  your  heart '  in  the  Midrash 
Vajiq.  r.  as  follows  : — 

(72)  Vajiqr.  r.,  §  28,  p.  40c, d.—  R,  Benjamin  ben 
Levi  said  they  sought  to  withdraw  the  Book 
Qoheleth  because  they  found  in  it  things  that 

1  Cp.  also  (71)  Siphri,  §  320,  p.  137b  top :  [Deut.  xxxii.  21],  J  will 
provoke  them  with  a  foolish  nation.  These  are  the  Minim.  And  he  said 
thus  [Ps.  xiv.  1],  The  fool  hath  said  in  his  hearty  There  is  no  God. 

In  b.  Jebam.  63b  the  same  occurs :  the  application  of  Ps.  xiv.  1  is 
ascribed  to  K.  Eliezer,  i.e.,  probably,  K.  Eliezer  ben  Horqenos  in  the  first 
century.     He  had  already  applied  Prov.  v.  8  to  Minuth.     See  above,  p.  139, 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM   AND   MINUTH   197 

lead  to  Minuth.  They  said,  Ought  Solomon 
to  have  said  thus?  [Ecc.  xi.  9],  Rejoice,  O 
young  man,  in  thy  youth ;  and  let  thy  heart 
cheer  thee  in  the  days  of  thy  youth.  Moses 
said  [Num.  xv.  39],  And  ye  shall  not  walk 
after  your  heart ;  and  Solomon  said  [Ecc.,  ut 
supra],  Walk  in  the  ways  of  thy  Jteart,  and  in 
the  sight  of  thine  eyes.  But  the  band  is  loosed, 
and  there  is  no  judgment  and  no  judge.  As 
soon  as  he  [Solomon,  in  the  same  verse]  said, 
But  know,  that  for  all  these  things  God  will 
bring  thee  into  judgment,  they  said,  Solomon 
hath  spoken  well. 

R.  Shemuel  bar  Nahmani  said  they  sought 

to  withdraw  the  Book  Qoheleth,  because  they 

found  in  it  things  that  lead  to  Minuth.     They 

said,  Ought  Solomon  to  have  said  thus  ?  Wlmt 

profit  is  there  to  a  man  of  his  labour  [Ecc.  i. 

3].     Perhaps  he  means  even  of  his  labour  in 

hearing  Torah  ?     They  said  again,  If  he  had 

said  Of  all  his   labour,  and    had    then   been 

silent,  we  should  have  said  he  does  not  say  this 

except  in  reference  to  his  labour  which  does 

not  benefit ;  but  the  labour  of  hearing  Torah 

does  benefit. 

Commentary. — Little  needs   to  be  added  to  what 

has  already  been  said.     R.  Benjamin  ben  Levi  was  a 

Palestinian  of  the  fourth  century  (see  Bacher.,  Ag.  d. 

PaLJAmor.,  iii.  661  fol.).     R.  Shemuel  bar  Nahmani 

is  written  by  mistake  for  R.  Shemuel  bar  Jitzhaq  (see 

Bacher,  as  above,  p.  662,  n.  2),  who  was  contemporary 

with  R.  Abahu,  and  thus  lived  at  the  beginning  of 

the  fourth  century.     The  proposal  to  withdraw  the 


198  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

book  of  Ecclesiastes,  i.e.  to  declare  it  uncanonical,  is 
referred  to  in  b.  Shabb.  30b.  '  They  '  who  desired  to  do 
this  are  '  the  Wise/  i.e.  the  Rabbis.  In  the  passage 
in  b.  Shabbath  the  reason  given  is  merely  the  alleged 
contradiction  of  certain  texts  in  the  book,  not  any 
tendency  to  Minuth.  In  the  Mishnah,  Jad.  iii.  8, 
the  discussion  which  ended  in  the  retention  of  the 
book  is  said  to  have  taken  place  "  on  the  day  when 
R.  E'lazar  ben  Azariah  was  made  Nasi,"  i.e.  at  Jabneh, 
about  100  a.d.  (see  below,  p.  386  n.).  It  is  worth 
noting  that  R.  Gamliel  II.,  who  was  temporarily 
deposed  in  favour  of  R.  Elazar  ben  Azariah,  was  the 
same  who  ordered  the  composition  of  the  formula 
against  the  Minim  (see  above,  No.  38,  p.  126  fol.).  It 
is  thus  at  least  conceivable  that  an  alleged  heretical 
tendency  in  the  book  of  Ecclesiastes  may  have  been 
one  reason  in  favour  of  declaring  it  uncanonical. 
The  fact  at  all  events  remains,  that  though  the  book 
was  admitted,  the  suspicion  of  its  orthodoxy  was  not 
wholly  quenched,  as  is  seen  in  these  references  and 
explanations  in  the  later  literature. 

The  passage  just  translated  appears  in  a  slightly 
different  form  in  the  Midrash  Qoh.  r.,  on  i.  3  (p.  lc), 
and  also  in  Pesiqta  68b  and  Pesiqta  r.,  §  18,  p.  90b. 
These  add  nothing  of  importance  to  what  has  already 
been  given. 

(73)  b.  Sanh.  38b.— R.  Jehudah  said  that  Rab  said 
the  first  man  was  a  Min,  as  it  is  said  [Gen.  iii. 
9],  And  God  spake  unto  the  man  and  said, 
Where  [art  thou]?  Whither  hath  thy  heart 
inclined  ? 

Commentary. — The  meaning  of  this  haggadah  is 
that  the  sin  of  Adam,  in  disobeying  the  command  of 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     199 

God,  was  the  same  in  kind  as  that  of  the  heretic,  who 
rejects  the  divinely-appointed  authority. 

This  saying  does  not  occur,  so  far  as  I  know,  any- 
where else,  not  even  in  Ber.  r.,  which  mentions  and 
comments  on  the  text  R.  Jehudah  is  It.  Jehudah 
ben  Jehesq'el,  a  disciple  of  Rab,  already  frequently 
mentioned. 

Immediately  following  on  the  passage  are  two 
other  sayings,  one  that  Adam  effaced  his  circumcision, 
the  other  that  he  denied  God.  Both  of  these  may  be 
taken  as  expansions  of  the  statement  that  he  was  a 
heretic. 

In  Ber.  r.  xix.  1,  p.  42b,  it  is  said  that  the  serpent 
[Gen  iii.]  was  also  a  Min.     The  idea  is  the  same. 

In  Shem.  r.,  p.  73c, d,  Moses  is  accused  of  being  a 
Min,  because  he  expressed  a  doubt  as  to  the  resurrec- 
tion of  the  dead.  This  passage  will  be  dealt  with 
later  (see  p.  315). 

Signs  of  Minuth;  Liturgical  Variations 

(74)  M.  Meg.,  iv.  8,  9. — He  that  saith  I  will  not 
go  before  the  Ark  in  coloured  garments,  shall 
not  do  so  in  white  ones.  [He  that  refuseth 
to  do  so]  in  sandals,  shall  not  do  so  even 
barefoot.  And  he  that  maketh  his  tephillin 
round,  it  is  danger,  and  there  is  no  [fulfilling 
of]  commandment  in  it.  If  he  place  it  [the 
tephillin]  upon  his  forehead  or  upon  the  palm 
of  his  hand,  lo,  this  is  the  way  of  Minuth.  If 
he  cover  it  with  gold,  and  place  it  on  his  robe, 
lo,  this  is  the  way  of  the  Hitzonim. 

If  one  say,  ■  The  good  shall  bless  thee,'  lo, 


200  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

this  is  the  way  of  Minuth.  [If  one  say], 
'  Thy  mercies  reach  to  the  nest  of  the  bird,' 
1  Let  thy  name  be  remembered  for  good,' 
'We  praise,  we  praise,'  they  silence  him. 
Commentary. — This  is  one'  of  the  few  passages  in 
which  the  Mishnah  refers  directly  to  Minuth.  It  is 
also  one  of  the  most  obscure.  To  ■  go  before  the  ark' 
is  to  stand  up  to  read  the  prayers  in  the  synagogue. 
The  Mishnah  enumerates  several  signs  by  which  a 
reader,  who  is  inclined  to  heresy,  can  be  detected. 
The  difficulty  is  to  identify  the  form  of  heresy  referred 
to.  Those  who  desire  to  wear  white  garments  when 
reading  the  prayers  may  be  the  Essenes,  who  are 
said  to  have  always  worn  a  white  robe.  This  explana- 
tion, however,  will  not  apply  to  those  who  desire  to 
be  barefoot  when  they  read.  It  is  again  quite  uncer- 
tain what  heretics  are  censured  in  the  reference  to 
those  "who  make  their  tephillin  round.'  Of  those 
who  wear  the  tephillin  on  the  forehead  or  on  the  palm 
of  the  hand,  it  is  said  '  this  is  the  way  of  Minuth.' 
It  is  remarkable  that  the  Gemara,  the  earliest  com- 
mentary on  the  Mishnah,  can  give  no  explanation  of 
these  allusions.  It  only  says  (b.  Meg.  24b)  that  the 
reason  for  the  prohibition  is  ■  lest  Minuth  should  be 
propagated,'  a  reason  which  is  obvious  in  itself,  and 
does  not  throw  light  on  the  difficulty.  The  Gemara 
is  altogether  silent  on  the  last  clause,  'he  who 
covereth  his  tephillin  with  gold,  lo,  this  is  the  way  of 
the  Hitzonim.'1  The  name  Hitzonim  means  simply 
6  outsiders,'  and  whether  or  not  it  refers  to  the  Essenes, 

1  In  b.  Gitt.  45b,  and  b.  Menah  42b,  the  phrase,  *  cover  the  tephillin  with 
gold,'  occurs  and  is  understood  quite  literally.  Nothing  is  there  said  about 
the  Hitzonim.  Such  tephillin  are  simply  said  to  be  not  according  to  the 
halachah. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    201 

it  is  surely  not,  as  Edersheim  suggests,  the  origin  of 
that  name  (see  L.  and  T.  J.  M.,  i.  333).  He  explains 
'cover  the  tephillin  with  gold'  as  equivalent  to 
*  praying  at  sunrise,'  which  is  a  somewhat  strained  in- 
terpretation. I  do  not  think  it  is  possible  to  identify 
the  various  forms  of  heresy,  or  even  to  say  with 
certainty  that  separate  forms  of  heresy  are  referred 
to.  It  is  conceivable  that  the  Mishnah  only  meant  to 
point  out  that  certain  practices  were  not  in  accordance 
with  the  accepted  usage,  and  therefore  that  those  who 
adopted  those  usages  laid  themselves  open  to  sus- 
picion of  heresy.  Yet,  on  the  other  hand,  considering 
how  many  points  of  ritual  were,  if  not  open  questions, 
at  least  subjects  of  discussion  between  the  Rabbis, 
it  is  noteworthy  that  the  practices  referred  to  in 
this  passage  are  condemned  without  qualification ;  so 
that  the  conclusion  can  hardly  be  avoided,  that  the 
Mishnah  had  some  particular,  and  not  merely  general, 
intention  in  its  reference. 

It  is  not,  however,  only  in  aberrations  from  pre- 
scribed ritual  that  signs  of  Minuth  were,  according 
to  the  Mishnah,  to  be  detected.  Certain  liturgical 
formulae  were  also  branded  as  heretical.  The  first 
of  these  is,  ■  The  good  shall  bless  thee.'  The  Baby- 
lonian Gemara  in  Megillah  does  not  notice  this 
formula.  The  Palestinian  Gemara  gives  only  the 
brief  comment,  '  two  powers '  (nvusn  *ri£>).  This 
is  a  phrase  of  which  several  instances  will  be  pre- 
sented later.  It  denotes  the  heretical  doctrine  that 
there  are  two  divine  powers  in  heaven  ;  in  other  words, 
the  denial  of  the  unity  of  God.  If  this  is  the  inten- 
tion of  the  words  in  the  Mishnah,  *  the  good,'  which 
is  plural,  refers  to  God,  and,  of  course,  implies  more 


202  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

than  one.  'Thee'  in  this  case  refers  to  the  wor- 
shipper. But  since,  in  all  the  other  formula  quoted, 
it  is  God  who  is  addressed,  it  seems  likely  that  it  is 
so  in  this  phrase  as  well,  and  that  '  the  good '  are  the 
human  beings  who  bless  God.  The  heresy  would 
seem  to  consist  in  the  implication  that  God  is  blessed 
only  by  the  good,  and  not  by  all  his  creatures,  in- 
cluding the  bad.  This  is  the  explanation  of  Rashi 
{ad  loc.)9  who,  however,  does  not  say  in  what  way 
the  wicked  bless  God.  Tosaphoth  accepts  this,  but 
gives  the  alternative  view  of  the  Palestinian  Gemara. 
It  is  worthy  of  note  that  only  in  connexion  with  this 
formula  is  it  said,  'lo,  this  is  the  way  of  Minuth.' 
In  connexion  with  the  others  it  is  said  merely,  '  they 
silence  him '  [who  uses  them].  The  next  formula  is, 
6  Thy  mercies  extend  over  the  nest  of  the  bird '  [or 
extend  *  to '  the  nest,  etc.].  The  Palestinian  Gemara 
explains  this  to  imply  either  an  expression  of  jealousy, 
'  God  has  mercy  on  the  birds  but  not  on  me ' ;  or 
secondly,  a  limitation  of  the  mercy  of  God,  as  if  it 
extended  only  to  the  nest  of  the  bird ;  or  thirdly, 
a  misrepresentation  of  the  purpose  of  God,  by  saying 
that  what  are  really  the  decrees  of  God  are  only  acts 
of  mercy.  The  Babylonian  Gemara  gives  the  same 
alternatives.  (See  also  Mishnah  Ber.  v.  3,  and  the 
two  Gemaras  thereupon,  where  these  heretical 
formulas  are  mentioned  in  a  passage  almost  identical 
with  the  one  under  consideration.)  Of  the  three 
alternatives,  the  last  is  probably  the  right  explana- 
tion, and  the  heresy  consists  in  saying  that  God 
acts  towards  his  creatures  not  as  one  who  com- 
mands, but  as  one  who  loves.  When  we  remember 
the   Pauline   antithesis   of  Law  and   Grace,  or,  in- 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    203 

deed,  the  general  N.T.  doctrine  that  God  is  love, 
it  is  easy  to  understand  why  such  an  innocent  and 
beautiful  phrase  should  be  deemed  heretical. 

The  third  formula  is,  '  Let  thy  name  be  remem- 
bered for  good,'  or  'on  account  of  what  is  good.' 
This  is  explained  by  saying  that  a  man  ought  to 
thank  God  for  the  ill  as  well  as  for  the  good  that 
befalls  him.  Whether  heresy  or  only  want  of  piety 
is  condemned  here,  I  do  not  know.  The  Gemaras 
agree  in  the  explanation. 

The  fourth  formula  is,  'We  praise,  we  praise.' 
Here  the  ground  of  objection  is  the  repetition  of 
the  word,  as  implying  that  there  are  two  who  are 
to  be  praised.  The  Gemaras  agree  that  the  refer- 
ence is  to  the  doctrine  of  'two  powers.'  And  the 
Palestinian  Gemara  adds,  in  the  name  of  R.  Shemuel 
bar  Jitzhaq,  the  reason  why  those  who  use  the 
formula  are  to  be  silenced,  '  That  the  mouth  of  those 
who  speak  lies  may  be  stopped,'  Ps.  lxiii.  11.  (For  the 
application  of  this  text  to  Minuth,  see  above,  p.  196.) 

The  formulae  above  mentioned  are  heretical  varia- 
tions introduced  into  the  liturgy;  and  they  must 
date  back  to  a  time  when  Jews  and  Jewish  Chris- 
tians worshipped  together  in  the  Synagogue,  or, 
at  all  events,  to  a  time  when  the  presence  of  such 
heretics  might  reasonably  be  feared.  I  say  Jewish 
Christians,  because  they  were  the  class  of  heretics 
most  likely  to  be  affected  by  regulations  concerning 
the  liturgy  to  be  used  in  worship.  No  doubt  other 
heretics  would  be  detected  if  any  such  were  present ; 
but  the  Jewish  Christians  were  the  most  important. 
We  may  reasonably  connect  the  censure  of  these 
liturgical     formulae     with     the     enactment    of    the 


204  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

*  formula  concerning  the  Minim'  (see  above,  p.  125 
fol.),  and  refer  them,  or  rather  the  Mishnah  enumer- 
ating them,  to  the  end  of  the  first  century.  This 
may  account  for  the  fact  that  the  Gemara  cannot 
explain  the  reasons  of  the  various  censures  upon 
ritual,  and  can  only  partially  explain  those  upon  the 
liturgical  formulae.  When  the  Gemaras  were  com- 
piled, Jewish  Christians  had  probably  ceased  to 
worship  with  Jews  in  the  synagogues.  Their 
aberrations  in  ritual  were  wholly  forgotten  and  un- 
known, and  only  some  knowledge  of  their  aberrations 
in  doctrine  remained. 

Signs  of  Minuth;  Liturgical  Omissions 

(75)  j.  Ber.  9C. — R.  Aha  and  R.  Judah  ben  Pazi 
were  sitting  in  a  certain  synagogue.  There 
came  one  and  went  before  the  Ark,  and  left 
out  one  benediction.  They  came  and  asked 
R.  Simon.  He  said  to  him  [sic],  in  the  name 
of  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Levi,  "  When  a  servant 
of  the  congregation  omits  two  or  three  bene- 
dictions, they  do  not  make  him  turn  back. 
There  exists  difference  of  opinion.1  In  general, 
they  do  not  make  any  one  turn  back,  except 
him  who  has  omitted  '  that  makest  the  dead  to 
live,'  'that  bringest  down  the  proud/  'that 
buildest  Jerusalem.'  I  say  that  [such  a  one] 
is  a  Min." 

Commentary. — The  incident  here  related  belongs 
to  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century,  or  possibly 

1  3*751  "JD  rDfc^K-  •  One  is  found  teaching  and  differing.'  I  have  not 
found  this  technical  phrase  explained  anywhere,  and  only  give  what  seems 
to  me  to  be  the  meaning. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    205 

the  end  of  the  third.     R.  Simon  is  R.   Simon  bar 
Pazi,  who  was  a  disciple  of  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Levi, 
and    younger    contemporary    of   R.    Johanan.      He 
owned  land  in  the  south  of  Palestine  (j.  Demai  25a, b), 
and  lived  and  taught  there.     R.  Judah  ben  Pazi  was 
his  son — Pazi  being  the  general  family  name,  and 
not  that  of  the  father  alone  (see  Bacher,  A.  d.  P.  A., 
ii.   438,  n.  2].      R.  Judah  b.   P.  and  R.   Aha  both 
dwelt  in  Lud   (Lydda)  (j.  Sanh.   18c, d),  and   there, 
no   doubt,   was  the   synagogue  referred   to    in    the 
story.      In  reciting  the  liturgy,  the  reader  omitted 
a   single  one  of  the  [eighteen]   benedictions.      The 
question  arose  whether  he  ought  to  be  made  to  turn 
back  and  recite  what  he  had  left  out.     R.  Simon  was 
consulted,  presumably  after  the  service  was  ended, 
and  he  gave  in  answer  a  dictum  of  his  teacher  R. 
Jehoshua  b.  Levi,  that  when  a  servant  of  the  con- 
gregation omits  twro  or  three  benedictions,  he  is  not 
to  be  turned  back.     It  is  not  clear  to  me  whether 
what  follows  is  part  of  R.  Simon's  answer,  or  part 
of  R.  Jehoshua's  opinion,  or  the  opinion  of  the  com- 
pilers of  the   Gemara.      But,  whichever  it  be,  the 
opinion  is   clearly   expressed   that  if  a  man  leaves 
out  the  benedictions  referring  to  '  the  raising  of  the 
dead,'   'the   casting   down   of  the  proud,'  and   'the 
building  of  Jerusalem,'  that  man  is  a  Min.     It  will 
be  shown  hereafter  that  the  doctrine  of  the  resurrec- 
tion was  one  of  the  main  points  in  dispute  between 
Jews  and  Minim.      The  words  'that  bringest  down 
the  proud '  are  the  conclusion  of  the  formula  against 
the   Minim   (j.    Ber.    8C,   see   p.    136   above).      The 
formula  concerning  the  'building  of  Jerusalem'  in- 
cluded the  prayer  for  the  restoration  of  the  throne 


206  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

of  David ;  but  it  is  not  clear  to  me  why  the  omission 
of  that  prayer  should  be  characteristic  of  a  Min. 
So  far  as  I  know,  the  point  is  never  raised  in  the 
polemical  discussions  of  Jews  with  Minim. 

It  does  not  appear  that  the  reader  in  this  story 
was   suspected   of  being  a  Min  on  account   of  his 
omissions,  at  least,  if  he  were  so  suspected,  nothing 
came  of  the  suspicion.      The  incident  is  made  the 
occasion    for   remarking   that    certain  omissions   do 
point  to  heresy.     On  the  whole,  I  am  inclined  to 
believe  that  the  opinion  to  this  effect  is  the  opinion 
of  It.  Simon,  and  that  his  reply  might  be  paraphrased 
thus : — '  It.  Jehoshua's  decision  does  not  wholly  meet 
the  present  case.     As  to  that,  there  is  a  difference  of 
opinion.     In  general,  I  should  say  that  a  reader  ought 
not  to  be  stopped  except  he  leave  out  the  three  bene- 
dictions specified,  because  in  that  case  I  say  he  is  a 
Min.'      It   should   be   observed  that  this   does   not 
imply  that  Jews  and  Minim  were  still  in  the  habit 
of  worshipping  together,  and  therefore  does  not  con- 
tradict what  was  said  above  (p.  204).     The  Minim 
had  their  own  places  of  assembly,  and  did  not  mix 
with  the  Jews.     But,  of  course,  it  might  happen, 
and  probably  did  happen  from  time  to  time,  that  a 
Jew  inclined   gradually   towards   heresy   and  joined 
the  Minim.      His  heresy  might  show  itself  in  the 
recital  of  the  liturgy  before   he  finally  broke  with 
the  Synagogue.     There  was,  accordingly,  reason  for 
keeping  up  the   use  of  the  detective  formula  (see 
above,  p.  135) ;  and  it  would  seem  that  two  other 
prayers,  of  the  eighteen,  were  made  use  of  for  the 
same  purpose. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    207 


The  Kingdom  Turned  to  Minuth 

(76)  M.  Sotah,  ix.  15.— R.  Eliezer  the  Great 
says  ....  When  the  Messiah  is  at  hand, 
insolence  will  abound  ....  and  the  King- 
dom will  be  turned  to  Minuth,  etc. 

[The  latter  phrase  occurs  also  b.  Sanh.  97b, 
Shir.  r.  on  ii.  13,  p.  17c,  and  Der.  eretz  zuta, 
c.    x.      In   these   cases  it  is   ascribed    to   R. 
Nehemjah.     In   b.   Sanh.    97 b  it  is  repeated 
by  R.  Jitzhaq.] 
Commentary. — This  passage  forms  part  of  a  piece 
of  haggadah  appended  to  the  tractate  Sotah  in  the 
Mishnah.     Bacher  (A.  d.  Tann.,  ii.  222,  n.  4)  seems 
to  regard  it  as  not  properly  belonging  to  the  Mishnah, 
an  opinion  which  I  do  not  venture  to  call  in  question. 
The  first  part  of  the  haggadic  appendix  contains  re- 
flections on  the   deaths    of   several  Rabbis,   ending 
with  that  of  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh,  the  editor  of  the 
Mishnah.     Then  follows  a  retrospect  of  the  religious 
decline  which   set  in   after   the   destruction   of  the 
Temple.      By   a  natural  transition,  there  follows  a 
forecast  of  the  troubles  that  will  immediately  pre- 
cede the  coming  of  the  Messiah.1     And  one  of  the 
signs  of  his  coming  will  be  that  the  Kingdom,  i.e. 
the  Roman  Empire,  will  be  turned  to  Minuth.     As 
the  text  stands,  the  author  of  the  saying  about  the 
Kingdom  is  R.  Eliezer  the   Great,   i.e.    R.    Eliezer 
ben   Horqenos,   who    has    been    already    frequently 

1  On  the  doctrine  that  the  advent  of  the  Messiah  will  be  heralded  by  woes 
and  calamities,  see  Weber,  System  d.  Altsyn.  Theologie,  336  ;  Drummond, 
Jewish  Messiah,  p.  209  fol.  Matt.  xxiv.  is  almost  entirely  on  the  lines  of 
current  Jewish  belief. 


208  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

mentioned  as  one  of  the  leading  teachers  at  the 
end  of  the  first  century.  No  other  Rabbi  is  named 
until  the  passage  containing  the  forecast  of  future 
trouble  is  completed.  But  it  is  extremely  doubtful 
if  the  whole  passage  is  from  R.  Eliezer.  The  sudden 
changes  of  language,  from  Hebrew  to  Aramaic  and 
back  again,  seem  to  show  that  different  traditions 
are  combined.  Probably  only  the  words  in  Aramaic 
are  his,  and  perhaps  not  even  those.  The  reference 
to  the  Kingdom  occurs  in  the  Hebrew  part.  It  is 
to  be  observed  that  although  the  remark  about  the 
Kingdom  occurs  elsewhere  (see  references  above),  it 
is  nowhere  ascribed  to  R.  Eliezer,  except  in  the 
present  instance.  In  all  the  other  instances  it  is 
given  as  the  dictum  of  R.  Nehemjah,  who  was  a 
disciple  of  R.  Aqiba,  in  the  middle  or  latter  half  of 
the  second  century.  Even  as  the  text  stands  in  the 
Mishnah,  it  is  allowable  to  argue  that  the  words  are 
not  expressly  ascribed  to  R.  Eliezer,  though  at  first 
sight  they  seem  to  be.  The  most  probable  explana- 
tion is  that  of  Bacher  (loc.  cit.)9  viz.,  that  the  saying 
is  due  to  R.  Nehemjah,  that  it,  along  with  other 
similar  sayings  of  his,  was  incorporated  with  the 
references  to  the  destruction  of  the  Temple  (which 
may  have  been  said  by  R.  Eliezer),  and  the  whole 
passage  added  to  the  haggadic  conclusion  of  tractate 
Sotah.  That  the  addition  is  a  very  late  one  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  allusion  is  made  to  the  death  of 
Rabbi,  i.e.  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh  who  edited  the 
Mishnah.  Thus  the  passage,  although  included  in 
the  received  text  of  the  Mishnah,  is  really,  as  Bacher 
says,  a  Baraitha  (see  above,  p.  21).  It  is  curious  that 
the  Palestinian  Gemara  does  not  comment  on  either 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    209 

the  reference  to  the  destruction  of  the  Temple  or 
the  forecast  of  the  advent  of  the  Messiah ;  certainly 
not  in  connexion  with  the  end  of  tractate  Sotah, 
and  I  believe  not  elsewhere.  The  same  is  true  of 
the  Babylonian  Gemara. 

As  to  the  statement  itself  that  the  kingdom  shall 
be  turned  to  Minuth,  there  is  here  no  reference  to 
the  proclamation  by  Constantine  the  Great  in  favour 
of  Christianity,  a.d.  313.  R.  Nehemjah  lived  con- 
siderably more  than  a  century  before  that  event. 
There  is  not  the  slightest  reason  to  suspect  so  late  an 
addition  to  the  text  of  the  Mishnah  as  this  would 
imply,  nor  to  father  it  on  R.  Nehemjah  if  it  had  been 
made.  The  conversion  of  the  Empire  to  Minuth  is 
merely  a  way  of  saying  that  the  spread  of  heresy  and 
the  consequent  decay  of  religion  will  be  universal. 
R.  Jitzhaq,  who  also  mentions  the  conversion  of  the 
Empire  to  Minuth  as  a  sign  of  the  advent  of  the 
Messiah,  probably  lived  till  the  time  when  Constan- 
tine the  Great,  by  his  successive  edicts,  virtually 
adopted  Christianity  as  the  religion  of  the  state. 
But  R.  Jitzhaq,  if  he  knew  of  the  event,  makes  no 
special  reference  to  it.  He  merely  repeats  the  words 
as  R.  Nehemjah  had  said  them.  All,  therefore,  that 
can  be  learned  from  the  passage  is,  that  Minuth  was 
in  the  second  century  sufficiently  known  and  dreaded, 
that  it  could  serve  as  an  illustration  of  the  calamities 
which  were  to  herald  the  coming  of  the  Messiah.1 

1  Bacher  (A.  d.  P.  Am.,  ii.  481,  n.  5)  gives  a  saying  of  R.  Abba  b.  Kahana : 
"  When  thou  seest  in  the  land  of  Israel  the  seats  in  the  schools  filled  with 
Minim,  then  look  for  the  feet  of  the  Messiah,"  Shir.  r.  on  viii.  9  ;  Ech.  r.  on 
i.  13.  The  present  texts  in  these  places  have,  not '  Minim '  but '  Babliim,'  i.e. 
Babylonians.  Bacher,  on  the  authority  of  Perles,  says  that  this  is  an  ancient 
gloss,  and  that ■  Minim '  is  the  original  reading.     Yet  he  shows  some  hesita- 

14 


210  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Here    may    be    added    a    reference    to    Christian 
Rome. 

Rome  Pretending  to  be  the  True  Israel 

(77)  j.   Nedar.    38a.— R.    Aha  in  the  name  of  R. 
Huna:    Esau    the   wicked    will   put    on    his 
6  tallith '  and  sit  with  the  righteous  in  Paradise 
in  the  time  to   come;   and  the   Holy   One, 
blessed  be  He,  will  drag  him  and  cast  him 
forth  from  thence.     What   is   the  meaning? 
Though  thou  mount  on  high  as  the  eagle,  and 
though  thy  nest  be  set  among  the  stars,  I  will 
bring  thee  down  from  thence,  saith  the  Lord 
[Obad.  4].     The  stars  mean  the  righteous,  as 
thou    sayest    [Dan.    xii.   3],    They   that   turn 
many  to  righteousness  [shall  shine]  as  the  stars 
for  ever  and  ever. 
Commentary.  —  The    R.    Huna    here    mentioned 
was  R.  Huna  of  Sepphoris,  a  disciple  of  R.  Johanan, 
and  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  earlier  Baby- 
lonian R.  Huna,  head  of  the  college  at  Sura  about 
the  middle  of  the  third  century.     R.  Aha  lived  at 
Lydda  in  the  first  half  of  the  fourth  century.     He 
was  therefore   contemporary   with    the   adoption   of 
Christianity  as  the  official  religion   of  the  Roman 
Empire.     The  above  passage  contains  an  unmistak- 
able allusion  to  that  event.     ■  Esau  the  wicked '  is  a 
stock  phrase  in  the  Talmud   to   denote  the  Roman 
Empire.     That   Esau   should   wrap    himself    in    his 
tallith  (the  scarf  worn  by  a  Jew  when  praying)  means 

tion ;  and,  indeed,  it  is  easier  in  this  connexion  to  understand  a  reference 
to  Babylonians  than  to  Minim.  I  have  therefore  not  included  this  passage 
in  my  collection. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     211 

that  the  Roman  Empire,  now  become  Christian, 
pretended  to  be  the  true  Israel,  in  accordance  with 
the  doctrine  laid  down  in  Gal.  iii.  7.  The  claim  of 
the  Christian  Church  to  be  the  true  Israel  must  have 
been  very  exasperating  to  Jews,  perhaps  all  the  more 
that  the  first  to  teach  it  had  once  been  a  Jew  himself. 

I  proceed  now  to  give  a  series  of  passages  which 
may  be  grouped  together  under  the  head  of 

SECTION  II.    POLEMICAL  DISCUSSIONS  WITH 
MINIM 

I  will  take,  in  the  first  place,  some  passages  which 
mention  or  describe  encounters  between  Jews  and 
Minim.  Afterwards,  passages  containing  discussions 
of  special  doctrinal  points. 

The  Minim  of  Capernaum  and  R.  Hananjah, 
Nephew  of  R.  Jehoshtja 

(78)  Qoh.  r.,  i.  8,  p.  4b. — Hanina,  son  of  the  brother 
of  R.  Jehoshua,  came  to  Chephar  Nahum, 
and  the  Minim  worked  a  spell  on  him,  and 
set  him  riding  on  an  ass  on  the  Sabbath.  He 
came  to  Jehoshua  his  friend,  and  he  put 
ointment  on  him  and  he  was  healed.  He  [R. 
Jehoshua]  said  to  him,  *  Since  the  ass  of  that 
wicked  one  has  roused  itself  against  thee,  thou 
canst  no  longer  remain  in  the  land  of  Israel.' 
He  departed  thence  to  Babel,  and  died  there 
in  peace. 

Commentary. — This  story  occurs  in  the  middle  of 
a  long  passage    containing   abundant  references  to 


212  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Minim.  The  story  of  the  arrest  of  R.  Eliezer  for 
Minuth  (see  above,  p.  139  fol.),  the  attempted  cure 
of  Ben  Damah  by  a  Min  (p.  104  fol.),  and  the  story  of 
the  woman  who  desired  to  become  a  proselyte  (p.  188 
fol.),  precede  the  present  story.  Those  that  follow 
it  will  be  given  afterwards  (p.  218  fol.). 

The  Midrash  known  as  Qoheleth  Rabbah,  on  the 
book  of  Ecclesiastes,  is  of  very  late  date,  but  never- 
theless contains  abundance  of  ancient  material.  The 
present  story  I  believe  to  be  ancient,  in  spite  of  traces 
of  late  date  in  the  style,  for  two  reasons.  First,  the 
motive  that  suggested  it  was  one  that  would  lose  its 
force  if  the  man  of  whom  the  story  was  told  had  been 
dead  for  a  long  time.  Second,  the  references  to  the 
Minim  of  Capernaum  only  occur  in  connexion  with 
persons  of  the  first  or  second  century.  At  a  later 
time  they  seem  to  be  quite  unknown.  If,  therefore, 
the  story  had  been  made  up  at  some  considerably 
later  date  than  the  time  of  R.  Jehoshua  and  his 
nephew,  it  is  probable  that  his  alleged  intercourse 
with  Minim  would  have  had  a  different  historical 
setting.  The  R.  Jehoshua  of  the  story  is  R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Hananjah,  who  has  already  been  frequently 
mentioned,  and  who  lived  at  the  end  of  the  first  and 
the  beginning  of  the  second  century.  Hananjah 
(not  Hanina  as  in  the  text)  his  nephew,  was  a  well- 
known  teacher,  though  by  no  means  so  distinguished 
as  his  uncle.  He  did  remove  from  Palestine  to 
Babylonia,  probably  before  the  outbreak  of  the  war 
of  Bar  Cocheba.  And  there  he  finally  established 
himself,  although  he  once  at  least  returned  to 
Palestine  (b.  Succ.  20b).  Even  in  the  time  of  R. 
Gamliel    II.,    before    he    left    Palestine,   Hananjah 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     213 

appears  to  have  been  a  Rabbi,  and  to  have  enjoyed 
a  considerable  reputation  as  such  (b.  Nidd.  24b). 
By  his  residence  in  Babylonia !  he  escaped  the  perse- 
cution which  followed  upon  the  defeat  of  Bar 
Cocheba ;  and  it  would  seem  that  he  took  advantage 
of  the  confusion  and  weakness  of  the  Palestinian 
schools  to  assert  the  independence  of  his  own  and 
other  Babylonian  seats  of  learning.  After  order  had 
been  restored  in  Palestine,  and  the  scattered  Rabbis 
had  gathered  under  the  leadership  of  R.  Shimon  ben 
Gamliel,  a  sharp  controversy  took  place  between  the 
latter  and  R.  Hananjah.  Messengers  were  sent  to 
Babylonia  to  demand  the  submission  of  R.  Hananjah 
to  the  authority  of  the  Palestinian  Patriarch.  The 
story  of  the  dispute  is  given  in  j.  Nedar.  40a,  j.  Sanh. 
19%  b.  Berach.  63%  b,  and  is  admirably  discussed  by 
Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Tann.,  i.  390  n.  4.  The  date  of  this 
dispute  may  be  roughly  given  as  150  a.d.,  possibly 
somewhat  earlier. 

Now  it  was  evidently  the  interest  of  the  Pales- 
tinian Rabbis  to  depreciate  the  authority  of  R. 
Hananjah  if  they  could ;  and  the  suggestion  of  his 
intercourse  with  the  Minim  would  answer  their 
purpose.  Here  we  find  the  motive  for  the  story 
contained  in  the  passage  translated  above.  Whether 
true  or  not,  it  is  evident  that  there  was  a  reason  for 
telling  the  story.  Also  it  would  seem  natural  that 
the  story  should  become  current  at  a  time  not  long 
after  the  dispute  just  mentioned,  possibly  even  while 
it    was    going    on.      It    does    not  appear  that   R. 

1  The  name  of  the  place  where  he  lived  was  Nahar  Paqod  (or  Nahar 
Paqor)  ;  Bee  Neubauer,  Geogr.  d.  Talm.,  363  ff.  Also,  for  the  name  Paqod, 
cp.  Schrader,  Keilinschrift.  d.  A.  T.  423  (E.T.  ii.  117). 


214  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Hananjah  ever  made  any  formal  submission;  but 
there  is  no  doubt  that  the  authority  of  the  Nasi  in 
Palestine  was  successfully  asserted  as  against  the 
schools  of  Babylonia.  R.  Hananjah  was  left  in  peace, 
having  failed  to  realise  his  ambition.  The  story 
before  us  ingeniously  presents  him  as  a  man  for 
whom  allowances  had  to  be  made.  No  one  disputed 
his  learning  or  his  eminence  as  a  teacher,  but  he  had 
unfortunately  permitted  himself  to  be  tainted  with 
heresy,  and  therefore  was  obliged  to  leave  the 
country.  Such  seems  to  be  the  intention  of  the 
story. 

In  its  details  the  story  is  very  interesting.  That 
the  Minim  here  denote  Christians  there  can  be  no 
possible  doubt.  The  phrase  '  the  ass  of  that  wicked 
one'  contains  an  unmistakable  reference  to  Jesus. 
And  the  mention  of  Chephar  Nahum,  i.e.  Capernaum, 
confirms  the  reference,  that  city  having  been  the 
headquarters,  so  to  speak,  of  Jesus  during  the  earlier 
part  of  his  public  career.  If  Christians  were  to  be 
found  anywhere  in  Galilee  in  the  second  century, 
Capernaum  was  the  most  likely  place  to  contain 
them.1 

The  story  represents  Hananjah  as  having  been  the 
victim  of  magic.  With  this  may  be  compared  the 
stories  given  above  (p.  112  ff.)  of  Christian  miracles. 
He   was   made  to   ride  on  an  ass   on  the  Sabbath, 

1  I  do  not  go  into  the  question  whether  Capernaum  is  now  represented 
by  Tell  Hum  or  Khan  Minyeh.  The  fact  that  Minim  are  associated,  in 
the  story  under  consideration,  with  the  city  of  Capernaum,  goes  to  confirm 
the  theory  that  Khan  Minyeh  marks  the  true  site.  This  theory  seems  to 
me  to  be,  on  other  grounds,  preferable  to  the  one  which  identifies  Capernaum 
with  Tell  Hum.  Is  it  not  possible  that  ancient  Capernaum  included  both 
sites  ? 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     215 

presumably  as  a  sort  of  imitation  of  Jesus.  With 
the  mention  of  the  ass  in  this  connexion,  compare 
what  is  said  above  (p.  154  n).  Whether  the  story 
is  based  on  a  real  incident  in  the  life  of  R.  Hananjah 
there  is  not  sufficient  evidence  to  show.  But  the 
case  of  R.  Eliezer,  discussed  above  (see  p.  144)  is  a 
well-authenticated  instance  of  intercourse  between 
a  Rabbi  and  a  Min,  and  thus  makes  it  quite  possible 
that  R.  Hananjah  also  had  some  dealings  with  the 
Minim.  If  he  had,  then  they  must  have  taken  place 
before  the  year  130  a.d. 

It  should  be  observed  that  this  story  is  not  con- 
tained in  either  the  Palestinian  or  the  Babylonian 
Gemara,  nor  in  any  of  the  older  Midrashim,  although 
R.  Hananjah  is  several  times  referred  to  as  a  well- 
known  teacher.  In  the  Midrash  Qoheleth  rabbah, 
which  is  the  sole  authority  for  the  story,  there  is 
nevertheless  a  passage  which  to  some  extent  confirms 
its  antiquity.  It  is  said  (on  vii.  26)  that  R.  Isi  of 
Csesarea  (fourth  century)  expounded  this  verse  in 
reference  to  Minuth,  and  gave  several  examples  of 
the  good  who  escaped,  and  the  bad  who  were  ensnared. 
Amongst  his  instances  are  El'azar  ben  Damah  and 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja,  and  also  Hananjah  and 
the  Minim  of  Chephar  Nahum.  This  shows  that  the 
story  is  not  necessarily  of  late  date,  although  it  now 
occurs  only  in  an  almost  mediaeval  midrash  (see  below, 
p.  219). 

The  Mintm  and  R.  Jonathan 

(79)  Qoh.  r.,  i.  8. — R.  Jonathan — one  of  his 
disciples  ran  away  to  them  [i.e.  the  Minim]. 
He   came    and    found   him  in   subjection  to 


216  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

them.     The  Minim  sent  after  him,  saying  thus 
unto  him,  '  And  is  it  not  thus  written  [Prov.  i. 
14],   Thou  shalt  cast  in  thy  lot  with  us;  one 
purse  shall  there  be  for  us  alV     He  fled,  and 
they  fled  after  him.     They  said  to  him,  *  Rabbi, 
come  and  show  kindness  to  a  girl.'     He  went 
and  found  them  ....  with  a  girl.     He  said, 
*  Is  it  thus  that  Jews  act  ?  '     They  said  to  him, 
6  And  is  it  not  written  in  the  Torah,  Thou  shalt 
cast  in  thy  lot  with  us ;  one  purse,'  etc.     He 
fled  and  they  fled  after  him,  till  he  came  to 
the   door  [of  his  house]  and  shut  it  in  their 
faces.     They  said,  '  Rabbi  Jonathan,  go,  prate 
to  thy  mother  that  thou  hast  not  turned  and 
hast  not  looked  upon  us.     For,  if  thou  hadst 
turned   and   looked   upon   us,  instead   of  our 
pursuing  thee,  thou  wouldst  have  pursued  us.' 
Commentary, — R.  Jonathan,  here  mentioned,  is  R. 
Jonathan   ben   El'azar,  a  Palestinian   Rabbi   of  the 
third   century,  contemporary  with   and   associate  of 
Johanan  and  Resh  Laqish.     He  lived  in  Sepphoris. 
The  Minim  with  whom  he  had  the  unpleasant  adven- 
ture described  in  this  passage  may  have  been  those 
of  Capernaum,  as  the  present  passage  follows,  without 
a  break,  after  the  story  about  R.  Hananjah.     The 
connexion  is  so  close  that  the  present  story  begins 
by  saying  that  the  disciple  of  R.  Jonathan  ran  away 
1  to  them/  suggesting  that  the  Minim  of  Capernaum 
are  still  referred  to.     I  do  not  feel  certain  that  this 
connexion  is  anything  more  than  literary.     But  it  is 
at  least  probable  that  Christians  of  Galilee  are  referred 
to,  and  certainly  possible  that  Capernaum  is  the  city 
where  they  dwelt.     If  not  Capernaum,  then  Sepphoris 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     217 

is  probably  intended,  because  Jonathan,  when  he 
escapes  from  the  Minim,  appears  to  take  refuge  in 
his  own  house,  since  he  shuts  the  door  in  their  faces.1 

As  regards  the  details  of  the  story  little  needs  to 
be  said.  It  is  plain  that  the  words  'And  is  it  not 
written  ....  fled  after  him '  should  be  omitted,  on 
their  first  occurrence,  to  avoid  a  break  in  the  story. 
The  reference  to  alleged  immorality  practised  by 
Christians  in  their  secret  assemblies  does  not  need  to 
be  enlarged  upon.  It  should  be  noted  that  the 
Rabbi,  in  rebuking  the  Minim,  implies  that  they  are 
Jews,  or  at  least  of  Jewish  birth.  The  pursuit  of  the 
Rabbi  by  the  Minim  is  curious,  and  perhaps  indicates 
the  dread  as  well  as  dislike  felt  by  Jews  towards  the 
heretics. 

This  story,  like  the  preceding  one,  is  found  only  in 
the  Midrash  Qoheleth  rabbah,  a  compilation  of  very 
late  date.  Thus  much,  however,  can  be  said  in 
support  of  the  authenticity  of  the  story,  that  R. 
Jonathan  is  known  to  have  had  polemical  discussions 
with  Minim,  as  will  be  shown  subsequently  (see 
below,  p.  254).  Moreover,  the  fact  that  he  took  the 
trouble  to  lay  down  a  canon  of  interpretation  of 
Scripture  referring  to  Minuth  (Ber.  r.  48,  6,  see  below, 
p.  319),  shows  that  he  had  had  occasion  to  study  the 
subject.  With  the  incident  of  the  flight  of  a  disciple 
and  the  attempt  of  his  teacher  to  bring  him  back, 
may  be  compared  a  story  quoted  by  Eusebius  from 
Clemens  Alexandrinus  (Euseb.,  Hist.,  iii.  23).  The 
conclusion  of  the  story,  however,  is  quite  different 
from  that  of  the  Jewish  one. 

1  See  above,  p.  115,  on  Sepphoris  as  the  scene  of  several  incidents  in  which 
Minim  were  concerned. 


218  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

I  proceed  to  give  the  conclusion  of  the  passage  in 
Qoheleth  rabbah,  from  which  the  three  preceding 
anecdotes  have  been  taken. 

The  Minim  and  R.  Jehudah  ben  Naqosa 

(80)  Qoh.  r.,  i.  8. — R.  Jehudah  ben  Naqosa — the 
Minim  used  to  have  dealings  with  him.     They 
questioned  him  and  he  answered ;  they  ques- 
tioned and  he  answered.     He  said   to  them, 
*  In  vain  !  ye  bring  trifles.     Come,  let  us  agree 
that   whoever   overcomes   his   opponent   shall 
split  the  brains  of  his  opponent  with  a  club.' 
And  he  overcame  them,  and  split  their  brains, 
till  they  were  filled  with  wounds.     When  he 
returned,   his   disciples   said  to  him,    '  Rabbi, 
they  helped  thee  from  heaven  and  thou  didst 
overcome.'     He  said  to  them,  '  And  in  vain ! 
Pray  for  this  man  and  this  sack;  for  it  was 
full  of  precious  stones  and  pearls,  but  now  it  is 
full  of  black  ashes.' 
Commentary. — R.    Jehudah    ben    Naqosa    was    a 
younger  contemporary  of  Rabbi  (Jehudah  ha-Qadosh), 
and  disciple  of  R.  Jacob,  and  of  R.  Hija.     Very  little 
is  known  of  him,  and  the  story  just  translated  occurs, 
so  far  as  I  am  aware,  nowhere  else.     That  the  duel 
between  R.  Jehudah  and  the  Minim  really  was  of  the 
savage  character  described  cannot  be  accepted,  though 
it  is  not  clear  why  a  polemical  debate   should  be 
described  by  such  a  violent  metaphor.     The  remark 
of  the  disciples  to  the  Rabbi,  and  his  reply,  are  inter- 
esting.    They  ascribed  his  victory  to  heavenly  assist- 
ance.    According  to  the  commentators  on  the  passage, 
R.    Jehudah    had    transgressed  the    commandment, 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     219 

'  Come  not  near  her '  (i.e.  have  nothing  to  do  with 
Minuth  ;  see  above,  p.  182  ff.),  and  thus,  if  he  escaped, 
it  was  owing  to  divine  protection.  The  Rabbi  replied 
that  his  deliverance  was  in  vain.  '  Pray  for  this  man/ 
i.e.  '  for  me,'  and  for  '  this  sack,'  i.e.  '  my  head,'  which 
was  formerly  like  a  sack  full  of  jewels  and  now  is  like 
a  sack  full  of  ashes.  Apparently  his  mind  had  been 
contaminated  with  heresy,  and  was  filled  with  evil 
thoughts  in  place  of  its  former  learning  and  piety. 

The  three  stories  which  have  now  been  given 
from  Qoheleth  rabbah  form  one  continuous  passage, 
together  with  the  story  of  the  arrest  of  R.  Eliezer 
for  Minuth,  the  story  of  El'azar  ben  Dama,  and  that 
of  the  woman  who  came  to  R.  Eliezer  and  R. 
Jehoshua  to  be  received  as  a  convert.  All  the  six 
are  given  as  illustrations  of  Minuth,  and  form  a 
haggadic  exposition  of  the  words,  Eccl.  i.  8,  All 
things  are  full  of  weariness.  Now,  in  this  same 
Midrash,  on  vii.  26  (p.  21d)  it  is  said 

(81)  "R.  Isi  of  Ceesarea  expounded  this  verse 
('  whoso  pleaseth  God  shall  escape  from  her,  but 
the  sinner  shall  be  taken  by  her ')  in  reference  to 
Minuth.  *  The  good  is  R.  El'azar,  the  sinner 
is  Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia.  Or,  the  good 
is  El'azar  ben  Dama,  the  sinner  is  Jacob  of 
Chephar  Sama.  Or,  the  good  is  Hananjah, 
nephew  of  R.  Jehoshua,  the  sinner  is  the  Minim 
of  Chephar  Nahum.  Or,  the  good  is  Jehudah 
ben  Naqosa,  the  sinner  is  the  Minim.  Or,  the 
good  is  R.  Jonathan,  the  sinner  is  his  disciple. 
Or,  the  good  is  R.  Eliezer  and  R.  Jehoshua, 
the  sinner  is  Elisha.' " 
Tt  is  evident  at  a  glance  that  there  is  a  strong 


220  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

likeness  between  this  list  of  examples  of  Minuth  and 
the  series  of  stories  contained  in  the  earlier  part  of 
the  Midrash.  Placed  side  by  side,  the  likeness 
becomes  still  more  apparent. 

(A.)  R.  Isi's  Series  (B.)  Series  of  Stories 

(Qoh.  r.  on  vii.  26).  (Qoh.  r.  on  i.  8). 

1.  El'azar    and    Jacob    of    Ch.      1.  Eliezer's  arrest. 

Neburaia. 

2.  El'azar  ben  Dama,  and  Jacob      2.  El'azar  ben  Dama  and  Jacob 

of  Chephar  Sama.  of  Chephar  Sama. 

3.  Hananjah  and  the  Minim  of     3.  Eliezer  and  Jehoshua  and  the 

Capernaum.  would-be  convert. 

4.  Jehudah  ben  Naqosa  and  the      4.  Hananjah  and  the  Minim  of 

Minim.  Capernaum. 

5.  Jonathan  and  his  disciple.  5.  Jonathan  and  his  disciple. 

6.  Eliezer    and    Jehoshua    and      6.  Jehudah  ben  Naqosa  and  the 

Elisha.  Minim. 

It  will  be  seen  that  four  stories  are  common  to 
both  lists  (A  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  B  2,  4,  6,  5).  In  A  6 
Eliezer  and  Jehoshua  are  both  concerned  with  a 
heretic.  So  they  are  in  B  3,  though  the  heretic  is 
not  the  same.  The  only  marked  discrepancy  is 
between  A  1  and  B  1.  It  should  also  be  observed 
that  neither  series  extends  beyond  the  six  examples, 
and  that  the  series  B  is  given  anonymously  where  it 
occurs  in  the  Midrash  on  Eccl.  i.  8.  Now,  since  the 
series  B  is  substantially  the  same  as  the  series  A,  I 
suggest  that  R.  Isi  of  Cgesarea  is  really  the  author  of 
B,  and  that  B  gives  the  substance  of  what  he  said 
in  his  exposition  on  Minuth,  while  A  only  gives  the 
heads  of  his  discourse.  R.  Isi  lived  in  the  fourth 
century,  probably  about  the  middle  of  it.  And 
although  not  himself  an  eminent  teacher,  he  moved 
in  the  same  circle  in  which  Abahu  had  moved,  and 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     221 

was  thus  in  a  position  to  hear  much  concerning  the 
Minim  and  their  intercourse  with  Jews.  The  slight 
discrepancies  between  A  and  B  may  be  explained  in 
this  way.  The  compiler  of  the  Midrash  preferred  to 
take  the  famous  case  of  R.  Eliezer 's  arrest  rather  than 
the  obscure  one  of  Jacob  of  Ch.  Neburaia1  (a  con- 
temporary of  R.  Isi,  of  whom  more  will  be  said 
below).  His  object  was  not  to  illustrate  the  teaching 
of  R.  Isi,  but  to  expound  the  verse  Eccl.  i.  8  in 
reference  to  Minuth ;  and  for  this  purpose,  R.  Isi's 
series  was  ready  to  his  hand.  The  difference  between 
A  6  and  B  3  may  rest  only  on  a  scribal  error.  The 
opponent  of  Eliezer  and  Jehoshua  is  said  in  A  6  to 
be  Elisha,  in  B  3  the  woman  who  desired  to  be 
received  as  a  convert.  The  latter  version  is  probably 
correct.  Elisha  is  supposed  to  be  Elisha  ben  Abujah, 
who  certainly  did  become  a  heretic  ;  but  he  had  little 
if  anything  to  do  with  Eliezer  and  Jehoshua,  being 
much  younger.  He  was  contemporary  with  Aqiba  and 
Meir.  Moreover,  it  is  very  unusual  to  speak  of  him 
simply  as  Elisha.  I  suggest  that  wh*  may  be  a  corrup- 
tion due  to  similarity  of  sound,  of  nwxn,  '  the  woman.' 

R.  Jehoshua,  Caesar  and  a  Min 

God  has  not  cast  off  Israel 

(82)  b.  Hag.  5b.  And  I  will  hide  my  face  in  that 
day  [Deut.  xxxi.  18].     Raba  said,  The  Holy 

1  Friedlander  (Vorchr.  jtid.  Gnosticismus,  p.  108),  says  that  this  is  "  offenbar 
Jacob  von  Kephar  Sechanja,"  an  assumption  for  which  there  is  no  warrant. 
Jacob  of  Ch.  Neburaia  was  a  very  well  known  character,  contemporary,  or 
nearly  so,  with  R.  Isi,  who  here  mentions  him  (see  below,  p.  334  fol.). 
Friedlander  does  not  give  the  text  of  the  passage,  and  he  leaves  the  reader 
to  suppose  that  the  last  clause  contains  the  full  name  '  Elisha  ben  Abujah.* 
This  is  not  the  case,  and  the  fact  ought  to  have  been  stated. 


CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

One,  Blessed  be  He,  saith,  Though  I  have 
hidden  my  face  from  them,  yet  in  a  dream  I 
will  speak  with  him  [Num.  xii.  6].  R.  Joseph 
said  His  hand  is  stretched  out  over  us,  as  it  is 
said  [Isa.  li.  16],  In  the  shadow  of  my  hand  have 
I  covered  thee.  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananjah 
was  standing  in  the  house  of  Caesar.  A  certain 
Min1  showed  him  [by  signs]  a  nation  whose 
Lord  hath  turned  away  his  face  from  them. 
He  [R.  Jehoshua]  showed  him  [by  signs]  His 
hand  stretched  out  over  us.  Caesar  said  to 
R.  Jehoshua,  '  What  did  he  shew  thee  V  '  A 
people  whose  Lord  hath  turned  away  his  face 
from  them,  and  I  showed  him  His  hand  stretched 
out  over  us.'  They  said  to  the  Min,  'What 
didst  thou  show  to  him V  'A  people  whose 
Lord  hath  turned  away  his  face  from  them.' 
'  And  what  did  he  show  to  thee  V  '  I  do  not 
know/  They  said, '  A  man  who  does  not  know 
what  is  shown  him  by  a  sign,  one  shows  it  to 
him  before  the  King.'  They  took  him  out  and 
slew  him. 

When  the  soul  of  R.  Jehoshua  was  passing 
away,  our  Rabbis  said,  ■  What  will  become  of 
us  at  the  hands  of  the  Minim  ? '  He  said  to 
them  [cp.  Jer.  xlix.  7]  '  Counsel  hath  perished 
from  the  children,  their  wisdom  is  corrupted/ 
when  counsel  hath  perished  from  the  children 
[of  Israel]  the  wisdom  of  the  peoples  of  the 
world  is  corrupted. 
Commentary. — This  is  one  out  of  several  examples 
to  be  found  in  the  Talmud  and  the  Midrash  of  con- 

1  The  modern  texts  read  D1")1p*DK  ;  Rabbinowicz  gives  po  throughout. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     223 

versations  between  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananjah  and  a 
Roman  emperor,  the  particular  emperor  being 
Hadrian.  These  stories  are  doubtless  in  some  cases 
overlaid  with  legendary  matter ;  but  there  is,  beyond 
reasonable  question,  some  historical  fact  at  the  bottom 
of  them.  Not  only  is  it  known  that  Hadrian  was  in 
the  habit  of  conversing  with  learned  men  wherever 
he  met  them,  but  he  actually  mentions  in  a  letter  that 
he  conversed  in  Alexandria  with  a  patriarch  of 
the  Jews.  (See  the  passage  quoted  by  Gratz,  Gsch. 
d.  J.,  iv.  p.  450,  from  Vopiscus.)  This  patriarch  of 
the  Jews  can  be  no  other  than  R.  Jehoshua,  who  is 
known  to  have  gone  to  Alexandria.  Gratz  and 
Bacher  both  accept  the  general  fact  of  intercourse 
between  Hadrian  and  R.  Jehoshua,  and  admit  the 
genuineness  of  this  particular  story.  (Gratz  as  above  ; 
Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Tann.,  i.  176). 

As  related  in  the  Talmud,  in  the  present  passage 
the  story  is  introduced  to  illustrate  the  doctrine  that 
although  God  might  have  hidden  his  face  from  his 
children,  nevertheless  he  had  not  withdrawn  his 
favour ;  he  still  held  communion  with  them  and  still 
protected  them.  The  latter  is  the  statement  of  R. 
Joseph,  who  is  presumably  the  authority  for  the  story 
which  then  immediately  follows.  R.  Joseph  was  a 
Babylonian,  head  of  the  school  of  Pumbeditha  (b.  259, 
d.  322  or  333).  Where  he  got  the  story  from  is 
suggested  by  a  remark  in  b.  Bechor.  8a,  in  intro- 
ducing a  marvellous  tale  (also  about  Hadrian  and  R. 
Jehoshua)  with  the  words  '  R.  Jehudah  said  that  Rab 
said,'  etc.  R.  Jehudah  (ben  Jehezq'el)  was  the  teacher 
of  R.  Joseph  (Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Bab.  Amor.,  p.  101). 
Rab,  of  course,  as  the   disciple  of  R.  Jehudah   ha- 


224  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Qadosh  (Rabbi),  came  in  the  direct  line  of  the 
Palestinian  tradition.  The  story  in  Bechoroth  lies 
too  far  off  the  main  line  of  my  subject  to  justify 
me  in  translating  it.1 

The  story  before  us  needs  little  explanation.  R. 
Jehoshua  and  the  Min  stood  in  the  palace,  in  the 
presence  of  the  emperor.  The  Min  made  a  panto- 
mimic sign  to  the  Rabbi,  intended  to  signify  that 
God  had  turned  away  his  face  from  the  Jews.  The 
Rabbi  replied  with  another  gesture  implying  that 
God's  hand  was  still  stretched  out  over  his  people. 
The  Min  must  evidently  have  been  acquainted  with 
the  O.T.  scriptures,  since  both  the  sign  and  the 
countersign  are  dramatized  texts  (Deut.  xxxi.  18,  and 
Isa.  li.  16).  Probably  therefore  he  was  a  Christian, 
though  not  necessarily  a  Jewish  Christian,  as  the 
incident  took  place  in  Alexandria.  A  Jewish  Christian 
would  scarcely  have  taunted  a  Jew  with  the  great 
disaster  which  had  befallen  the  Jewish  people.  The 
exchange  of  pantomimic  signs  between  the  Jew  and 
the  Min  attracted  the  attention  of  the  emperor  and 
the  other  bystanders,  who  asked  for  an  explanation. 
The  Rabbi  explained  both  the  gestures.  The  Min 
professed  ignorance  of  the  answer  which  the  Rabbi 

1  Two  allusions  to  Christianity  have  been  suspected  in  this  passage  (see 
Bacher,  loc.  cit).  One  is  the  saying,  "  If  the  salt  have  lost  its  savour,  where- 
with do  men  salt  it  ? "  cp.  Matt.  v.  13.  The  other  is  a  reference  to  a  she-mule 
which  bore  a  foal,  the  allusion  being,  presumably,  to  the  birth  of  Jesus  from 
a  virgin.  As  regards  the  first,  the  saying  about  the  salt  may  have  been  a 
proverb  quoted  by  Jesus  no  less  than  by  R.  Jehoshua.  And  as  regards  the 
second,  there  would  be  more  point  in  it  if  It.  Jehoshua  was  speaking  to 
Christians.  His  opponents  in  the  story  appear  to  be  heathen  philosophers 
in  Rome.  Still,  in  view  of  the  curious  association  of  Jesus  with  an  ass 
(see  above,  p.  154),  there  may  be  something  in  the  reference  to  the  foal  of  & 
mule. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     225 

had  made  to  his  sign.  They  said  to  him  that  if  he 
had  not  understood  it,  he  should  be  shown  the 
meaning  in  the  presence  of  the  emperor ;  whereupon 
they  took  him  out  and  put  him  to  death.  This 
appears  to  mean,  that  as  he  had  not  understood  that 
the  Jews  were  protected  by  their  God,  this  should  be 
proved  to  him  by  the  imperial  sentence,  condemning 
him  to  death  for  having  insulted  a  Jew.  Whether 
Hadrian  would  ever  have  acted  so  is  open  to  question. 
Certainly,  the  incident  took  place  before  the  revolt 
of  Bar  Cocheba  had  broken  out,  at  a  time  when 
Hadrian  was  well  disposed  towards  the  Jews.  More- 
over, R.  Jehoshua  himself  appears  to  have  enjoyed 
in  a  high  degree  the  favour  of  the  emperor,  who 
might  on  that  account  resent  an  insult  offered  to  him, 
while  perhaps  taking  no  notice  of  one  offered  to  any 
other  Jew.  Of  course  the  story  is  told  from  the 
Jewish  side.  It  is  given  as  an  instance  of  the  success 
of  R.  Jehoshua  in  repelling  the  attacks  of  the  Minim. 
Accordingly,  there  follows  a  sort  of  obituary  notice 
of  R.  Jehoshua,  regarded  as  a  defender  of  the  faith. 
When  he  was  dying,  the  Rabbis  said,  'What  will 
become  of  us  by  reason  of  the  Minim  ? '  The  dying 
man  replied  by  an  ingenious  perversion  of  the  text 
Jer.  xlix.  7,  Is  counsel  perished  from  the  prudent  ? 
Is  their  wisdom  vanished?  He  rendered  it  thus, 
1  (When)  counsel  is  perished  from  the  children,  (then) 
the  wisdom  of  them  [i.e.  the  Gentiles]  is  corrupt/ 
The  children  (D^n  =  also  the  prudent,  the  under- 
standing) are  of  course  the  children  of  Israel.  That 
1  their  wisdom '  means  '  the  wisdom  of  the  Gentiles ' 
is   the   Rabbi's   own   interpretation.       His    meaning 

appears  to  be,  that  the  power  of  the   Gentiles  to 

15 


226  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

molest  ceases  with  the  power  of  the  Jews  to  defend. 
A  somewhat  roundabout  way  of  saying  that  the 
Jewish  religion  would  never  want  a  defender  so  long 
as  it  was  attacked. 

The  date  of  the  death  of  R.  Jehoshua  is  not  known 
with  certainty ;  but  it  must  have  taken  place  before 
the  outbreak  of  the  war  in  132  a.d.,  as  he  is  never 
mentioned  in  connexion  with  any  of  the  incidents 
of  the  war.  He  must  therefore  have  been  an  old 
man  at  the  time  of  the  above  incident.  And  it  is 
probable  that  it  was  during  this  visit  to  Alexandria 
that  the  conversation  took  place  in  which  the 
emperor  (Hadrian)  asked  him  why  he  did  not  visit 
the  Be  Abldan  (see  above,  p.  165). 

R,.  Jehoshua  and  a  Min 

(83)  b.  Erub.  101a. — A  certain  Min  said  to  R. 
Jehoshua  ben  Hananjah,  '  Thou  brier !  for  it  is 
written  of  you  [Mic.  vii.  4]  The  best  of  them  is 
a  brier'  He  said  to  him,  '  Fool,  look  at  the 
end  of  the  verse,  for  it  is  written  [ibid.],  The 
upright  is  (from)  a  thorn  hedge,  and  a  fence.' 
What  is  [meant  by]  The  best  of  them  is  a 
brier  ?  Just  as  these  briers  are  a  protection  to 
the  gap  in  the  wall,  so  the  good  amongst  us  are 
a  protection  to  us.  Another  explanation,  The 
best  of  them  is  a  brier,  because  they  thrust  the 
wicked  down  to  Gehinnom,  as  it  is  said  [Mic. 
iv.  13],  Arise  and  thresh,  O  daughter  of  Zion. 
For  I  will  make  thy  horn  iron,  and  I  will  make 
thy  hoofs  brass.  And  thou  shalt  beat  in  pieces 
many  peoples,  etc. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     227 

Commentary. — I  give  the  above  passage  here 
because  it  is  associated  with  R.  Jehoshua  ben 
Hananjah.  The  classification  of  the  numerous 
passages  dealing  with  the  controversies  between  Jews 
and  Minim  is  not  easy.  On  the  whole  it  seems  best 
to  give  first  those  in  which  a  discussion  takes  place 
between  a  Jew  and  a  Min,  and  then  those  in  which 
some  text  is  interpreted  polemically  against  the 
Minim.  The  passages  which  describe  actual  dis- 
cussion between  opponents  will  be  arranged,  as  far  as 
possible,  in  the  chronological  order  of  the  Rabbis  who 
took  part  in  them. 

Of  the  present  passage  little  need  be  said  by  way 
of  explanation.  It  is  found,  so  far  as  I  am  aware, 
nowhere  else,  and  is  anonymous.  As  the  preceding 
words  are  those  of  R.  Jehudah  (ben  Jehezq'el),  it  is 
possible  that  he  is  the  authority  for  the  story.  We 
have  seen  that  other  stories  concerning  R.  Jehoshua 
are  due  to  him  (see  above,  p.  223).  There  is  nothing 
to  show  when  or  where  the  incident  took  place. 
Neither  is  there  anything  especially  heretical  in  the 
taunt  of  the  Min.  The  repartee  only  serves  to  show 
how  the  Rabbi  turned  aside  the  scornful  gibe  of  his 
opponent.  The  thorn  hedge  serves  as  a  protection 
where  there  is  a  gap  in  the  wall,  so  as  to  prevent 
intrusion.  So  the  righteous  amongst  Israel  serve  to 
defend  the  people  against  their  enemies,  especially 
heretics.  The  second  interpretation,  which  brings 
in  the  idea  of  the  thorns  thrusting  the  wicked  down 
to  Gehinnom,  may  be  later  than  R.  Jehoshua,  as  it 
is  more  ferocious  in  its  sentiment  than  his  sayings 
generally  are. 


228  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 


R.  Jehoshua,  R.  Gamliel,  R.  El'azar  ben 

AZARIAH,    R.    AQIBA   AND   A   MlN 

God  keeps  the  Sabbath 

(84)  Shem.  r.,  xxx.  9,  p,  53cd.— The  case  of  Rn 
Gamliel,  R.  Jehoshua,  R.  El'azar  ben  Azariah, 
and  R.  Aqiba,  who  went  to  Rome  and  preached 
there  that  the  ways  of  the  Holy  One,  Blessed 
be  He,  are  not  as  [the  ways  of]  flesh  and 
blood.  For  [a  man]  decrees  a  decree,  and 
tells  others  to  do,  and  himself  does  nothing. 
But  the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  is  not  so. 
A  Min  was  there.  After  they  had  gone  forth, 
he  said  to  them,  '  Your  words  are  nothing  but 
falsehood.  Did  ye  not  say,  God  saith  and 
doeth  ?  Why  does  He  not  observe  the 
Sabbath?'  They  said  to  him,  'O  most 
wicked !  is  not  a  man  allowed  to  move  about 
in  his  dwelling  on  the  Sabbath  ? '  He  said  to 
them,  'Yes.'  They  said  to  him,  'The  upper 
regions  and  the  lower  are  the  dwelling  of 
God,  as  it  is  said  [Isa.  vi.  3],  The  whole 
earth  is  full  of  his  glory.  And  even  a  man 
that  sins,  does  he  not  move  about  to  the 
extent  of  his  own  stature  on  the  Sabbath?' 
He  said  to  them,  'Yes.'  They  said  to  him, 
'  It  is  written  [Jer.  xxiii.  24],  jDo  I  not  Jill 
heaven  and  earth  ?  saith  the  Lord.' 
Commentary. — The  journey  to  Rome  of  the  four 
Rabbis  here  named  is  an  incident  often  mentioned 
in  the  Rabbinical  literature.     It  took  place  in  the 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     229 

year  a.d.  95.1  Rn  Gamliel  is  Gamliel  II.,  grandson 
of  the  Gamliel  of  Acts  v.  34,  and  president  (Nasi)  of 
the  assembly  called  the  Sanhedrin  of  Jabneh  (see 
above,  p.  127).  R.  Jehoshua  has  been  mentioned 
several  times.  R.  El'azar  ben  Azariah  was  one  of 
the  members  of  the  assembly  of  Jabneh,  and  during 
the  temporary  deposition  of  Gamliel  was  elected 
president  in  his  place.  R.  Aqiba  has  often  been 
mentioned  previously  (see  above,  p.  84). 

The  scene  of  the  '  preaching '  of  the  Rabbis  would 
be  one  of  the  synagogues  in  Rome,  where  of  course 
the  Min  had  been  amongst  their  hearers.  It  is  not 
easy  to  define  the  form  of  heresy  of  this  Min.  From 
the  fact  of  his  being  a  listener  to  the  preaching  of  the 
Rabbis,  it  would  seem  that  he  was  of  Jewish  jzg^ 
traction — like  all  the  Minim  whom  we  have  hitherto 
met.  ThijTl<r  borne  out  by  the  quotation  of  texts 
from"  scripture,  which  would  have  no  authority  for  a 
Gentile.  On  the  other  hand,  the  point  of  this 
argument  is  that  God  does  not  keep  the  Sabbath; 
and  a  Jewish  Christian  would  not  be  likely  to  hold  an 
anti-  Jewish  doctrine  of  the  Sabbath.  It  should,  how- 
ever, be  borne  in  mind  that,  while  the  term  '  Jewish 
Christian'  is  usually  applied  to  those  Christians  of 
Jewish  origin  who  continued  to  observe  the  Jewish 
law,  nevertheless  the  possibility  always  remained  that 
Jews,  on  being  converted  to  Christianity,  entirely 
ceased  to  observe  the  Jewish  law.  Paul  himself  is  an 
example  of  a  Jew  who  became  a  Christian  but  by  no 
means — in  the  technical  sense — a  Jewish  Christian. 
It  is  not,  indeed,  certain  that  the  Min,  in  the  passage 

1  Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Tann.,  i.  84,  n.  2,  where  will  be  found  a  useful  collection 
of  references  to  the  event  in  the  Rabbinical  literature. 


230  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

before  us,  was  a  Christian  at  all.  But  it  is  probable  that 
he  was,  since  a  Christian  would  be  more  likely  than 
a  heathen  to  be  familiar  with  the  O.T.  scriptures, 
and  to  take  an  interest  in  the  preaching  of  Jewish 
Rabbis,  especially  if  he  himself  was  of  Jewish  origin. 

The  argument  of  the  Min,  that  God  does  not  him- 
self observe  the  Sabbath  though  he  has  commanded 
men  to  observe  it,  may  perhaps  be  compared  with 
the  thought  expressed  in  John  v.  17,  My  Father 
worketh  even  until  now,  and  I  work;  though  it 
by  no  means  follows  that  the  Fourth  Gospel  was  in 
existence  at  this  time.  The  idea  that  God  never 
ceases  from  working  is  found  in  Philo.1 

The  reply  of  the  Rabbis  is  ingenious,  but  it  only 
amounts  to  saying  that  God's  ceaseless  energy  is  no 
proof  that  he  does  not  keep  the  Sabbath.  The  answer 
serves  to  refute  the  Min,  but  not  to  establish  the 
contention  of  the  Rabbis. 

It  is  curious  that,  in  this  story,  the  four  Rabbis  are 
grouped  together,  and  it  is  not  said  who  was  the 
spokesman.  All  four  preached,  and  apparently  all 
four  replied  to  the  heretic.  It  is  impossible  to 
determine  which  of  the  four  is  especially  referred  to, 
since  Gamliel,  Jehoshua  and  Aqiba  all  had  contro- 
versies with  heretics  at  various  times,  and  thus  any 
one  of  the  three  might  have  done  so  in  the  present 
instance. 

The  abusive  term,  'O  most  wicked,'  is,  literally, 
'  wicked  of  the  world,'  i.e.  *  most  wicked  man  in  the 
world.' 

1  Philo.,  de  AllegOr.,i.  3.  iratJeTat  yap  otSeirore  irotwv  6  6e6s,  &A\'  &srrep  ttiiov 
rb  Kaitiv  irvpbs  kclI  \i6vos  rb  tf/t^ew,  ovrw  teal  deov  rb  iroie?v  '  Kal  iro\6  76  fj.aA\ov, 
Zay  Kal  rots  &\\ois  atcaffiv  apxh  tov  dpav  4<rriv. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     231 

R.  Gamliel  and  the  Minim 

The  Resurrection  of  the  Dead 

(85)    b.    Sanh.    90b.—  The    Minim   asked   Rabban 
Gamliel,    'Whence   [do   ye  prove]    that   the 
Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  revives  the  dead  ? ' 
He  said  to  them,  '  From  the  Torah,  from  the 
Prophets,  and  from  the  Writings.'     And  they 
did  not  accept  his  answer.     '  From  the  Torah,' 
as  it  is  written  [Deut.  xxxi.  16],  Behold,  thou 
shalt  sleep  with  thy  fathers  and  arise'     They 
said  to  them  [the  Minim  to  Rn  Gamliel],  '  But 
is  it  not  said,  and  this  people  shall  arise  ? '  etc. 
1  From  the  Prophets,'  as  it  is  written  [Isa. 
xxvi.    19],    Thy    dead    shall    live;    my    dead 
bodies  shall  arise.     Awake  and  sing,  ye  that 
dwell  in  the  dust ;  for  thy  dew  is  as  the  dew 
of  herbs,  and  the  earth  shall  cast  forth  the 
shades.     ( But  are  there  not  the   dead  whom 
Ezekiel  raised?'     'From  the  Writings,'  as  it 
is  written  [Cant.  vii.  9],  and  thy  mouth  like  the 
best  wine,   that  goeth  down  smoothly  for  my 
beloved,  causing  the  lips  of  them  that  are  asleep 
to  speak.     '  But,  do  not  their  lips  move  in  this 
world  ? ' 
Commentary. — Rabban     Gamliel    appears    as    the 
representative  of  Judaism  in  several  dialogues  with 
non- Jews.     In  another  part  of  the  treatise  from  which 
the  present  passage  is  taken  (b.  Sanh.  39a),  five  such 
dialogues  are  given,  in  which  R.  Gamliel  replies  to 
the  questions  of  an  opponent.     In  the  common  text 
this  opponent  is  called  a  liar,  is-d  ;  but  Rabbinowicz 


232  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

(D.  Soph,  on  the  passage),  shows  that  the  true 
reading  is  -id»p,  Caesar,  an  emperor;  and  he  connects 
these  dialogues  with  that  visit  of  Gamliel  and  the 
other  Rabbis  to  Rome,  mentioned  in  the  preceding 
section  (see  above,  p.  228).  The  reading  'Min'  is 
found,  according  to  Hamburger,  in  the  versions  of 
the  stories  in  the  Midrash  and  the  Yalqut ;  but  the 
authority  of  Rabbinowicz  is  decisive  on  the  point.  I 
therefore  exclude  the  dialogues  referred  to,  as  having 
no  bearing  on  my  subject. 

In  the  passage  under  consideration  there  is  nothing 
to  show  when  or  where  the  dialogue  took  place. 
But,  judging  from  the  context,  where  there  follows 
immediately  a  dialogue  between  'the  Romans'  and 
R.  Jehoshua,  it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  Minim  put 
their  question  to  R.  Gamliel  in  Rome,  at  the  time  of 
the  journey  already  mentioned,  a.d.  95.  This  is 
Bacher's  suggestion  (A.  Tann.,  i.  87,  n.  4).  The 
doctrine  of  the  resurrection  of  the  dead  was  one  of 
the  most  frequent  subjects  of  controversy  between 
Jews  and  Minim,  as  will  be  seen  from  several  passages 
to  be  presented  below.  Neither  side  disputed  the 
fact  of  resurrection.  The  question  was  whether 
there  was  proof  of  the  doctrine  in  the  O.T. 
scriptures.  The  Jews  of  course  maintained  that  there 
was,  while  the  Minim  maintained  the  contrary.  The 
controversy  could  have  no  interest  unless  both  parties 
were  concerned  with  the  Hebrew  scriptures ;  so  that 
it  is  clearly  Christians  who  are  referred  to  as  Minim, 
when  the  doctrine  of  resurrection  is  the  subject  of 
discussion.  The  Christian  position  was  that  the 
resurrection  of  the  dead  was  consequent  on  the 
resurrection  of  Christ  (cp.  John  xiv.  19,  and  1  Cor. 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM  AND  MINUTH 

xv.  20  fol.)  And  that  position  would  be  weakened 
if  a  valid  proof  of  the  doctrine  could  be  produced 
from  the  O.T.  ;  because,  in  that  case,  the  resurrection 
of  Christ  would  be  shown  to  be  unnecessary,  at  all 
events  as  an  argument  for  the  resurrection  of  men 
in  general. 

In  the  passage  before  us  the  Minim  challenged  R. 
Gamliel  to  give  a  proof  from  the  O.T.  scriptures 
of  the  doctrine  of  resurrection.  He  replied  by 
quoting  three  texts,  one  from  each  of  the  three 
divisions  of  the  O.T.  His  opponents  did  not  accept 
his  proof.    , 

The  proof  from  the  Torah  was  founded  on  Deut. 
xxxi.  16,  where  the  Rabbi  reads  the  text  thou  shalt 
sleep  with  thy  fathers  and  arise  contrary  to  the  plain 
sense  and  the  grammatical  construction.  His  oppon- 
ents immediately  detected  the  fallacy  and  pointed  it 
out.  The  words  "  and  arise  "  belong  to  the  second  half 
of  the  text,  and  refer,  not  to  Moses  but,  to  this  people. 

The  proof  from  the  prophets  was  based  on  Isa. 
xx vi.  19,  where  God  calls  on  the  dead  to  arise.  The 
rejoinder  of  the  opponents  was  to  the  effect  that  the 
prophet  Ezekiel  had  called  the  dead  to  life  by  special 
command  from  God,  and  that  therefore  the  special 
command  did  not  establish  the  general  principle. 

The  proof  from  the  writings  was  a  far-fetched 
application  of  Cant.  vii.  9,  where  the  point  is  that  the 
lips  of  the  dead  move,  thus  showing  that  they  live 
after  death.  The  Minim  reply  that  this  movement 
of  the  lips  takes  place  in  the  grave,  and  belongs  to 
this  world,  not  to  the  next.  The  Gemara  adds,  in 
support  of  the  view  of  the  Minim,  the  saying  of  R. 
Johanan  that  the  lips  of  the  dead  move  in  their  graves 


234  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

when  anyone  quotes  a  halachah  which  they  have 
taught. 

The  Minim,  it  is  said,  did  not  accept  these  answers 
as  amounting  to  a  proof.  R.  Gamliel  therefore 
strengthened  his  case  by  quoting  Deut.  xi.  9,  the  land 
which  the  Lord  sware  unto  your  fathers  to  give  them. 
The  land  was  to  be  given  to  " your  fathers"  not  " to 
you"  Hence  the  '  fathers'  must  live  after  death.  An- 
other tradition  says  that  R.  GamlieFs  final  answer 
was  (Deut.  iv.  4),  Ye  that  did  cleave  unto  the  Lord  your 
God  are  alive,  every  one  of  you,  this  day.  This  is 
explained  to  mean  that  '  as  ye  stand  up,  everyone  of 
you,  this  day,  so  ye  will  stand  up  in  the  world  to  come.' 

It  would  appear  that  the  Minim  accepted  the  final 
answer  of  the  Rabbi ;  at  least  the  Gemara  says  that 
they  did  not  accept  his  answer  until  he  had  quoted 
his  final  text.  On  the  whole,  however,  it  cannot  be 
said  that  a  strong  case  was  made  out  on  the  Jewish 
side.  If  the  Minim  did  admit  the  force  of  the  appeal 
to  Deut.  xi.  9,  with  its  reference  to  the  patriarchs,  it 
is  just  possible  that  they  did  so  with  the  recollection 
that  Jesus  himself  had  founded  an  argument  for  the 
doctrine  of  resurrection  upon  a  somewhat  similar 
reference  to  the  patriarchs  (Matt.  xxii.  31,  32).  I  do 
not  press  this  point,  because  the  Talmud  would  not, 
in  any  case,  allow  the  Minim  to  be  the  victors  in  the 
discussion ;  therefore  we  cannot  assume  that  they 
really  confessed  themselves  overcome.  At  most 
the  debate  came  to  an  end.  It  would  not  have 
been  difficult  to  have  refuted  even  the  last  argument 
of  the  Rabbi,  by  showing  that  the  land  promised  to 
the  fathers  was  not,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  given  to  them 
but  to  their  descendants. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     235 

R.  Gamliel  and  a  Mtn 

God  has  Departed  from  Israel 

(86)  b.   Jeb.    102b.— A    certain   Min   said     to   R. 

Gamliel,  'A   people  whose   Lord  has   drawn 

off  [departed]  in  regard  to  them,  as  it  is  written 

[Hosea  v.  6],  They  shall  go  with  their  flocks 

and  with   their  herds,  to  seek  the  Lord,  and 

they  shall  not  find  Him;  He  hath  drawn  off 

from  them'     He  said  to  him,  'Fool,  is  it  then 

written   drawn   off  in   regard  to   them2.      It 

is   written   drawn  off  from  them.     If  [in  the 

case  of]  a   childless  widow  [the  phrase  were] 

'  the  brothers  draw  off  in  regard  to  her,'  there 

would  be  some  ground  for  your  argument.' 

Commentary. — In  the  foregoing  translation  I  have 

used  the  phrase  'draw  off'   to  represent  the  double 

meaning   of  the  word  halatz   (ybn).     This   word,   in 

addition  to  its  ordinary  meaning  of  '  depart,'  has  also 

a  technical  meaning  in  connexion  with   the   law  of 

the  deceased   brother's   widow    (Deut.    xxv.    5-10). 

If  a  man  die  leaving  no  children,  one  of  his  brothers 

shall  do  the  duty  of  a  husband  towards  her.     And  if 

such  brother  refuse,  then  the  widow  shall  perform  a 

ceremony   expressing   contempt   of  him.     She   shall 

publicly  'draw  off'  (halatz)   his  shoe  from  his   foot, 

spit  in  his  face,  and  say,  Thus  shall  it  be  done  unto  tJie 

man  that   doth  not  build  up  his  b?~other's  house.     In 

this  case   the   widow   'draws   off  in   regard   to   the 

brother,'   performs  the   ceremony  in  regard   to  him 

(n^  yhn);   but  she  does  not  'depart  from'  him;   he 

rejects  her   by  refusing  to  do  the  duty  required   of 

him.      This   is  the  technical   use  of  halatz,  and   it 


236  CHRISTIANITY    IN  TALMUD 

requires  the  preposition  'le,'  b9  'in  regard  to.'  The 
non-technical  use  of  halatz,  in  which  the  meaning 
is  '  depart,'  requires  the  preposition  '  min,'  |o,  '  from.' 

Now  the  argument  of  the  Min,  and  the  answer  of 
Gamliel,  will  be  more  intelligible.  The  Min  says,  *  A 
people  whose  Lord  has  rejected  them,'  halatz  '  in 
regard  to  them'  (technical  use),  for  it  is  said, 
Hosea  v.  6,  he  hath  departed  from  them.  R. 
Gamliel  at  once  replies  that  the  text  does  not  bear 
out  the  construction  put  upon  it.  The  text  reads 
'halatz  min,'  'depart  from,'  which  is  neutral,  and 
only  implies  estrangement,  not  that  God  had  rejected 
his  people.  Even  if,  as  the  Min  assumed,  'halatz 
min '  were  equivalent  to  '  halatz  le,'  that  would  only 
imply,  in  the  text,  that  the  people  had  rejected  God. 
For  the  purpose  of  the  Min's  argument,  the  text 
ought  to  read  that  the  people  '  haletzu  lo '  (technical 
term),  implying  that  God  had  rejected  his  people.  It 
might  be  true  that  there  was  estrangement  between 
God  and  Israel ;  but  it  was  not  true  that  He  had  re- 
jected his  people,  they  had  rather  rejected  him.  If, 
added  It.  Gamliel,  the  technical  term  '  halatz  le ' 
was  used  of  the  brothers  and  not  of  the  widow,  then 
the  argument  of  the  Min  would  be  valid ;  because, 
in  that  case,  it  would  prove  that  God  had  rejected 
his  people. 

The  above  explanation  is,  I  believe,  correct  in  sub- 
stance; at  all  events  it  brings  out  the  point  of  R. 
Gamliel's  reply,  viz.,  that  God  had  not  cast  off  his 
people.  As  to  the  date  and  place  of  this  dialogue, 
no  hint  is  given  in  the  text.  The  alleged  rejection  of 
Israel  refers  of  course  to  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem 
and  the  Temple  by  Titus  in  a.d.    70.     After  that 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH    237 

great  disaster,  it  might  well  seem  that  God  had  re- 
jected his  people  ;  and  we  shall  find  that  in  several 
controversial  dialogues  the  non-Jewish  opponent 
taunts  the  Jew  with  the  loss  of  the  divine  protection 
(cp.  the  story  given  above,  p.  222).  In  the  present 
instance  there  seems  to  be  no  reason  for  locating  the 
incident  elsewhere  than  in  Palestine.  A  knowledge 
not  merely  of  the  O.T.  scriptures  but  of  the 
Jewish  Law  is  implied  on  the  part  of  the  Min, 
to  whom,  otherwise,  the  answer  of  R.  Gamliel  would 
have  been  unintelligible.  Probably  the  Min  was  some 
Christian  of  Jabneh,  where  R.  Gamliel  dwelt ;  though 
whether  he  was  a  Jewish  Christian  is  open  to  question, 
on  the  ground  that  one  who  was  himself  a  Jew  would 
scarcely  have  taunted  a  Jew  with  the  calamity  that 
had  befallen  the  nation. 

Beruria  and  a  Min 

(87)  b.  Ber.  10a. — A  certain  Min  said  to  Beruria, 
'It  is  written  [Isa.  liv.  1],  Sing,  O  barren 
that  didst  not  bear.  Sing,  because  thou  didst 
not  bear.'  She  said  to  him,  *  Fool,  look  at  the 
end  of  the  verse,  for  it  is  written  [ibid.],  For 
more  are  the  children  of  the  desolate,  than  the 
children  of  the  married  wife,  saith  the  Lord. 
But  what  is  meant  by  O,  barren  that  didst  not 
bear,  sing  ?  The  congregation  of  Israel,  which 
is  like  a  woman  who  hath  not  borne  children  for 
Gehenna,  like  you.' 
Commentary. — Beruria    was    one    of   the    famous 

women   of  the   Talmud.     She  was  the  wife  of  R. 

Meir,   and   daughter   of  R.    Hanina   ben   Teradjon. 


238  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Her  father  was  one  of  those  who  were  executed 
during  the  persecution  of  Hadrian  after  the  sup- 
pression of  the  revolt  of  Bar  Cocheba.  Her  husband, 
Meir,  had  been  a  disciple  of  Aqiba ;  and  after  his 
death,  during  the  same  persecution,  Meir  was  virtually, 
though  not  officially,  the  leader  of  the  Rabbis  who 
carried  on  the  Tradition.  The  date  of  the  dialogue  is 
therefore  the  middle,  or  the  latter  half,  of  the  second 
century.  The  place  cannot  be  determined,  except 
that  it  was  somewhere  in  Palestine.  Meir  lived  at 
one  time  near  Liid  (Lydda),  at  another  near  Tiberias, 
perhaps  also  in  Sepphoris.  (See  b.  Erub.  53b,  j.  Sota 
16b,  j.  Ber.  5b).  Beruria,  whose  name  is  said  to  re- 
present Valeria,  was  almost  unique  amongst  Jewish 
women  in  being  learned  in  halachah.  She  might,  in 
fact,  have  been  a  Rabbi,  if  she  had  been  a  man.  An 
opinion  which  she  gave,  on  a  point  of  halachah,  is 
mentioned  with  approval,  T.  Kelim  ii.  1.  The 
dialogue  before  us  shows  at  least  that  she  knew  her 
scriptures  well. 

The  Min  quoted  to  her  part  of  the  verse  Isa.  liv.  1., 
not  applying  it  indeed  to  her,  because  she  had 
children,  but  apparently  referring — as  the  prophet 
had  referred — to  Zion,  as  representing  the  Jewish 
people.  Why,  he  asked,  should  one  that  was  barren 
sing  for  joy  ?  Apparently  he  meant,  why  should  the 
Jewish  people,  crushed  and  decimated  by  persecution, 
nevertheless  rejoice?  Beruria  answered  by  bidding 
him  first  look  at  the  conclusion  of  the  verse,  where 
it  is  said  that  the  children  of  the  barren  are  more 
than  the  children  of  the  married  wife.  Then  she  re- 
torted by  accepting  his  interpretation  of  the  text  and 
turning  it  against  him,  'You  say  that  Israel  is  like 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     239 

a  barren  woman,  and  ask  why  then  should  she  re- 
joice ?  Because  she  does  not  bear  children  for  Hell, 
such  as  you.'  Her  answer  shows  clearly  enough 
the  hostility  felt  by  Jews  towards  the  Christians,  in 
the  second  century,  at  a  time  when  the  latter  were 
steadily  increasing  in  numbers.  R.  Meir,  the  husband 
of  Beruria,  was  the  inventor  of  the  nickname  Aven- 
giljon  to  denote  the  Gospels,  which  is  of  course  a 
play  upon  the  word  evayyikiov,  (see  above,  p.  163). 
Beruria,  probably,  had  no  thought  in  her  mind  except 
abhorrence  of  the  Minim,  when  she  gave  her  rather 
severe  answer.  The  expression  "  children  for  Hell " 
(Gehenna)  suggests  a  comparison  with  the  phrase 
Matt,  xxiii.  15.  And  while  it  is  exceedingly  doubtful 
whether  the  contents  of  the  Gospel  were  known  to 
the  Rabbis,  except  very  imperfectly  through  hearing 
them  referred  to  or  quoted  by  Christians,  nevertheless 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  Christians  should  occasionally 
address  Jews  in  the  terms  of  that  terrible  denuncia- 
tion in  Matt,  xxiii.  And  in  any  case  Christians 
could  not  complain  if  the  terms  of  the  Gospel  were 
cast  back  at  them,  being  as  much,  or  as  little,  deserved 
on  the  one  side  as  on  the  other.  Beruria  probably 
had  never  seen  the  passage  in  Matthew's  Gospel,  but 
she  may  well  have  heard  language  not  unlike  it  from 
Christians. 

Rabbi  (Jehudah  ha-Qadosh)  and  a  Min 

(88)  b.  Hull.  87a.— A  certain  Min  said  to  Rabbi, 
1  He  who  formed  the  mountains  did  not  create 
the  wind.  And  he  who  created  the  wind  did 
not  form  the  mountains,  as  it  is  written  [Amos 


240  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

iv.  13],  For,  lo9  he  that  formeth  the  mountains 
and  [he]  that  createth  the  wind.'     He  [Rabbi] 
said  to   him,  'Fool,  look   at  the  end   of  the 
verse,  The  Lord  of  Hosts  is  his  name'     He 
[the  Min]  said  to  him,  •  Give  me  time,  three 
days,  and  I  will  refute  you.'     Rabbi  sat  three 
days   fasting.     When   he   was   about   to    eat, 
they  said  to  him,  ■  The  Min  is  standing  at  the 
gate.'     He  said  [Ps.  lxix.  21],   They  gave  me 
also  gall  for  my  meat.     He  [the  Min]  said  to 
him,     'Rabbi,    I    bring    thee    good    tidings. 
Thine  enemy  hath  not  found  an  answer,  and 
hath  fallen  from  the  roof  and  he  is  dead.'     He 
[Rabbi]  said  to  him,    'Wilt   thou   dine   with 
me?'     He  said  'Yes.'     After  they  had  eaten 
and  drunk,   he   [Rabbi]   said   to   him,    '  Wilt 
thou  drink  the  cup  of  blessing  or  receive  forty 
gold  pieces  ? '     He  said,  '  I  will  drink  the  cup 
of  blessing.'     There   went   forth   a  Bath  Qol 
and  said,  '  The  cup  of  blessing  is  worth  forty 
gold  pieces.'     R.  Jitzhaq  said,  '  Even  yet  that 
family  exists  among  the  great  ones  of  Rome, 
and  they  call  it  the  family  of  Bar  Livianos.' 
Commentary. — This  curious  anecdote  is  introduced 
by  way  of  illustration  into  a  halachic  discussion,  and 
is  not  intended  as  a  haggadic  invention.     The  question 
debated  was  suggested  by  the  mention  of  an  act  re- 
corded of  Rn  Gamliel  II.     On  one  occasion  a  man 
had   slain   an  animal,  and  before  he  could  fulfil  the 
commandment  to  cover  the   blood  which   had  been 
shed  [Lev.    xvii.   13],  another   man  forestalled   him, 
thus   depriving  him   of  the   merit   of   fulfilling  the 
commandment.     Rn*  Gamliel  ordered  that  the  second 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     241 

man  should  pay  to  the  first  ten  pieces  of  gold,  as 
being  the  equivalent  of  a  commandment.  The 
Gemara  asks  the  question  whether  this  sum  is  the 
equivalent  of  a  commandment  or  of  a  blessing 
(benediction),  and  says  that  in  the  case  of  the  "cup 
of  blessing "  after  a  meal,  if  this  be  regarded  as  the 
fulfilling  of  a  commandment  then  the  equivalent  is 
ten  gold  pieces ;  but  if  it  be  regarded  as  a  blessing, 
then  the  equivalent  is  forty  gold  pieces,  since  there 
are  four  separate  benedictions.  The  story  is  intro- 
duced in  order  to  prove  that  the  equivalent  of  the 
'  cup  of  blessing '  is  forty  gold  pieces  ;  and  the  proof 
is  given  by  the  fact  that  Rabbi  ( Jehudah  ha-Qadosh) 
named  that  sum  to  his  guest,  and  also  by  the 
assertion  that  a  Bath  Qol  (voice  from  heaven)  de- 
clared that  sum  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  'cup 
of  blessing.' 

That  is  the  purpose  of  the  story  from  the  point  of 
view  of  the  Gemara.  There  was  no  occasion  for  the 
introduction  of  a  Min,  as  the  guest  of  the  Rabbi,  if 
the  story  had  been  invented  to  solve  the  halachic 
problem.  And  although  the  question  of  the  Min  to 
Rabbi  which  opens  the  story,  is  the  same  as  a  question 
asked  of  Rn.  Gamliel  by  Caesar  (b  Sanh.  39*,  see 
above,  p.  231),  yet  the  conclusion  of  the  story  is  quite 
different.  The  Min  quoted  the  text  Amos  iv.  13, 
He  thatformeth  the  mountains  and  [he  that]  createth 
the  wind,  and  argued,  from  the  use  of  two  distinct 
verbs,  that  two  distinct  creative  beings  were  referred 
to.  The  Rabbi  answered  by  telling  him  to  look  at 
the  end  of  the  verse,  The  Lord  of  Hosts  is  his  name, 
implying  that  the  Creator  was  one  and  not  two.  The 
Min  was  not  satisfied,  and  asked  for  time  in  which  to 

16 


242  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

think  of  a  rejoinder.  The  Rabbi  gave  him  three 
days,  and  himself  spent  the  time  in  fasting,  being 
apparently  in  fear  of  his  antagonist.  At  the  end  of 
the  time,  however,  another  Min  comes  to  his  house, 
bringing  the  '  good  tidings '  that  the  Rabbi's  opponent 
had  destroyed  himself,  having  been  unable  to  think 
of  the  rejoinder  he  desired.  In  return  for  his 
welcome  news,  he  was  pressed  to  stay  to  dinner ;  and 
at  the  end  of  the  meal  his  host  offered  him  his  choice 
between  drinking  the  cup  of  blessing  and  receiving 
forty  gold  pieces.  The  Rabbi  supposed  that  being  a 
Min,  he  would  not  care  to  act  as  a  Jew  by  making 
the  responses  after  the  benedictions,  and  might  prefer 
to  receive  a  reward  in  money.  The  Min,  however, 
chose  the  former,  whereupon,  so  the  story  goes,  a  voice 
from  heaven  proclaimed  that  the  equivalent  of  the 
'  cup  of  blessing '  was  forty  gold  pieces. 

A  curious  note  concludes  the  story,  to  the  effect 
that  '  that  family,'  presumably  that  of  the  Min  who 
brought  the  '  good  tidings,'  was  well  known  amongst 
the  great  ones  of  Rome,  and  that  it  was  called  the 
family  of  Bar  Livianos. 

The  Jew  in  this  story  is  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh, 
the  compiler  of  the  Mishnah,  who  died  a.d.  220,  so 
that  the  incident  belongs  to  the  end  of  the  second, 
or  the  beginning  of  the  third,  century.  Where  it 
took  place,  there  is  no  evidence  to  show.  Rabbi  (as 
Jehudah  ha-Q.  is  usually  called)  spent  the  greater 
part  of  his  life  in  Galilee ;  at  various  times  he  lived 
in  Usha,  Shefaram,  Beth  Shearim  and  Sepphoris. 
The  last-named  city  may  be  regarded  as  especially  his 
place  of  residence,  since  he  dwelt  there  seventeen 
years   and   died   there.     We   may  suppose   that  the 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     243 

incident  of  the  story  before  us  took  place  in  Sepphoris  ; 
and  with  this  agrees  the  fact  that,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  many  of  the  stories  about  Minim  are  located  in 
Sepphoris. 

In  the  story  itself,  nothing  turns  upon  the  particular 
question  of  the  Min  to  Rabbi.  And  since  this  is 
identical  with  a  question  addressed  to  Rn  Gamliel 
by  Caesar,  it  is  possible  that  it  has  been  borrowed 
from  the  earlier  incidents,  the  actual  question  of 
Rabbi's  opponent  not  being  known.  The  interest 
of  the  story  before  us  is  contained  in  its  dramatic 
development.  It  is  certainly  surprising  that  a  man 
should  commit  suicide  because  he  could  not  refute 
the  argument  of  an  opponent.  The  second  Min, 
however,  is  more  interesting  than  the  first ;  and  the 
remark  of  R.  Jitzhaq,  at  the  end  of  the  story,  seems 
to  indicate  that  he  was  not  an  unknown  man.  The 
words  in  which  he  delivered  his  message,  WI  bring 
you  good  tidings'  (nuio  -ikod),  might  seem  to  suggest 
evayyekiov  ;  but  the  phrase  is  common  in  New  Hebrew, 
as  the  N.T.  term  is  in  Greek.  We  cannot  therefore 
infer'  a  reference  to  the  Gospel  in  the  language  of 
the  Min,  though  the  phrase  is  certainly  appropriate, 
if  he  was  a  Christian.  He  must  have  been  a 
Jewish  Christian,  since  he  was  evidently  familiar 
with  the  Jewish  ceremonial  of  the  benediction 
after  the  meal,  and  was  willing  to  take  part  in  it  as  j 
if  he  had  been  a  Jew.  The  friendliness  shown 
towards  a  Min  by  a  Jew  in  this  instance  is  in  sharp 
contrast  to  the  feeling  indicated  in  most  of  the  stories 
concerning  the  Minim. 

The  historical  note  about  the  family  of  this  Min 
is  a  riddle  which  I  have  not  been  able  to  solve.     R. 


244  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Jitzhaq,  the  authority  for  it,  is,  indirectly,  the 
authority  for  the  story  itself,  although  it  is  given 
anonymously.  He  evidently  knew  about  it,  since  he 
knew  the  Min  who  is  mentioned  in  it.  R.  Jitzhaq 
was  a  Babylonian  by  birth,  but  spent  the  greater  part 
of  his  life  in  Palestine,  chiefly  in  Tiberias  (where  he 
studied  under  R.  Johanan),  and  in  Csesarea.  He 
belonged  therefore  to  the  end  of  the  third  and  the 
beginning  of  the  fourth  century.  The  name  '  Bar 
Livianos '  is  written  in  most  of  the  MSS.  and  early 
texts,  'Bar  Lulianos'  (see  Rabbinowicz  on  the 
passage),  and  in  one  MS.  '  Ben  Ulianos.'  The  name 
Lulianos  usually  represents  Julianus.  R.  Jitzhaq 
said  that  the  family  called  by  this  name  existed  in 
his  own  time,  amongst  the  great  ones  of  Rome,1  and 
that  the  Min  was  a  member  of  it.  It  is  not  clear 
how  a  Jewish  Christian  should  be  a  member  of  a 
great  Roman  house.  Some  light  is  thrown  on  the 
question  by  the  fact  that  R.  Jitzhaq  had  a  disciple 
whose  name  was  Luliani  bar  Tabrinai,  i.e.  Julianus 
bar  Tiberianus  (see  Bacher,  Ag.  d.  Pal.  Am.,  ii.  210, 
n.  7).  This  man  was  a  Jew,  since  he  was  a  Rabbi ; 
and  his  Roman  name  does  not  imply  Gentile  birth. 
Many  Rabbis  had  Greek  or  Roman  names.  The 
remark  of  R.  Jitzhaq  may  accordingly  be  explained 
thus:  the  name  of  the  Min  was  Julianus  (or 
Lulianos),  a  name  simply  borrowed  from  a  great 
Roman  family.  R.  Jitzhaq's  disciple,  Luliani,  may 
have  been  a  relative  of  the  Min  in  a  younger  genera- 

1  This  term,  however,  is  sometimes  applied  to  distinguished  Komans 
living  in  Palestine,  as  in  b.  A.  Zar.  18%  where  "the  great  ones  of  Home" 
attended  the  funeral  of  R.  Jose  b.  Qisma,  probably  in  Coesarea,  certainly  in 
Palestine.  The  Min  in  the  story  is  more  likely  to  have  been  associated  with 
a  Roman  family  in  Palestine  than  in  Rome. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     245 

tion,  and  perhaps  had  the  vanity  to  assert  a  connexion 
with  the  Roman  family. 

R.    ISHMAEL   BEN   JOSE   AND   A   MlN 
TWO   POWERS   IN   HEAVEN 

(89)   b.    Sanh.    38b. — A   certain    Min   said   to   R. 

Ishmael  ben  R.  Jose',  '  It  is  written  [Gen.  xix. 

24],  And  the  Lord  rained  upon  Sodom  and 

Gomorrah  brimstone  and  fire  from  the  Lord. 

It    ought    to    have    been  from    himself V     A 

certain  fuller  said  [to  R.  Ishmael],  ■  Let  him 

alone;  I  will  answer  him.     For  it  is  written 

[Gen.  iv.  23],  And  Lamech  said  to  his  wives, 

Adah   and   Zillah,   hear   my   voice,    ye   wives 

of  Lamech.       It    ought    to    have    been    my 

wives.     But  the  text  reads  so,  and  here  also 

the  text   reads    so.'     He  said,  *  Whence   did 

you   get  that  ? '      '  From    the    saying    of   R. 

Meir.' 

Commentary. — This  anecdote  forms  part  of  a  long 

passage     containing     many     polemical     discussions 

between  Jews   and   non-Jews.     These  will  be  dealt 

with,  so  far  as  they  relate  to  Minim,  in  reference  to 

the  various   Rabbis  who  took  part  in  the  dialogue. 

It  would  have  been  interesting  to  present  the  whole 

passage  at  once ;  but  for  convenience  of  explanation 

it  is  better  to  break  up  the  material  into  its  component 

parts.     R.  Ishmael  ben  Jose  was  the  son  of  R.  Jose 

ben  Halaphta,  and  belonged  to  the  circle  of  Rabbi 

(Jehudah   ha-Qadosh)   mentioned   in   the    preceding 

section.     He  lived,  probably  in  Sepphoris,  at  the  end 


246  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

of  the  second  century  and  the  beginning  of  the  third. 
This  serves  to  fix  the  date  of  the  incident  within 
rather  wide  limits  indeed,  but  otherwise  is  of  no 
importance ;  because,  although  the  Min  addressed 
his  question  to  R.  Ishmael,  he  was  answered,  not  by 
that  Rabbi,  but  by  a  bystander  who  heard  the 
question. 

The  Min  quoted  Gen.  xix.  24,  and  drew  attention 
to  the  fact  that  in  that  text  the  name  of  the  Lord 
was  mentioned  twice,  The  Lord  rained  ....  from 
the  Lord.  He  suggested  that  this  implied  the 
existence  of  more  than  one  divine  being.1  A  fuller, 
who  heard  the  remark,  asked  to  be  allowed  to  answer 
the  Min.  He  quoted  Gen.  iv.  23,  where  a  similar 
grammatical  peculiarity  occurs  in  reference  to 
Lamech.  The  inference  was  that  as  Lamech  was 
only  one  being,  so  God  was  only  one.  As  for  the 
form  of  the  phrase,  the  scripture  (or  rather  the 
author  of  the  scripture)  chose  to  say  so,  in  the  one 
text  as  in  the  other.  On  being  asked,  as  it  would 
seem  by  R.  Ishmael,  where  he  learned  his  answer, 
the  fuller  replied  that  it  was  from  the  teaching  of 
R.  Meir.  Probably  R.  Meir  had  used  the  argument 
in  a  public  address  in  the  synagogue. 

R.  Jitzhaq  (see  above,  p.  244),  a  century  later, 
strengthened  the  argument  (Ber.  r.,  §  li.,  p.  105a,  b)  by 
quoting  1  Kings  i.  33  and  Esther  viii.  8  in  addition 
to  Gen.  iv.  23.  He  did  not  refer  to  the  use  of 
Gen.  xix.  24  by  the  Minim ;  but  unless  this 
text  were  made  use  of  by  heretics,  there  would 
have  been  no  object  in  strengthening  the  counter 
argument. 

1  On  the  doctrine  of  Two  divine  Powers,  see  below,  p.  261  fol. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     247 
R.  Hanina,  R.  Hoshaia,  and  a  Min 

ISRAEL   AND   THE    GENTILES 

(90)  b.  Pes.  87b.— R.  Hoshaia  said,  '  What  is  that 

which  is  written  [Judg.  v.  11],  The  righteousness 

of  his  rule  in  Israel     The  Holy  One,  Blessed 

be  He,  did  righteousness  in  Israel  in  that  he 

"  scattered  "  them  amongst  the  nations.'     And 

this  is  what  a  certain  Min  said  to  R.  Hanina, 

'We   esteem   ourselves  better  than  you.     It 

is  written  concerning  you   [1    Kings   xi.    16], 

He  dwelt  there  six  montfis,  etc.     This  refers 

to  us.      You   have   been   in  our  midst  these 

many  years  and  we  do  nothing  to  you.'     He 

said  to  him,  'Wilt  thou  allow  a   disciple  to 

join  in  [the  discussion]  with  thee  ? '  R.  Hoshaia 

joined  in  with  him.     He  said  to  him,  '  Because 

ye   did   not  know  how  ye  might  destroy  us. 

Not  all  of  them  [the  Jews]  are  amongst  you. 

As  for  those  that   are   amongst  you   [if   ye 

destroyed  them]  ye  would  be  called  a  broken 

kingdom.'     He  said  to  him,  '  By  the  Temple 

of  Rome  !  we  are  always  thinking  so.' 

Commentary.  —  R.     Hoshaia     belonged    to     the 

younger    generation     of    the     disciples     of    Rabbi 

(Jehudah   ha-Qadosh),  and  there  is  some  reason  to 

believe  that  the  latter,  and  not  R.  Hanina,  was  the 

one  to  whom  the  remark  of  the  Min  was  addressed. 

Rabbinowicz    (D.    Soph,    on    the   passage)   gives  a 

reading,  'Jehudah  Nesiah'   in  place  of  R.    Hanina. 

This  would  naturally  denote  the  grandson  of  Rabbi ; 

but  Rabbi  himself  is  sometimes  so  called.     R.  Hoshaia 


248  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

is  described  as  a  disciple.  This  would  suggest  Rabbi, 
rather  than  R.  Hanina,  as  his  teacher,  and  would 
exclude  Jehudah  Nesiah.  Since,  however,  the 
question  is  answered  by  R.  Hoshaia,  it  is  of  no 
great  importance  to  whom  it  was  addressed.  The 
date  of  the  incident  may  be  placed  in  the  first  half 
of  the  third  century.  The  scene  wras  probably 
Caesarea,  where  R.  Hoshaia  seems  to  have  spent 
most  of  his  life. 

The  story  occurs  in  the  middle  of  a  haggadah 
upon  the  dispersion  of  Israel  among  the  nations. 
R.  Hoshaia  explained  the  text,  Judg.  v.  11,  The 
righteousness  of  his  rule  in  Israel,  by  slightly  altering 
the  word  'his  rule,' pirzono,  so  as  to  make  it  read  as 
if  it  were  derived  from  the  root  pazar,  to  scatter. 
Whence  he  drew  the  moral  that  God  had  shown  his 
righteousness,  had  done  good  to  Israel  by  scattering 
them  amongst  the  nations.  In  illustration  of  this 
striking  interpretation,  the  dialogue  with  the  Min  is 
added,  in  which  R.  Hoshaia  virtually  explains  his 
meaning.  The  Min  quotes  the  text  1  Kings  xi.  16,1 
He  dwelt  there  six  months  until  he  had  cut  off  every 
male  in  Edom.  Edom,  said  the  Min,  refers  to  us  (i.e. 
the  Romans,  according  to  a  very  common  identifi- 
cation in  the  Talmud  and  the  Midrash).  The  argu- 
ment of  the  Min  is  this : — Israel  showed  cruelty  to 
Edom  in  the  days  of  old ;  but  Edom,  i.e.  Rome,  has 
done  nothing  to  Israel,  though  for  many  years  Jews 
have  been  living  in  the  midst  of  the  Gentile  nations 
in  the  Roman  empire.     Therefore  the  Romans  are 

1  I  give  this  in  full.  The  Talmud  often  gives  only  a  few  words  of  a 
quotation,  although  the  whole  verse  is  necessary  to  establish  the  point  with 
a  view  to  which  the  quotation  was  made. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     249 

more  generous  than  the  Jews.  The  answer  to  this 
challenge  is  given,  not  by  the  person  addressed, 
whether  R.  Hanina  or  Rabbi,  but  by  R.  Hoshaia. 
Instead  of  denying,  as  he  might  well  have  done,  the 
alleged  forbearance  of  the  Romans  towards  the 
Jews,  he  boldly  declared  that  the  Romans  would 
have  killed  all  the  Jews  if  they  had  known  how. 
But  Israel  was  scattered  abroad,  and  in  that  fact 
lay  their  safety.  This  was  the  blessing  of  God  in 
scattering  Israel,  according  to  the  exposition  of  Judg. 
v.  11  already  given.  If,  continued  R.  Hoshaia,  the 
Romans  had  killed  the  Jews  who  were  in  their  midst, 
their  empire  would  be  called  a  broken  kingdom  ;  the 
reason  apparently  being  that  the  Jews  were  good 
citizens  and  also  numerous,  so  that  the  destruction 
of  them  would  have  been  a  loss  to  the  empire.  The 
Min  admitted  the  justice  of  the  retort. 

There  is  nothing  in  this  dialogue  to  distinguish  the 
Min  from  any  heathen  citizen  of  the  empire,  except 
the  fact  that  he  was  aquainted  with  the  O.T.  scrip- 
tures. He  could  hardly  have  been  a  Jew;  for,  as 
remarked  in  connexion  with  another  anecdote  (see 
above,  p.  224),  a  Jew,  even  though  he  were  a  Jewish 
Christian,  would  hardly  have  taunted  another  Jew 
with  the  misfortunes  or  the  faults  of  Israel.  The 
Min  was  probably  a  Christian ;  but  as  opposed  to 
the  Jew,  it  is  remarkable  that  he  speaks  as  a  Roman 
citizen,  not  as  a  Christian.  I  need  hardly  remind  the 
reader  that  the  date  of  this  incident  must  be  nearly 
a  century  earlier  than  the  time  when  Christianity 
became  the  official  religion  of  the  Roman  empire. 
It  is  impossible  to  identify  this  Christian.  There  is 
some  reason  to  believe  that   Hoshaia  met  and  con- 


250  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

versed  with  Origen,  who  was,  like  himself,  resident  in 
Caesarea.  But  there  is  nothing  in  the  present 
instance  to  suggest  that  the  Min  was  a  Christian 
bishop.  Whatever  a  layman  might  do,  a  bishop 
would  hardly  swear  by  the  great  temple  of  Rome. 
As  Cassarea  was  the  seat  of  the  government,  the 
Min  may  have  been  some  official  in  the  city  who 
happened  to  be  a  Christian. 

R.  Hanina  and  a  Min 

THE    REJECTION   OF   ISRAEL 

(91)  b.   Joma   56h. —  A   certain   Min   said   to    R. 

Hanina,  '  Now  are  ye  unclean  children,  for  it 

is  written  [Lam.  i.  9],  Her  uncleanness  is  in 

her  skirts.'     He  said  to  him,  '  Come,  see  what 

is  written   concerning  them   [Lev.    xvi.    16], 

That  dwelleth  with  them  in  the  midst  of  their 

uncleanness;  at  the  very  time  when  they  are 

unclean,  the  Shechinah  dwelleth  in  the  midst 

of  them.' 

Commentary.  —  There    is    very   little    that    needs 

explanation  in  this  fragment  of  dialogue.     We  have, 

as  in  other  cases,  quotation  of  scripture  by  a  Min, 

with  an  anti-Jewish  purpose.     The  Min  accordingly 

was  probably  a  Christian  not  of  Jewish   extraction. 

The  point  of  the  taunt  to  the  Jew  was  the  apparent 

abandonment  of  Israel  on  the  part  of  God.     The 

previous  extract  (90),  shows   one  way  in  which  the 

Jews  met  and  refuted  the  insinuation.     R.    Hanina 

* 

in  the  present  instance  gives  another.  The  challenge 
of  the  Min  and  the  answer  of  the   Rabbi  are  little 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     251 

better  than  mere  word-fencing.  The  incident  only 
serves  to  show  how  both  Jews  and  their  opponents 
were  conscious  of  the  change  in  the  national  status 
of  Israel  since  the  destruction  of  the  temple  by 
Titus,  and  the  final  overthrow  under  Hadrian.  The 
Jews  were  by  no  means  disposed  to  gratify  either 
Christian  or  heathen  by  the  admission  of  defeat ;  and 
though  the  sorrow  was  heavy  in  his  heart,  the  Jew 
would  turn  a  proud  face  to  the  Gentile  and  meet 
scorn  with  scorn. 

R.  Hanina  has  already  been  mentioned,  not  merely 
in  the  preceding  section,  but  earlier  (see  above,  pp. 
72,  73).  He  was  of  Babylonian  origin,  and  only 
came  to  Palestine  comparatively  late  in  life.  He 
lived  in  Sepphoris,  and  is  thought  to  have  died  about 
the  year  232.  He  was  more  than  eighty  years  old  at 
the  time  of  his  death.  No  doubt  the  interview  with 
the  Min  took  place  in  Sepphoris,  a  place  which  has 
already  been  very  frequently  mentioned  in  connexion 
with  Minim. 

R.  Hanina  and  a  Min 

THE   LAND    OF   ISRAEL 

(92)  b.  Gitt.  57*.  —  A  certain  Min  said  to  R. 
Hanina,  'Ye  speak  falsely'  [in  reference  to 
the  alleged  enormous  population  of  Palestine 
in  former  times].  He  said  to  him,  'A  dear 
land  it  is  written  of  her  [Dan.  xi.  41]. 
Whereas  in  the  case  of  this  deer,  its  skin 
does  not  contain  it,  so  the  land  of  Israel  while 
the  people  lived  in  it  was  wide,  and  now  that 
they  are  now  longer  living  in  it,  is  contracted.' 


252  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Commentary.  —  This  can  only  be  regarded  as  a 
jeu  (Tesprit  of  R.  Hanina.  It  occurs  in  a  famous 
haggadah  concerning  the  land  of  Israel,  where 
several  Rabbis  utter  the  wildest  exaggerations  as  to 
its  former  fertility  and  the  population  of  its  cities. 
No  Rabbi  seriously  believed  that  there  were  "  600,000 
cities  on  the  King's  mountain,  each  of  which  con- 
tained as  many  people  as  came  out  from  Egypt, 
while  three  cities  contained  each  twice  as  many." 
A  too  literal  Min,  prototype  of  other  Minim  in  later 
days,  was  shocked  at  the  monstrous  exaggeration, 
and  exclaimed  to  R.  Hanina,  "  Ye  lie ! "  The  Rabbi 
gave  him  an  answer  worthy  of  the  occasion,  being 
only  a  witty  play  upon  words.  It  is  written,  he  said, 
in  Daniel  xi.  41,  a  dear  land.1  Now  the  skin  of  this 
deer,  when  it  is  stripped  off,  is  no  longer  large  enough 
to  hold  the  carcase  of  the  animal;  it  shrivels  up. 
In  like  manner,  the  land  of  Israel  was  large  enough 
to  hold  all  those  people  while  they  lived  in  it.  Since 
they  have  gone,  it  has  shrivelled  up,  and  is  no  longer 
large  enough.     You  behold  it  in  its  shrunken  state. 

I  have  expanded  R.  Hanina's  answer  in  order  to 
bring  out  the  point  of  it;  and  I  leave  it,  without 
further  comment,  as  a  piece  of  Rabbinical  wit, 
genuine  haggadah  in  its  sportive  mood.  It  would 
be  ridiculous  to  treat  it  seriously,  and  found  upon  it 
a  charge  of  falsehood  against  the  Rabbis. 

In  b.  Kethub.  112a  is  a  reference  to  this  same 
repartee  of  R.  Hanina,  but  the  play  upon  the  word 

1  More  correctly,  'a  glorious  land.'  I  have  used  the  word  'dear'  in 
order  to  reproduce  the  pun.  Tzebi  means  *  glory,'  and  also  '  a  gazelle '  or 
deer.  Thus  the  words  quoted  may  be  rendered  either  'a  dear  (glorious) 
land,'  or  'the  land  is  a  deer'  (gazelle). 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     253 

'tzebi'  is  expanded  into  a  series  of  similes;  and 
although  R.  Hanina  is  mentioned,  the  Min  only 
addresses  to  him  a  remark  upon  the  actual  fertility  of 
Palestine.  On  the  same  page  of  b.  Kethub.  is  a 
remark  make  by  a  Min  to  R.  Zera,  which  is  found 
in  a  somewhat  different  form  in  b.  Shabb.  88a. 


R.  Jannai,  R.  Jonathan,  and  a  Min 

THE   GRAVE   OF   RACHEL 

(93)  Ber.  r.,  §  82,  p.  155b. — And  Rachel  died  and  was 
buried  [Gen.  xxxv.  19].  Burial  followed  close 
on  death,  in  the  way  to  Ephrath  (the  same  is 
Bethlehem). 

R.  Jannai  and  R.  Jonathan  were  sitting. 
There  came  a  certain  Min  and  asked  them, 
*  What  is  that  which  is  written  [1  Sam.  x.  2], 
When  thou  art  departed  from  me  this  day  [thou 
shalt  find  two  men  by  Rachels  tomb,  in  the 
border  of  Benjamin  at  Zelzaft]?  Is  not 
Zelzah  in  the  border  of  Benjamin,  and  the 
tomb  of  Rachel  in  the  border  of  Judah  ?  As 
it  is  written  [Gen.  xxxv.  19],  and  she  was 
buried  on  the  way  to  Ephrath,  and  it  is  written 
[Mic.  v.  2],  Bethlehem  Ephrathah'  R.  Jannai 
said  to  him  [Isa.  iv.  1],  •  Take  away  my 
reproach' \  [R.  Jonathan]  said  to  him  '[the 
text  means],  When  thou  departest  from  me  this 
day  by  Rachels  tomb,  thou  shalt  find  two  men 
in  the  border  of  Benjamin  at  Zelzah'  Others 
say  [that  the  answer  of  R.  Jannai  was]  ■  When 
thou  departest  from  me  this  day  in  tJie  border 


254  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

of  Benjamin  in  Zelzah,  thou  shalt  find  two  men 
by  the  tomb  of  Rachel,'  and  this  is  the  correct 
answer. 

Commentary. — The  difficulty  which  prompted  the 
question  of  the  Min  was  as  to  the  locality  of  Beth- 
lehem. According  to  Mic.  v.  2  [v.  1  Hebr.]  Beth- 
lehem Ephrathah  is  in  the  land  of  Judah.  According 
to  Gen.  xxxv.  19,  Rachel  was  buried  in  the  way 
to  Ephrathah,  which  is  Bethlehem.  But  it  is  said  in 
1  Sam.  x.  2,  Rachels  tomb  in  the  border  of  Benjamin 
at  Zelzah.  Whence  it  would  seem  that  Bethlehem 
Ephrathah  was  also  'in  the  border  of  Benjamin/ 
This  contradiction  is  several  times  referred  to  in  the 
Rabbinical  literature,  and  various  solutions  of  it  given. 
Bacher  [A.  d.  T.,  ii.  50,  n.  5]  mentions  one  by  R.  Meir, 
but  does  not  give  the  reference.  There  is  also  one  in 
T.  Sot.,  xi.  11,  where  no  author's  name  is  mentioned. 

In  the  story  before  us  a  Min  came  to  where  R. 
Jannai  and  R.  Jonathan  were  sitting,  and  asked  them 
to  explain  the  difficulty.  R.  Jannai  apparently  was 
unable  to  do  so,  and  turning  to  R.  Jonathan  said,  in 
the  words  of  Isaiah  [iv.  1],  '  Take  away  my  reproach? 
i.e.  '  Help  me  out ;  do  not  let  me  lie  under  the  re- 
proach of  being  unable  to  answer.'  (This  is  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  commentary  '  Japheh  Toar '  upon  the 
passage.)  R.  Jonathan  accordingly  explained  the 
verse,  in  one  or  other  of  two  ways,  both  of  which  are 
given.  The  point  of  his  answer  is  that  '  in  the  border 
of  Benjamin  at  Zelzah '  denotes  a  different  place  from 
that  where  Rachel's  tomb  was.  Therefore,  there  was 
nothing  to  prove  that  Bethlehem  Ephrathah,  the  site 
of  the  tomb,  was  not  in  the  land  of  Judah. 

The  interest  of  the  dialogue,  for  the  purpose  of  this 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     S60 

work,  lies  in  the  fact  that  a  Min  should  come  and 
consult  a  Rabbi  upon  a  question  of  interpretation  of 
scripture.  This  shows  that  the  relations  between  the 
Jews  and  the  Minim  were  not  always  hostile. 

R.  Jannai  and  R.  Jonathan  both  lived  in  Sepphoris, 
and  were  contemporary  with  R.  Hanina  mentioned  in 
the  preceding  sections.  R.  Jonathan  is  the  same 
whom  we  have  already  met  with  as  having  an  un- 
pleasant adventure  with  the  Minim  (see  above,  p.  215). 
The  Min  in  the  present  instance  is  evidently  a  Jewish  ~ 
Christian,  since  no  one  else  (except  a  Jew)  would  be 
interested  in  the  interpretation  of  the  texts  about 
Bethlehem.  The  importance  of  these  texts  was  the 
same  both  for  Jews  and  for  Jewish  Christians,  since 
upon  them  depended  the  question  of  the  birthplace 
of  the  Messiah.  The  prophecy  Mic.  v.  1  was  inter- 
preted of  the  Messiah,  as  is  shown  by  the  Targum  on 
the  passage,1  and  also  by  the  quotation  in  Matt.  ii. 
4-6.  It  was  therefore  a  difficulty  for  Jewish  Chris- 
tians as  well  as  for  Jews,  that  the  text  in  1  Sam. 
appeared  to  contradict  the  prophecy  in  Micah.  That 
the  interpretation  of  R.  Jonathan  was  contrary  to  the 
plain  meaning  of  the  text  is  of  small  importance. 

R.    SlMLAI   AND    THE   MlNIM 
THE   DOCTRINE   OF   TWO    POWERS    IN   HEAVEN 

(94)  j.  Ber.,  12d,  13a.— The  Minim  asked  R.  Simlai 
how  many  gods  created  the  world  ?  He  said 
to  them,  Do  ye  ask  me?  Go  and  ask  the 
first  man,  as  it  is  written  [Deut.  iv.  32],  Ask 

1  Targum  on  Mic.  v.  1  :— KTWD  p1D>  Wp  "|3D. 


256  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

now  of  the  former  days  which  were  before  thee, 
since  God  created  man  upon  the  earth.  It  is 
not  written  here  (they)  created,  but  (he) 
created.  They  said  to  him,  It  is  written 
[Gen.  i.  1],  In  the  beginning  God  created. 
He  said  to  them,  Is  it  written  (they)  created  ? 
It  is  only  written  (he)  created. 

R.  Simlai  said,  *  In  every  passage  where  the 
Minim  go  wrong,  the  answer  to  them  is  close 

by.' 

They  (the  Minim)  returned  and  asked  him, 
'  What  of  that  which  is  written  [Gen.  i.  26], 
Let  us  make  man  in  our  image,  after  our 
likeness.'  He  said  to  them,  *  It  is  not  written 
here  [ib.  27],  And  they  created  man  in  their 
image,  but  And  God  created  man  in  his  image.' 
His  disciples  said  to  him,  'Rabbi,  thou  hast 
driven  away  these  men  with  a  stick.  But 
what  dost  thou  answer  to  us?'  He  said  to 
them,  '  At  the  first,  Adam  was  created  out  of 
the  dust,  and  Eve  was  created  out  of  the  man. 
From  Adam  downwards  [it  is  said]  in  our 
image  according  to  our  likeness.  It  is  im- 
possible for  man  to  exist  without  woman,  and 
it  is  impossible  for  woman  to  exist  without 
man,  and  it  is  impossible  for  both  to  exist 
without  the  Shechinah.' 

And  they  returned  and  asked  him,  'What  is 
that  which  is  written  [Josh.  xxii.  22],  God, 
God  the  Lord,  God,  God  the  Lord,  he 
knoweth.  He  said  to  them,  '  It  is  not  written 
here  (they)  know,  but  it  is  written  (he) 
knoweth.'     His  disciples  said  to  him,  'Rabbi, 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     257 

thou  hast  driven  these  men  away  with  a  stick. 
But  what  dost  thou  answer  to  us  ? '  He  said 
to  them,  '  The  three  [names]  are  the  name  of 
one,  just  as  a  man  says,  Basileus,  Caesar, 
Augustus.' 

They  returned  and  asked  him,  'What  is 
that  which  is  written  [Ps.  1.  1],  God,  God  tlte 
Lord  hath  spoken  and  he  called  the  earth.'  He 
said  to  them,  *  Is  it  written  here  (they)  have 
spoken  and  have  called?  It  is  only  written, 
(he)  hath  spoken  and  hath  called  the  earth.' 
His  disciples  said  to  him,  'Rabbi,  thou  hast 
driven  these  men  away  with  a  stick.  But 
what  dost  thou  answer  to  us  ? '  He  said  to 
them,  'The  three  [names]  are  the  name  of 
one,  just  as  a  man  says,  labourers,  masons, 
architects.' 

They  returned  and  asked  him,  'What  is 
that  which  is  written  [Josh.  xxiv.  19],  For  he 
is  a  holy  God'  [where  the  word  'holy'  is 
plural].  He  said  to  them,  '  It  is  written  there 
not  they  are  holy,  but  he  [is  holy],  (He  is  a 
jealous  God.)'  His  disciples  said  to  him, 
'  Rabbi,  thou  hast  driven  these  men  away  with 
a  stick.  What  dost  thou  answer  to  us  ? '  R. 
Jitzhaq  said,  '  Holy  in  every  form  of  holiness." 
For  R.  Judan  said,  in  the  name  of  R.  Aha, 
'  The  way  of  the  holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  is 
in  holiness.  His  word  is  in  holiness,  his 
sitting  is  in  holiness,  the  baring  of  his  arm 
is  in  holiness.  He  is  fearful  and  mighty  in 
holiness.  His  ways  are  in  holiness  [as  it  is 
written,  Ps.  lxxvii.   13],   Thy  way,  O  God,  is 

17 


258  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

in  the  sanctuary.  His  footsteps  are  in  holiness 
[Ps.  lxviii.  24],  The  goings  of  my  King,  my 
God,  in  the  sanctuary.  His  sitting  is  in 
holiness  [Ps.  xlvii.  8],  God  sitteth  upon  the 
throne  oj  his  holiness.  His  word  is  in  holiness 
[Ps.  cviii.  7],  God  hath  spoken  in  his  holiness. 
The  baring  of  his  arm  is  in  holiness  [Isa.  lii. 
10],  The  Lord  hath  made  bare  his  holy  arm. 
He  is  fearful  and  mighty  in  holiness  [Exod. 
xv.  11],  Who  is  like  thee,  glorious  in  holiness 
[fearful  in  praise]  ? 

They  returned  and  asked  him,  ■  What  is 
that  which  is  written  [Deut.  iv.  7],  For  what 
great  nation  is  there  that  hath  a  God,  so  nigh 
unto  them,  as  the  Lord  our  God,  whensoever 
we  call  upon  him% '  He  said  to  them,  '  It  is  not 
written  here  call  upon  them,  but  call  upon  him.' 
His  disciples  said  to  him,  'Rabbi,  thou  hast 
driven  away  these  men  with  a  stick.  What 
dost  thou  answer  to  us  ? '  He  said  to  them, 
1  He  is  near  in  every  manner  of  nearness.' 

The  above  passage  is  contained,  with  but 
slight  variations,  in  Ber.  r.,  viii.  9.     Parts  of  it 
are  found  in  Shem.  r.,  xxix.,  Debar,  r.,  ii. 
Commentary. — R.    Simlai,   of    Babylonian    origin, 
lived  in  Palestine,  and  for  the  most  part  in  JLydda. 
He  spent  some  time,  however,  in  Galilee,  where  he 
became  the  friend  and  attendant  of  R.  Jannai.     He 
thus  belonged  to  the  same  circle  as  the  Rabbis  men- 
tioned  in    the   sections   immediately  preceding  the 
present  one.     The  date  of  the  story  may  be  given  as 
|  about  the  middle  of  the  third  century.     I  am  inclined 
to  think  that  R.  Simlai  lived  in  Lydda  after  his  so- 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     259 

journ  with  R.  Jannai  in  Galilee.  He  is  referred  to  in 
the  Babylonian  Gemara,  A.  Zar.  36%  as  R.  Simlai  of 
Lydda.  It  seems  natural  to  suppose  that  he  was 
head  of  an  academy  after,  and  not  before,  being  the 
disciple  and  attendant  of  R.  Jannai.  But  the  data 
for  fixing  the  chronology  of  his  life  are  scanty  and 
somewhat  contradictory  (see  Bacher.,  A.  d.  Pal.  Am., 
i.  552  fol. ;  also  Gratz,  G.  d.  J.,  iv.  265). 

The    long    passage    translated   here   contains    the 
fullest  account  of  the  discussions  between  R.  Simlai 
and  the   Minim.     Moreover,  as   it  is  given   in   the 
Palestinian  Gemara,  it  is  the  nearest  in  time  to  the 
date  when  the  incidents  related  took  place ;  and  not 
only  so,  but  R.  Simlai  was  the  associate  of  the  Rabbis 
who  represent   the  main  line  of  tradition   embodied 
in  the  Palestinian  Gemara.     We  may  therefore  infer 
that  the  series  of  dialogues  here   recorded  contains 
the  substance  of  actual  discussions  between  R.  Simlai 
and  the  Minim.     That  is  to  say,  we  may  be  certain 
that  the  doctrinal  question  which  forms  the  basis  of 
all  the  dialogues  was   really  debated,  that  the  texts 
quoted  were  really  those  used  by  the  Minim,  and  that 
the  replies  of  R.  Simlai  contain  the  actual  arguments 
used  in  refutation  of  the  heretical  exegesis.     It  need 
not  be  supposed  that  all  the  six  dialogues  took  place 
in  immediate  succession.     This  is  unlikely,  from  the 
fact  that  some  of  the  answers  are  mere  repetitions. 
R.  Simlai  probably  had  several  encounters  with  the 
Minim  at  various  times;  and  the  passage  before  us 
may  be  considered  as  a  list  of  these,  arranged  accord- 
ing to  the   texts   made   use   of.     The   phrase,  'the 
Minim  returned  and  asked,'  hardly  means  more  than 
that  ■  on  another  occasion  they  asked.' 


260  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  every  dialogue  but  the 
first  the  disciples  of  R.  Simlai  asked  him  to  give 
them  a  reply  other  than  that  which  he  had  given  to 
the  Minim.  In  each  case  the  curious  phrase  occurs, 
'Rabbi,  thou  hast  driven  these  men  away  with  a 
stick.'  This  appears  to  mean,  '  thou  hast  put  them 
off  with  a  mere  quibble,'  instead  of  dealing  seriously 
with  their  question.  So,  at  all  events,  the  disciples 
seem  to  have  intended  the  phrase.  Yet  the  answers 
which  the  Rabbi  gave  to  the  Minim  were  surely  more 
to  the  point  than  those  which  he  gave  to  his  disciples. 
Those  who  argue  from  plural  nouns  are  adequately 
refuted  with  singular  verbs.  And  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  written  text  of  Scripture  was,  for  both 
parties  in  the  controversy,  the  final  authority.  The 
time  is,  even  now,  not  so  far  distant  when  similar 
questions  were  decided  by  appeal  to  texts.  The 
intention  of  the  disciples  in  asking  for  other  explana- 
tions was  perhaps  that  they  wished  for  an  interpreta- 
tion of  the  text  without  reference  to  its  polemical  use, 
an  indication  of  what  it  did  mean  rather  than  of  what 
it  did  not  mean.  R.  Simlai  did  not  always  succeed 
so  well  in  positive  exposition  as  he  did  in  controver- 
sial negation.  His  explanation  of  the  words,  let  us 
make  man,  etc.,  is  no  explanation.  The  words  were 
used  before  the  creation  of  Adam  and  Eve,  and  could 
not  gain  their  meaning  from  what  was  only  possible 
after  that  event.  If  this  be  dismissed  as  absurd,  then 
the  alternative  seems  to  be  that  R.  Simlai  regarded 
the  account  of  the  creation  in  Gen.  ii.  as  a  record  of 
events  prior  to  those  related  in  Gen.  i.,  so  that  Adam 
and  Eve  were  already  in  existence  when  God  said, 
Let  us  make  man,  etc.     I  suspect  that  R.  Simlai  was 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     261 

quite  unable  to  explain  the  use  of  the  plural  in  let  us 
inake  man,  etc.,  and  escaped  from  the  difficulty  by  a 
piece  of  haggadah,  striking  but  irrelevant. 

His  answers  to  the  argument  from  the  triple  de- 
signation of  God  are  reasonable  enough.  It  is 
curious  that  the  interpretation  of  the  phrase  con- 
cerning the  holiness  of  God  is  ascribed,  not  to  R. 
Simlai,  but  to  R.  Jitzhaq,  a  younger  contemporary, 
and  not  impossibly  one  of  R.  Simlai's  own  disciples. 
It  is  nowhere  said  indeed,  so  far  as  I  know,  that 
there  was  this  relationship  between  the  older  and 
the  younger  man ;  but  it  is  noteworthy  that,  in  the 
last  of  his  explanations,  R.  Simlai  uses  the  same  idea 
as  that  which  R.  Jitzhaq  had  used  in  reference  to 
4  holiness,'  a  fact  which  would  seem  to  suggest 
that  R.  Simlai  took  up  the  idea,  on  hearing  his 
disciple  expound  it,  having  himself  been  unable  to 
explain  the  text  to  which  Jitzhaq  applied  it.  If 
this  be  thought  to  be  too  far-fetched,  then  the  con- 
clusion is  that  R.  Simlai's  own  explanation  had  been 
forgotten,  or  that  he  never  gave  one,  and  that  the 
compilers  of  the  Gemara  inserted  the  later  explana- 
tion of  R.  Jitzhaq  in  this  appropriate  place. 

The  question,  so  often  asked  in  preceding  sections, 
Who  are  the  Minim  referred  to  in  the  passage?  is 
of  special  importance  here,  because  the  controversy 
recorded  turns  upon  a  great  theological  subject.  It 
is  known,  and  frequently  referred  to  in  the  rab- 
binical literature,  as  the  doctrine  of  'Two  Powers 
in  Heaven.'  And  as  the  present  passage  is  the 
longest  which  treats  of  that  subject,  here  will  be 
the  best  place  to  discuss  it.  Other  passages  having 
reference  to  this   doctrine  will  be  given  later,  and 


262  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

mention  has  already  been  made  of  it.  But  it  will  be 
convenient  to  inquire  here,  once  for  all,  what  is  the 
doctrinal  implication  of  the  phrase,  '  Two  Powers  in 
Heaven.'  We  shall  then  have  a  means  of  deciding 
in  other  passages,  as  well  as  in  the  present  one,  Who 
were  the  Minim  who  held  the  doctrine  ? 

The  phrase  itself,  '  Two  Powers  in  Heaven,'  occurs 
in  Siphri,  §  329,  p.  139b.  More  often  it  occurs  in  the 
shorter  form  '  two  powers,'  as  in  Mechilta  66b,  and 
elsewhere.  But  in  every  case  it  is  implied  that  the 
two  powers  are  supposed  to  be  in  heaven.  It  is 
evident,  therefore,  that  the  doctrine  referred  to  is 
not  that  of  a  dualism  consisting  of  a  good  and  an 
evil  power,  hostile  to  one  another.  The  doctrine  of 
the  Two  Powers  cannot  be  that  of  the  Persian,  or 
the  Manichgean  dualism  ;  because,  according  to  those 
systems,  the  evil  power  certainly  did  not  work  in 
conjunction  with  the  good  power  in  the  creation  of 
the  world  or  in  anything  else.  The  Persian  dualism, 
comprising  Ahuramazda  and  Ahriman,  is  referred  to 
in  the  Talmud,  in  a  polemical  discussion,  b.  Sanh. 
38b,  and  it  is  worth  notice  that  the  opponent  of  the 
Jew  is  there  called  a  Magus  and  not  a  Min.  There 
are,  it  is  true,  instances  where  the  term  Min  is  used, 
and  where  a  Persian  is  almost  certainly  intended 
(see  b.  Ber.  58a),  but  this  does  not  occur  in  reference 
to  the  doctrine  of  the  Two  Powers. 

The  various  Gnostic  systems  maintained  a  dualism, 
or  rather  a  plurality,  of  superhuman  Powers ;  and 
the  Jews  of  Palestine  were  more  likely  to  come  into 
contact  and  collision  with  Gnostics  than  with  the 
adherents  of  the  forms  of  religion  just  mentioned. 
Is  the  doctrine  of  the  Two  Powers,  then,  a  Gnostic 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH    263 

doctrine?  It  was  one  of  the  main  tenets  of  most 
Gnostic  systems  that  the  world  was  created  by  the 
Demiurgus,  an  inferior  God,  regarded  as  an  emana- 
tion from  the  supreme  Deity,  and  far  removed  from 
him.  The  Demiurgus  was,  by  some  Gnostics, 
identified  with  the  God  of  the  Jews;  and  the 
superiority  of  Christianity  over  Judaism  was  ex- 
plained by  saying  that  the  latter  was  the  religion 
whose  object  of  worship  was  the  Demiurgus,  while 
the  former  was  the  revelation,  through  Christ,  of  the 
supreme  God.  Neither  Christ,  nor  the  supreme  God, 
according  to  Gnostic  teaching,  had  any  share  in 
creating  the  world.  Christ  certainly  not;  and  the 
supreme  God  only  so  far  as  he  willed  it,  and  dele- 
gated the  task  to  the  inferior  being,  the  Demiurgus. 
The  whole  point  of  the  Gnostic  doctrine  was  that 
the  supreme  God  should  be  thought  to  have  no 
immediate  contact  with  the  world  of  matter. 

Now  the  doctrine  of  the  Two  Powers  in  Heaven, 
which  is  ascribed  in  the  Talmud  and  the  Midrash 
to  the  Minim,  is  almost  always  mentioned  in  con- 
nexion with  the  creation  of  the  world.  And  the 
texts  which  are  urged  against  it  are  such  as  to  show 
that  not  only  did  the  supreme  God  himself  create 
the  world,  but  that  he  did  so  alone,  without  any 
associate.  And  the  refutation  is  always  directed 
especially  to  the  second  point.  The  Gnostics  cer- 
tainly did  not  teach  that  creation  was  the  work  of 
the  supreme  God  ;  but  equally  they  did  not  teach 
that  it  was  the  work  of  two  deities  acting  together. 
Hence  it  would  seem  that  the  doctrine  of  the  Two 
Powers  is  not  a  Gnostic  doctrine;  and  the  only 
exception  is  perhaps  this,  that  where  the  two  powers 


264  CHRISTIANITY  IN   TALMUD 

are  referred  to  in  connexion  with  some  other  subject 
than  the  creation  of  the  world,  there  may  be — I  do 
not  say  there  is — a  reference  to  Gnosticism. 

There  remains  the  question  whether  the  doctrine  of 
the  '  Two  Powers  in  Heaven,'  associated  in  creation, 
was  a  Christian  doctrine?  And  in  answering  that 
question  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  we  are  not 
at  liberty  to  range  through  all  the  various  forms  of 
Christianity  taught  in  the  first  three  centuries,  but 
must  confine  our  attention  to  those  which  may 
reasonably  be  supposed  to  have  been  familiar  to  the 
Christians  of  Palestine.  Now  a  doctrine  of  two 
powers  in  heaven,  associated  in  creation,  is  clearly 
taught  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  The  opening 
words  of  that  epistle  are  (Heb.  i.  1) :  God  .... 
hath,  at  the  end  of  these  days,  spoken  unto  us  in  his 
Son,  whom  he  appointed  heir  of  all  things,  through 
whom  also  he  made  the  worlds.  Whatever  may  be 
the  precise  meaning  of  '  worlds  '  (alwvas),  it  certainly 
includes  that  of  the  world  of  which  God,  according 
to  the  O.T.,  was  the  creator.  The  relation  of  Christ 
to  God  in  the  theology  of  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews  was  quite  different  from  that  of  the 
Demiurgus  to  God,  in  the  Gnostic  systems.  And 
the  difference  consists  in  the  fact  that  the  Demi- 
urgus was  placed  as  far  off  from  God  as  was  con- 
sistent with  his  retaining  a  spiritual  nature,  while 
Christ  was  regarded,  in  the  epistle,  as  in  closest 
possible  union  with  God,  short  of  actual  identity  of 
person  or  complete  equality  of  rank.  The  theology 
of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  might,  from  the 
Jewish  point  of  view,  be  naturally  described  as  a 
doctrine  of  Two  Powers   in   Heaven,  or  even  as  a 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     265 

doctrine  of  two  Gods.  The  same  might  be  said  of 
the  purely  Pauline  and  the  Johannine  theologies, 
from  the  Jewish  point  of  view.  It  is  therefore 
evident  that  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers,  which  is 
ascribed  to  the  Minim  in  the  Talmud,  is  a  Christian 
doctrine.1 

Of  the  three  types  of  Christian  theology  just 
mentioned,  the  one  most  likely  to  be  found  amongst 
the  Christians  with  whom  the  Jews  of  Palestine 
came  into  contact,  is,  beyond  question,  that  of  the 
Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  Whatever  may  be  the 
place  of  origin,  or  the  destination  of  that  Epistle,  it 
was  addressed  to  Jewish  Christians ;  and  it  is  not 
unreasonable  to  suppose  that  it  would  become 
generally  known  amongst  Jewish  Christians  where- 
ever  they  might  be,  whether  in  Rome  or  in  Palestine. 
That  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  was  known,  not 
merely  to  the  Jewish  Christians  of  Palestine,  but  to 
the  Rabbis,  is  indicated  by  a  polemical  reference 
(b.  Nedar.  32b)  to  the  priesthood  of  Melchizedek, 
upon  which  is  founded  one  of  the  characteristic 
doctrines  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  [The 
passage  will  be  translated  (139)  and  explained  below, 
see  p.  338.]  This  polemical  reference  was  made  by 
R.  Ishmael,  whom  we  have  already  met  with  several 
times  as  an  opponent  of  Minim  [see  above,  pp.  105, 
130,  156],  and  dates  from  the  early  years  of  the 
second  century. 

We  may,  therefore,  conclude  that  the  theology  of 

1  This  is  shown  clearly  by  a  passage  (95)  in  Pesiqta.  r.,  ixi.  pp.  100b,  101% 
"If  the  son  of  the  harlot  [i.e.  Jesus]  say  to  thee,  '  There  are  two  gods,'  say  to 
him,  *  I  am  He  of  the  Red  Sea,  I  am  He  of  Sinai ' "  [i.e.  there  are  not  two 
gods  but  one],  A  few  lines  further  down,  the  same  argument  is  met  by 
the  text,  '  God  spoke '  [sing,  not  plur.].     See  below,  p.  304. 


266  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  was  known  to,  and 
accepted  by,  the  Jewish  Christians  of  Palestine  early 
in  the  second  century,  and  that  the  doctrine  of  the 
Two  Powers  in  Heaven  is  the  Jewish  description  of 
the  doctrine  of  that  Epistle,  concerning  the  relation 
of  Christ  to  God.  Whether  all  Jewish  Christians, 
in  Palestine  or  elsewhere,  adopted  the  Christology 
of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  must  remain  an  open 
question.  It  is  quite  likely  that  some  of  them 
adhered  to  the  primitive  doctrine  as  to  the  person 
of  Jesus,  which  did  not  in  any  way  trench  upon 
the  Jewish  conception  of  the  Unity  of  God.  There 
were  certainly  different  sects  or  parties  amongst  the 
Jewish  Christians,  as  is  shown  by  the  names  Ebionite 
and  Nazarene.  And  it  is  possible  that  the  former 
term  denoted  those  who  did  not  accept  the  Christ- 
ology of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  The  solution 
of  this  question  I  leave  to  New  Testament  scholars. 

As  regards  the  main  subject  of  this  book,  it  may 
now  be  taken  that  the  term  Minim  includes  Jewish 
Christians  holding  a  theology  similar  to  that  of  the 
Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  In  the  concluding  division 
of  this  work  I  shall  endeavour  to  place  this  fact  in 
its  proper  relation  to  the  general  history  of  the 
Jewish  Christians. 

R.  Abahu,  R.  Saphra,  and  the  Minim. 

(96)  b.  A.  Zar.  4a.— R.  Abahu  commended  R. 
Saphra  to  the  Minim  as  being  a  great  man. 
They  remitted  to  him  thirteen  years'  tolls. 
One  day  they  found  him.  They  said  to  him, 
6  It  is  written  [Amos  iii.  2],  You  only  have  I 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     267 

known,  of  all  the  families  of  the  earth,  therefore 
I  will  visit  upon  you  all  your  iniquities.     One 
that  hath  anger,  would  he  vent  it  against  his 
friend  ? '     He  was   silent,   and   said  to  them 
nothing  at  all.     They  put  a  towel   over  his 
head  and  railed  at  him.     R.  Abahu  came  and 
found  them.     He  said  to  them,  '  Why  do  ye 
rail  at  him  ? '     They  said  to  him,  '  And  didst 
not  thou  tell  us  that  he  was  a  great  man? 
Yet  he  does  not  know  how  to  tell  us  the 
explanation  of  this  text.'     He  said  to  them, 
'I  said  this  to  you  of  him  as  a  Talmudist. 
Did    I    ever   say  so  of  him   as   a   Scripture- 
teacher?'     They  said  to   him,  'Why  are   ye 
different,   and    know  [how   to   explain   scrip- 
tures]?'    He   said  to  them,  'We,  who  live 
in    your   midst,   give    our   minds   to    it    and 
examine    [the    scriptures].       They    [i.e.    the 
Babylonians]   do   not   examine  them.'     They 
said  to  him,  'Do  thou  tell  us.'     He  said  to 
them,  'I  will   make   a   parable  of  what  the 
thing  is  like.     [It  is  like]  a  man  who  lends 
to  two  men,  one  his  friend  and  the  other  his 
enemy.      He    recovers    [payment]    from    his 
friend  little  by  little,  but  from  his  enemy  all 
at  once.' 
Commentary. — The    date     of    this     very     curious 
incident  is  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century.     R. 
Abahu,  already  mentioned,  was  the  disciple   of  R. 
Johanan,  and   lived  in  Caesarea.     R.   Saphra   was  a 
Babylonian,  on  a  visit  to  Palestine,  and  is  well  known, 
though  not  prominent,  in  the  history  of  the  Talmudic 
tradition.     No  doubt  was  ever  expressed  of  his  entire 


268  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

i 

loyalty   to   the  Jewish   religion.     Yet  here  we  find 

him,    and   that,   too,   on  the  recommendation  of  It. 

Abahu,  accepted  by  the  Minim  as  a  teacher.     From 

the  fact  that  they  remitted  to  him  thirteen  years'  tolls, 

it  would  seem  that  they  engaged  him  as  their  teacher, 

offering  him  at  least  an  honorarium  if  not  a  salary. 

This  fact  is  important  for  the  history  of  the  Minim, 

as  bearing  on  their  relation  to  Judaism.     There  is,  so 

far  as  I  know,  nothing  in  the  scanty  notices  of  R. 

Saphra,  to  be  found  elsewhere  in  the  Talmud,  that 

throws  any  light  upon  the  incident  here  related.     He 

was  held  in  high  esteem  in  Babylonia,  where  it  was 

triumphantly  reported  (b.  Gitt.  29b)  that  he  had,  in 

a  judicial  decision,  proved  three  ordained  Rabbis  of 

Palestine   to   be   in   error.     He   was   intimate    with 

Abahu,  and  it  is  perhaps  worthy  of  note  that  it  was 

he   who  reported  in  Babylonia,  on  the  authority  of 

Abahu,    the    account     of   the    abortive    schism    of 

Hananjah,  nephew  of  R.  Jehoshua,  concerning  whom 

the  allegation  of  Minuth  had  been  made  (see  above, 

p.  211).     It  does  not  appear,  however,  that  R.  Saphra 

knew     anything     of    the    story    about    Hananjah's 

adventure  with  the   Minim  of  Capernaum.     There 

is  something  so  strange  in  the  assertion  that  a  Rabbi 

so   well   known  as  Saphra  should  become  a  teacher 

amongst  the  Minin,  that  one  is  inclined  to  suspect  a 

confusion  between  the  well-known  Saphra  and  some 

obscure  man  of  the   same  name.     But  there  is  no 

evidence  for  this.     Abahu  speaks  of  Saphra  as  a  great 

man,  and  a  Babylonian.     And  there  is  no  hint  of  any 

other  being  intended  than  the  R.  Saphra  elsewhere 

mentioned,  who,  moreover,  is  known  to  have  been  an 

associate  of  Abahu.     There  is  no  ground  whatever  for 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     269 

dismissing  the  story  as  a  fiction.  The  time  in  which 
Abahu  lived  was  not  so  remote  but  that  the  traditions 
of  his  school  were  well  known  when  the  Babylonian 
Gemara  was  compiled;  The  incident  under  discussion 
would  not  be  less  strange  even  if  the  Rabbi  concerned 
were  not  the  well-known  Saphra.  What  is  remarkable 
is  that  any  Rabbi  should  have  become  a  teacher 
amongst  the  Minim.  And  if  such  an  occurrence  had 
never  been  known,  it  is  not  likely  to  have  been 
invented.  If  it  had  been  invented,  and  related  by 
way  of  a  jest  against  R.  Saphra,  the  story  would  have 
done  more  justice  to  the  jest  and  not  have  mentioned 
the  alleged  fact  as  a  mere  matter  of  course. 

Bacher  (A.  d.  Pal.  Am.,  ii.  96  f.)  suggests  that  R. 
Saphra  was  engaged  by  the  Minim  not  as  a  teacher 
but  as  an  assistant  in  collecting  the  Imperial  revenue, 
which  they  farmed.  This  is  on  the  strength  of  the 
phrase,  "  remitted  to  him  thirteen  years'  tolls."  But 
this  suggestion,  even  if  it  be  deemed  a  fair  inference 
from  the  phrase  just  quoted,  does  not  solve  the 
difficulty.  For  the  Minim  were  annoyed  with  him 
on  account  of  his  ignorance  of  Scripture,  not  of  his 
blundering  in  finance.  If  they  had  engaged  him  as 
an  accountant,  they  could  not  have  charged  Abahu 
with  having  given  a  misleading  recommendation, 
when  R.  Saphra  failed  as  an  interpreter  of 
Scripture.  It  is  possible  that  the  collection  of  the 
tolls  in  Csesarea  was  in  the  hands  of  a  Christian ;  but 
it  is  not  clear  what  is  meant  by  the  remission  of 
*  thirteen  years'  tolls.'  All  that  can  be  said  is  that 
the  Minim  made  some  sort  of  a  present  to  R.  Saphra, 
in  return  for  the  benefit  which  they  hoped  to  derive 
from  his  services. 


270  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

I  see  no  alternative  but  to  accept  the  story  as 
showing  that  the  relations  between  the  Minim  and 
the  Jews,  at  all  events  in  the  beginning  of  the 
fourth  century,  were  not  always  hostile.  That  the 
Minim  here  mentioned  were  Jewish  Christians,  and 
of  a  strongly  Jewish  type,  is  evident  from  the  fact 
that  a  Jewish  Rabbi  of  unquestioned  orthodoxy  could 
be  acceptable  to  them.  That  they  were  heretics  is 
plain  from  Abahu's  answer  to  them.  The  story  itself 
needs  little  further  explanation.  The  Minim  were 
dissatisfied  with  their  new  teacher,  and  asked  R. 
Abahu  why  it  was  that  the  stranger  could  not  explain 
the  Scriptures,  while  Abahu  and  the  Jews  of  Csesarea 
were  able  to  do  so.  The  answer  was  that  the  necessity 
of  refuting  the  Minim  in  controversy  made  them  study 
the  Scriptures  very  closely.  The  Babylonian  Jews, 
who  did  not  encounter  Minim,  had  no  inducement  to 
such  close  study.  This  is  of  some  importance  as 
showing  that  the  Minim  were  confined  to  Palestine, 
or,  at  least,  were  not  numerous  elsewhere. 

R.  Abahu,  at  the  request  of  the  Minim,  gave  his 
own  interpretation  of  the  text  (Amos  iii.  2)  in  the 
form  of  a  parable.  The  Jews,  being  favoured  by  God, 
received  the  punishment  of  their  sins  by  instalments, 
so  that  they  might  not  be  too  severely  dealt  with. 
The  other  nations  will  receive  their  punishment  once 
for  all  and  will  suffer  in  proportion. 

R.  Abahu  and  the  Epiqurosin.     Enoch 

(97)  Ber.  r.,  xxv.  1,  p.  55°. — The  Epiqurosin  asked 
R.  Abahu,  they  said  to  him,  '  We  do  not  find 
death  in  the  case  of  Enoch.'     He  said  to  them, 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     271 

1  Why  ? '     They  said  to  him,  '  There  is  men- 
tion here  [Gen.  v.  24]  of  "taking,"  and  there 
is  mention  elsewhere  [2  Kings  ii.  5],  to-day  the 
Lord  taketh  away  thy  master  from  thy  head,' 
He  said  to  them,  '  If  ye  are  arguing  from  the 
idea  of  "taking,"  there  is   mention   here   of 
"  taking,"    and    there    is    mention    elsewhere 
[Ezek.   xxiv.   16],  BeJiold,  I  take  away  from 
thee  the  desire  of  thine  eyes.''    R.  Tanhuma 
said,  *R.  Abahu  has  answered  them  well/ 
Commentary. — The    Epiqurosin,   here    mentioned, 
are  no  doubt  the  same  as  the  Minim.     Bacher  (A.  d. 
Pal.  Am.,  ii.  115  n.  4)  gives  *  Minim,'  but  does  not 
mention  the  edition   of  the   Ber.  r.  from  which  he 
quotes. 

The  point  of  the  dialogue  is  obvious.  The  Minim 
seem  to  have  wished  to  show  that  Enoch  was  a  type 
of  Jesus,  as  regards  his  ascension  into  heaven.  In 
support  of  their  contention,  that  the  words  (Gen.  v. 
24),  and  God  took  him,  did  not  imply  death,  they 
quoted  2  Kings  ii.  5,  where  the  same  word  is  used  of 
Elijah  on  his  ascent  into  heaven.  R.  Abahu  refuted 
the  argument  by  giving  an  instance  (Ezek  xxiv.  16) 
where  the  use  of  the  word  clearly  implied  death.  It 
is  true  that  there  is  here  no  direct  allusion  to  Jesus, 
but  unless  such  an  allusion  was  intended  there  would 
seem  to  be  no  reason  why  the  Minim  should  contend 
that  Enoch  did  not  die,  nor  why  R.  Abahu  should 
have  refuted  their  contention.  At  the  same  time,  it 
is  not  easy  to  see  why  Elijah  should  not  have  served 
as  the  type  of  Jesus,  since  even  Abahu  admitted  the 
fact  that  he  did  not  die  and  that  he  did  ascend  to 
heaven.     I   leave  it  to  those  who  are  familiar  with 


272  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

the  early  Christian  writings  to  say  whether  Enoch  is 
ever  regarded  as  a  type  of  Jesus  in  reference  to  his 
ascension.  In  Ep.  Hebr.  xi.  5,  a  writing  which  was, 
as  we  have  seen,  known  to  the  Minim  (above,  p.  265), 
Enoch  is  mentioned,  but  only  as  an  instance  of  faith. 
It  is  there  stated,  however,  that  Enoch  did  not  die. 
It  is  possible  that  in  the  dialogue  before  us  there  is 
no  reference  to  Jesus,  but  merely  a  defence  of  a 
Christian  text  against  a  Hebrew  one.1 

R.  Tanhuma,  who  is  reported  to  have  approved  the 
answer  of  Abahu,  lived  in  Palestine  in  the  fourth 
century,  and  had,  himself,  an  adventure  with  the 
Minim  (see  below,  p.  282). 


It.  Abahu  and  a  Min.     Anachronism 
in  Scripture 

(98)  b.  Ber.  10a. — A  certain  Min  said  to  R.  Abahu, 
'  It  is  written  [Ps.  iii.  1],  Psalm  of  David, 
when  he  fled  before  Absalom  his  son.  And  it  is 
written  [Ps.  lvii.  1],  Of  David;  Michtam, 
when  he  fled  before  Saul,  in  the  cave.  Was  the 
incident  [of  Absalom]  first?  Yet  since  the 
incident  of  Saul  was  first,  it  ought  to  have 
been  written  first.'  He  said  to  him,  'To  you, 
who  do  not  interpret  "contexts,"  there  is  a 
difficulty  ;  to  us,  who  do  interpret  "  contexts," 
there  is  no  difficulty.' 

1  It  is  worth  notice  that  the  LXX.,  in  Gen.  v.  24,  render  npb  (took)  by 
/x€T€0tj/c6,  'translated,'  and  that  the  latter  word  is  used  in  Heb.  xi.  5. 
Both  R  Abahu  and  the  Minim  understood  Greek  ;  and  thus  the  discussion 
may  have  turned  on  the  question  whether  the  Hebrew  word  was  correctly 
rendered  in  the  text  in  the  Ep.  to  the  Hebrews. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     273 

Commentary. — Rabbinowicz  (D.  Soph,  ad  loc.) 
gives  a  variant  according  to  which  the  question  of 
the  Min  is  :onp  ^ikbh  pibwd  ik  nnp  ubtr&n  nvvo  cnp  irw»  vt 
This  is  the  reading  of  the  Munich  MS.  I  do  not 
adopt  it,  however,  because  it  appears  to  be  intended 
as  a  gloss,  in  explanation  of  the  question  of  the  Min. 
The  reading  of  the  Agadath  ha-Talmud,  also  quoted  by 
Rabbinowicz,  is  :*ma  fcitn  nvyn  nA  kb»-q  mn  nt?yD  *n, 
which  seems  to  confirm  the  reading  of  the  printed 
text.  The  difficulty  raised  by  the  Min  is  obvious  ; 
the  Psalm  which  refers  to  the  earlier  event  comes  after 
that  which  refers  to  the  later  one.  R.  Abahu  replied 
that  the  difficulty  was  only  felt  by  those  who  did  not 
interpret  'contexts.'  He  meant  that  there  were 
reasons,  apart  from  succession  or  priority  in  time, 
why  the  Scripture  mentions  one  event  in  connexion 
with  another.  The  Scriptures  were  regarded  as  con- 
taining the  whole  of  revealed  truth,  and  therefore  as 
being  much  more  than  a  mere  historical  record.  Re- 
ligious and  moral  lessons  were  taught  in  it,  for  the 
sake  of  which  historical  consistency  was  disregarded. 
The  principle  of  deduction  from  'contexts,'  pioo 
to  which  R.  Abahu  referred,  was  followed  in  the 
Rabbinical  schools  long  before  his  time.  R.  Eliezer, 
in  the  first  century,  made  use  of  it,  as  did  also  R. 
El'azar  ben  Azariah,  his  younger  contemporary. 
R.  Aqiba  appears  to  have  been  the  first  to  formulate 
the  principle  into  a  canon  of  interpretation,  in  the 
form  ruo»n  msh  rvronb  hdiod  pnv  mrm  ^d,  i.e. '  every  section 
is  explained  by  the  one  that  stands  next  to  it' 
(Siphri,  on  Num.  xxv.  1,  §  131,  p.  47a).  In  the  third 
century,  R.  El'azar  ben  Pedath  gave  a  Scripture 
proof  of  the  principle,  or  at  least  warrant  for  it,  from 

18 


274  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Ps.  cxi.  8,  They  are  established  (d'oidd)  for  ever  and 
ever,  i.e,  '  The  d^didd  are  for  ever  and  ever ' ;  they 
are  eternally  true.  This  dictum  of  R.  El'azar  ben 
Pedath  is  mentioned  in  the  Gemara,  immediately 
after  the  answer  of  R.  Abahu  to  the  Min.  The 
printed  text  wrongly  ascribes  it  to  R.  Johanan. 
Rabbinowicz  shows,  on  the  authority  of  the  Munich 
MS.,  that  the  true  reading  is  'El'azar.'  R.  Abahu 
did  not  explain  to  the  Min  how  he  would  apply  the 
principle  in  the  case  of  the  two  texts  quoted.  The 
illustration  given  in  the  Gemara,  in  connexion  with 
the  saying  of  R.  El'azar,  refers  to  a  different  pair  of 
texts.  That  the  Minim  did  not  follow  this  prin- 
ciple in  their  interpretation  of  Scripture  is  evident, 
not  merely  from  R.  Abahu's  statement,  but  from  the 
fact  that,  as  he  pointed  out,  the  difficulty  would  not 
have  been  felt  by  them  if  they  had  followed  the 
principle. 

R.  Abahu  and  a  Min.     The  Souls  of  the 
Departed 

(99)  b.  Shabb.  152b.— A  certain  Min  said  to  R. 
Abahu,  'Ye  say  that  the  souls  of  the  right- 
eous are  stored  up  under  the  Throne  of  Glory. 
How  did  the  necromancer  call  up  Samuel  by 
witchcraft?'  [1  Sam.  xxviii.  12].  He  said  to 
him,  'That  happened  within  twelve  months 
[from  death].  For  it  is  tradition,  that  during 
twelve  months  a  man's  body  remains,  and  his 
soul  goes  up  and  comes  down;  after  twelve 
months  the  body  perishes,  and  his  soul  goes 
up  and  does  not  come  down  again.' 


REFERENCES  TO    MINIM   AND   MINUTH      275 

Commentary, — It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  pre- 
ceding passage,  as  well  as  in  the  present  one,  there 
is  no  polemical  intention  in  the  question  of  the 
Minim  to  R.  Abahu,  but  only  a  desire  for  instruction. 
This  helps  to  make  clearer  such  a  friendly  attitude 
of  both  parties  to  each  other  as  is  implied  in  the  story 
of  R.  Saphra  already  discussed  (see  above,  p.  266). 
On  the  other  hand,  the  passage  does  not  throw  any 
light  upon  the  theology  of  the  Min ;  the  question  is 
not  in  itself  heretical,  but  merely  an  inquiry  by  one 
who  was  a  heretic. 

R.  Abahu  and  a  Min.     God  a  Jester  ; 
God  a  Priest 

(100)  b.  Sanh.  39d.— A  certain  Min  said  to  R. 
Abahu,  '  Your  God  is  a  jester,  for  he  said  to 
Ezekiel  [Ezek.  iv.  4],  Lie  upon  thy  left  side, 
and  it  is  written  [ib.9  6],  and  thou  shalt  lie  on 
thy  right  side.'  There  came  a  certain  disciple 
and  said  to  him  [Abahu],  ■  What  is  the  mean- 
ing of  the  Sabbath-year  ? '  He  said,  '  I  will 
say  to  you  a  word  which  will  answer  both  of 
you.  The  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  said  to 
Israel  [Exod.  xxiii.  10,  11],  Sow  six  years,  and 
refrain  the  seventh,  that  ye  may  know  that 
the  land  is  mine.'  But  they  did  not  do  so, 
but  sinned,  and  were  carried  away  captive. 
It  is  the  custom  of  the  world  that  a  king  of 
flesh  and  blood,  against  whom  a  city  is  re- 
bellious, if  he  is  cruel  will  slay  all  the  people, 
if  he  is  merciful  he  will  slay  half,  and  if  he  is 
full  of  mercy  he  chastises  the  great  ones  among 


276  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

them  with  chastisement.  Thus  did  the  Holy 
One,  Blessed  be  He,  chastise  Ezekiel,  that  he 
might  wipe  away  the  sins  of  Israel.' 

A   certain  Min  said  to   R.  Abahu,   'Your 
God  is  a  priest,  for  it  is  written  [Exod.  xxv. 
2],    That  they  take  for  me  a  heave-offering. 
When   he   buried   Moses,   wherewith   did   he 
purify  [bathe]  himself?      If  you   say,   'with 
water,'  then  see  what  is  written  [Isa.  xl.  12], 
Who  hath  measured  the  waters  in  the  hollow 
of  his  hand'     He  said  to  him,  '  With  fire  did 
he  purify  himself,  as  it  is  written  [Isa.  lxvi. 
15],  For  behold  the  Lord  will  come  with  fire' 
[He  said],    'Does  then    purification    by  fire 
avail  ? '     He  said,  '  The  very  essence  of  puri- 
fication is  in  fire,  as  it  is  written  [Num.  xxxi. 
23],  All  that  abideth  not  the  fire,  thou  shalt  make 
to  pass  through  the  water' 
Commentary. — There  is  little  to  be  said  upon  these 
two    anecdotes.      The     questions     contain     nothing 
characteristic  of  Minuth,  and  only  serve  to  illustrate 
the  relations   between   It.   Abahu   and  the   Minim. 
They  occur  in  the  middle  of  a  long  passage,  contain- 
ing many  references  to  Minuth,  and  several  instances 
of  dialogues   between    Jewish   Rabbis  and    Minim. 
These  have  been,  or  will  be,  dealt  with  in  connexion 
with  the  several  Rabbis  mentioned. 

R.  Abahu  and  a  Min.     The  Coming 
of  the  Messiah 

(101)  b.    Sanh.  99a. — And   this   is  what  a  certai 
Min  said  to  R.  Abahu, '  When  will  the  Messial 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     277 

come  ? '      He  said  to  him,    '  When  darkness 
hath   covered   these   men   [i.e.  covered  you].' 
He  said,  '  Thou  art  cursing  me ! '     He  said, 
•  The  text  is  written  [Isa.  lx.  2],  For  behold 
darkness  shall  cover  the  earth  and  gross  dark- 
ness the  people  ;  but  the  Lord  shall  arise  upon 
thee  and  his  glory  shall  be  seen  upon  thee' 
Commentary. — The  reference  in  the  opening  words 
is  to  an  anonymous   parable   of  a   cock  and   a   bat 
who  were  waiting  for  the  dawn.     The  cock  said  to 
the  bat,  I  am  waiting  for  the  light,  for  the  light  is 
mine  ;  but  what  have  you  to  do  with  light  ?    In  other 
words,   none   but  Jews   have  any  concern  with  the 
coming  of  the  Messiah.     This,  says   the  Gemara,  is 
the  point  of  the  answer,  made  by   R.    Abahu  to  a 
certain  Min,  etc.,  and  then  follows  the  above  passage. 
The  only  interest  in  it  is  that  it  is,  so  far  as  I  know, 
the  only  passage  where  a  Min  refers  to  the  Messiah. 
If  the  Minim  are,  or  include  Jewish  Christians,  one 
would  naturally  expect  that  the  alleged  Messiahship 
of  Jesus  would  be  a  subject  of  controversy.     This, 
however,  is  not  the  case  ;  and  the  fact  might  be  used 
as  an   argument  in  support  of  the  theory  that  the 
Minim  are  not  Christians.     In  the  present  instance 
the  Min  can  hardly  have  been   a  Jewish  Christian, 
because  Abahu  by  his  answer  implies  that  he  is  a 
Gentile.     But  the  incident  is  too  slight  to  serve  as 
the  foundation  for  any  argument. 

R.  Abahu  and  a  Min  (Sason) 

(102)  b.  Succ.   48b. — A  certain  Min,  whose  name 
was   Sason,  said  to  R.  Abahu,  Ye  will  draw 


278  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

water  for  me,  in  the  world  to  come,  for  it  is 
written  [Isa.  xii.  3],  With  joy  [sason]  shall  ye 
draw  water,  etc.     He  said  to  him,  ■  If  it  were 
written  for  joy,  it  would  be  as  you  say.     But 
.  it  is  written,  with  joy  [with  sason] ;  we  shall 
make  a  waterskin  of  the  skin  of  this  man  [i.e. 
of  your  skin],  and  draw  water  from  it.' 
Commentary. — This  is  only  a  piece  of  witty  repartee 
and   needs   no   comment.     The  name   Sason  occurs 
elsewhere ;    there  was   a  Rabbi   'Anani  bar   Sason, 
as  Bacher  points  out,  who  appears  to  have  been  a 
contemporary  of  R.   Abahu.     There  is  nothing  to 
imply  that  Sason  was  a  Min,  beyond  the  mere  state- 
ment of  the  text. 

This  concludes  the  series  of  dialogues  in  which  R. 
Abahu  was  concerned.  Several  are  of  but  small  im- 
portance, and  are  only  given  here  for  the  sake  of 
completeness.  It  is  my  endeavour  to  present  to  the 
reader  every  passage  in  the  Talmud  in  which  Minim 
and  Minuth  are  referred  to. 

R.  Ami  and  a  Min.     The  Resurrection 
of  the  Dead 

(103)  b.  Sanh.  91a. — A  certain  Min  said  to  R. 
Ami,  •  Ye  say  that  the  dead  live.  But,  lo, 
they  are  dust ;  and  how  shall  dust  live  ? '  He 
said  to  him,  '  I  will  tell  thee  a  parable.  Unto 
what  is  the  thing  like  ?  Unto  a  king  of  flesh 
and  blood  who  said  to  his  servants,  Go,  build 
for  me  a  great  palace  in  a  place  where  there 
is  neither  water  nor  dust.  They  went  and 
built  it.     After  a  time  it  fell.     He  said,  Build 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     279 

it  again,  in  a  place  where  there  is  dust  and 
water.  They  said  to  him,  We  cannot.  He 
was  angry  with  them,  and  said  to  them,  Ye 
have  built  it  in  a  place  where  there  was  neither 
water  nor  dust;  how  much  more  in  a  place 
where  there  is  water  and  dust. 

6  But,  if  thou  dost  not  believe  [that  dust  can 
live],  go  into  the  valley  and  see  the  mouse, 
which  to-day  is  half  flesh  and  half  earth,  and 
to-morrow  has  crept  out  and  is  become  alto- 
gether   flesh.      And,   lest  thou   say,   This   is 
through  length  of  time,  go  to  the  hill  and  see 
that  to-day  there  is  but  one  snail ;  to-morrow 
the  rains  have  fallen,  and  the  place  is  filled 
with  snails.' 
Commentary.  —  R.    Ami    was    a    disciple    of    R. 
Johanan,  and  thus  a  contemporary  of  R.  Abahu.    The 
Min  would  seem  to  have  been  an  unbeliever  in  resur- 
rection altogether.     If  so,  of  course,  he  cannot  have 
been   a    Jewish    Christian.      The   argument   of  the 
Minim  against  the  resurrection  was  usually  a  denial 
that  the  doctrine  could  be  proved  from  the  Torah. 
This   appears  from   the  passage  already  quoted  (see 
above,  p.  232),  where  Rn.  Gamliel  tries  to  refute  their 
argument.     The  Mishnah  at  the  head  of  this  section 
of  Sanhedrin  is  the  famous  one  [M.  Sanh.  x.  1],  already 
several  times  mentioned,  which  enumerates  those  who 
have   no  portion  in  the  world   to   come.     Amongst 
others,   it  specifies  those  who  say  that  there  is   no 
resurrection  from  the  dead.     The  common  text  adds 
the  words,  nroim  p,  f  according  to   the    Torah ' ;    but 
Rabbinowicz,  on  the  passage,  shows  that  these  words 
are    an    interpolation.      This    is    confirmed   by   the 


280  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Tosephta  (T.  Sanh.  xiii.  5),  which  condemns  "those 
who  lie  concerning  the  resurrection  of  the  dead,"  but 
does  not  allude  to  a  denial  of  scripture  proof  for  the 
doctrine.  The  words  interpolated  are  probably  from 
the  Gemara,  a  few  lines  further  down  (p.  90b),  where 
the  question  is  raised  'what  is  the  proof  of  the 
resurrection  according  to  the  Torah  ? '  The  scripture 
proof  of  the  doctrine  is  merely  a  special  branch  of 
the  general  subject.  Accordingly,  the  Gemara,  here 
and  elsewhere,  deals  with  the  subject,  sometimes  in 
reference  to  the  general,  sometimes  to  the  special 
question.  The  Minim  ask  Rn.  Gamliel  for  a  proof 
of  the  resurrection  of  the  dead,  and  he  gives  them 
texts  from  Scripture  (see  above,  p.  231,  No.  85).  A 
few  lines  further  down,  on  the  same  page  of  Sanhedrin, 
the  '  Romans '  ask  R  Jehoshua  b.  Hananjah  the 
same  question,  and  he  also  answers  them  by  quoting 
texts.  Then  follows  a  passage  in  which,  according  to 
the  received  text,  it  is  alleged  that  the  '  Books  of  the 
Minim '  contain  denials  of  the  scripture  proof  of  the 
doctrine  of  resurrection.  But  the  correct  reading  is 
not  Minim,  but  Cuthim  (Samaritans),  as  is  shown  by 
the  parallel  passages,  Siphri,  p.  33b,  cp.  87%  also  by  the 
MS.  authority  cited  by  Rabbinowicz.  On  the  last 
line  of  p.  90b  of  Sanhedrin  is  a  passage  in  which  an 
Emperor  (io>p)9  puts  to  Rn.  Gamliel  the  very  same 
question  which  the  Min  puts  to  R.  Ami  in  the 
passage  at  present  under  consideration.  The  answer 
is  different  in  the  two  cases,  but  in  both  it  is  addressed 
to  an  opponent  who  denies  the  doctrine  of  resurrection 
in  general,  not  merely  the  scripture  proof  of  it.  The 
denial  is  natural  enough  coming  from  a  heathen 
emperor  (presumably  Hadrian).     But  I  do  not  know 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     281 

what  class  of  heretic — Min — denied  that  doctrine. 
In  the  time  when  R.  Ami  lived,  the  end  of  the  third 
and  beginning  of  the  fourth  century,  there  were  no 
Sadducees.  The  denial  of  the  resurrection  of  the 
dead  was  not  a  Gnostic  tenet.1  I  am  inclined  to 
think  that  the  opponent  of  R.  Ami  was  really  a 
heathen,  incorrectly  or  inadvertently  called  a  Min  in 
the  Gemara. 

The  passage  is  evidently  introduced  merely  for 
the  sake  of  R.  Ami's  answer.  His  parable  of  the 
building  of  the  palace  is  easily  explained.  If  God 
could  form  man  out  of  nothing,  much  more  could  he 
form  again  a  living  being  out  of  dust.  The  Rabbi's 
curious  illustrations  from  the  natural  history  of  the 
mouse  and  the  snail  rest  upon  what  in  his  time  were 
accepted  facts. 

Gebiha  B.  Pesisa  and  a  Min.     The 
Resurrection  of  the  Dead 

(104)  b.  Sanh.  91a. — A  certain  Min  said  to  Gebiha 
ben  Pesisa,  '  Woe  to  you  guilty  who  say  that 
the  dead  live.  If  the  living  die,  how  shall  the 
dead  live  ? '  He  said,  '  Woe  to  you  guilty  who 
say  that  the  dead  do  not  live.  If  those  who 
were  not,  live,  those  who  have  been,  live  all 
the  more.'  He  said  to  him,  '  Thou  callest  me 
guilty.  Suppose  I  prove  it  by  kicking  thee 
and  tearing  thy  scalp  from  thee.'  He  said, 
'If  thou  doest  thus,  thou  shalt  be  called  a 
faithful  physician,  and  shalt  receive  a  great 
reward.' 

1  The  resurrection  of  the  body,  however,  was  denied  by  the  Gnostics. 


282  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Commentary. — This  passage  follows  immediately 
after  the  one  about  R.  Ami,  just  translated.  I  have 
included  it  here,  because  it  deals  with  the  same  sub- 
ject, not  because  it  belongs  chronologically  to  this 
place.  Gebiha  ben  Pesisa  is  a  legendary  character, 
traditionally  contemporary  with  Alexander  the  Great. 
Two  anecdotes  are  given  on  the  same  page  of 
Sanhedrin,  describing  how  Geb.  b.  Pesisa  acted  as 
advocate  for  the  Jews  before  Alexander  the  Great. 
I  can  throw  no  light  upon  him.  The  repartee  about 
the  resurrection  of  the  dead  was  connected  with  his 
name,  and  for  that  reason  presumably  he  is  mentioned 
by  the  compiler  of  the  Gemara  immediately  after 
R.  Ami. 

The  meaning  of  his  further  answer  to  the  threat  of 
violence  is,  that  if  the  Min  killed  him,  he  would 
confer  immortality  and  thus  prove  himself  a  great 
physician  by  giving  life  by  means  of  death.  A  rather 
dangerous  doctrine  for  physicians. 

R.  Tanhuma,  Caesar  and  a  Min.     All  one 
People 

(105)  b.  Sanh.  39a. — Csesar  said  to  R.  Tanhuma, 
1  Come,  let  us  all  be  one  people.'  He  said, 
'  So  be  it.  But  we,  who  circumcise  ourselves, 
cannot  become  like  you.  Do  ye  circumcise 
yourselves  and  become  like  us.'  He  said  to 
him,  'Thou  hast  spoken  well.  Nevertheless, 
everyone  who  prevails  over  a  king,  they  cast 
him  into  the  vivarium'  They  cast  him  into 
the  vivarium,  but  [the  beast]  did  not  eat  him. 
A   certain   Min   said  to  him    (Caesar),    '  The 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     283 

reason  why  [the  beast]  did  not  eat  him  is  that 
it  was  not  hungry.'  They  cast  him  [the  Min] 
[into  the  vivarium]  and  [the  beast]  ate  him. 
Commentary. —  R.  Tanhuma  lived  in  Palestine,  in 
the  generation  after  R.  Abahu,  thus  about  the  middle 
of  the  fourth  century.  Bacher  (A.  d.  Pal.  Am.,  hi. 
467)  admits  that  this  anecdote  rests  upon  a  historical 
event,  and  supposes  that  the  emperor  referred  to 
must  have  been  a  Christian.  The  emperors  con- 
temporary with  R.  Tanhuma  were,  with  one  notable 
exception,  Christians.  That  exception  was  Julian  the 
Apostate  (a.d.  361-363),  and  I  suggest  that  the 
Emperor  in  the  story  is  intended  for  Julian,  rather 
than  for  one  of  the  Christian  emperors.  It  is  true 
that  Julian  is  nowhere  mentioned  by  name  in  the 
Talmud  (unless  the  reading  mho  DU&&,  j.  Ned.  37d,  be 
preferred  to  the  reading  »  Ptttyfrpn  in  the  parallel 
passage,  j.  Shebhu.  34d).  There  is,  however,  no  a 
priori  reason  why  he  should  be  entirely  ignored,  at  all 
events  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara.  It  is  known  that 
Julian  was  disposed  to  be  friendly  towards  the  Jews, 
even  to  the  extent  of  offering  to  rebuild  the  Temple 
in  Jerusalem.  His  friendship  was,  no  doubt,  influ- 
enced in  part  by  his  dislike  of  the  Christians,  in  part, 
perhaps,  also  by  his  desire  to  have  the  Jews  on  his  side 
in  his  contemplated  war  with  Persia.  No  Christian 
emperor  would  be  described  as  suggesting  to  a  Jew, 
in  a  friendly  conference,  that  he  and  his  countrymen 
should  forsake  their  religion  and  become  one  people 
with  their  sovereign.  There  is  extant  a  letter  to  the 
Jews  in  which  Julian  speaks  of  his  desire  to  see  their 
holy  city  rebuilt,  and  to  join  with  them  in  offering 
praise  there  to  the  All-Good  (/cat  «/  avrfi  Sd£w  S(oao> 


284  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

jxeff  vfxcjp  to*  KpeLTTovi,  cited  by  Gratz,  iv.  n.  34). 
This  hope  was  never  realised,  and  the  projected  re- 
building of  the  Temple  was  abandoned.  The  Jews 
do  not  appear  to  have  been  greatly  in  favour  of  the 
project,  perhaps  because  it  was  due  to  a  pagan 
emperor  in  the  interests  of  pagan  rather  than  of 
Jewish  religion. 

The  story  before  us  seems  to  reflect  such  a  relation 
between  the  emperor  and  the  Jews.  Julian  actually 
was  in  Antioch  in  the  year  362 ;  and  R.  Tanhuma, 
though  not  the  Nasi,  was  one  of  the  few  eminent 
representatives  of  his  people  in  Palestine.  He  was 
therefore  a  likely  personage  for  the  emperor  to  con- 
verse with  if  he  held  any  intercourse  with  Jews,  as  he 
certainly  did.  I  do  not  mean  to  suggest  that  the 
story  refers  to  anything  so  definite  as  the  project 
of  rebuilding  the  Temple,  only  that  it  describes  an 
incident  made  possible  by  such  an  intention  on  the 
part  of  Julian.  If  this  be  so,  then  the  reply  of  the 
Rabbi  would  reflect  the  view  which  the  Jews  took  of 
the  overtures  of  a  heathen  emperor,  viz.,  that  they 
would  not  purchase  his  friendship  at  the  cost  of  their 
religion,  even  for  the  sake  of  seeing  their  Temple 
rebuilt.  The  emperor  would  naturally  be  mortified 
at  such  a  rebuff;  but  it  is  in  keeping  with  the 
character  of  Julian,  the  philosopher,  that  he  should 
have  admitted  the  force  of  the  Rabbi's  argument, 
while  punishing  him  for  his  rashness  in  opposing  the 
imperial  will.  The  story  goes  on  to  say  that  the 
Rabbi  was  cast  into  the  vivarium,1  to  be  devoured  by  a 

1  Vivarium  ;  this  is  evidently  the  equivalent  of  "Q'Q,  although  vivarium 
in  classical  Latin  does  not  mean  a  den  of  wild  beasts,  such  as  is  clearly 
implied  in  the  story. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     285 

wild  beast,  and  that  for  some  reason  the  beast  would 
not  touch  him.  Amongst  the  bystanders  was  a 
Min,  who  explained  the  reason  of  the  Rabbi's  safety 
by  the  suggestion  that  the  beast  was  not  hungry. 
Whereupon  he  was  sent  to  prove  the  worth  of  his 
own  suggestion  by  being  himself  cast  into  the  den, 
where  he  was  immediately  devoured.  If  the  Min 
were  a  Christian,  it  is  conceivable  that  Julian  should 
have  so  dealt  with  him  ;  or,  if  not  that,  it  is  not 
unnatural  that  the  author  of  the  story  should  have  so 
expressed  his  own  dislike  of  the  Christians  under 
cover  of  the  known  antipathy  towards  them  of  Julian. 
This  anecdote  does  not,  of  course,  throw  much 
light,  if  any,  upon  the  general  subject  of  the  Minim  ; 
but,  if  the  suggestion  made  above  be  warranted,  it  is 
at  least  interesting  as  affording  a  glimpse  into  a  period 
of  Jewish  history  concerning  which  the  Rabbinical 
literature  is  almost  silent. 

R.  Idi  and  a  Min  :  MetatrOn 

(106)  b.  Sanh.  38b.— R.  Nahman  said,  'He  who 
knows  how  to  answer  the  Minim  like  R.  Idi, 
let  him  answer;  if  not,  let  him  not  answer.' 
A  certain  Min  said  to  R.  Idi,  '  It  is  written 
[Exod.  xxiv.  1],  And  he  said  unto  Moses, 
Come  up  unto  the  Lord.  He  ought  to  have 
said,  Come  up  unto  me.'  He  [R.  Idi]  said, 
1  This  is  Metatron,  whose  name  is  as  the  name 
of  his  Master.  For  it  is  written  [Exod.  xxiii. 
21],  For  my  name  is  in  him.'  '  If  so,  worship 
him.'  ■  It  is  written  \ibid.\  Provoke  him  not 
[i.e.  Do   not  mistake   him   for  me].'     ■  If  so, 


286  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

what  have   I   to  do  with   [ibid.']   he  will  not 
pardon  thy  transgressions  ? '     He  [R.  Idi]  said 
to  him,  ■  Be  sure  of  this,  that  even  as  a  guide 
we  would  not  receive  him ;  for   it  is  written 
[Exod.  xxxiii.  15],  If  thy  presence  go  not  [with 
us,  carry  us  not  up  hencey 
Commentary. — Rab    Idi1    is     classed     by    Bacher 
(A.    d.    P.   A.,    iii.    704)    amongst    the   Palestinian 
Amoras  of  the  fourth  century,  though  without  any 
indication  of  the  place  where  he  lived.     R.  Nahman, 
who  refers  to  him,  is  R.  Nahman  bar  Jitzhaq,  a  Baby- 
lonian, president  of  the  College  at  Pumbeditha,  who 
died  a.d.  356.     R.  Idi  appears  to  have  travelled  in 
Babylonia,  and  may  there  have  met  with  R.  Nahman. 
His   dispute  with  the  Min  probably  took  place  in 
Palestine,  as  it  is  said,  b.  Hull.  13a,  that  there  are  no 
Minim   amongst  the   Gentiles,   and  b.   Pesah.,  56h9 
that  there  are  no  Minim  in  Nehardea. 

The  dialogue  between  R.  Idi  and  the  Min  belongs, 
in  any  case,  to  the  fourth  century.  Friedlander,  in  his 
work  der  Vorchristliche  judiscJie  Grnosticismus,  p.  103 
fol.,  makes  some  use  of  the  passage  before  us,  and  begins 
by  transferring  it  to  the  Tannaite  period,  thus  ante- 
dating it  by  nearly  two  hundred  years  !  In  accordance 
with  his  theory,  he  regards  the  Min  as  a  Gnostic,  on 
the  strength  of  the  identification  which  he  proposes 
between  '  Metatron '  and  the  Gnostic  '  Horos '  ("Opos, 
Metator).  But  he  overlooks  the  fact  that  it  is  the 
Jew,  and  not  the  Min,  who  mentions  Metatron. 
And  the  Rabbi's  argument  surely  is  that  the  Min  is 

1  'Idi'  is  the  correct  reading.  The  form  'Idith,'  as  in  the  text,  occurs 
only  here,  and  the  evidence  of  the  authorities  quoted  by  Rabbinowicz  shows 
that  even  here  the  name  should  be  read  '  Idi.' 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     287 

wrong  in  hinting  at  a  second  God,  because  the 
reference  is  to  Metatron,  and  not  to  a  second  God. 
If  the  Min  was  a  Gnostic,  and  if  Metatron  were 
identical  with  Horos,  then  the  Rabbi  would  merely 
have  been  playing  into  the  hands  of  the  Min. 

The  point  in  dispute  is  the  doctrine  of  the  Two 
Powers  in  Heaven,  which  we  have  already  met  with 
in  other  polemical  discussions  (see  above,  p.  262  fol.). 
The  Min  quoted  a  text,  which  appeared  to  imply  the 
existence  of  more  than  one  divine  being,  And  he 
said  unto  Moses,  come  up  unto  tJie  Lord.  If  it  were 
God  himself  speaking,  then  He  ought  to  have  said, 
Coine  up  unto  me.  Who  was  it  to  whom  Moses 
was  told  to  go  up  ?  The  Jew  was  ready  with  his 
answer.  The  reference  was  to  Metatron,  a  recognised 
personage  in  the  Rabbinical  theology,  where  he 
always  appears  as  the  chief  of  the  angels,  nearest  to 
God  but  subject  to  God,  acting  as  his  messenger 
and  representative,  but  never  regarded  as  being  in 
any  sense  himself  God.  Metatron  is  so  far  from 
being  identical  with  the  Logos  of  the  Jewish  Alex- 
andrine philosophy,  or  with  the  Horos  of  Gnosticism, 
that  he  may  be  regarded  as  the  expression  of  the 
Rabbinical  rejection  of  those  conceptions.  In  other 
words,  the  doctrine  of  Metatron  is  the  reply  of  the 
Rabbinical  theology  to  the  doctrine  of  the  Logos 
and  to  the  Gnostic  systems.  No  doubt  there  is 
common  to  all  three  conceptions  the  idea  of  a  delega- 
tion of  divine  power ;  but,  in  the  case  of  Metatron, 
the  line  is  sharply  drawn  between  sen  ant  and 
Master,  creature  and  Creator.  This  is  shown,  in 
a  curious  way,  in  a  passage  (107)  [b.  Hag.  15a], 
which    describes    how    Elisha   ben    Abujah    entered 


288  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Paradise,  and  there  "  saw  Metatron,  to  whom  was 
given  power  to   sit   and  write  down  the  merits   of 
Israel.     He  [Elisha  b.  A.]  said,  '  It  is  taught  that  on 
high  there  is  no  sitting,  no  strife,  no  parting  and  no 
joining.     Can  there  be,  heaven  forbid,  two  powers  ? ' 
They  brought  out  Metatron  and  gave  him  sixty  lashes 
of  fire"     This    was    done,    as    Tosaphoth     rightly 
explains,  to  show  that  Metatron  was  not  superior  in 
kind  to  the  other  angels,  however  much  he  might 
be   in   degree.      Friedlander,   in    the   work    already 
referred  to  (Vorchr.  jud.  Gnosticismus,  102),  quotes, 
or    rather  paraphrases,   this   passage ;    "  Bei  seinem 
Eindringen  in  das  Paradies  sah  Acher  [El.  b.  Abujah], 
wie  berichtet  wird,  zu  seinem  schrecken  eine  zweite 
Gottheit  im   Himmel,  den  Metatron."     Friedlander, 
however,  does   not   mention  the  concluding  words, 
translated    above,    which    expressly    contradict    the 
assertion  that  Metatron  was  a  second  God.     Elisha 
ben  Abujah  may  have  believed  that  Metatron  was 
such  ;  but  the  Talmud  stamps  that  belief  as  a  heresy. 
And  it  is  quite  clear  that  the  Rabbinical  theology 
recognised  Metatron,  while  it  certainly  did  not  admit 
the    Gnostic    conception    with    which    Friedlander 
would  identify  Metatron. 

I  now  return  to  the  dialogue  between  R.  Idi 
and  the  Min.  The  former  has  explained  that  the 
reference|in  the  text  quoted  by  the  latter,  Come  up 
unto  the  Lord,  is  to  Metatron,  for  his  name  is  as  the 
name  of  his^Master,  as  it  is  written  [Exod.  xxiii.  21], 
For  my  name  is  in  Him.  The  Min  rejoins,  '  Then 
why  do  you  not  worship  him?'  If,  that  is,  the 
name  and  by  implication  the  power  of  God  is  com- 
mitted^ Metatron,  why  should  he  not  be  worshipped  \ 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     289 

A  question  very  much  to  the  point,  if  the  Min,  as  sug- 
gested above  (p.  265  fol.),  be  a  Jewish  Christian  whose 
theology  was  that  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 
The  Jew  meets  the  argument  by  a  rather  strained 
interpretation  of  the  text :   Provoke  him  not.     The 
word  translated  '  provoke '  he  derives  from  another 
root,  meaning  •  to  change ' ;  and  he  translates,  *  Do 
not  mistake  him  for  me.'     His  object  is  to  emphasise, 
as  much  as  possible,  the  intrinsic  difference  between 
God  and  the  inferior  being  (Metatron),  which  was 
already   clearly   marked  in   the   original  text.     The 
Min  replies  that  if  there  be  such  a  marked  difference 
between  the  two,  why  is  it  said  he  will  not  pardon 
your  sins  ?     Does  not  this  imply  that  he,  of  whom 
this  is  said,  has  power  to  pardon  or  withhold  pardon  ? 
And  if  so,  can  he  be  only  a  subordinate,  to  whom 
worship  must  not  be  offered  ?     The  answer   of  the 
Rabbi   is   rather   obscure,   '  Be  assured  of  this,  that 
even  as  a  guide  we  would  not  receive  him,  for  it  is 
written,  If  thy  presence  go  not  with  us,  carry  us  not 
up  hence.'     The  connexion  of  this  with  the  argument 
of  the  Min  is  suggested  by  the  remark  of  Rashi,  in 
his  commentary  on  the  verse  in  Exodus,  that  it  was 
not  the  function  of  the  angel  to  pardon  sins  ;  he  was 
to   be   a    guide,    and    nothing    more.     He    will  not 
pardon  your  sins,  because  that  is  out  of  his  depart- 
ment.   The  Rabbi  seems  to  have  interpreted  the  words 
in  a  similar  way.     Metatron   was  sent  as  a  guide, 
with   no   power   to    pardon    sins.     'But   even   as   a 
guide,'  he  goes  on,   '  we  would   not  receive    him.' 
The  promised  guide,  to  whom  the  words  in  Exod. 
xxiii.  refer,  was   never   sent.      For  it   appears   from 
Exod.   xxxiii.   12-17  that   Moses   prayed   that   God 

19 


290  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

himself  would  lead  his  people,  and  that  his  prayer 
was  granted.  Thus,  from  the  Jewish  point  of  view, 
the  argument  of  the  Min  was  completely  met.  So 
far  from  there  being,  as  suggested,  a  second  God, 
there  was  only  an  angel,  supreme  amongst  angels 
perhaps,  but  by  more  than  a  little  '  lower  than  God.' 

Friedlander  makes  the  needless  remark  (op.  cit.9 
p.  104)  that  the  Rabbi,  driven  into  a  corner,  only 
extricated  himself  by  a  violent  exegesis  that  made 
nonsense  of  the  text.  The  real  matter  in  dispute 
was  not  a  point  of  exegesis,  but  a  fundamental 
theological  doctrine.  And  even  if  exegesis  had  been 
in  question,  the  Rabbi  was  only  following  the  usage 
of  the  schools  in  applying  exegetical  methods  which 
were  haggadic  and  not  scientific.  This  will  already 
have  appeared,  from  the  numerous  examples  we  have 
seen  of  Rabbinical  interpretation  of  Scripture. 

R.  Abina  and  a  Min 

(108)  b.  Sanh.  39a.— A  certain  Min  said  to  R.  Abina, 

6  It  is  written  [2  Sam.  vii.  23],  Who  is  like  thy 

people,  like  Israel,   one  nation  in  the  earth  ? 

What    is    their    excellence  ?      Ye    also    are 

mingled  with  them,  for  it  is  written  [Isa.  xl. 

17],   All  the   nations  are  as   nothing  before 

him'     He  said  to  him,  '  Your  own  [prophets] 

bear  witness  concerning   us,  for  it   is  written 

[Num.  xxiii.  9],  It  sliall  not  be  reckoned  among 

the  nations' 

Commentary. — Abina  is  the  name  of  two  Rabbis, 

both    Palestinian,    and    both    living    in    the    fourth 

century,  though  not  in  the  same  generation.     Bacher 


REFERENCES  TO  MINIM   AND  MINUTH    291 

holds  that  the  Abina  of  this  passage  is  the  elder  of 
the  two.1  The  passage  is  of  little  importance.  The 
Min  sought  to  show  that  Israel  had  no  claim  to  pre- 
eminence over  the  other  nations,  on  the  ground  that 
all  the  nations  were  as  nothing  before  God.  The  Rabbi 
retorted  by  quoting  the  words  of  a  heathen  prophet, 
viz.,  Balaam,  to  the  effect  that  Israel  was  not  to  be 
reckoned  amongst  the  nations.  The  Min  evidently 
was  a  Gentile,  and  therefore  probably  a  Christian, 
since  no  other  Gentile  would  be  able  to  quote  from 
the  O.T.  scriptures.  It  is  possible  that  the  reference 
to  Balaam  has  something  of  the  anti- Christian  animus 
noted  above  (p.  66  fol.).  But  if  this  were  the  inten- 
tion, we  should  expect  the  reference  to  be  made  more 
prominent. 

This  concludes  the  series  of  passages  in  which 
Jewish  Rabbis  meet  Minim  in  controversy.  I  shall 
next  present  a  further  series  of  passages  containing 
polemical  allusions  to  the  Minim.  To  some  extent  I 
have  classified  them,  according  to  their  subject  matter; 
but  I  shall  have  to  include  several  in  a  miscellaneous 
group,  having  little  or  nothing  in  common  except  the 
allusion  to  Minim.  I  give,  first,  a  group  of  texts 
referring  to  the  doctrine  of  the  Unity  of  God  and  the 
opposed  doctrines  of  Two  Powers  in  Heaven. 

SECTION   III.   POLEMICAL  ALLUSIONS 
TO  THE  MINIM 

Man  Created  Solitary 

(109)  M.  Sanh.  iv.  5. —  For  this   reason  man  was 
created  solitary  [for  various  reasons],  and  in 

1  A.  d.  P.  Amor.,  iii.  539. 


292  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

order   that   Minim   might   not   say  there   are 

several  Powers  in  Heaven. 
(110)    T.    Sanh.    viii.    7. — Man   was   created   last. 

And   why   was   he   created    last?     That    the 

Minim  might  not  say  there  was  a  companion 

with  Him  in  the  work. 
Commentary, — I  have  omitted  from  ( 109 )  a  few  lines, 
in  which  are  suggested  several  rather  fantastic  reasons 
why  man  was  created  solitary.  My  object,  of  course, 
is  not  to  expound  Haggadah,  but  to  examine  references 
to  Minim.  It  should  be  noticed  that  in  (109)  the 
Minim  are  charged  with  believing  in  several  Powers 
in  Heaven;  in  (110)  they  are  charged  with  asserting 
the  existence  of  a  being  who  aided  God  in  the  work 
of  creation.  The  commentators  on  (109)  explain  the 
passage  thus,  that,  if  several  men  had  been  created  at 
once,  the  Minim  might  say  one  deity  had  created  one 
man,  another  another,  and  so  on.  It  is  not  evident 
what  doctrine  is  aimed  at  in  (109).  At  first  sight  it 
would  seem  to  be  that  of  mere  Gentile  polytheism ; 
but  the  ordinary  Gentiles  are  never,  so  far  as  I  know, 
called  Minim.  The  Gnostics  did,  it  is  true,  believe 
in  'several  Powers'  in  Heaven,  but  not  several 
creators,  and  the  argument  of  the  Mishnah  has  no 
point,  unless  the  doctrine  combatted  be  that  of 
several  creators.  It  is  possible  that  the  word 
translated  'several'  may  only  imply  'more  than  one,' 
in  which  case  the  passage  would  be  in  harmony  with 
most  of  the  others  where  the  doctrine  of  the  Minim 
touching  the  creation  is  alluded  to. 

In  the  second  passage  (110)  it  is  clear  that  only 
two  Powers  are  alleged.  Man  is  said  to  have  been 
created  last  in  order  that  the  Minim  might  not  say 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     293 

that  He,  i.e.  God,  had  a  companion  in  the  work  of 
creation.  That  '  He '  refers  to  God  and  not  to  man 
is  evident  from  the  sense  of  the  passage,  and  is  more- 
over explicitly  stated  in  the  Gemara  [b.  Sanh.  p.  38a]. 
If  it  were  in  the  power  of  the  Minim  to  show  that  a 
being,  other  than  the  Supreme  God,  had  shared  in 
the  work  of  creation,  then  that  would  have  been  a 
strong  argument  in  their  favour,  supposing  them  to 
have  been,  as  suggested  above  (p.  265  fol.),  Jewish 
Christians  of  the  type  represented  by  the  theology  of 
the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

The  two  passages  (109)  and  (110)  are  reproduced 
in  the  Babylonian  Gemara  (b.  Sanh.  38a),  but  not  in 
that  of  Palestine.  There  is  no  discussion  of  either 
passage  in  the  Gemara.  There  is,  however,  in  the 
same  context  a  further  reference  to  the  denial  of  the 
Unity  of  God  by  the  Minim.  Indeed,  this  part  of 
b.  Sanhedrin  is  full  of  allusions  to  heresy,  several  of 
which  have  already  been  examined. 

The  Unity  of  God.     Texts  appealed 
to  by  the  Minim 

(111)  b.  Sanh.  38b.— We  teach  there  R.  Eliezer 
says,  '  Be  careful  to  learn  Torah,  and  know 
what  thou  shalt  answer  to  an  Epiquros.'  R. 
Johanan  said,  'They  only  taught  this  concerning 
a  Gentile  Epiquros,  but  [it  applies]  all  the  more 
to  a  Jewish  Epiquros,  for  he  is  more  defiant.' 

R.  Johanan  said,  '  In  every  place  [i.e.  text 
of  Scripture]  which  the  Minim  misinterpret, 
the  context  refutes  them.  [Gen  i.  26],  Let  us 
make  man  in  our  image;  [ib.   27],  And  God 


394  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

created  [sing.]  man  in  his  image.  [Gen.  xi.  7], 
Go  to,  now,  let  us  go  down  and  there  confound 
their  language  [ib.  5];  And  the  Lord  went 
down  [sing.]  to  see  the  city  and  the  tower. 
[Gen.  xxxv.  7],  For  there  God  was  [plur.] 
revealed  to  him  ;  [ib.  3],  unto  God  who  answered 
[sing.]  me  in  the  day  of  my  trouble.  [Deut.  iv. 
7],  For  what  great  nation  is  there  that  hath  a 
God  so  nigh  [plur.]  unto  them  as  the  Lord  our 
God  is  whensoever  we  call  upon  him  [sing.]. 
[2  Sam.  vii.  23],  And  what  one  nation  in  the 
earth  is  like  thy  people,  even  like  Israel,  whom 
God  went  [plur.]  to  redeem  unto  himself  [sing.] 
for  a  people.  [Dan.  vii.  9],  Until  thrones 
were  set,  and  one  that  was  ancient  of  days  did 
sit.  What  do  these  words  mean,  according  to 
[the  theory]  of  R.  Johanan  ?  For  R.  Johanan 
said,  'The  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  doeth 
nothing  except  he  have  taken  counsel  with  the 
family  above,  as  it  is  said  [Dan.  iv.  17],  The 
sentence  is  by  decide  of  the  watchers  and  the 
demand  by  the  word  of  the  holy  ones.  All 
this  may  be  admitted ;  but  what  is  to  be  said 
of  until  thrones  were  set  ?  One  for  Him  and 
one  for  David;  for  it  is  tradition,  'One  for 
Him  and  one  for  David ;  the  words  of  R. 
Aqiba.'  R.  Jose  said  to  him,  'Aqiba,  how 
long  wilt  thou  make  the  Shechinah  profane? 
It  is  One  for  justice  and  one  for  righteousness.' 
He  [Aqiba]  received  it  [i.e.  the  correction]  from 
him,  or  he  did  not  receive  it.  Come  and  see. 
For  it  is  tradition,  '  One  for  justice  and  one 
for  righteousness;   the  words   of  R.    Aqiba/ 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     295 

R.  El'azar  ben  Azariah  said  to  him,  'Aqiba, 
what  hast   thou   to  do  with  Haggadah  ?     Be 
off  to  'wounds'  and  'tents/     It  is  'One  for 
his  throne  and  one  for  his  footstool.     A  throne 
to  sit  on  and  a  footstool  for  the  support  of 
his  feet.' 
Commentary, — The  first  part  of  this  passage,  re- 
ferring to  the  Epiquros,  has  been  dealt  with  already 
(see  above,  p.  120  fol.,  where  the  meaning  of  the  term 
Epiquros  is  examined).     The  advice  of  R.  Johanan 
concerning  the  Jewish  Epiquros  is  usually  understood 
to  mean  that  such  an  opponent  was  to  be  shunned 
as  dangerous.     This  is   not  what   R.    Johanan   said. 
He  adopted  the  words  of  R.  El'azar  b.  Arach,  '  Know 
what  to  answer  to  an  Epiquros,'  and  said,  '  This  was 
spoken  in   reference   to   the  Gentile  Epiquros ;  but 
it  applies  all  the  more  to  the  Jewish  one.'     In  other 
words,  the  Jew  was  to  be  especially  careful  how  he 
replied  to  a  Jewish  Epiquros,  because  he  was  more 
dangerous.     But  that  is  not  the  same  as  saying  that 
the  Jew  was  not  to   meet  the  Jewish  Epiquros  in 
argument.      And,    since     a    Jewish    Epiquros    was 
practically  a  Min,  we  have  already  met  with  many 
examples  of  such  polemical  encounters. 

The  connexion  between  Epiquros  (freethinker)  and 
Min  (heretic)  is  indicated  in  the  present  passage  by 
the  word  *peqar'  (npo),  which  means  in  general  'to 
be  free  from  restraint,  thence  to  act  as  a  freethinker,' 
and  (in  relation  to  Scripture)  'to  interpret  heretically.' 
The  name  Epiquros,  borrowed,  of  course,  from  the 
Greek,  was  adopted  for  the  sake  of  the  play  upon 
the  word  ipeqar.'  R.  Johanan  said  that  the  Jewish 
Epiquros   'p'qar*  more  than  the   Gentile  one;  also 


296  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

that   the   Minim  ' peqaru'  in  their   interpretation  of 
Scripture. 

The  examples  given  of  texts  relied  on  by  the  Minim 
and  refuted  by  the  context  have,  with  the  exception 
of  the  last,  been  already  dealt  with.  The  last  is  Dan. 
vii.  9,  Until  thrones  were  set,  and  one  that  was  ancient 
of  days  did  sit.  The  Gemara  asks  what  is  the  ex- 
planation of  this,  according  to  the  theory  of  R. 
Johanan  (i.e.  that  the  context  refutes  the  heretical 
misuse  of  the  text).  The  refutation  is  found,  hardly 
in  the  context,  but  so  far  away  as  Dan.  iv.  17.  R. 
Johanan,  accordingly,  understood  that  the  '  thrones,' 
which  the  heretics  said  were  intended  for,  and  im- 
plied the  existence  of,  more  than  one  God,  were  for 
the  use  of  the  '  family  above,'  the  angels  with  whom 
God  was  said  to  take  counsel.  It  is  not  surprising 
that  this  text  caused  some  perplexity  to  the  Rabbinical 
interpreters  of  Scripture.  In  addition  to  the  explana- 
tion of  R.  Johanan,  the  Gemara  gives  three  earlier 
interpretations.  R.  Aqiba  said  that  the  thrones  were 
for  God  and  David;  whereupon  R.  Jose  [ha-Galili] 
rebuked  him  for  'making  the  Shechinah  profane,' 
in  other  words,  associating  a  man  with  God  in  equality 
of  dignity.  Possibly  David  stands  for  '  the  Son  of 
David,'  i.e.  the  Messiah ;  and  Aqiba  may  have  been 
thinking  of  Ps.  ex.  i.,  T/ie  Lord  said  unto  my  lord, 
sit  thou  at  my  right  hand.  R.  Jose*  felt  the  danger  of 
such  an  explanation,  in  admitting  the  possibility  of 
other  divine  beings  associated  with  God.  His  own 
explanation,  a  very  forced  one,  was  that  both  thrones 
(assuming  them  to  have  been  only  two)were  for  the 
use  of  God.  He  sat  on  one  to  dispense  justice,  on 
the  other  to  do  righteousness,  or  rather  to  show  mercy. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     297 

R.  Aqiba,  according  to  one  tradition,  adopted  this 
explanation.  Another  contemporary,  R.  El'azar  ben 
Azariah,  rebuked  him  as  R.  Jose'  had  done  (probably 
on  the  same  occasion),  and  in  his  turn  suggested  the 
explanation  that  one  throne  was  for  God  to  sit  on, 
the  other  to  serve  as  a  footstool.  This,  again,  was  a 
forced  interpretation,  evidently  intended  ,to  guard 
against  the  danger  involved  in  that  of  R.  Aqiba.  It 
is  remarkable  that  R.  Aqiba,  who  was  sufficiently 
alive  to  all  danger  of  heresy,  should  not  have  detected 
the  fault  in  his  own  interpretation  of  the  text.  The 
rebuke  that  he  knew  nothing  of  Haggadah,  but  only 
of  Halachah,  was  unduly  severe ;  though  it  is  no 
doubt  true  that  he  was  greater  in  the  latter  depart- 
ment than  in  the  former.  The  reference  to  '  wounds  ' 
and  '  tents '  denotes  the  halachahs  concerning  injuries 
and  ceremonial  uncleanness.  R.  Aqiba,  as  a  master 
of  Halachah,  was  virtually  one  of  the  founders  of 
the  Mishnah.  His  work,  in  beginning  the  codification 
of  the  halachahs,  was  made  use  of  by  R.  Jehudah  ha- 
Qadosh,  to  whom  the  completion  of  the  Mishnah  is  due. 

77.  The  Unity  of  God.     An  Offering 
to  JHVH 

(112)  Siphri,  §  143  p.  54a. — Shim'on  ben  Azai  says, 
Come  and  see  :  In  all  the  offerings  [mentioned] 
in  the  Torah,  it  is  not  said,  in  connexion 
with  them,  either  '  God '  or  '  thy  God '  or 
1  Almighty '  or  '  of  Hosts,'  but  ■  JH,'  a  singular 
[not  plural]  name.  So  as  not  to  give  to  the 
Minim  an  occasion  to  humble  us. 

(113)  b.    Menah.    110*.— Tradition :    R.    Shim'on 


298  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

ben  Azai  said,  Come  and  see  what  is  written 
in  the  chapter  on  offerings,  viz.,  that  it  is  not 
said,  in  connexion  with  them,  either  God  [El]  or 
'God'  [Elohim],  but  JHVH,  so  as  not  to  give 
to  the  adversary  an  occasion  to  distinguish. 
(114)  Siphra.  4C. — The  same,  in  substance,  as  (112), 
but  ascribed  to  R.  Jose  [ben  Halaphta],  instead 
of  to  Shimon  ben  Azai. 

The  saying  is  also  found  in  Jalqut  Shim'oni, 
§  604. 
Commentary. — Shim'on  ben  Azai  was  a  younger 
contemporary  of  R.  Aqiba,  in  the  early  years  of  the 
second  century.  The  point  of  his  remark,  in  the 
above  passages,  is  that  all  offerings  prescribed  in  the 
Torah  are  mentioned  in  connexion  with  the  individual 
name  of  God,  i.e.  JHVH,  and  not  with  the  generic 
names  for  God,  which  are  mostly  plural  in  form. 
The  older  texts,  Siphri  and  Siphra,  have  *  Minim,'  as 
the  opponent  against  whom  Ben  Azai  directed  his 
remark.  The  Gemara  in  b.  Menahoth  reads  merely 
'  the  adversary,'  and  it  is  remarkable  that  Rabbinowicz 
gives  no  variant  in  support  of  the  reading  '  Minim.' 
There  can,  however,  be  no  doubt  that  'Minim'  is 
the  original  reading,  whatever  may  be  the  explana- 
tion of  the  alteration  in  the  Gemara.  Bacher  (A.  d. 
Tann.,  i.  422)  says  that  the  Minim  here  are  the 
Gnostics.  This  may  be  so,  but  I  venture  to  sub- 
mit that  Bacher  does  not  quite  accurately  represent 
the  argument  of  Ben  Azai.  Bacher  regards  the 
names  ■  God,'  ■  Almighty,'  '  Hosts,'  as  being  intended 
to  refer  to  the  divine  power,  whereas  the  name 
JHVH  refers  to  the  divine  goodness.  The  Gnostics 
held  that  the  laws  concerning  offerings  were  given 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     299 

by  the  Demiurgos,  who  was  powerful  but  not  good. 
But  if  this  had  been  the  argument  of  Ben  Azai,  the 
Gnostics  would  have  met  it  by  denying  that  the 
name  JHVH  implied  the  divine  goodness.  The 
point  is,  that  the  name  JHVH  is  an  individual 
name,  which  could  not  possibly  be  applied  to  more 
than  one  divine  being ;  whereas  the  other  names 
might  be,  and  were,  so  interpreted.  Siphri  ex- 
pressly says,  that  the  name  JHVH  is  an  individual 
name.  And  that  the  Gemara  evidently  took  the 
same  view,  is  shown  in  the  concluding  words  of 
(113),  "so  as  not  to  give  the  adversary  an  occasion 
to  distinguish"  i.e.  to  distinguish  between  a  plurality 
of  divine  persons.  The  argument  is  directed  merely 
against  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers,  already  familiar 
from  previous  discussions.  The  term  Minim,  as  used 
here,  might  certainly  include  the  Gnostics  ;  but  there 
is  nothing  to  prove  that  the  Minim,  in  this  passage, 
are  in  any  way  different  from  the  Minim  who  have 
been  already  considered. 

In  Echa.  r.  on  i.  1,  p.  10a,  is  a  Haggadic  inter- 
pretation by  Ben  Azai,  founded  on  the  word  Echa 
(.-d>k)  (115) :  "  Israel  did  not  go  into  exile  until  they 
had  denied  the  one  only  [God],  the  practice  of 
circumcision,  the  ten  commandments  and  the  five 
books  of  Torah."  The  Minim  are  not  mentioned 
here,  but  are  probably  intended.  With  the  form 
of  the  expression,  cp.  the  saying  of  R.  Johanan 
quoted  above,  p.  181  fol. 

The  Unity  of  God.     Two  Powers 

(116)   Siphri,  §  329,   p.    189b.— [Deut.    xxxii.    39], 
See  now,  that  I,  even  I,  am  He.     This  is  the 


300  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

answer  to  them  that  say  there  is  no  power  in 
heaven.  He  that  says  there  are  two  powers  in 
heaven,  they  answer  him,  and  say  unto  him 
[Deut.,  ibid,],  And  there  is  no  God  with  vie. 
And,  lest  [one  should  say],  He  cannot  make 
alive  or  kill,  or  do  evil  or  do  good,  learn  to 
say  [Deut.,  ibid,],  I  kill  and  I  make  alive. 
And  Scripture  says  [Isaiah  xliv.  6],  Thus  saith 
the  Lord,  the  King  of  Israel  and  his  redeemer, 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  '  I  am  the  first  and  I  am 
the  last,  and  beside  me  there  is  no  God" 
(117)  Mechilta,  p.  66b.— Scripture  says  [Dan.  vii.  9], 
J  beheld,  until  thrones  were  set,  and  it  says 
[ib.  10],  A  fiery  stream  issued  and  came  forth 

from  before  him.  So  as  not  to  give  to  the 
peoples  of  the  world  an  opportunity  to  say, 
'  These  are  two  powers.'  But  /  am  the  Lord 
your  God.  I  am  [God]  on  the  sea  and  on 
the  dry  land,  in  the  past  and  in  the  future, 
in  this  world  and  in  the  world  to  come.  As 
it  is  said  [Deut.  xxxii.  39],  See,  now,  that  I, 
even  I,  am  He;  [Isa.  xlvi.  4],  Even  to  old 
age  I  am  He;  [ib.  xliv.  6],  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  the  King  of  Israel  and  his  redeemer, 
the  Lord  of  Hosts,  '  /  am  the  first  and  I  am 
the  last.'  And  it  says  [ib.  xli.  4],  Who  hath 
wrought   and  done  it,  calling  the  generations 

from  the  beginning?  I,  the  Lord,  the  first, 
etc.  R.  Nathan  says,  Hence  is  an  answer  to 
the  Minim  who  say,  'There  are  two  powers.' 
For  when  the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  stood 
up  and  said,  <  I  am  the  Lord  thy  God,'  who 
stood  up  and  protested  ? 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     301 

Commentary, — For  the  general  question  of  the 
doctrine  of  Two  Powers  in  Heaven,  see  above, 
p.  262.  These  two  passages  belong  to  the  stratum 
of  tradition  contemporary  with  the  Mishnah.  The 
Minim  are  not  mentioned  in  (116),  but  are  clearly  in- 
tended, as  is  shown  by  (117).  In  (117)  'the  peoples 
of  the  world*  may  be  an  error  for  'the  Minim,' 
caused  by  the  fact  that  in  the  same  context  there 
are  several  polemical  allusions  to  'the  peoples 
of  the  world/  where  the  ordinary  Gentiles  are 
intended. 

R.  Nathan  was  a  Babylonian,  settled  in  Palestine, 
contemporary  with  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh. 

In  Mechilta,  Beshallach,  §  4  p.  37b,  there  is  another 
allusion  to  the  doctrine  of  two  powers,  based  on  the 
text  [Dan.  vii.  9]  about  the  thrones.  The  doctrine 
is  ascribed  to  the  '  peoples  of  the  world,'  not  to  '  the 
Minim.' 

The  Unity  of  God.     "He  who  will  Err, 
let  him  Err  " 

(118)  Ber.  r.  viii.  p.  22d.— R  Shemuel  bar  Nahman, 
in  the  name  of  R.  Jonathan,  said,  When 
Moses  was  writing  the  Torah,  he  wrote  the 
deeds  of  each  day  [of  creation].  When  he 
came  to  this  verse,  as  it  is  written  [Gen.  i.  26], 
And  God  said,  let  us  make  man  in  our  image, 
according  to  our  likeness,  he  said,  '  Lord  of  the 
world,  how  thou  art  giving  a  chance  to  the 
Minim !  I  am  astonished  ! '  He  said  to  him, 
'  Write  ;  and  he  who  will  err,  let  him  err  ! ' 
Commentary.  —  R.  Jonathan  has  already  been 
mentioned  several  times  in  connexion  with  Minim ; 


802  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

(see   above,  p.    216)    R.    Shemuel   bar  Nahman  was 
one  of  his  disciples. 

The  grim  humour  of  the  reply  to  Moses  is  some- 
what spoiled  by  a  feeble  explanation  added  on  to  it. 
The  explanation  is  the  same  as  that  given  by  R. 
Johanan  (see  above,  p.  296),  that  God  took  counsel 
with  'the  family  above,'  i.e.  the  angels.  In  the 
present  passage,  the  explanation  is  contained  in  a 
second  speech,  beginning,  "  And  the  Holy  One, 
Blessed  be  He,  said  to  Moses,"  etc.  I  have  ven- 
tured to  regard  this  merely  as  a  gloss,  and  to  leave 
R.  Jonathan's  daring  invention  untouched.  It  is  by 
far  the  best  retort  which  the  Rabbis  made  to  the 
Minim  on  this  text. 

The  Unity  of  God.     God  has  no  Son 

(119)  j.  Shabb.  8d.— [Dan.  iii.  25],  Like  a  son  of 
God.     Reuben  said,    In  that  hour,  an  angel 
descended   and   struck   that   wicked   one  [i.e. 
Nebuchadnezzar]  upon  his  mouth,  and  said  to 
him,  Amend  thy  words :  Hath  He  [i.e.  God] 
a  son?     He  turned  and  said  [v.  28],  Blessed 
be  the  God  of  Shadrach,  Meshach  and  Abed- 
nego,  who — it  is  not  written,  hath  sent  his  son, 
but — hath  sent  his  angel,  and  hath  delivered  his 
servants  who  trusted  in  him. 
Commentary. — This   is   part  of  a   haggadic   inter- 
pretation  of  the   story,  in   Dan.    iii.,    of    the   three 
men  cast  into  the  furnace.     The  fact  that,  in  v.  25, 
Nebuchadnezzar  uses  the  phrase  '  son  of  God  J  while 
in  v.  28  he  speaks  of  a  •  messenger,'  not  of  a  *  son,'  of 
God,  is  ingeniously  turned  to  account  as  an  argument 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     303 

against  the  Christian  doctrine.  There  can  be  no 
question  that  the  polemic  here  is  anti- Christian.  Of 
Reuben,  the  author  of  this  haggadah,  nothing  is  cer- 
tainly known.  Probably  he  is  the  same  as  Reuben 
ben  Aristobulos,  who  belonged  to  the  generation  after 
the  war  of  Bar  Cocheba,  and  of  whom  one  or  two 
sayings  are  recorded. 

The  Minim  are  not  alluded  to  in  this  passage. 

With  this  reference  to  Christian  doctrine  may  be 
connected  another,  equally  unmistakable,  upon  the 
same  subject. 

The  Unity  of  God.     God  has  no  Son 

(120)  Shem.  r.  xxix.  5,  p.  51b. — Another  explanation 

[Exod.  xx.  2],  /  am  tJw  Lord  thy  God.     R. 

Abahu  said,  A  parable  of  a  king  of  flesh  and 

blood ;   he   reigns,  and  he  has   a   father  or  a 

brother.     The  holy  one,  blessed  be  He,  saith, 

I  am  not  so   [Isa.  xliv.  6],  /  am  the  first,  I 

have  no  father ;  and  I  am  the  last,  I  have  no 

son,  and  beside  me  there  is  no  God,  1  have  no 

brother. 

Commentary. — For  other  anti-Christian  sayings  of 

R.  Abahu,  see  above,  p.  266  fol.     The  Minim  are  not 

mentioned.      There    can   be   no    question  that  the 

Christian  doctrine  is  here  attacked ;  and  it  is  worth 

noticing  that  the  text  made  use  of  by  R.  Abahu  [Isa. 

xliv.  6]  is  one  which  we  have  met  with  already  as 

an  argument  against  the  Minim  (see  above,  p.  300). 

This  goes   to    strengthen   the    contention   that  the 

Minim    are — or    include — Jewish    Christians.      But 

hitherto,  as  will  have  been  observed,  in  the  passages 


304  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

where  the  doctrine  of  the  two  powers  is  ascribed  to 
the  Minim,  there  has  been  no  decisive  proof  that 
Christians  were  referred  to.  The  following  passage 
appears  to  supply  that  proof. 

The  Unity  of  God.     The  Son  of 
the  Harlot 

(121)  Pesiq.    r.    xxi.  p.   100b. — R.  Hija  bar  Abba 

said,    If  the   son   of  the   harlot   shall  say  to 

thee,  '  These  are  two  Gods,'  say  unto  him,  '  I 

am  He  of  the  Sea ;  I  am  He  of  Sinai,'  .... 

[another    explanation],    R.    Hija    bar    Abba 

said,    If  the  son   of  the   harlot   shall  say  to 

thee,    'These   are   two   Gods,'  say  unto   him 

[Deut.  v.   4],   Face  to  face  the  Lord  spake 

[sing,  not  plural]  with  you. 

Commentary. — This  is  part  of  a  haggadah  on  the 

Ten  Commandments,  and   more  particularly  on  the 

words,  '  I  am  the  Lord  thy  God.'     In  the  course  of 

the  discussion  many  texts  are  introduced  which  we 

have  already  met  with  in  connexion  with  the  doctrine 

of  Two  Powers.     R.  Hija's  remark  was  occasioned 

by  the  quotation  of  [Dan.  vii.  9],  Until  thrones  were 

set,   a  text  which  gave  a  good   deal   of  trouble   to 

the  Rabbinical   interpreters   (see  above,  p.  296  fol.). 

Those  who  deduced   from  this  text  the  doctrine  of 

Two    Powers  were   the    Minim.      In    the  present 

passage  the  doctrine  of  two  Gods 1  is  ascribed  to  the 

1  son  of  the  Harlot.'     This  phrase  can  refer  to  none 

1  The  terms  ( Two  Powers '  and  '  Two  Gods '  are  interchangeable,  though 
the  former  is  the  more  usual.  The  Minim,  who  are  credited  with  holding 
the  doctrine  of  '  Two  Powers,'  asked  R.  Simlai,  c  How  many  Gods  created 
the  world  V  (see  above,  p.  255). 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     305 

other  than  Jesus,  the  story  of  whose  birth  was  thus 
coarsely  represented  in  the  Rabbinical  tradition  (see 
above,  p.  41  fol.).  Hence  the  inference  that  the 
Minim  included  Christians,  though  it  does  not  follow 
that  all  Minim  were  Christians.  Friedmann,  in  the 
edition  of  Pesiqta,  from  which  I  quote  the  above 
passage,  has  a  suggestive  note  (p.  101a),  "  Son  of  the 
harlot:  this  is  to  be  interpreted  'son  of  Minuth.' 
'Min'  is  rendered  in  the  targum  'zan,'  see  Aruch. 
s.v.  jt.  And  perhaps  the  reference  here  is  to  what  is 
suggested  in  Midrash  Tillim  on  Psalm  xxii.  1,  'My 
God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken  me ' ;  i.e.  the 
God  of  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  God  of  Sinai.  The 
Midrash,  perhaps,  had  in  view  him  who  prayed,  '  My 
God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken  me. ' "  '  Minuth, ' 
according  to  this  view,  is  closely  akin  to  'zanuth' 
(fornication),  even  etymologically.  If  this  is  correct, 
it  throws  light  on  the  real  significance  of  the  term 
'Min,'  and  shows  that  the  fundamental  idea  of  heresy 
in  the  Rabbinical  theology  is  the  same  as  in  that  of 
the  prophets,  viz.,  spiritual  unfaithfulness  symbolised 
as  conjugal  unfaithfulness.  This  subject  will  be  more 
fully  dealt  with  in  the  concluding  section  of  this  work. 

The  Midrash  in  Ps.  xxii.  1  appears  to  explain  the 
double  use  of  'my  God'  by  the  twofold  revelation 
of  God  to  his  people,  first  at  the  Red  Sea,  second  on 
Sinai.  The  Psalmist  accordingly  is  not  appealing  to 
two  Gods,  but  to  one  and  the  same.  Friedmann 
adds,  that  the  Midrash  probably  had  in  mind  the 
utterance  of  Jesus  on  the  Cross  [Matt,  xxvii.  46], 
which  is  a  quotation  of  Ps.  xxii.  1  in  the  Aramaic, 
not  in  the  Hebrew. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  in  the  passage  before 
us,  the  reference  is  to  Jesus ;  and  this,  in  connexion 

20 


306      ■         CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

with   passages  previously  considered,  establishes  the 
close  association  of  Minuth  with  Christianity. 

R.  Hija  bar  Abba  was  a  Babylonian  settled  in 
Palestine;  he  belonged  to  the  group  of  disciples  of 
R.  Johanan,  and  may  thus  be  placed  in  the  latter  half 
of  the  third  century  and  the  beginning  of  the  fourth. 

The  Unity  of  God.     Two  Powers: 
A  Second  God. 

(122)  Debar,  r.  ii.  33,  p.  104c.—  [Prov.  xxiv.  21],  ; 
Meddle  not  with  them  that  are  given  to  change. 
Meddle  not  with  those  who  say  there  is  a 
second  God.  R.  Jehudah  bar  Simon  said 
[Zech.  xiii.  8],  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  that 
in  all  the  land,  saith  the  Lord,  two  parts  therein 
shall  be  cut  off  and  die.  The  mouths  that 
say,  There  are  two  powers,  shall  be  cut  off; 
and  die.  And  who  will  remain  in  existence  ? 
[Zech.,  ibid.\  And  the  third  part  therein  shall 
be  left,  these  are  Israel,  who  are  called  thirds, 
for  they  are  threefold,  Priests,  Levites,  Israel- 
ites, from  three  fathers,  Abraham,  Isaac,  and 
Jacob.  Another  explanation,  because  they 
praise  the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  with 
three  '  holies  ' — holy,  holy,  holy.  R.  Aha  said, 
The  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  was  angry  with 
Solomon,  because  he  had  said  this  verse  [Prov. 
xxiv.  21].  He  said  to  him,  '  In  the  matter  of 
hallowing  my  name,  thou  hast  spoken  in  terms 
of  "  Notariqon," *  Meddle  not  with  them  that  are 

1  *  Notariqon,'  a  species  of  cipher,  or  cryptogram,  usually  formed  by 
reading  the  initials  of  several  words  as  one  word.  In  the  present  instance 
nothing  more  seems  intended  than  a  play  upon  the  words  DOE?,  two,  and 
DOIC, '  given  to  change.' 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND    MINUTH     307 

given  to  change.'  Immediately  he  [Solomon] 
turned  and  made  the  matter  plain  [by  saying, 
Ecc.  iv.  8],  There  is  one  and  there  is  no 
second;  he  hath  neither  son  nor  brother.  He 
hath  neither  brother  nor  son,  but  [Deut.  vi.  4], 
Hear,  O  Israel,  the  Lord  our  God,  the  Lord 
is  one. 

The  above  passage  occurs,  almost  in  the 
same  words,  in  Bamm.  r.  xvi.  14,  p.  66c. 
Commentary. — It  is  only  needful  to  point  out  that 
here  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers  is  usefully  para- 
phrased as  the  doctrine  of  a  second  God.  This  con- 
firms what  has  been  said  in  explanation  of  the  doctrine 
under  previous  heads.  The  Minim  are  not  mentioned, 
but  are  clearly  intended. 

R.  Jehudah  bar  Simun  was  a  Palestinian,  of  the 
fourth  century.  If  the  interpretation  of  the  text  in 
Zechariah  may  be  taken  literally,  it  would  show  that 
the  Minim  as  compared  with  the  Jews  were  in  a 
majority.  But  it  is  more  probable  that  the  'two 
parts  '  (lit.  the  '  two  mouths ')  are  only  used  to  serve 
as  the  basis  for  the  interpretation  "  the  mouths  which 
say  there  are  two  Gods."  In  like  manner  the  word 
translated  '  given  to  change '  (nvw)  is  connected  with 
the  word  meaning  '  second '  (ws>). 


In  Pesiqta  r.,  p.  98a,  there  is  a  passing  reference 
to  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers.  Moses  charges 
the  angels  with  holding  that  doctrine,  and  refutes 
them  with  the  text,  /  am  the  Lord  thy  God 
[Exod.  xx.  2} 


308  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

The  Torah.     The  '  Carping  '  of  the  Minim 

(123)  j.  Ber.  3C. — And  they  recited  the  'Ten 
Words,'  'Hear  [O  Israel],'  'And  it  shall  be 
if  them  hearest;  '  And  he  said:  R.  Ami  in  the 
name  of  Resh  Laqish  [said],  '  This  shows  that 
the  benedictions  do  not  hinder.'  R.  Ba  said, 
'That  proves  nothing;  we  do  not  learn  any- 
thing thence.  For  the  "  Ten  Words,"  these 
are  the  very  essence  of  the  Shema'.'  R. 
Mathnah  and  R.  Shemuel  bar  Nahman  both 
said,  '  It  was  sought  that  they  should  recite 
the  "  Ten  Words  "  every  day.  And  why  do 
they  not  recite  them?  Because  of  the  mis- 
representation of  the  Minim,  that  they  might 
not  say,  "These  alone  were  given  to  Moses 
on  Sinai."' 

(124)  b.  Ber.  12a.— And  they  recite  the  'Ten 
Words,'  '  Hear  [O  Israel]:  '  And  it  shall  be  if 
thou  Iwarest;  '  And he  said:  'True  and  stead- 
fast,' '  Service,'  and  the  '  Blessing  of  the  Priests.' 
R.  Jehudah  said  that  Shemuel  said,  '  Even  in 
the  surrounding  districts  [of  Jerusalem]  they 
sought  to  recite  thus;  but  they  had  already 
discontinued  it  because  of  the  carping  of  the 
Minim.'  For  it  is  tradition  also,  R.  Nathan 
said,  '  In  the  surrounding  districts  they  sought 
to  recite  thus,  but  they  had  already  discon- 
tinued it  because  of  the  carping  of  the  Minim.' 
Rabah  bar  Rab  Huna  thought  to  establish  it 
in  Sura;  but  R.  Hisda  said  to  him,  'They 
have  already  discontinued  it,  because  of  the 
carping  of  the  Minim.'     Amemar  thought  to 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     309 

establish  it  in  Nehardea ;  but  R.  Ashi  said 
to  him,  'They  have  already  discontinued  it, 
because  of  the  carping  of  the  Minim. ' 
(125)  b.  Pesah.  56\ — Our  Rabbis  have  taught, 
How  did  they  connect  [the  words  of]  the 
Shema'?  They  said,  '  Hear,  O  Israel,  the 
Lord  our  God  the  Lord  is  one,'  and  they  did 
not  divide  [the  words]  :  the  words  of  R.  Meir. 
R.  Jehudah  said,  They  did  divide  (them),  but 
not  so  as  to  say,  '  Blessed  be  the  name  of  the 
glory  of  his  kingdom  for  ever  and  ever.'  And 
we,  on  what  ground  do  we  say  it  ?  [i.e.  Blessed 
be  the  name,  etc.].  According  to  the  exposi- 
tion of  R.  Shim'on  ben  Laqish.  For  R. 
Shim'on  ben  Laqish  said  [Gen.  xlix.  1],  And 
Jacob  called  together  his  sons,  and  said.  Gather 
yourselves  together  and  I  will  declare ;  Jacob 
sought  to  reveal  to  his  sons  the  end  of  the 
days,  but  the  Shechinah  departed  from  him. 
He  said,  •  Perhaps,  Heaven  forbid,  there  has 
been  a  defect  in  my  marriage-bed,  as  there  was 
to  Abraham,  from  whom  proceeded  Ishmael, 
and  to  Isaac  my  father,  from  whom  proceeded 
Esau.'  His  sons  said  to  him  [Deut.  vi.  4], 
Hear,  O  Israel,  the  Lord  our  God  the  Lord 
is  one.  They  said,  '  Even  as  in  thy  heart  there 
is  but  One,  so  in  our  heart  there  is  but  One.' 
In  that  hour  Jacob  our  father  began  to  say, 
'Blessed  be  the  name  of  the  glory  of  his 
kingdom  for  ever  and  ever.'  Our  Rabbis  said, 
'  How  shall  we  act  ?  If  we  say  it  [i.e.  Blessed, 
etc.],  Moses  our  master  did  not  say  it.  If  we 
do  not  say  it,  Jacob  did  say  it.'     They  ordered 


310  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

that  men   should   say   it  in   a   whisper.      R. 

Jitzhaq  said  (some  say  that  one  of  the  school 

of  R.  Ami  said),  A  parable  of  a  king's  daughter 

who  smelt  spices  [and  desired  them].     If  she 

said  so,  she  would  be  disgraced ;   if  she   did 

not   say  so,  she  would   suffer.     Her  servants 

began  to  bring  them  to  her  silently.     R.  Abahu 

said,  They  ordered  that  men  should  say  it  in  a 

loud  voice  because  of  the  carping  of  the  Minim ; 

but  in  Nehardea,  where  there  are  no  Minim, 

they  even  now  say  it  in  a  whisper.' 

Commentary. — The  three  passages  translated  above 

are  connected  together  by  their  subject-matter,  the 

main  point  in  them  all  being  some  peculiarity  in  the 

recital  of  the  daily  prayers,  which  was  said  to  be  due 

to  the  'carping'  of  the  Minim.     In  (123)  and  (124) 

it  is  explained   that  this  was  the  reason  why  the 

Decalogue  was  not  recited  every  day.     In  (125)  an 

explanation  is  attempted  of  the  origin  and  varying 

method  of  recital  of  the  liturgical  response,  "  Blessed 

be  the  name  of  the  glory  of  his  kingdom  for  ever  and 

ever."     The  Shema',  which  is  mentioned  in  all  three 

passages,  is  the   central  point   of  the  liturgy,   and 

consists  of  three  groups  of  verses  from  Scripture,  viz., 

Deut.  vi.  4-9,  ib.  xi.  13-21,   and   Num.   xv.   37-41. 

The  term  Shema'  is  used  in  a  stricter  sense,  to  denote 

the  opening  words  of  the  first  of  these  groups,  i.e.  the 

words,  Hear  [Shema',  vow],  O  Israel,  the  Lord  thy 

God,  the  Lord  is  one.     The  second  group  is  referred 

to,  from  its  opening  words,  as,  'And  it  shall  be ,'  and 

the  third,  in  like  manner,  as,  'And  he  said.'     In  the 

liturgy,  the  response,  'Blessed   be  the  name,'  etc., 

comes  immediately  after  'Hear,  O  Israel,'  etc.,  and 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     311 

is  thus  seen  to  be  an  interpolation  into  the  Scripture 
text.  The  Decalogue  was  intended  to  be  recited 
immediately  before  the  Shema'.1 

It  is  clear,  from  the  contents  of  the  above  passages, 
that   nothing   was   certainly   known   concerning  the 
omission  of  the  Decalogue,  or  the  addition  of  the 
response,  except  the  fact  that  both  were  due  to  the 
\  carping  of  the  Minim.'     In  other  words,  both  gave 
to   the  Minim  the   opportunity  to  misrepresent  the 
Jewish  religion  and  to  advance  their  own  heretical 
opinions.     If  the  Decalogue  were  repeated  every  day, 
it  was  thought  that  the  Minim  would  say  that  only 
the  Ten  Commandments  [Hebr.,  the   Ten   Words] 
were  given  to  Moses,  and  that  all  the  rest  was  un- 
inspired.    Of  more  importance  is  the  addition  of  the 
response,  "  Blessed  be  the  name,"  etc.     This  follows 
immediately  after  "Hear,  O  Israel,   the  Lord  our 
God,  the  Lord  is  one"    This  text  is  the  watchword  of 
the  Divine  Unity  ;  and  it  was  in  connexion  with  this 
that  the  misrepresentation  of  the  Minim  was  most  to 
be  expected.     In  (125)  it  is  said  by  one  Rabbi  that 
in  the  recital  of  this  text  the  words  were  divided  by 
a  pause,  so  that  presumably  the  meaning  would  be, 
"The   Lord   is   our   God;  the  Lord   is   one."      By 
another  Rabbi  it  is   said   that   the   words  were   not 
divided  by  a  pause,  and  that  the  response  was  not 
added.     In  this  case  the  text  would  read,  "  The  Lord 
our  God  the  Lord,  is  one " ;  and  perhaps  this  form 

1  In  the  Jewish  Quarterly  Reviewy  April  1903,  p.  392  ff.,  there  is  a  very 
interesting  account  of  a  papyrus  fragment  in  Hebrew,  containing  the  Deca- 
logue immediately  followed  by  the  Shema\  The  fragment  appears  to  date 
from  the  first  century  of  our  era,  and  the  text  shows  slight  divergencies 
from  the  Massoretic  text  The  papyrus  is  now  in  the  Cambridge  University 
Library. 


312  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

would  lend  itself  to  heretical  misrepresentation,  by 
those  who  denied  the  Divine  Unity,  more  than  the 
first  form.  However  this  may  be,  the  addition  of  the 
response  after  the  word  '  one '  would  be  much  more 
likely  to  lead  to  misrepresentation,  especially  if,  as  is 
stated  in  (125),  it  was  originally  said  in  a  whisper. 
The  effect  would  be  that,  in  the  recital  of  the  liturgy, 
after  the  declaration  of  the  Divine  Unity  followed  a 
pause  during  which  something  was  whispered.  The 
reason  why  it  was  whispered  at  first  is  no  doubt 
truly  indicated  in  the  fantastic  haggadah  of  (125), 
viz.,  that  it  was  an  extra-biblical  interpolation  into  a 
Scripture  text.  But  it  appears  that  this  practice  of 
whispering  the  response  was  misrepresented  by  the 
Minim ;  and  consequently  it  was  ordered  that  the 
response  should  be  said  aloud,  so  that  there  might  be 
no  uncertainty  as  to  the  words  really  used.  Apart 
from  that  reason,  the  older  method  of  whispering  the 
response  was  preferred ;  and  accordingly,  in  places 
where  there  were  no  Minim,  the  practice  was  kept 
up.  This  is  expressly  stated  by  R.  Abahu,  who 
explains  why  it  was  ordered  that  the  response  should 
— where  there  were  Minim — be  said  in  a  loud  voice. 

The  attempts  described  in  (124)  of  several  Rabbis 
to  introduce  in  Babylonia  some  practice  already  dis- 
continued owing  to  the  Minim,  refer,  I  think,  to  the 
recital  of  the  Decalogue  before  the  Shema',  and  not 
to  the  response  after  it. 

It  remains  to  inquire  into  the  date  at  which  the 
order  was  made  in  regard  to  the  recital  of  the 
response  in  a  loud  voice.  With  this  object  in  view, 
1  include  here  another  passage,  in  which  mention  is 
made  of  ordinances  directed  against  the  Minim. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH     313 

(126)  M.  Ber.  ix.  5. — All  who  concluded  benedic- 
tions in  the  sanctuary  used  to  say  'from  the 
world '  [i.e.   from  of  old].     After  the   Minim 
corrupted   [religion]  and  said  that  there  was 
only  one  world,  they  ordered  that  they  should 
say  *  from  world  to  world '  [i.e.  '  from  age  to 
age,'  '  for  ever  and  ever '].     And  they  ordered 
that  a  man  should  greet  his  companion  with 
the  Name,  as  it  is   said  [Ruth   ii.    4],  And, 
behold,  JSoaz  went,  etc. 
This  passage  is  from  the  Mishnah,  and  thus  older 
than  the  three  previous  ones.     Although  the  Minim 
are  here  mentioned,  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  are 
really  intended.     The  mention  of  the  change  in  the 
liturgy,   by  the  substitution  of  the   fuller  doxology 
'  from  world  to  world,'  may  be  nothing  more  than  an 
inference  from  Neh.  ix.  5,  and  the  reason  for  it  a 
recollection   of  the  Sadducees.     It  is  true  that  the 
Minim    are    said    to    have   denied   the   doctrine   of 
Immortality  ;   but,  as  has  been   already  shown  (see 
above,   p.    232   fol.),    what    they   really   denied   was 
the  Scripture  proof  of  the  doctrine.     Moreover,  the 
liturgical  alteration  referred  to  in  (126)  seems  a  rather 
feeble  counterblast  against  a  denial  of  Immortality. 

Gratz  (G.  d.  J.,  iv.  458)  suggests  the  revolt  of 
Bar  Cocheba,  135  a.d.,  as  the  date  when  the  two 
ordinances  referred  to  in  (126)  were  made.  This  is 
possible,  and  perhaps  not  improbable ;  but  I  cannot 
find  any  sufficient  evidence  for  the  suggestion.  It  is 
remarkable  that  the  Mishnah  passes  over  in  silence 
the  famous  change  in  the  liturgy  made  by  Gamliel  II. 
at  Jabneh,  when  the  ■  formula  concerning  the  Minim  ' 
was  drawn  up  (see  above,  p.  125  fol.),  and  incorpor- 


314  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

ated  in  the  Eighteen  Benedictions.  If  the  ordinance 
about  greeting  with  the  Name,  i.e.  the  sacred  name 
JHVH,  had  any  reference  to  the  Minim,  it  is  at 
least  possible  that  it  was  made  at  the  same  time  as 
the  formula  against  the  Minim.  Liturgical  precau- 
tions against  Minuth  seem  to  imply  a  time  when 
Minim  might  be  expected  to  be  present  in  the  syna- 
gogues where  the  liturgy  was  recited.  Thus  the 
regulations  referred  to  in  (123),  (124),  and  (125),  the 
origin  of  which  was  clearly  unknown  to  those  who 
recorded  them,  may,  with  some  probability,  be  referred 
to  the  same  period.  But  certainty  on  the  point  is 
unattainable ;  and  it  should  be  noted  that  in  regard 
to  (125),  R.  Hananel,  in  his  commentary  on  the 
passage,  appears  to  have  read  in  his  text  of  Pesahim 
that  the  ordinance  was  made  in  Usha.  If  this  rests 
on  anything  historical,  then  the  date  would  be  that 
of  the  famous  assembly  at  Usha,  held  after  the 
suppression  of  the  revolt  of  Bar  Cocheba,  say  about 
140  a.d.  But  in  the  references  to  the  decrees  of  that 
assembly,  no  mention  is  made  of  liturgical  changes, 
or  of  the  Minim.  The  attention  of  the  assembly 
seems  to  have  been  mainly  given  to  questions  affect- 
ing property  and  family  life,  in  view  of  the  disorders 
resulting  from  the  war  and  the  subsequent  persecution 
by  the  Romans.  No  manuscript  authority  is  quoted 
by  Rabbinowicz  in  favour  of  the  reading  which  men- 
tions Usha.  On  the  whole,  while  disclaiming  any 
certainty,  I  think  it  is  probable  that  the  liturgical 
changes  referred  to  in  the  passages  under  considera- 
tion were  made  by  the  assembly  at  Jabneh,  in  the 
time  of  Gamliel  II.,  say  about  the  end  of  the  first 
century. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     315 

For  some  other  liturgical  peculiarities  deemed 
heretical,  see  above,  p.  199  fol. 

Immortality 

(127)  Shem.  r.  xliv.  6,  p.  73c,  d.— Another  explana- 
tion [Exod.  xxxii.  13]:  Remember  Abraham 
[Isaac  and  Israel].  Why  does  he  mention 
the  three  Fathers?  R.  Levi  said,  'Moses 
said,  Lord  of  the  world,  are  the  dead  living  ? 
He  said  to  him,  Moses,  thou  art  become  a 
Min,'  etc. 

Commentary. — This  passage  is  of  interest  only  as 
showing  that  to  deny  the  Scripture  warrant  for  im- 
mortality is  a  sign  of  Minuth.  For  the  attitude  of 
the  Minim  to  the  doctrine  of  Immortality,  see  above, 
pp.  232,  280.  The  rest  of  the  passage  quoted  has 
nothing  to  do  with  Minuth.  R.  Levi  was  a  younger 
contemporary  of  R.  Johanan. 

SECTION  IV.  MISCELLANEOUS  PASSAGES 
REFERRING  TO  MINIM,  MINUTH 

The  Ground  of  Departure  of  the  Minim 

(128)  T.  Meg.  iv.  37.— Hence  R.  Shim'on  ben 
EFazar  used  to  say,  One  man  alone  is  not 
competent  to  reply  to  a  corrupting  speech; 
for  the  Minim  take  their  ground  of  departure 
from  the  answer  that  Aaron  gave  to  Moses. 

Commentary.  —  The  reference  is  to  Exod.  xxxii 
22-24,  in  which  Aaron  excuses  himself  to  Moses 
for  having  made  the  golden  calf.  The  Erfurt  MS. 
of  Tosephta  reads,  '  The  answer  which  Moses  gave  to 


316  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

Aaron,'  which  is  obviously  an  error.  The  'ground 
of  departure'  of  the  Minim  would  seem  to  be  the 
rejection  of  the  authority  of  Moses  implied  in  the 
act  of  making  the  calf.  R.  Shim'on  ben  El'azar  was 
a  disciple  of  R.  Meir,  in  the  second  half  of  the  second 
century.  There  is  nothing  to  identify  the  Minim 
with  Christians  in  this  passage;  what  is  said  would 
apply  to  all  Jewish  heretics. 

In  (129)  b.  Meg.  25b  there  is  a  somewhat  differ- 
ent version  of  the  above  passage.  R.  Shim'on  ben 
El'azar  says,  'Let  a  man  always  be  careful  in  his 
answers ;  for  from  the  answer  which  Aaron  gave  to 
Moses,  the  Minim  [so  ace.  to  the  MSS.]  have  gone 
astray ;  for  it  is  said  [Exod.  xxxii.  24],  I  cast  it  in  the 
fire,  and  there  came  out  this  calf.*  The  commentators 
explain  this  to  mean  that  the  Minim  inferred  from 
the  answer  of  Aaron  that  there  was  some  truth  in 
so-called  false  religion. 

Do  not  give  Place  to  the  Minim 

(130)  T.  Par.  iii.  3. — They  said,  in  the  presence  of 

R.  Aqiba,  in  the  name  of  R.  Ishma'el,  Cups  of 

stone  were  hung  on  the  horns  of  the  oxen ; 

when   the   oxen   stooped   to   drink,   the  cups 

were  filled.     He  said  to  them,  'Do  not  give 

occasion  to  the  Minim  to  humble  you.' 

Commentary. — The  phrase,  '  Do  not  give  occasion 

to  the  Minim  to  humble  you,'   occurs  also   in  the 

following  passages :    (i)   M.    Par.   iii.    3,   where  the 

speaker  is  R.  Jose,  and  the  printed  text  has  D>pm'  in 

place  of  p>»  ;  (ii)  T.  Joma  iii.  2,  where  the  speaker 

is   R.    Aqiba.     The  subject-matter  in  every  case  is 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     317 

different.  The  Mishnah  in  Joma  does  not  contain 
the  phrase ;  but  in  the  Babylonian  Gemara,  Joma 
40b,  it  is  quoted  in  a  Baraitha  apparently  from  the 
Tosephta.  Here  the  printed  text  has  D*pm  in  place 
of  p*o  ;  but  the  latter  is  the  reading  of  the  MSS. 
and  of  the  early  editions,  as  shown  by  Rabbinowicz. 

The  literal  meaning  of  the  phrase  is  clear;  but 
the  application  of  it  is  very  difficult  to  understand. 
In  every  instance  where  it  occurs,  the  matter  under 
discussion  is  a  minute  detail  of  ritual,  connected  with 
either  the  killing  of  the  red  heifer  [Num.  xix.  1-13] 
or  the  casting  of  lots  for  the  scape-goat  [Lev.  xvi.  8 
fol.].  In  the  time  of  R.  Aqiba  (or  R.  Jos£,  i.e. 
probably  R.  Jose'  ben  Halaphta)  the  ritual  in  question 
was  no  longer  practised,  having  ceased  to  be  possible 
when  the  Temple  was  destroyed.  The  discussion 
upon  them  was  therefore  purely  academic.  Accord- 
ingly the  difficulty  arises,  What  reason  was  there  to 
fear  the  Minim?  From  all  that  we  have  learnt 
hitherto,  it  does  not  appear  that  the  Minim  took  part 
or  interest  in  the  discussions  upon  halachah  in  the 
Rabbinical  assemblies.  The  frequent  controversies 
between  Minim  and  Jewish  Rabbis  turned  chiefly 
upon  the  interpretation  of  texts  of  Scripture,  and 
were  concerned  with  doctrine  rather  than  with  ritual. 
If  the  ceremonies  referred  to  had  been  actually  per- 
formed in  the  time  of  R.  Aqiba,  it  would  be  more 
easy  to  understand  that  the  Minim  might  have  found 
occasion  to  criticise,  and  in  some  way  to  'humble/ 
the  Jews.  But  the  ceremonies  had  long  been  dis- 
used, together  with  all  else  that  depended  upon  the 
existence  of  the  Temple. 

Since,  then,  the  discussion  related  to  the  manner 


318  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

in  which  these  ceremonies  had  once  been  performed, 
or  ought  to  have  been  performed,  we  may  interpret 
the  phrase  about  the  Minim  as  a  suggestion  that  the 
opinions  of  those  to  whom  R.  Aqiba  (or  R.  Jose) 
addressed  the  remark  were  heretical,  or  at  least 
would  support  the  contentions  of  the  Minim.  I  can 
offer  no  better  explanation  than  this,  and  am  aware 
that  it  is  not  complete.  I  cannot  show  in  what  way 
the  opinions  put  forward  tended  to  favour  heresy. 
The  commentators  on  the  passage  in  b.  Joma  40b, 
where  the  discussion  refers  to  the  scape-goat,  explain 
that  the  Minim  will  say  that  Azazel,  for  whom  the 
scape-goat  was  intended,  was  a  second  God,  and 
thus  will  taunt  the  Jews  with  admitting  the  doctrine 
of  Two  Powers.  But  that  criticism  on  the  part  of 
the  Minim,  if  it  were  made  at  all,  would  be  applic- 
able to  the  original  text  in  Lev.  xvi.,  not  merely  to 
one  small  detail  of  the  ritual  connected  with  the 
scape-goat.  And  as  for  the  reference  to  the  'cups 
of  stone '  hung  on  the  horns  of  the  oxen,  it  is  hard 
to  see  what  this  has  to  do  with  Minuth,  or  why  the 
Minim  should  object  to  it  more  than  to  the  whole 
series  of  ceremonies  of  which  it  was  a  small  part. 
If  it  were  alleged  that  the  Minim  did  object  to,  or 
rather  deny  the  validity  of,  the  whole  procedure  in 
reference  to  the  red  heifer  and  to  the  scape-goat, 
then  it  might  be  pointed  out  that  these  two  are 
mentioned  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  a  writing 
with  which  we  have  seen  reason  to  believe  the  Minim 
were  familiar.  It  is,  of  course,  possible  that  such  a 
reference  underlies  the  phrase  we  are  considering, 
but  in  itself  it  is  quite  too  slight  and  vague  to  serve 
as  the  foundation  for  any  such  conclusion. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     319 

An  alternative  explanation  is  that  the  reference 
is  not  to  the  Minim  but  to  the  Sadducees.  This  is 
supported  by  the  printed  text  of  the  Mishnah,  and 
by  the  fact  that  in  two  other  passages  of  b.  Joma,  19b 
and  53b,  the  Sadducees  are  undoubtedly  referred  to 
in  a  discussion  upon  certain  matters  of  ritual.  It 
is  true  that  the  Sadducees  passed  out  of  history 
along  with  the  Temple,  at  least  it  is  probable  they 
did  so.  But  there  might,  and  indeed  did,  remain 
the  tradition  of  Sadducean  practice  and  theory ;  and 
the  phrase  under  consideration  would,  in  this  case, 
mean  that  the  opinions  against  which  Aqiba  pro- 
tested were,  in  his  judgment,  Sadducean.  But  there 
is  nothing  to  establish  any  connexion  between  the 
opinions  put  forward  and  the  teaching  or  practice 
of  the  Sadducees.  And  if  there  were,  it  is  a  ques- 
tion whether  it  would  have  been  worth  while  for 
R.  Aqiba  to  have  referred  to  a  virtually  extinct 
opponent.  The  Minim,  whoever  they  were,  were 
by  no  means  extinct  in  the  time  of  R.  Aqiba ;  and 
although  it  be  now  impossible  to  explain  the  precise 
force  of  his  remark,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  he 
intended  it  to  guard  against  a  danger  which  he  felt 
to  be  real. 

A  Canon  of  Minuth. 

(131)  Ber.  r.  xlviii.  6,  p.  97b,  c.— R.  Jonathan  said, 
Everywhere  that  ■  hypocrisy '  (pibupi)  occurs  in 
a  verse,  the  Scripture  speaks  of  Minuth ;  and 
the  common  element  in  them  all  is  [indicated 
by  Isa.  xxxiii.  14],  The  sinners  in  Zion  are 
afraid  ;  trembling  hath  seized  the  hypocrites. 

Commentary. — This  is  really  only  an  obiter  dictum 


320  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

founded  on  the  text  in  Isaiah.  It  never  was  applied 
as  a  regular  canon  of  interpretation.  It  amounts  to 
little  more  than  the  assertion  that  the  essence  of 
Minuth  is  '  hypocrisy.'  The  word  so  translated  has 
the  root-meaning  of  *  change,'  '  substitution,'  and 
thence  'pretence.'  It  is  most  frequently  used  in 
reference  to  religion,  and  implies  either  the  pre- 
tence of  being  religious,  or  the  fact  of  being  irre- 
ligious ;  thus,  either  '  hypocrisy  '  or  *  godlessness.'  R. 
Jonathan  accordingly  declared  that  Minuth  consisted 
in  hypocrisy,  an  outward  profession  of  religion,  i.e. 
the  Jewish  religion,  together  with  the  denial  of  the 
substance  of  it.  The  text  in  Isaiah  was  intended 
as  a  convenient  reminder  of  the  alleged  connexion 
between  hypocrisy  and  Minuth,  but  probably  R. 
Jonathan's  remark  about  Minuth  was  suggested  to 
him  by  the  occurrence  of  the  word  'hypocrites,' 
when  he  was  expounding  the  text  in  Isaiah. 
For  R.  Jonathan,  see  above,  pp.  216,  254. 

A  Chance  for  the  Minim.     "I  have  hardened 
Pharaoh's  Heart" 

(132)  Shem.  r.  xiii.  3,  p.  24b. — Another  explana- 
tion :  For  I  have  hardened  his  heart  [Exod.  x. 
1].  R.  Johanan  said,  '  Here  is  an  "  opening 
of  the  mouth "  for  the  Minim  to  say,  It  was 
not  in  his  [Pharaoh's]  power  that  he  should 
repent,  as  it  is  said,  For  I  have  hardened  his 
heart.'  R.  Shimon  ben  Laqish  said  to  him, 
'  Let  the  mouth  of  the  Minim  be  shut !  But 
[Prov.  iii.  34],  Surely  he  scorneth  the  scorners  ! 
For  the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  warns  a 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     321 

man  once,  twice,  thrice ;  and  [if]  he  does  not 
turn,  then    He   closes   his   [the   man's]   heart 
against  repentance,  so  as  to   punish   him   for 
the   sin  which   he  committed.     Even   so  [of) 
Pharaoh  the  wicked.     When  the  Holy  One, 
Blessed   be  He,  had  sent  to  him   five  times, 
and  he  had  not  taken  heed  to  His  words,  then 
the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  said  to  him, 
Thou  hast  stiffened  thy  neck,  and  thou  hast 
hardened  thine  heart.     Lo,  I  add  to  thee  un- 
cleanness  to  thy  uncleanness.' 
Commentary. — R.  Johanan  and   his   colleague   R. 
Shim  on  ben  Laqish  have  been  frequently  mentioned. 
They   lived   in   Tiberias   in   the   latter    half    of   the 
third   century.     Who  are  referred  to  as  the  Minim 
in  this  passage  is  not  clear.     Bacher  (A.  d.    P.  A., 
i.  258  n.  1)  says  that  "the  Minim  here  are  Gnostics, 
who  held  that  the  God  of  the  O.T.  did  not   desire 
the  good,"  and   therefore  did  not   allow  Pharaoh  to 
repent.     1    do   not   presume  to   say  that   this  inter- 
pretation  is   incorrect.      Yet  the   argument    of   R. 
Shimon  ben  Laqish  seems   to   show  that  the  point 
in  dispute  was,  not  the  goodness  or  otherwise  of  God, 
but  the   possibility   of   repentance   on   the    part    of 
Pharaoh.     The  Minim   are   charged   by  R.  Johanan 
with  saying,  ■  It  was  not  in  the  power   of  Pharaoh 
to   repent,  because   God   hardened   his   heart/     The 
rejoinder  to  that  is  that  Pharaoh  could  have  repented, 
and  was  given  five  opportunities  to  repent,  and  that 
only  when  he  had  neglected  all  these  did  God  close 
his  heart  against  repentance,  so  that  Pharaoh  might 
be  justly  punished  for  his  sins.     That  many  Gnostics 

thought  that  the  God  of  the  O.T.  did  not  desire  the 

21 


322  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

good,  is  perhaps  true.  But  if  the  Minim  are  to  be 
identified  with  such  Gnostics,  then  we  should  expect 
that  the  question  of  the  goodness  of  God  would  be 
frequently  debated  between  Minim  and  Jews ;  and 
this  we  have  not  found  to  be  the  case. 

An  alternative  interpretation  is  not  impossible. 
We  have  already  found  reason  to  connect  with  the 
doctrines  of  the  Minim  the  teaching  of  the  Epistle  to 
the  Hebrews  (see  above,  pp.  265  fol.).  Now,  in  that 
Epistle,  vi.  6,  there  is  a  remarkable  saying  about 
repentance,  It  is  impossible  to  renew  them  to  re- 
pentance. The  writer  of  the  epistle  applies  this  to 
those  who  were  once  enlightened  ....  and  fell  away. 
And,  of  course,  such  a  case  as  that  of  Pharaoh  does 
not  come  within  the  range  of  the  principle  laid  down. 
But  that  would  not  prevent  an  opponent  from  saying 
that  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  taught  the  im- 
possibility of  repentance.  And  if,  further,  such 
impossibility  was  held  to  be  not  merely  on  the  part 
of  man  but  on  the  part  of  God,  then  R.  Johanan 
might  with  justice  say  that  the  text  which  he  quoted, 
/  have  hardened  his  heart,  bore  out  the  doctrine 
which  he  supposed  the  Minim  to  hold.  R.  Shim'on 
ben  Laqish  agreed  with  him  in  supposing  that  the 
Minim  held  such  a  doctrine ;  but  he  sought  to  show 
that  the  text  quoted  did  not  support  it,  and  that  if 
a  man  did  not  repent,  it  was  his  own  fault.  God 
did  not  prevent  him  from  repenting,  but  only,  after 
repeated  warning,  accepted  the  fact  and  inflicted 
punishment. 

It  is  worth  notice  that  this  very  case  of  Pharaoh 
is  mentioned  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  ix.  17,  18, 
For  the  Scripture  saith  unto  Pharaoh  [cp.  Exod.  ix. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     323 

16],  '  For  this  very  purpose  did  I  raise  thee  up,  that 
I  might  show  in  thee  my  power,  and  that  my  name 
might  be  publislied  abroad  in  all  the  earth"  So  then 
he  hath  mercy  on  whom  he  will,  and  whom  lie  will  he 
hardeneth.  That  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans  was 
known  to  the  Rabbis  is  extremely  doubtful.  But  it 
may  have  been  known  to  the  readers  of  the  Epistle 
to  the  Hebrews  ;  and  if  not  that,  there  is  at  least  so 
much  of  connexion  of  thought  between  the  two 
epistles  as  to  make  it  probable  that  the  idea  of  the 
unconditional  sovereignty  of  God  would  be  accept- 
able to  the  readers  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 
On  the  whole,  therefore,  while  admitting  that  the 
Minim  in  the  present  passage  may  represent  Gnostics, 
I  think  it  more  probable  that,  as  elsewhere,  so  here 
they  denote  Jewish  Christians  holding  the  doctrines 
of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

Four  Classes  of  Minim 

(133)  Jalq.  Shim.,  Ps.  lx.  9  (7).  — Another  ex- 
planation [Ps.  lx.  9],  Gilcad  is  mine.  R. 
Shim'on  ben  Laqish  said,  '  If  the  Minim  say  to 
thee  that  the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  doth 
not  revive  the  dead,  say  to  them,  Behold 
Elijah,  who  was  of  Tishbi  in  Gilead,  testifying 
that  I  have  revived  the  dead  by  his  hand.  And 
Manasseh  is  mine.  If  they  say  to  thee  that 
the  Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  doth  not 
receive  repentance,  say  to  them,  Behold 
Manasseh,  testifying  that  I  received  him  in 
repentance,  as  it  is  said  [2  Chron.  xxxiii.  13], 
And  he  prayed   to    the  Lord;   and  he  was 


324  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

intreated    of    him    and    heard    his    prayer. 
Ephraim  is  the  defence  of  my  head.     And  if 
they  say  unto  thee  that  the  Holy  One,  Blessed 
be    He,   doth    not   visit    the   barren,    Behold 
Elkanah  of  whom  it  is  written  [1  Sam.  i.  1], 
A  son  of  Tohu,  a  son  of  Zoph,  an  Ephraimite, 
testifying  that  I  visited  Hannah.    Judah  is  my 
sceptre.     And  if  they  say  unto  thee  that  the 
Holy  One,  Blessed  be  He,  doth  not  deliver 
from  the  fire,  Behold  Hananiah  and  his  com- 
panions   testifying    that    He   delivered   them 
from  the  fire ;  as  it  is  said  [Dan.  i.  6],  Now 
among  them  were  of  the  children   of  Judah, 
Daniel,  Hananiah. 
Commentary. — The  above  passage  occurs,  with  no 
important   variations,   in   Bamm.    r.    xiv.    1 ;  and   in 
Tanhuma,  Nissa,  §  30.     The  author  is  undoubtedly 
R.  Shimon  ben  Laqish,  as  Bacher  points  out. 

The  text  of  Ps.  lx.  9  is  not  interpreted,  but  is 
forced  by  sheer  violence  to  suggest  a  refutation  of 
four  heretical  doctrines,  which  are  ascribed  to  the 
Minim.  It  is  only  indeed  in  connexion  with  the  first 
heresy,  viz.,  the  denial  of  the  resurrection  of  the 
dead,  that  the  Minim  are  mentioned  ;  but  they  are 
clearly  intended  in  all  four  instances  of  alleged 
heresy.  Moreover,  the  heresy  that  God  does  not 
receive  a  penitent  is  expressly  ascribed  to  the  Minim 
in  the  passage  translated  above  (p.  320),  where  the 
refutation  is  given  by  R.  Shim  on  ben  Laqish.  I  do 
not  know  of  any  ground  for  ascribing,  either  to 
Gnostics  or  to  Jewish  Christians,  the  doctrines  that 
God  does  not  give  children  to  the  barren  women, 
and  that  he  does  not  save  men  from  the  fire.     Who, 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     325 

therefore,   are   meant   by   the   Minim   in   these   two 
instances,  I  am  unable  to  suggest. 

Words  of  the  Minim 

(134)  Siphri,  §  48,  p.  84a.— R.  Shimon  ben  Menasja 
says  [Prov.  v.  15],  Drink  waters  out  of  thine 
own  well,  drink  the  waters  of  thy  creator; 
and  do  not  drink  foul  waters,  lest  thou  be 
drawn  with  the  words  of  the  Minim. 

Commentary.  —  R.  Shim'on  ben  Menasja  was  a 
contemporary  of  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh,  in  the 
beginning  of  the  third  century. 

The  application  of  the  text  in  Prov.  v.  15  to  the 
Minim  is  chiefly  of  interest  because  it  is  found  in  an 
early  Midrash.  In  itself  it  contains  nothing  new. 
We  have  already  seen  that  this  chapter  of  Proverbs 
was  by  other  Rabbis  interpreted  in  reference  to 
Minuth  (see  above,  p.  185). 

92.  "They  that  hate  Me."     The  Minim 

(135)  Siphri,  §  331,  p.  140a.— {Deut.  xxxii.  41], 
/  will  render  vengeance  to  mine  adversaries, 
these  are  the  Cuthiim  [Samaritans] ;  as  it  is 
said  [Ezra  iv.  1],  And  the  adversaries  of  Judah 
and  Benjamin  heard  that  the  children  of  the 
captivity  were  building  the  Temple.  And  I  will 
recompense  tliem  that  hate  me,  these  are  the 
Minim ;  and  thus  He  [i.c  God,  in  Scripture] 
saith  [Ps.  cxxxix.  21,  22],  Do  I  not  hate  them 
which  liate  thee,  O  Lord  ?  and  am  I  not  grieved 
with  those  that  rise  up  against  thee  ?    I  hate 


826  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

them  with  a  perfect  hatred ;  they  have  become 

as  enemies  to  me. 

Commentary. — Observe   that   the  Minim   are  here 

distinguished     from     the     Samaritans.      In     a    few 

passages    the    reading    varies    between   Minim   and 

Cuthiim. 

For  the  application  of  Ps.  cxxxix.  21,  22  to  the 
Minim,  see  above,  p.  156,  where  R.  Ishmael  cites  the 
same  text  in  reference  to  the  books  of  the  Minim. 

A  Reply  to  the  Minim.     Genealogies 

(136)   b.    B.    Bath.    r.    91a.  — And  R.    Hanan  bar 
Rabba   said   that   Rab   said,   The   mother   of 
Abraham   was   Amathlai   bath  Carnebo ;   the 
mother  of  Haman  was  Amathlai  bath  Orbathi ; 
and  thy  signs  are,  '  Unclean,  unclean,'  '  Clean, 
clean/      The  mother  of  David  was  Nizzebath 
bath  Adael,  the  mother  of  Samson  was  Zelal- 
ponith,  and  his  sister  Nesiin.     To  what  does 
this  tend?     To  an  answer  to  the  Minim. 
Commentary. — R.    Hanan  b.  Rabba  was  a  son-in- 
law  of  Rab,  the  disciple  of  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh, 
who  carried  to  Babylonia  the  tradition  embodied  in 
the   Mishnah.      Rab  is   the   sole   authority  for  the 
names   of  personages   in  the   above   list.     He   may 
have  invented  them.     Only  one,  Zelalponith,  is  found 
in  the  O.T.,  and  that,  in  a  slightly  different  form, 
1  Chr.  iv.  3.     Whether  Rab  intended  them  to  serve 
as  an  'answer  to  the   Minim,'  there   is   nothing  to 
show.      The   Gemara  does    not    explain    how  they 
could    serve    such    a   purpose.      Rashi   says,    "The 
Minim  asks  us  concerning  these  more  than  concern- 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     327 

ing  other  women,  and  we  reply  that  [the  names]  have 
been  handed  down  to  us,  orally,  by  the  prophets." 
Why  the  Minim,  whether  Gnostics  or  Jewish 
Christians,  should  have  been  curious  on  the  subject, 
I  do  not  know.  Possibly  the  reference  to  'endless 
genealogies,'  1  Tim.  i.  3,  may  have  some  bearing  on 
the  point. 

The  Minim  and  the  New  Moon 

(137)  M.  R.  ha-Sh.,  ii.  1.— If  they  do  not  know 
him,  they  send  another  with  him  to  vouch  for 
him.     Formerly  they  used  to  receive  evidence 
as  to  the  new  moon  from  anyone.     Since  the 
Minim  acted   perversely,  they  ordained  that 
they  should  not  receive  evidence  except  from 
such  as  were  known. 
Commentary, — This  passage  is  from  the  Mishnah, 
and  its  extreme  terseness  of  style  requires  some  expan- 
sion.    The  subject  under  discussion  is  the   question 
of  determining  the  time  of  new  moon,  the  time  upon 
which  depended  the  date  of  the  festivals  in  the  suc- 
ceeding month.     The  beginning  of  the  month   was 
the  day  on  which  the  new  moon  was  first  seen  after 
conjunction  with  the   sun.     Evidence  was  therefore 
taken  from  those  who  had  seen  the  new  moon.     Such 
witnesses  must   of  course  be  trustworthy;  therefore 
(and  here  our  passage  begins),  if  a  witness  was  un- 
known to  those  appointed  to  receive  evidence,  another 
man   accompanied   him,   in  order   to   vouch   for  his 
credibility.     Formerly  anyone  might  give  evidence. 
But  from  the  time  that  the  Minim  introduced  some 
mischievous   practice,  it  was   ordered   that  only  the 


328  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

evidence  of  such  witnesses  as  were  personally  known 
should  be  received. 

This  is  an  interesting  as  well  as  an  obscure  passage ; 
and  though  both  the  Gemaras  make  some  reference 
to  it,  they  do  not  give  a  complete  explanation. 

In  the  first  place,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  read- 
ing '  Minim '  [p*o]  is  the  correct  one.  It  is  the  read- 
ing of  the  Mishnah,  as  printed  separately,  and  of  the 
text  of  the  Mishnah  incorporated  in  the  Gemaras. 
(See  Rabbinowicz  on  b.  R.  ha-Sh.  22b.)  The  verse  of 
the  Mishnah  immediately  following  (R.  ha-Sh.,  ii. 
2)  mentions  the  Samaritans  [D*n»],  as  having  intro- 
duced some  corrupt  practice.  Thus  the  Mishnah  is 
aware  that  the  Samaritans  are  not  the  same  as  the 
Minim,  and  therefore  the  mention  of  the  Minim  is 
intentional.  When  we  turn  to  the  Tosephta  and  the 
Gemaras,  we  find  a  source  of  confusion  in  a  story 
about  certain  people  called  Baithusin  [^Din^n]  who 
also  introduced  corrupt  practices.  The  Tosephta 
gives  this  story  [R.  ha-Sh.,  i.  15],  and  does  not  say 
anything  about  the  Minim.  It  says,  "  Formerly  they 
used  to  receive  evidence  from  any  man.  On  one 
occasion  the  Baithusin  hired  two  witnesses  to  come 
and  deceive  the  Wise ;  because  the  Baithusin  do 
not  admit  that  Atzereth  [Pentecost]  should  be  on 
[any  day]  except  the  day  after  a  Sabbath."  [There- 
fore they  sought  to  influence  the  calculation  upon 
which  the  day  of  the  feast  ultimately  depended.] 

The  Palestinian  Gemara  R.  ha-Sh.  57d,  in  its  com- 
ments upon  the  alleged  corrupt  practices,  appears  to 
depend  upon  the  notice  in  Tosephta  just  mentioned. 
The  Minim  are  not  referred  to  by  name.  It  is  stated 
that  the  '  corrupt  practice '  consisted  in  keeping  Pente- 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND  MINUTH     329 

cost  on  the  day  after  a  Sabbath,  and  assuming  that 
that  day  had  been  consecrated  as  the  feast  day ; 
whereas  the  right  day,  according  to  the  view  of  the 
Talmudic  Rabbis,  the  fiftieth  day  from  the  first 
Paschal  day,  might  fall  later  in  the  week.  After  this 
explanation  has  been  given  there  follows  the  story 
about  the  Baithusin  and  their  false  witnesses.  It  is 
possible,  therefore,  that  the  explanation  about  the 
fiftieth  day  being  kept  on  a  Sunday  does  not  refer 
to  the  Baithusin,  but  to  the  Minim. 

In  the  Babylonian  Gemara,  R.  ha-Sh.  22b,  the 
printed  text  has  the  following: — (138)  "Formerly 
they  used  to  receive  evidence  concerning  the  new 
moon  from  any  man.  [This  is  the  quotation  of  the 
Mishnah.]  Our  Rabbis  have  taught :  What  corrupt 
practice  did  the  ■  Baithusin '  commit  ?  On  one  occa- 
sion," etc.,  and  then  follows  the  story  about  the  false 
witnesses.  Now  the  correct  reading  in  this  passage  is 
not  '  Baithusin,'  but  '  Minim '  (see  Rabbinowicz  on 
R.  ha-Sh.  22b).  The  alteration  has  no  doubt  been 
made  on  account  of  the  mention  of  the  Baithusin  in 
the  story  which  follows.  That  story,  a  graphically- 
told  anecdote,  seems  to  me  to  have  obscured  the  re- 
ference to  the  Minim,  and  led  to  the  belief  that  the 
Mishnah,  in  its  charge  against  the  Minim,  was  really 
referring  to  the  Baithusin;  accordingly  the  story  is 
quoted  in  explanation.  Who  the  Baithusin  were  is 
not  certain,  probably  the  name  indicates  more  than 
one  religious  party  at  different  epochs.  The  story  of 
their  false  witnesses  implies  Jerusalem  for  the  scene 
of  it,  and,  if  historical,  is  thus  earlier  than  a.d.  70. 
But  the  '  corrupt  practices '  which  had  to  be  guarded 
against    continued    long   after    that    date.      In   the 


330  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Palestinian  Gemara,  R.  ha-Sh.  57d,  it  is  stated  that 
R.  Nehorai  once  went  to  Usha *  to  corroborate  a  wit- 
ness for  the  new  moon.  Thereupon  follows  immedi- 
ately the  explanation  already  given  about  the  day  of 
Pentecost  being  kept  on  a  Sunday. 

Now,  whether  the  Minim  are  identical  with  the 
Baithusin  or  not,  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  Minim 
may  have  had  their  own  reasons  for  holding  a  similar 
view  with  regard  to  the  proper  days  of  Passover  and 
Pentecost.  If  the  Minim  were  Jewish  Christians,  it  is 
easy  to  understand  that  they  would  have  an  interest 
in  the  date  of  Pentecost,  and  the  corresponding 
fiftieth  day  previous  to  Pentecost.  The  Jewish 
Christians  kept  the  Jewish  feasts,  but  read  into  them 
a  Christian  meaning,  and  connected  with  Passover 
and  Pentecost  the  death  of  Jesus  and  the  gift  of  the 
Holy  Ghost.  Jesus  was  crucified  on  a  Friday,  and, 
according  to  the  Gospels,  rose  again  on  the  Sunday 
following.  The  first  Christian  Pentecost  was  likewise 
on  a  Sunday.  Now,  according  to  the  Jewish  usage, 
the  fourteenth  day  of  Nisan,  the  day  of  Passover, 
might  fall  upon  any  day  of  the  week.  The  Jewish 
Christians  would  naturally  prefer  that  it  should  fall 
on  a  Friday,  so  that  the  fast  and  feast  days  should 
correspond  with  those  of  the  original  Passion-week 
and  the  subsequent  Pentecost.  Since  it  was  the 
custom,  according  to  the  Mishnah,  to  fix  the  appear- 
ance of  the  new  moon  by  the  evidence  of  eye-wit- 
nesses, and  to  determine  the  days  of  the  month 
accordingly,  Jewish  Christians  could  give  evidence  as 

1  The  Sanhedrin,  or  at  least  the  Nasi  and  his  colleagues,  met  at  Usha 
a.d.  130  circa,  and  again  in  a.d.  140  circa.  Probably  the  visit  of  R.  Nehorai 
took  place  at  the  earlier  date. 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     331 

well  as  others.  And,  whether  or  not  they  ever 
attempted  to  influence  the  determination  of  the  days 
of  the  month,  their  evidence  would  be  open  to  sus- 
picion, because  they  were  known  to  be  biassed  in 
favour  of  a  particular  day  of  the  week  for  the  four- 
teenth of  Nisan. 

If,  then,  according  to  the  reading  of  the  Mishnah, 
the  Minim  are  really  referred  to  in  connexion  with 
the  subject  of  the  new  moon  witnesses,  there  is  some 
amount  of  ground  for  identifying  them  with  Jewish 
Christians.  That  the  Minim  in  this  instance  can  be 
Gnostics  is  out  of  the  question.  The  Gnostics  did 
not  pay  any  regard  to  the  '  set  feasts '  of  the  Jewish 
religion,  and  would  not  care  what  might  be  the  day 
of  the  week  on  which  they  fell. 

The  Minim  and  Alexander  the  Great 

In  Vajiqr.  r.  xiii.  5,  p.  19c,  it  is  related  that 
Alexander  the  Great  showed  honour  to  the  High 
Priest,  Shim'on  ha-Tzaddiq,  and  that  the  'Minim' 
remonstrated  with  him  for  doing  so.  The  story 
occurs  in  Josephus,  Antiq.,  xi.  8,  5,  and  is  repeated  in 
b.  Joma  69d,  and  Pesiqta  d.  R.  Kahana,  Parah,  p.  41a. 
Neither  of  the  two  Hebrew  texts  mentions  the  word 
1  Minim.'  The  text  in  Joma  has  simply  '  they  said  to 
him ' ;  the  text  in  Pesiqta  has  ■  his  courtiers  said  to 
him.'  The  reading  'Minim,'  or  rather  ■  Minai,'  in 
Vajiqr.  r.  may  be  explained  as  being,  at  the  late  date 
of  the  compilation  of  this  Midrash,  merely  a  general 
term  for  enemies  of  the  Jews.  It  is  sufficient  to 
mention  this  passage  without  going  to  the  trouble  of 
translating  it. 


332  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

In  like  manner  it  will  be  sufficient  to  mention, 
without  comment,  some  few  passages  which  merely 
allude  to  Minim,  but  contain  nothing  of  importance 
for  the  study  of  them.  These  passages  are  as 
follows : — 

Minim,  Casual  References 

(i)  b.  Ber.  7a,  Sanh.  105b,  A.  Zar.  4b.— R.  Jehoshua 
ben  Levi  is  annoyed  by  a  Min,  who  lived 
near  him.  The  fact  is  mentioned  on  account 
of  the  device  which  the  Rabbi  made  use  of, 
unsuccessfully,  to  draw  down  a  curse  upon 
his  enemy. 

(ii)  b.  Ber.  5V — The  Minim  say  there  is  only  one 
world.  See  above,  p.  313  fol.  The  reading 
1  Minim  '  is  correct,  yet  it  is  possible  that  the 
original  reference  was  to  the  Sadducees. 

(iii)  lb.,  56b. — A  Min  asks  R.  Ishmael  to  interpret 
certain  dreams.  There  is  no  reference  to 
Minuth. 

(iv)  lb.  58a. — A  Min  converses  with  R.  Shesheth. 
There  is  no  reference  to  Minuth.  Probably 
the  Min  in  this  instance  was  a  Persian,  and 
a  fire- worshipper.  If  so,  'Min'  may  re- 
present '  Mani.' 

(v)  b.  Meg.  23a. — Jacob  the  Min  asks  a  question 
of  R.  Jehudah.  There  is  no  reference  to 
Minuth.  Tosaphoth  doubts  whether  Jacob 
was  a  Min  at  all. 

(vi)  b.  B.  Bathra  25a.—  R.  Shesheth  would  not  turn 
to  the  east  because  the  Minim  teach  con- 
cerning it.      Here,   as  in  No.    (iv),  Minim 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     333 

probably  denotes  fire-worshippers.  It  should 
be  added,  however,  that  Rashi  believes  the 
reference  to  be  to  '  the  disciples  of  Jesus.' 

(vii)  b.  Sanh.  37a.--R.  Kahana  answers  the  question 
of  a  Min  concerning  a  woman  who  is  ma. 
No  reference  to  Minuth. 

(viii)  M.  Jad.  iv.  8. — 'A  Min  of  Galilee'  said 
to  the  Pharisees,  etc.,  see  Geiger,  Urschrift, 
p.  146  ;  Schurer,  G.  d.  J.  V.,  ii.  318.  The 
Min  here  is  a  political  rather  than  a  religious 
partisan.  Probably  a  follower  of  Judah  of 
Galilee  is  meant.  The  date  of  the  passage 
is  uncertain,  probably  not  earlier  than  the 
codification  of  the  Mishnah  by  Rabbi. 
Therefore  it  cannot  be  quoted  as  the  earliest 
instance  of  the  use  of  the  term  Min.  The 
printed  text  of  the  Misnah  reads  Tzadduqi 
in  place  of  Min;  but  the  latter  reading  is 
shown  by  Schurer  to  be  the  right  one. 


As  the  printed  texts  of  the  Talmud  are  subject  to 
the  censorship  of  the  press,  it  is  frequently  the  case 
that  the  word  Min  (Minim)  is  struck  out  and  re- 
placed by  Tzadduqi,  Cuthi,  Romi,  or  some  other 
innocent  word.  This  defect  is  found  in  most  of  the 
printed  texts  since  the  edition  of  Basle,  1578.  The 
comparison  of  manuscripts,  and  early  editions,  as 
performed  by  Rabbinowicz,1  has  made  it  possible  to 
correct  these  mischievous  errors.      A   few  passages 

1  The  invaluable  work  of  Rabbinowicz,  entitled  Diqduqe  Sopherim,  is 
unfortunately  incomplete.  It  extends  over  perhaps  three-fourths  of  the 
Talmud,  including  the  most  important  of  the  treatises. 


834  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

remain,  in  which  the  reading  Tzadduqi,  or  Cuthi,  is 
the  right  one.  I  subjoin  a  list  of  references  to  such 
passages  as  I  have  met  with  where  this  is  the  case. 
There  are  probably  others.  My  purpose,  however, 
is  not  to  collect  references  to  the  Sadducees,  or  to 
the  Samaritans,  but  to  give  a  list  of  the  references 
to  the  Minim  as  complete  as  I  can,  and  also  as 
free  as  possible  from  the  intrusion  of  what  does  not 
belong  to  it. 

In  the  following  passages,  the  reading  Tzadduqi  is 
correct,  and  the  reference  is  to  the  Sadducees. 

(A.)  Mishnah  (collected  by  Schiirer,  op.  cit.,  ii. 
317  fol.);  Erubh.  vi.  2  (uncertain);  Mace.  i.  6; 
Parah.  iii.  7;  Nidd.  iv.  2;  Jad.  iv.  6,  7,  8.  (B.) 
Talmud.  Joma  19b,  53a ;  B.  Bathr.  115b;  Mace.  5b ; 
Nidd.  33b.     (C.)  Tosephta  ;  Hagg.  iii.  35. 

97.  JacoB  of  Chephar  Neburaia 

A  passage  has  already  been  quoted  (see  above, 
p.  219)  from  the  Midrash  Qoh.  r.  (on  vii.  26, 
p.  21d),  in  which  it  is  stated  that  "R.  Isi  of 
Csesarea  expounded  this  verse  in  reference  to  Minuth  : 
The  good  is  R.  El'azar,  the  sinner  is  Jacob  of  Chephar 
Neburaia,"  etc.,  after  which  follows  a  list  of  five  other 
examples  of  contrasted  saints  and  sinners.  There  can 
be  no  possible  doubt  that  the  intention  of  R.  Isi  was 
to  pronounce  Jacob  of  Ch.  N.  a  Min.  It  is  therefore 
desirable  to  ascertain  what  may  be  known  about  this 
Jacob.  I  have  not  included  him  in  the  list  of  those 
Minim  who  had  polemical  discussions  with  Jews, 
because  no  such  controversies  are  ascribed  to  him. 
Controversies   he  certainly  had,  but  in   the  records 


REFERENCES   TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     335 

of  them  he  is  not  called  a  Min.  Moreover,  certain 
sayings  of  his  are  mentioned  with  approval,  and  the 
Babylonian  Gemara  does  not  seem  to  have  any 
suspicion  of  his  *  Minuth.'  I  have  therefore  thought 
it  best  to  deal  with  him  in  a  separate  section,  and 
to  put  that  as  an  appendix  to  the  main  body  of 
evidence  collected  on  the  subject  of  Minuth. 

Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia  lived  in  the  fourth 
century,  and  is  most  frequently  mentioned  in  con- 
nexion with  Tyre  and  Cassarea.  The  site  of  the 
village  from  which  he  took  his  name  has  not  been 
identified.  He  'targumed'  Hagg.  ii.  19,  in  the 
synagogue  Maradta  in  Caesarea,  and  his  exposition 
was  approved  by  the  Rabbis  (j.  Bice.  iii.  3.  65*,  b. 
Sanh.  7%  and  Midr.  Samuel  c.  7  (6) *).  He  expounded 
Ps.  lxv.  2  at  Tyre ;  and  his  exposition  is  quoted  in 
j.  Ber.  12d.  In  b.  Meg.  18a  it  is  quoted,  but  is 
ascribed  to  R.  Jehudah  of  Chephar  Neburaia.  This 
is  the  result  of  a  confusion  between  Jacob  of  Ch.  N. 
and  R.  Jehudah  bar  Nahmani,  who  had  been  inter- 
preter (pnn»)  of  R.  Shimon  ben  Laqish. 

Further,  Jacob  of  Ch.  N.  was  involved  in  con- 
troversy with  R.  Haggai  of  Tyre  upon  questions 
of  halachah.  Two  instances  of  this  are  given,  and 
appear  together  in  several  passages  in  the  Rabbinical 
literature.  The  two  halachic  decisions  which  he  gave 
were,  first,  that  the  son  of  a  Gentile  woman  might  be 
circumcised  on  the  Sabbath;  and  second,  that  the 
rules  relating  to  the  killing  of  cattle  for  food  applied 
also  to  fishes.  For  both  these  decisions  he  was  called 
to  account  by  R.  Haggai,  who  ordered  him  on  each 

1  This  reference  is  given  by  Bacher,  A.  d.  P.  A.,  iii.  710,  3.  I  have  not 
the  means  of  verifying  it. 


336  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

occasion  to  come  and  be  scourged  for  having  given  a 
wrong  decision.  Jacob  asked  R.  Haggai  by  what 
authority  he  scourged  him?  The  Rabbi  quoted 
texts  to  show  that  Jacob's  teaching  was  wrong,  after 
which  Jacob  lay  down  and  submitted  to  be  scourged. 
The  first  of  these  two  incidents  is  described  in  j. 
Kidd.  64d,  j.  Jebam.  4a.  The  two  together  are  found 
in  Ber.  r.  vii.  2,  Bamm.  r.  xix.  3,  Pesiqta  d.  R.  Kahana, 
§  Parah.,  35b,  36%  Tanhuma,  Huqqath,  56\  57a. 

In  b.  Kethub.  65a  a  halachic  decision  by  Jacob  of 
Ch.  N.  is  mentioned  and  debated,  with  no  hint  that 
any  suspicion  attached  to  him.  In  j.  Shabb.  17b 
there  is  the  following  : — Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia 
asked  R.  Haggai,  '  Is  then  a  child  that  is  born  in 
the  twilight  circumcised  in  the  twilight  ? '  He  said 
to  him,  *  If  thou  and  I  were  entering  in  at  one  door, 
perhaps  we  might  be  able  to  decide  the  point.'  The 
meaning  of  this  plainly  is,  that  Jacob  was  no  longer 
considered  by  the  Rabbi  to  be  in  fellowship  and  thus 
open  to  conviction  on  Jewish  principles.  It  is  no- 
where said  that  Jacob  was  excommunicated,  but  it 
seems  reasonable  to  infer  that  in  some  way  he  was 
excluded  from  the  community  of  Israel  and  regarded 
as  a  heretic.  His  question  to  R.  Haggai  may  in- 
dicate that  he  still  regarded  himself  as  being  a 
member  of  the  community. 

In  the  passage  already  mentioned,  Qoh.  r.  vii.  28, 
21d,  he  is  charged  with  Minuth,  in  contrast  with  a 
certain  El'azar  otherwise  unknown. 

The  above  passages  contain,  I  believe,  all  that  is 
known  of  Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia.  They  are 
too  scanty  to  be  of  much  use,  and  for  that  reason  I 
have  not  translated  them.     Scanty  as  they  are,  how- 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM   AND   MINUTH     337 

ever,  they  prove  that  Jacob  of  Ch.  N.  was  a  real 
person,  and  that  he  became  a  heretic.  It  is  there- 
fore needless,  and  unwarranted,  to  say,  as  Friedlander 
says  (Vorch.  jud.  Gnosticismus,  p.  108),  that  in  the 
list  of  contrasted  saints  and  sinners,  Qoh.  r.  vii.  26, 
Jacob  of  Ch.  N.  is  plainly  Jacob  of  Ch.  Sechanja 
(see  above,  p.  221  n.)  We  may  also  perhaps  infer 
that  the  distinction  between  Jew  and  Min  was  not 
regarded,  from  the  side  of  the  Minim,  as  being  a 
very  sharp  one.  Here  may  be  compared  the  very 
curious  story  of  R.  Saphra  and  the  Minim  of  Caesarea 
(see  above,  p.  266  fol.).  There  the  Minim,  strange  as 
it  seems,  actually  engaged  a  Jewish  Rabbi  to  be  their 
teacher.  It  is  true  he  did  not  suit  them ;  but  that 
was  owing  to  his  defective  knowledge  of  Scripture, 
not  to  the  fact  of  his  being  a  Jew.  Is  it  possible 
that  Jacob  of  Ch.  N.  stood  in  some  similiar  relation 
towards  the  Minim,  and  that  less  staunch  than  R. 
Saphra,  he  was  perverted  by  those  to  whom  he 
ministered?  That  he  did  become  a  Min  is  shown 
not  merely  by  the  passage  in  Qoh.  r.,  but  also  by 
that  in  j.  Shabb.  17b,  where  R.  Haggai  speaks  of 
himself  and  Jacob  as  not  entering  at  the  same  door. 
But  it  is  worthy  of  note  that  his  apostasy  does  not 
appear  to  have  been  known  outside  of  his  own 
country.  He  is  mentioned  in  the  Babylonian 
Gemara,  Kethub.  65\  and  an  opinion  given  by  him 
is  debated  without  any  reference  to  his  being  a  Min. 
Further,  if  I  am  right  in  supposing  that  the  passage 
j.  Shabb.  17b  refers  to  a  time  after  he  had  become  a 
Min,  then  it  would  seem  that  he  still  kept  up  his 
interest  in  halachah.     If  so,  he  might  be  a  Jewish 

Christian,  but  scarcely  a  Gnostic.     There  is,  however, 

22 


338  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

nothing  to  show  what  was  the  change  which  turned 
him  from  a  Jew  into  a  Min.  He  remains  a  shadowy 
figure,  tantalising  by  its  vagueness,  the  ghost  of  an 
ancient  heretic. 

The  Priesthood  of  Melchizedek 

(139)  b.   Nedar.  32b. — R.    Zechariah   said,   in   the 
name  of  R.  Ishmael,  The  Holy  one,  Blessed  be 
He,  sought  to  cause  the  priesthood  to  go  forth 
from  Shem.     For  it  is  said  [Gen.  xiv.  18],  And 
he  was  priest  of  God  Most  High,     As  soon  as 
he  put   the   blessing  of  Abraham  before  the 
blessing  of  God,  he  caused  it  to  go  forth  from 
Abraham,  as  it  is  said  [ib.  19],  And  he  blessed 
him  and  said,  'Blessed  be  Abraham  of  God 
Most  High,  possessor  of  heaven  and  earth,  and 
blessed  be  God  Most  High'    Abraham  said  to 
him,  ■  Do  they  put  the  blessing  of  the  servant 
before  the  blessing  of  his  owner  ? '     Immedi- 
ately it  was  given  to  Abraham,  as  it  is  said 
[Ps.  ex.  1],  The  Lord  said  unto  my  Lord,  Sit 
thou  at  my  right  hand  until  I  make  thy  enemies 
the  footstool  for  thy  feet.     And  further  down 
it   is  written   [ib.  4],    The  Lord  hath   sworn, 
and  will  not  repent,  Thou  art  a  priest  for  ever 
after  the  order  of  Melchizedek,  according  to  the 
saying  of  Melchizedek.     And  this  is  what  is 
written  [Gen.  xiv.  18],  And  he  was  priest  of 
God  Most  High.     He  was  priest;  his  seed 
were  not  priests. 
Commentary. — The  point   of  the  above  haggadah 
is     that     the     priesthood     was     taken    away    from 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND  MINUTH     339 

Melchizedek  and  given  to  Abraham.  God,  it  is 
said,  had  at  first  intended  that  the  priesthood  should 
'go  forth  from  Shem,'  i.e.  should  be  handed  down 
along  the  line  of  his  posterity.  Melchizedek  is  here 
identified  with  Shem,  as  elsewhere  in  the  Midrash. 
The  divine  purpose,  however,  was  changed,  and  the 
priesthood  was  caused  to  descend  in  the  line  of 
Abraham.  Tosaphoth  points  out  that  Abraham 
himself  was  one  of  the  descendants  of  Shem,  and 
gives  the  explanation  that  the  priesthood  was  taken 
away  from  all  the  other  descendants  of  Shem,  and 
given  to  Abraham  and  his  posterity.  In  any  case 
it  was  taken  away  from  Melchizedek.  Now  Mel- 
chizedek was  the  subject  of  a  great  deal  of  specu- 
lation in  the  early  centuries  of  the  common  era. 
There  was  a  Gnostic  sect  who  called  themselves 
after  his  name,  regarding  him  as  an  incarnation  of 
the  divine  power.  Also,  in  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews,  Melchizedek  is  represented  as  a  type  of 
Christ,  and  the  comparison  is  worked  out  in  detail 
[Heb.  vii.].  Evidently  the  intention  of  R.  Ishmael, 
in  his  haggadah,  was  to  destroy  the  foundation  for 
this  exalted  conception  of  Melchizedek,  by  showing 
that  the  priesthood  was  taken  away  from  him.  This 
R.  Ishmael  is  the  same  whom  we  have  already  met 
with  several  times  as  an  opponent  of  Minim.  It  was 
he  who  forbade  the  attempted  cure  of  his  nephew, 
Ben  Damah,  by  a  Min  who  was  beyond  question  a 
Christian  (see  above,  p.  103  fol.).  It  was  he,  also, 
who  severely  condemned  the  Scriptures  of  the  Minim 
(see  above,  p.  156  fol.).  He  lived  in  Palestine  at  the 
end  of  the  first,  and  well  on  into  the  second  century. 
The  depreciation  of  Melchizedek  would  serve  as 


40  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

an  argument  against  both  the  Gnostic  sect  and  the 
Christian  readers  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  ;  but 
1  see  no  reason  to  restrict  the  reference  to  the  first. 
The  Melchizedekites  do  not  appear  to  have  been  a 
very  important  or  very  aggressive  sect,  certainly  not 
more  prominent  than  the  Jewish  Christians.  It  has 
been  suggested  above  (p.  265)  that  the  doctrine  of 
Two  Powers  in  Heaven,  ascribed  to  the  Minim,  is 
the  Jewish  version  of  the  Christology  of  the  Epistle 
to  the  Hebrews.  I  take  the  present  passage  to  be 
additional  evidence  in  support  of  the  view  that  the 
teaching  of  that  Epistle  was  known  to  the  Rabbis, 
and  that  the  Minim  were,  or  at  least  included,  Jewish 
Christians  whose  theology  was  represented  in  that 
Epistle.  It  should  be  noticed  that  R.  Ishmael,  as 
well  as  the  author  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews, 
made  use  of  Ps.  ex.  4  in  support  of  his  argument.  The 
Rabbi  interpreted  the  words  >n-m  by  (Eng.  version, 
After  the  order  of),  to  mean  according  to  the  saying 
of  Melchizedek.  That  is,  Melchizedek  himself,  by 
what  he  had  said,  forfeited  the  priesthood  so  that  it 
passed  to  Abraham.  The  citation  of  Ps.  ex.  may, 
however,  be  due  not  to  the  Rabbi's  acquaintance  with 
the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  but  merely  to  the  fact 
that  Melchizedek  is  mentioned  in  the  Psalm.  That 
his  argument  does  impugn  the  doctrine  of  the  Epistle 
to  the  Hebrews  there  can  be  no  question. 


This  completes  the  series  of  passages  in  which  I 
have  found  a  reference  to  Christianity,  in  the  person 
of  its  Founder  or  of  his  followers.  That  the  whole 
material  is  exhausted  I  do  not  venture   to  affirm. 


REFERENCES  TO   MINIM  AND   MINUTH     341 

The  Rabbinical  literature  is  enormous,  and,  moreover, 
has  never  been  indexed,  so  that  I  dare  not  claim  to 
have  overlooked  nothing.  Nevertheless,  I  believe  I 
have  gathered  all  the  important  passages,  and  nearly 
all  the  less  important  ones.  A  few  I  have  in- 
tentionally left  out,  which  have  been  thought  to 
have  some  polemical  reference,  but  in  which  I  could 
find  no  allusion,  however  remote,  to  Christianity. 
Also,  I  have  omitted  passages  where  a  mere  verbal 
likeness  might  be  traced  to  some  phrase  in  the  New 
Testament.  The  subject  of  parallel  passages  did  not 
come  within  the  limits  which  I  had  marked  out  for 
my  work. 

It  remains  now  to  collect  the  general  results  of  the 
mass  of  evidence  presented  in  the  foregoing  pages ; 
and  to  this  task  I  shall  devote  the  concluding  section 
of  this  book. 


DIVISION  II 

GENERAL  RESULTS 

I  have  called  this  book  by  the  title  of  "  Christianity 
in  Talmud  and  Midrash,"  and  have  offered  to  the 
reader  a  number  of  passages  from  the  Rabbinical 
literature  of  the  first  four  centuries  containing  what 
I  believe  to  be  references  to  Christianity,  either  in  the 
person  of  its  Founder,  or  of  his  followers.  In  doing 
so  I  have  been  unable  to  avoid  giving  provisional 
answers  to  questions  which  cannot  be  fully  answered 
until  all  the  evidence  has  been  presented,  and  have 
thus,  to  some  extent,  taken  for  granted  what  ought 
to  be  proved.  In  this  concluding  section  I  shall  try 
to  complete  my  case  by  a  general  review  of  the  evi- 
dence, and  shall  show  first  that  Jesus  is  referred  to  in 
the  Rabbinical  literature  ;  and  second,  that  the  Minim, 
who  are  so  often  mentioned,  are,  or  at  all  events 
include,  Jewish  Christians.  Under  the  first  head  I 
shall,  after  proving  as  I  hope  that  the  historical  Jesus 
of  Nazareth  is  referred  to,  sum  up  the  main  heads  of 
the  traditions  concerning  him,  and  inquire  into  their 
origin  and  value.  Under  the  second  head  I  shall  in 
like  manner,  after  presenting  the  case  for  the  Chris- 
tianity of  the  Minim,  collect  the  evidence  for  their 

342 


GENERAL  RESULTS  343 

theology,  their  relation  to  Judaism,  and  whatever  else 
may  serve  to  give  clearness  and  distinctness  to  the 
picture.  The  problem  of  the  Minim  has  often  been 
discussed,  for  it  is  one  of  the  riddles  of  the  Talmud. 
The  solution  of  that  problem  attempted  here  may 
claim  at  least  the  merit  of  being  based  upon  a  larger 
body  of  evidence  than  has,  so  far  as  I  know,  ever 
been  collected  before.  If  the  reader  is  dissatisfied 
with  that  solution,  he  has  now  before  him  the 
materials  for  a  better. 


\ 


CHAPTER  I 

Jesus  in  the  Talmud  and  Midrash 

Is  the  historical  Jesus  of  Nazareth  mentioned  in  the 
Rabbinical  literature  ?  Or,  to  state  the  question 
somewhat  differently,  are  the  persons  variously  named 
Ben  Stada,  Ben  Pandira,  Jeshu',  Jeshu  ha-Notzri,  one 
and  the  same  individual,  and  he,  Jesus  of  Nazareth  ? 
The  answer  to  this  question  is  clearly  given  by  a 
comparison  of  parallel  passages.     Thus  : — 

(a)  T.  Sanh.  x.  11  (see  above,  p.  79,  No.  (19)),  "  And 
thus  they  did  to  Ben  Stada  in  Lud,  ....  and  they 
brought  him  to  the  Beth  Din  and  stoned  him." 

(b)  b.  Sanh.  67a  (see  above,  p.  79,  No.  (21)),  "And 
they  bring  him  to  the  Beth  Din  and  stone  him  ;  and 
thus  they  did  to  Ben  Stada  in  Lud,  and  they  hung 
him  on  the  eve  of  Pesah." 

(c)  b.  Sanh.  43a  (see  above,  p.  83,  No.  (22)),  "  On 
the  eve  of  Pesah  they  hung  Jeshu  ha-Notzri."  .  .  . 
"  Jeshu  ha-Notzri  goeth  forth  to  be  stoned  because  he 
hath  practised  magic,  tpo ,  and  deceived  and  led  astray 
Israel." 

(d)  b.  Shabb.  104b  (see  above,  p.  35,  No.  (1)),  "And 
did  not  Ben  Stada  bring  magic  spells,  d^sdd,  from 
Egypt?" 

344 


JESUS   IN  THE  TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH     345 

There  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  Ben  Stada 
is  here  equivalent  to  Jeshu  ha-Notzri.1  Next,  let  us 
compare  Ben  Pandira  with  Jeshu  ha-Notzri.  We 
have 

(e)  T.  Hull  ii.  24  (see  above,  p.  138,  No.  (45)).  R. 
Eliezer  said,  "Once  I  was  walking  in  the  street  of 
Sepphoris  ;  I  found  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sichnin,  and  he 
said  a  word  of  Minuth  in  the  name  of  Jeshu  ben 
Pantiri." 

if)  b.  A.  Zar.  16b,  17a  (see  above,  p.  138,  No.  (46)). 
It.  Eliezer  said,  "  Once  I  was  walking  in  the  upper  street 
of  Sepphoris,  and  I  found  a  man,  one  of  the  disciples 
of  Jeshu  ha-Notzri,  and  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja 
was  his  name,"  .  .  .  .  "  and  he  said  to  me,  Thus  hath 
Jeshu  ha-Notzri  taught  me." 

The  name  Jeshu  ben  Pantiri  in  (e)  is,  on  the  same 

1  Note  that  the  form  Jeshu  ben  Stada  does  not  occur.  Ben  Stada  is 
clearly  identified  with  Jeshu  ha-Notzri ;  but  the  possibility  remains  that 
originally  they  were  not  identical.  R.  Eliezer,  who  mentions  Jeshu  ben 
Pandira,  mentions  also  Ben  Stada,  with  no  indication  that  the  two  names 
denote  one  person.  I  venture  to  suggest,  as  worth  consideration,  the  hypo- 
thesis that  Ben  Stada  originally  denoted  "  that  Egyptian "  [Acts  xxi.  38  : 
Josephus  Antiqq.,  xx.  8,  6  ;  B.  J.,  ii.  13,  5],  who  gave  himself  out  as  a 
prophet,  led  a  crowd  of  followers  to  the  Mount  of  Olives,  and  was  routed 
there  by  the  Procurator  Felix.  This  man  is  called  a  sorcerer  ;  at  least  he 
promised  that  the  walls  of  Jerusalem  "should  fall  at  his  approach.  Now  R. 
Eliezer  said  of  Ben  Stada  that  he  brought  magical  spells  from  Egypt ;  and 
the  Rabbis,  to  whom  he  made  this  remark,  replied  that  '  Ben  Stada  was  a 
fool.'  This  verdict  is  more  appropriate  to  the  Jewish-Egyptian  impostor 
than  to  the  much  more  dangerous  Jeshu  ha-Notzri.  In  later  times  the 
two  might  easily  be  confused  together.  If  there  is  anything  in  this 
suggestion,  the  name  Stada,  the  pronunciation  of  which  is  guaranteed  by 
the  explanation  'Stath  da,'  might  have  some  connexion  with  avda-raros, 
*  seditious,'  or  at  least  with  some  cognate  form  from  the  root  •  sta.'  It  should 
be  observed  that  R.  Eliezer  does  not  say  that  Ben  Stada  was  put  to  death  at 
Ltid,  and  that  according  to  Josephus  the  Egyptian  himself  escaped.  The 
execution  of  Ben  Stada  at  Lud  is  the  result  of  identifying  Ben  Stada  with 
Jeshu  ha-Notzri. 


346  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

page  a  few  lines  higher  up,  given  in  the  form  Jeshua 
ben  Pandiri.  The  passages  (e)  and  (f)  clearly  prove 
the  identity  of  Jeshu  ben  Pandira  with  Jeshu  ha- 
Notzri. 

For  the  identification  of  Ben  Stada  with  Ben 
Pandira,  which  indeed  would  logically  follow  from 
the  passages  given  above,  we  have  the  explicit  state- 
ment. 

b.  Shabb.  104b  (see  above,  p.  35,  No.  (1)),  "Ben 
Stada  is  Ben  Pandira." 

So  far  as  the  identification  of  the  names  is  con- 
cerned the  case  is  clear.  Do  these  names  denote  the 
historical  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  the  Founder  of  Chris- 
tianity ?     The  following  passages  supply  the  answer. 

{g)  b.  Sanh.  107b  (see  above,  p.  51,  No.  (7)).  "Jeshu 
ha-Notzri  practised  magic  and  deceived  and  led  astray 
Israel." 

(h)  b.  Sanh.  43a  (see  above,  p.  84,  No.  (22)),  "  It 
was  different  with  Jeshu  ha-Notzri,  for  he  was  near  to 
the  kingdom." 

(i)  Ibid,  (see  above,  p.  90),  "  Jeshu  [ha-Notzri]  had 
five  disciples." 

(j)  T.  Hull.  ii.  22,  23  (see  above,  p.  103,  No.  (28)), 
"  There  came  in  Jacob  a  man  of  Chephar  Sama  to 
cure  him  in  the  name  of  Jeshua  ben  Pandira." 

(k)  j.  A.  Zar.  40d,  41a  (see  above,  p.  104,  No.  (30)). 
"  He  said,  We  will  speak  to  thee  in  the  name  of 
Jeshu  ben  Pandira." 

Taking  all  these  passages  together,  we  find  that 
the  person  named  in  them  was  one  who  '  deceived 
and  led  astray  Israel,'  who  was  tried  and  executed  for 
doing  so,  who  had  disciples,  and  in  whose  name  those 
disciples  performed,  or  sought  to  perform,  cures  of 


JESUS  IN  THE   TALMUD  AND   MIDRASH     347 

sick  persons.  Finally,  since  the  person  here  named  is 
called  Jeshu  ha-Notzri,  the  conclusion  follows  that  he 
was  either  the  historical  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  or  else 
some  otherwise  totally  unknown  man  of  the  same 
name  and  dwelling-place.  There  can  be  no  question 
that  the  first  of  the  two  alternatives  is  the  right 
one. 

This  conclusion  is  arrived  at  strictly  from  the  evi- 
dence as  given  above,  and  takes  no  account  of  the 
a  priori  probability  that  a  man,  so  important  in  Jewish 
history  as  Jesus,  would  be  mentioned  in  the  Talmud. 
That  probability  certainly  strengthens  the  conclusion. 
Yet  it  is  remarkable  how  very  little  the  Talmud  does 
say  about  Jesus,  although  there  be  no  longer  any 
room  for  doubt  that  he  is  referred  to. 

The  conclusion  here  arrived  at  is  sufficient  to 
dispose  of  the  arguments  founded  on  chronological 
grounds,  which  are  intended  to  show  that  there  are 
in  the  Talmud  two  persons  called  Jesus,  neither  of 
whom  is  the  historical  Jesus  of  Nazareth.  The  earlier 
of  these  is  the  one  mentioned  in  (7)  above  (p.  52  fol.) 
as  the  disciple,  and  therefore  contemporary,  of  R. 
Jehoshua  ben  Perahjah,  who  lived  a  century  before 
the  Christian  era.  The  second  is  the  Ben  Stada  who 
was  put  to  death  at  Lud,  and  who  was  supposed 
to  be  contemporary  with  R.  Aqiba,  a  century  after 
that  era  began.  It  is  quite  possible  that  the  com- 
pilers of  the  Talmud  were  not  aware  of  the  identity 
of  these  two  ;  it  is  certain  that  chronology  was  not  a 
science  in  which  the  Rabbis  excelled,  or  one  in  which 
they  laid  stress  upon  accuracy. 

Having  now  established  the  fact  that  the  historical 
Jesus  of  Nazareth  is  referred  to  in  the  Talmud  and 


348  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Midrash,  I  proceed  to  collect  the  scanty  traditions 
therein  contained,  so  as  to  show  what  was  the  extent 
of  the  Rabbinical  knowledge  or  belief  concerning  him, 
and  what  were  the  probable  sources  of  that  knowledge. 

Jesus,  called  ha-Notzri,  Ben  Stada,  or  Ben  Pandira, 
was  born  out  of  wedlock  (p.  43).  His  mother  was 
called  Miriam  [Mary],  and  was  a  dresser  of  women's 
hair  (pp.  35,  41).  Her  husband  was  Pappus  ben 
Jehudah  (p.  35).  Her  paramour  was  Pandira  (p.  35). 
She  is  also  said  to  have  been  descended  from  princes 
and  rulers,  and  to  have  played  the  harlot  with  a 
carpenter  (p.  48). 

Jesus  had  been  in  Egypt  and  brought  magic  thence 
(pp.  35,  51).  He  was  a  magician  (p.  51),  and  led 
astray  and  deceived  Israel  (ibid,  and  p.  83).  He 
sinned  and  caused  the  multitude  to  sin  (p.  51).  He 
mocked  at  the  words  of  the  wise  (ibid,  and  p.  68),  and 
was  excommunicated  (p.  51).  He  was  tainted  with 
heresy  (p.  57). 

[He] 1  called  himself  God,  also  the  son  of  man,  and 
said  that  he  would  go  up  to  heaven  (p.  62).  [He] 1 
made  himself  to  live  by  the  name  of  God  (p.  75). 

He  was  tried  in  Lud  as  a  deceiver  and  as  a  teacher 
of  apostasy  (p.  79).  Witnesses  were  concealed  so  as 
to  hear  his  statements,  and  a  lamp  was  lighted  over 
him,  that  his  face  might  be  seen.  He  was  brought  to 
the  Beth  Din  (p.  79). 

He  was  executed  in  Lud,  on  the  eve  of  Pesah, 
which  was  also  the  eve  of  Sabbath  (pp.  79,  88).  He 
was  stoned  (p.  79)  and  hung  (p.  80),  or  crucified  (p.  87). 
A  herald  proclaimed  that  he  was  to  be  stoned,  and 

1  Jesus  is  not  mentioned  by  name,  but  is  evidently  referred  to.  See  the 
commentary  on  the  passage. 


JESUS   IN   THE   TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH 

invited  evidence  in  his  favour;  but  none  was  given 
(p.  83). 

He  [under  the  name  of  Balaam]  was  put  to  death 
by  Pinhas  the  robber  [Pontius  Pilatus]  (p.  72),  and  at 
the  time  of  his  death  was  thirty-three  years  old  (ibid.). 

He  was  punished  in  Gehinnom,  by  means  of  boil- 
ing filth  (p.  68). 

He  was  a  revolutionary  (p.  83).  He  was  near  to 
the  kingdom  (p.  84). 

He  had  five  disciples  (p.  90). 

Under  the  name  of  Balaam  he  is  excluded  from  the 
world  to  come  (p.  65  fol.). 

In  the  foregoing  paragraphs  we  have,  I  believe, 
all  that  refers  to  Jesus  in  the  Rabbinical  literature  of 
the  first  four  centuries.  The  reasons  for  asserting  the 
fact  of  this  reference  will  be  found  in  the  commentary 
on  the  several  passages. 

It  is  remarkable  that  no  mention  is  made  of  the 
alleged  Messiahship  of  Jesus,  even  as  a  reason  for 
putting  him  to  death. 

What  are  the  sources  of  this  tradition  concerning 
Jesus  ?  And,  especially,  do  they  imply  a  knowledge 
of  the  contents  of  a  Gospel  or  Gospels  ?  First  let  us 
investigate  the  authorities  for  the  tradition,  i.e.  the 
various  Rabbis  who  made  the  statements  containing 
it,  as  presented  in  the  passages  successively  translated 
in  the  earlier  pages  of  this  book. 

It  has  been  explained  in  the  Introduction  that  the 
Talmud  consists  of  two  parts,  Mishnah  and  Gemara, 
related  to  each  other  as  text  and  commentary.  The 
close  of  the  Mishnah  is  usually  dated  at  about  a.d. 
220.  The  Palestinian  Gemara  covers  the  period 
from  the  close  of  the  Mishnah  down  to  the  middle 


650  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

or  end  of  the  fourth  century ;  while  the  Babylonian 
Gemara  was  not  completed  till  the  end  of  the  fifth, 
or  possibly  even  the  beginning  of  the  sixth,  century. 
Both  the  Gemaras,  however,  contain  a  great  deal  of 
material  handed  down  from  the  period  covered  by 
the  Mishnah.  These  two  main  periods,  represented 
by  the  Mishnah  and  Gemaras,  are  known  as  the 
period  of  the  Tannaim  and  of  the  Amoraim  respec- 
tively. To  the  earlier  period  belong,  not  only  the 
Mishnah,  but  the  Tosephta,  and  the  chiefly  halachic 
Midrashim,  Siphri,  Siphra  and  Mechilta.  There  are 
no  works  holding  a  quite  similar  position  in  relation 
to  the  Gemaras ;  but  while  such  Midrashim  as 
Pesiqta,  Pesiqta  Rabbathi,  Midrash  Rabbah,  are  for 
the  most  part  of  much  later  date,  even  extending 
down  to  the  eleventh  or  twelfth  century,  they  also 
contain  traditions  from  the  period  of  the  Amoraim 
and  even  of  the  Tannaim.  The  closing  of  the 
Mishnah  thus  marks  a  division  in  the  Rabbinical 
literature  which  is  of  great  importance.  Many 
traditions  recorded  in  the  Amoraite  collections  may 
date  from  very  early  times.  But  traditions  recorded 
in  works  of  the  Tannaite  period  have  an  additional 
warrant  of  authenticity. 

Of  the  traditions  concerning  Jesus,  the  following  are 
contained  in  the  literature  of  the  Tannaite  period  : — 

(A.)  Mishnah :  [Jesus]  born  out  of  wedlock  (p.  43). 
Balaam  [Jesus]  excluded  from  the  world  to 
come  (p.  65). 

(B.)  Tosephta:  Ben  Stada  [Jesus]  a  magician  (p.  54). 
[Jesus]  crucified  (p.  87). 

Healing  in  the  name  of  Jeshu  ben  Pandira 
(p.  103). 


JESUS   IN   THE   TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH     351 

A  word  of  heresy  in  the  name  of  Jeshu  ben 

Pantiri  (p.  138). 
Ben  Stada  [Jesus]  tried  at  Lud  (p.  79). 
(C.)  Baraithas  (i.e.  traditions  of  the  Tannaite  period, 
and  distinguished  as  such  in  the  Gemaras) : 
Ben  Stada  [Jesus]  brought  magic  from  Egypt 

(p.  35). 
Ben  Stada  tried  and  hung  at  Lud  on  the  eve 

of  Pesah  (p.  80). 
A  herald  announced  that  Jeshu  ha-Notzri  was 
to  be  stoned,  and  invited  evidence  in   his 
favour ;  but  none  was  given.     He  was  hung 
on  the  eve  of  Pesah  [and  eve  of  Sabbath] 
(p.  83). 
Jeshu  had  five  disciples  (p.  90). 
The  remaining  traditions  are  found  in  the  Gemaras, 
and  to  a  very  small  extent  in  the  later  Midrashim. 

Considering,  for  the  present,  the  traditions  of  the 
Tannaite  period,  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  Mishnah 
does  not  contain  the  names  Jeshu,  or  Ben  Stada,  or 
Ben  Pandira.  Tosephta  contains  all  three,  but  not 
the  form  Jeshu  ha-Notzri.  Neither  Siphri,  Siphra,  nor 
Mechilta  contain,  so  far  as  I  know,  any  allusion  to 
Jesus.  Tosephta  further  contains  a  covert  reference 
to  Jesus  in  certain  questions  put  to,  and  answered  by, 
R.  Eliezer  ben  Horqenos  (p.  46).  These  scarcely  add 
any  details  to  the  tradition,  because  they  are  so  obscure 
that  their  meaning  is  very  uncertain.  But  they  help 
to  carry  back  the  Tradition  to  an  early  date  ;  and  not 
only  so,  but  they  lend  additional  probability  to  the 
suggestion  that  the  Tradition  concerning  Jesus  really 
started  with  the  aforesaid  R.  Eliezer.  It  was  he  who 
referred  to  Ben  Stada  as  a  magician,  and  said  that 


352  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

he  brought  magic  from  Egypt  (p.  35).  It  was  he, 
also,  who  said  that  he  had  conversed  with  a  disciple 
of  Jeshu  ben  Pandira,  who  had  repeated  a  saying 
which  the  latter  had  taught  him.  And  the  reader 
will  be  reminded  in  the  following  chapter  that  this 
same  R.  Eliezer  was  arrested  on  a  charge  of  Minuth, 
which  he  ascribed  to  his  intercourse  with  the  disciple 
of  Jesus  just  referred  to  ;  also,  that  he  was  the  author 
of  two  interpretations  of  texts  bearing  upon  Minuth, 
which  were  often  appealed  to  by  later  Rabbis.  Now 
R.  Eliezer  was  the  disciple  of  R.  Johanan  ben  Zaccai ; 
and  the  latter  must  certainly  have  seen  and  heard 
Jesus  ;  for  he  died,  an  old  man,  before  a.d.  80,  and  his 
life  was  mainly  spent  in  Jerusalem.  We  may,  there- 
fore, take  it  as  probable  that  R.  Eliezer  was  the  chief 
original  authority  for  the  Tradition  about  Jesus ;  and, 
if  this  be  so,  then  it  becomes  easier  to  understand 
why  the  series  of  questions  (p.  46)  referring  to  '  a 
certain  person'  should  have  been  addressed  to  R. 
Eliezer.  The  answers  to  these  questions  show  a 
reluctance  to  speak  openly  of  the  person  concerned, 
and  a  similar  reluctance  may  be  discerned  in  the 
Mishnah,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  does  not  mention 
Jesus  by  name. 

If  the  Tradition  concerning  Jesus  began  with  R. 
Eliezer,  we  may  with  much  probability  assign  the 
next  stage  in  its  development  to  R.  Aqiba.  It  is 
true  that  no  recorded  saying  of  his  mentions  Jesus. 
But  R.  Aqiba  was  a  disciple  of  R.  Eliezer ;  and  not 
only  so,  but  when  R.  Eliezer  was  grieving  over  his 
having  been  arrested  on  the  charge  of  Minuth  (p. 
137),  R.  Aqiba  said  to  him  (ibid.),  "Rabbi,  suffer  me 
to  say  something  of  what  thou  hast  taught  me.  .  .  . 


JESUS   IN   THE   TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH     353 

Perhaps  there  has  come  Minuth  into  thy  hand  and 
it  has  pleased  thee."  Evidently  R.  Eliezer  had  told 
R.  Aqiba  something  about  Minuth,  and  more  par- 
ticularly about  his  encounter  with  Jacob  the  disciple 
of  Jeshu  ha-Notzri.  It  is  further  to  be  observed  that 
Shimon  ben  Azai,  who  discovered  in  Jerusalem  the 
book  of  pedigrees  (p.  43),  was  the  intimate  associate 
of  R.  Aqiba.  Another  disciple  of  R.  Aqiba  was 
R.  Meir,  who  told  the  parable  about  the  crucified 
King  (p.  86). 

Thus  we  have  a  well-marked  line  of  descent  of 
the  Tradition  concerning  Jesus,  coming  down  virtually 
to  the  end  of  the  Tannaite  period ;  for  the  Mishnah 
is  chiefly  based  upon  the  work  of  R.  Aqiba  and 
R.  Meir. 

With  this  line  of  descent  may  be  connected  the 
remaining  references  to  Jesus  in  the  Tannaite  period. 
R.  Gamliel,  who  uttered  the  famous  gibe  against  the 
Christian  judge  (p.  147),  "  The  ass  has  come  and 
trodden  out  the  lamp,"  was  the  brother-in-law  of  R. 
Eliezer.  And,  although  this  story  is  not  found  in  the 
Tannaite  literature,  but  in  that  of  the  Amoraite  period, 
it  dates,  if  genuine,  from  the  first  century.  R.  Gamliel 
was  the  grandfather  of  R.  Jehudah  ha-Qadosh,  who 
completed  the  Mishnah.  Thus  we  have  another 
line  of  descent  from  R.  Eliezer  down  to  Rabbi,  who 
in  his  turn  was  the  source  from  which  nearly  all  the 
Amoraite  tradition  was  derived. 

Having  now  examined  the  Tradition  concerning 
Jesus  as  contained  in  the  Tannaite  literature,  I  pro- 
ceed to  investigate  that  Tradition  in  the  Gemaras. 
The  Tradition  at  once  divides  into  a  Palestinian  and 

a  Babylonian  form.     At  the  head  of  each  line  stands 

23 


354  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

a  disciple  of  Rabbi.  The  Palestinian  Tradition  comes 
for  the  most  part  through  R.  Johanan,  directly  or 
indirectly.  The  Babylonian  Tradition  was  begun  by 
Rab,  who  founded  the  school  at  Sura. 

The  Palestinian  Tradition,  in  the  Amoraite  period, 
adds  extremely  little  that  is  new  concerning  Jesus. 
R.  Abahu,  a  disciple  of  R.  Johanan,  uttered  the 
famous  saying  (p.  62),  "  If  a  man  say,  '  I  am  God,' 
he  is  a  liar,"  etc.  A  saying  by  a  Rabbi  of  uncertain 
date,  Reuben,  is  also  recorded,  "  God  has  no  son," 
etc.  (p.  302).  Beyond  these,  we  have  only  repeti- 
tions of  the  earlier  statements  about  Ben  Stada,  and 
healing  in  the  name  of  Jeshu  ben  Pandira.  A  second 
instance  of  the  latter  is  recorded  in  connexion  with 
R.  Jehoshua  ben  Levi,  a  contemporary  of  R.  Johanan 
(p.  108).  But,  on  the  whole,  it  would  seem  as  if 
the  Palestinian  Rabbis,  in  the  Amoraite  period, 
ceased  to  take  any  interest  in  the  Tradition  concern- 
ing Jesus.  We  shall  see,  however,  that  this  is  not 
the  case  in  regard  to  the  development  of  the  Christian 
heresy. 

When  we  turn  to  the  Babylonian  Gemara,  we 
find  several  additions  to  the  Tradition  concerning 
Jesus.  And  we  are  clearly  right  in  placing  R. 
Hisda  next  after  his  teacher  Rab  in  the  line  of 
descent.  It  was  R.  Hisda  who  tried  to  explain  the 
relation  of  Jesus  to  Stada  and  Pandira  (p.  35).  His 
explanation  was  wrong  as  regards  the  first,  but  right 
as  regards  the  second.  Also  it  was  R.  Hisda  who 
quoted  from  R.  Jeremiah  bar  Abba  the  saying  that 
"Jeshu  ha-Notzri  burned  his  food  in  public"  (p.  56). 
We  shall  see,  in  the  next  chapter,  that  R.  Hisda 
uttered  several  sayings  about  Minuth. 


JESUS   IN   THE   TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH     355 

The  explanatory  note  concerning  Ben  Stada 
(p.  35)  suggests  another  stage  in  the  line  of  descent. 
R.  Hisda's  theory  that  Stada  was  the  husband  in  the 
case  is  rejected,  and  the  explanation  is  given,  "the 
husband  was  Pappus  ben  Jehudah,  the  mother  was 
Stada.  The  mother  was  Miriam,  the  dresser  of 
women's  hair,  as  we  say  in  Pumbeditha,  such  a  one 
hath  gone  aside  from  her  husband."  Evidently  this 
tradition  comes  from  Pumbeditha ;  and  the  college 
at  this  place  was  founded  by  R.  Jehudah  ben  Jehezq'el, 
a  disciple  of  Rab  and  contemporary  with  R.  Hisda. 
The  successor  of  R.  Jehudah  was  R.  Joseph  bar 
Hija.  Now  this  R.  Joseph  vouches  for  the  story 
about  Miriam,  the  dresser  of  women's  hair,  told  by 
R.  Bibi  bar  Abaji,  his  son-in-law  (p.  41).  I  suggest 
that  the  remark  above,  "  as  we  say  in  Pumbeditha," 
points  to  R.  Joseph  as  the  author  of  the  explanation 
that  Stada  was  the  mother,  and  that  while  her  real  name 
was  Miriam,  the  dresser  of  women's  hair,  Stada  was 
a  nickname  derived  from  her  unfaithfulness  to  her 
husband.  The  explanation  of  the  name  Stada  may 
possibly  be  original  to  R.  Joseph ;  but  the  name 
*  Miriam,  the  dresser  of  women's  hair,' — Miriam 
megaddela  nashaia — clearly  is  traditional,  since  it 
represents  the  name  '  Miriam  magdalaah,'  i.e.  Mary 
Magdalene.  The  line  of  tradition  here  accordingly 
is,  Rabbi,  Rab,  R.  Jehudah,  R.  Joseph. 

Another  addition  is  the  statement  of  Ulla  that 
Jesus  was  a  revolutionary  and  that  he  was  *  near  to 
the  kingdom '  (p.  83).  Ulla  was  a  Palestinian  Rabbi, 
a  disciple  of  R.  Johanan ;  but  he  removed  to  Baby- 
lonia, where  he  was  closely  associated  with  R. 
Jehudah  and  with  R.  Hisda.     It  is  possible  that  the 


356  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Jesus-Tradition  may  have  reached  the  two  Babylonian 
teachers  through  Ulla,  not  through  Rab. 

A  further  trace  of  the  descent  of  the  Jesus-Tradi- 
tion is  to  be  seen  in  the  saying  of  R.  Papa  (p.  47), 
"  She,  who  was  descended  from  princes  and  rulers, 
played  the  harlot  with  a  carpenter."  R.  Papa  re- 
ceived some  of  his  teaching  from  Abaji,  the  disciple  of 
R.  Joseph  of  Pumbeditha,  already  mentioned.  The 
remaining  steps  of  the  general  Talmudic  tradition, 
including,  of  course,  that  relating  to  Jesus,  are 
R.  Papa,  R.  Kahana,  R.  Ashi,  the  last  being  the 
redactor  of  the  Babylonian  Gemara. 

What  remains  of  the  Jesus-Tradition  in  the  Gemara 
is  anonymous.  Such  are,  the  story  of  Jeshu  ha- 
Notzri  and  his  excommunication  by  R.  Jehoshua  ben 
Perahjah  (p.  50) ;  the  story  of  Balaam  and  Jesus  in 
Hell  (p.  67) ;  the  age  of  Balaam  (p.  72).  The  story 
about  the  birth  of  Jesus  (p.  48)  is  also  anonymous, 
and  later  than  the  Gemara. 

Outside  the  Gemara,  very  few  references  to  Jesus 
in  the  Amoraite  period  are  found.  R.  Hija  bar  Abba 
refers  to  the  "  son  of  the  harlot "  (p.  804)  in  Pesiqta  r. 
This  Rabbi  was  contemporary  with  R.  Johanan.  R. 
Abahu,  another  disciple  of  R.  Johanan,  uttered  a 
parable  on  the  subject,  'God  has  no  son'  (p.  303). 
But  these  add  nothing  new  to  the  Jesus-Tradition. 

We  have  traced,  so  far  as  the  evidence  allows,  the 
line  of  descent  of  the  Jesus-Tradition  during  the 
period  covered  by  the  Mishnah  and  the  Gemaras. 
The  question  remains,  What  were  the  sources  of  this 
Tradition?  Did  the  Rabbis,  who  made  the  several 
statements  concerning  Jesus,  base  their  assertions 
upon  oral  information,  derived  ultimately  from  actual 


JESUS   IN  THE   TALMUD   AND   MIDRASH     357 

recollection  of  the  career  of  Jesus  ?  Or  did  they,  to 
any  extent,  obtain  their  knowledge  from  acquaintance 
with  the  written  Gospel,  in  any  of  its  forms  ?  The 
latter  question  belongs  partly  to  the  following  chapter, 
where  the  '  Books  of  the  Minim '  will  be  discussed ; 
but  it  cannot  be  wholly  omitted  here. 

If  the  summary  of  the  Jesus-Tradition,  given  above 
(pp.  348-9)  be  examined,  it  will  be  found  to  contain 
little,  if  anything,  which  would  imply  the  knowledge 
of  a  Gospel,  or  Gospels,  on  the  part  of  the  Rabbis. 
The  general  outline  of  the  Tradition  is  sufficiently 
like  the  outline  of  the  story  in  the  Gospels  to  show 
that  the  same  person  is  referred  to  ;  but  the  differences 
are  hard  to  explain,  if  a  knowledge  of  the  Gospels  be 
assumed.  And  since  the  Gospels  themselves  rest 
upon  an  oral  tradition,  it  is  more  natural  to  suppose 
that  some  of  that  Christian  tradition  may  have  been 
known  and  repeated  in  Jewish  circles  than  that  the 
Rabbis  should  have  read  the  written  record  of  that 
tradition.  In  the  beginning,  the  Jesus-Tradition  was 
propagated  by  Jews  amongst  Jews  ;  and  while  it  was 
carefully  preserved  amongst  the  disciples  of  Jesus, 
it  would  not  be  wholly  forgotten  amongst  those  who 
were  hostile  to  him,  though  there  would  be  no  induce- 
ment to  them  to  remember  it  with  accuracy.  This 
applies  to  that  part  of  the  Tradition  which  related 
to  the  birth  and  parentage  of  Jesus.  Of  his  public 
career,  and  of  his  trial  and  death,  there  would  naturally 
be  an  independent  Jewish  tradition,  however  vague 
and  defective  it  might  be. 

In  regard  to  the  birth  and  parentage  of  Jesus, 
the  earliest  tradition  (p.  43)  merely  indicates  that  he 
was  born  out  of  wedlock.     This  is,  obviously,  only  a 


358  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

coarse  interpretation  of  the  statement  in  the  Christian 
tradition  that  Jesus  was  not  the  son  of  his  mother's 
husband.  There  is  a  trace  of  this  view  of  the  origin 
of  Jesus  in  the  questions  to  R.  Eliezer  (p.  45), 
"  What  of  a  '  Mamzer '  (bastard)  as  to  his  inheriting  ?  " 
Whether  the  name  of  *  Miriam  megaddela'  (Mary 
Magdalene),  as  that  of  the  mother  of  Jesus,  passed 
into  the  Jewish  tradition  at  this  early  stage  I  do  not 
know.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  it  did ;  for, 
although  it  does  not  appear  till  the  time  of  R.  Joseph 
(p.  355),  in  the  fourth  century,  yet  he  cannot  have 
derived  it  from  a  Gospel,  since  the  same  Gospel 
which  recorded  the  name  would  have  shown  that 
Mary  of  Magdala  was  not  the  mother  of  Jesus.  If 
this  be  allowed,  then  the  further  detail,  that  the 
mother  of  Jesus  mated  with  a  carpenter  (p.  47),  may 
be  explained  in  the  same  way,  i.e.  as  an  early  tradition 
not  recorded  till  a  late  date.  The  earliest  tradition 
knows  the  name  Ben  Pandira  as  an  epithet  of  Jesus ; 
but  the  explanation  that  Pandira  was  the  name  of  the 
paramour  of  the  mother  of  Jesus  is  not  given  till  the 
time  of  R.  Hisda  (p.  354),  in  the  third  century.  It  is 
at  least  possible  that  the  name  Pandira,  whatever  it 
may  have  meant,  was  not  originally  intended  to  de- 
note the  father  of  Jesus,  and  that  Ben  Pandira  was 
a  descriptive  epithet,  like  the  name  Boanerges,  '  sons 
of  thunder,'  applied  to  James  and  John  [Mark  iii.  17]. 
In  any  case,  the  ascription  to  Jesus  of  the  name  Ben 
Pandira  does  not  imply  any  acquaintance  with  a 
Gospel. 

In  regard  to  the  tradition  of  the  public  career  of 
Jesus,  such  acquaintance  with  a  Gospel  is  even  less 
to  be  assumed.     The  scanty  and  imperfect  notices  of 


JESUS   IN  THE  TALMUD  AND   MIDRASH     359 

the  ministry  and  the  death  of  Jesus,  contained  in  the 
Rabbinical  literature,  are  only  what  one  would  ex- 
pect in  reference  to  a  person  whose  deeds  and  whose 
fate  were  of  no  immediate  importance  to  the  Rabbis, 
and  whom  they  knew  only  as  a  renegade  Jew,  a 
troubler  of  Israel  in  former  times.  I  think  it  is  a 
mistake  to  suppose  that  the  Rabbis  took  much 
interest  in  Jesus,  or  cared  to  know  much  about  him. 
And  for  the  mere  fragments  of  tradition  which,  in 
connexion  with  legal  questions,  they  recorded  about 
him,  no  other  foundation  need  be  looked  for  than 
such  oral  communication  as  might  have  been  made 
by  those  who  saw  him  ;  communications  not  intended 
as  explicit  teaching,  but  merely  as  casual  remarks  in 
conversation.  In  this  way  most  if  not  all  of  the 
tradition  concerning  the  public  life  and  the  execution 
of  Jesus  may  be  reasonably  accounted  for.  The 
statements  about  Jesus  in  Hell  (p.  67),  and  of  his 
*  burning  his  food '  (p.  56),  and  of  his  exclusion  from 
the  world  to  come  (p.  65),  are  not  to  be  regarded  as 
parts  of  the  tradition  concerning  him,  but  merely  as 
haggadic  inventions,  based  on  the  subject-matter  of 
the  tradition. 

As  to  the  historical  value  of  the  Jesus-Tradition  in 
the  Rabbinical  literature,  little  need  be  said.  It  will 
have  become  evident,  both  from  the  consideration  of 
the  several  passages  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  book 
and  from  the  analysis  of  them  just  made,  that  they 
add  nothing  new  to  the  authentic  history  of  Jesus,  as 
contained  in  the  Gospels.  In  general,  though  not  in 
detail,  they  serve  to  confirm  the  Christian  tradition, 
by  giving  independent,  and  indeed  hostile,  evidence 
that  Jesus  of  Nazareth  really  existed,  a  fact  which 


360  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD. 

has  by  some  been  called  in  question.  But  if,  beyond 
this,  the  Rabbinical  Jesus-Tradition  has  no  value  for 
the  history  of  Christianity,  it  does  throw  some  light 
upon  the  attitude  of  Judaism,  as  represented  by  the 
Rabbis,  towards  Jesus.  It  shows  how  the  violent 
hostility  directed  against  him  during  his  life  left  only 
the  vague  and  careless  memory  of  a  deceiver  and  an 
apostate.  Of  the  great  personality  of  Jesus  not  a 
trace  remains,  no  sign  of  recognition  that  the  '  Sinner 
of  Israel '  had  been  a  mighty  man.  His  birth,  which 
Christian  devotion  had  transfigured  into  a  miracle, 
Jewish  contempt  blackened  into  a  disgrace ;  and 
his  death,  which  has  been  made  the  central  point 
of  Christian  theology,  was  dismissed  as  the  mere 
execution  of  a  pernicious  criminal.  Judaism  went  on 
its  way,  but  little  troubled  in  mind  at  the  thought  of 
the  man  whom  it  had  cast  out.  And  this  is  natural, 
because  Rabbinical  Judaism  was  in  some  respects  so 
fundamentally  different  from  the  religion  of  Jesus 
that  no  real  recognition  of  him,  or  assimilation  of  his 
teaching,  was  possible.  This  is  by  no  means  to  say 
that  Judaism  stands  condemned  by  its  rejection  of 
Jesus.  It  is  merely  to  say  that  Rabbinical  Judaism 
and  the  religion  of  Jesus  stand  at  opposite  poles  of 
religious  thought;  they  are  mutually  exclusive,  but 
have  equal  right  to  exist ;  and  each  is  proved,  by  the 
witness  of  history  during  nineteen  centuries,  to  be 
capable  of  all  the  functions  of  a  living  religion. 


CHAPTER  II 

The  Minim 

In  this  final  chapter  I  shall  try  to  collect  the 
general  results  to  be  obtained  from  the  mass  of 
evidence  already  presented,  in  the  hope  of  being  able 
to  answer  the  questions,  Who  were  the  Minim? 
Why  were  they  so  called  ?  What  relation  did  they 
bear  to  the  Gnostics?  What  is  their  place  in  the 
history  of  the  Christian  Church?  In  answering 
these  questions,  some  repetition  is  unavoidable  of 
what  has  been  said  in  the  earlier  parts  of  this  book, 
in  relation  to  separate  passages.  In  like  manner,  it 
was  not  practicable  there  to  avoid  provisional  con- 
clusions upon  some  points  which  can  only  be  fully 
dealt  with  when  the  whole  of  the  material  has  been 
collected.  The  very  title  of  the  book,  Christianity 
in  Talmud  and  Midrash,  contains  such  a  provisional 
conclusion,  so  far,  at  all  events,  as  relates  to  the  identi- 
fication of  the  Minim  with  Christians.  I  wished  the 
title  to  indicate  the  final  result  obtained  (if  my  argu- 
ments are  sound)  from  the  evidence  presented,  not 
the  process  by  which  it  was  obtained.  I  trust  I  have 
sufficiently  guarded  myself  against  the  charge  of 
having  begged  the  question  that  I  set  out  to  answer. 

361 


362  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

I  proceed  now  to  deal  with  the  several  problems 
already  indicated  which  are  suggested  by  the  study 
of  the  Minim. 

§.  i.  The  Name  Min  (Minim,  Minuth) 

The  word  Min  (po),  as  the  term  applied  to  a 
heretic,  is  derived  by  Levy  (N.  H.  W.,  hi.  104a)  from 
an  Arabic  root,  '  man/  meaning  to  lie,  speak  falsely. 
He  also  compares  the  Syriac,  'mania,'  'madness.' 
The  Syriac  word,  however,  is  plainly  borrowed  from 
the  Greek  fMavia,  and  throws  no  light  upon  the  Hebrew 
word.  I  have  no  knowledge  of  Arabic  ;  and  if  it  be 
really  necessary  to  go  to  that  language  for  the  ety- 
mology of  the  word  j»d,  I  cannot  criticise  Levy's 
hypothesis.  But  I  suggest  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  go  beyond  the  limits  of  Hebrew,  or,  at  all  events, 
Aramaic.  Levy's  explanation  implies  a  similarity  in 
form  and  sound  between  two  words  derived  from 
different  roots.  I  would  rather  explain  the  word  po, 
denoting  heretic,  as  a  special  use  of  the  ordinary  and 
familiar  word  po,  denoting  '  sort '  or  '  kind.' 

po  occurs  frequently  in  the  O.T.,  always  in  the 
adverbial  phrase  wo1?,  Gen.  i.  2,  or  the  cognate  forms ; 
here  its  meaning  is  '  kind,'  '  species,'  '  sort.'  There  is 
also  found  in  the  O.T.  another  word  meaning  '  kind,' 
'  species,'  viz. : — the  word  ft  (zan).  It  is  found,  Ps. 
cxliv.  13  and  2.  Chron  xvi.  14.  It  is  the  same  as 
the  Aramaic  word  *u?,  which  is  used  in  the  Targum 
to  translate  the  word  }^d  .  Thus,  in  Gen.  i.  2,  wnb  is 
rendered  rrofo 

Now  there  is  also  in  Hebrew  the  word  rut  (Aram. 
ri?),    which    means    '  to    commit    fornication ' ;    and 


THE   MINIM  363 

although  the  word  \i,  just  mentioned,  is  probably 
from  the  root  pt,  it  was  believed  to  be  connected 
with  the  root  rut,  as  is  shown  by  the  punctuation, 
n>;\  not  D%  2  Chron.  xvi.  14.  A  curious  illustration 
of  this  supposed  connexion  is  found  in  the  Talmud, 
b.  B.  Qamma  16b,  in  a  comment  upon  the  verse  in 
2  Chron.     The  passage  is  as  follows  : — TPW  mpm  jnuain 

trm  n^  &o  jna  nnon  W  OW3  tok  s:£ru  in  (In  place  of 
hot,  the  Aruch  has  ma,  which  is  probably  the  correct 
reading,  as  it  undoubtedly  expresses  the  correct 
meaning. ) 

Translation. — They  buried  him  in  a  bed  that  was 

filled  with  spices  and  ■  z'nim"     What  are  spices  and 

z'nim  ?     R.  El'azar  said,  '  Different  kinds  [of  spices]/ 

R.  Shemuel  bar  Nahmani  said,  '  Spices  such  that  he 

who  smelt  them  was  tempted  to  fornication.' 

We  have  then  the  word  |t,  supposed  to  be  con- 
nected with  n:r ;  and  |i  is  equivalent  to  \^.  A 
further  step  in  the  argument  is  that,  according  to 
the  well-known  symbolism  of  the  O.T.,  unfaithful- 
ness towards  the  covenant-relation  with  the  God  of 
Israel  was  represented  under  the  figure  of  conjugal 
infidelity.  The  word  rut  is  used  both  in  the  literal 
and  in  the  figurative  sense  of  '  being  unfaithful.' 
This  usage  is  frequent  in  the  O.T.  ;  in  the  Talmud 
the  literal  meaning  is  much  more  common.  I 
suggest  that  as  pe  =  ;t  =  *  kind,'  '  species,'  *  sort,'  the 
association  of  |t  with  put  led  to  an  extension  of  the 
meaning  of  yn  in  the  same  direction ;  and  that 
whereas  n:i  in  the  Talmud  usually  denotes  literal 
unfaithfulness,  pe  referred  almost  exclusively  to 
figurative  unfaithfulness,  i.e.  some  form  of  apostasy 


364  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

from  the  national  religion.  That  is  unquestion- 
ably the  connotation  of  pb,  whatever  the  denota- 
tion may  be.  The  theory  worked  out  here  is  based 
on  the  suggestion  of  Friedmann  in  his  note  to 
Pesiqta  101a,  quoted  above,  p.  304.  If  it  is  correct, 
then  it  explains  why,  in  several  of  the  passages  which 
have  been  examined  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  book, 
there  is  a  secondary  reference  to  fornication  in  the 
mention  of  the  Minim  and  of  Minuth.  The  inter- 
pretation of  Prov.  v.  8,  Keep  thy  way  far  from  her, 
and  of  Ecc.  vii.  26,  the  woman  whose  heart  is  snares 
and  nets,  in  reference  to  Minuth,  lies  ready  to  hand, 
if  Minuth  be  spiritual  unfaithfulness ;  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  way  is  open  for  the  suggestion  that 
Minuth  led  to  actual  immorality.  This  appears 
plainly  in  the  story  of  R.  Jonathan  and  the  Minim 
(see  above,  p.  215).  Further,  this  explanation  of  the 
term  Min  is  in  close  agreement  with  the  fact  that 
those  to  whom  the  name  was  applied  were  of  Jewish 
origin.  None  but  a  Jew  could  be  guilty  of  unfaith- 
fulness towards  the  covenant-relation  between  God 
and  Israel.  Hence,  if  the  above  etymology  be 
correct,  a  Min  must  be  an  unfaithful  Jew ;  and,  in 
examining  the  various  instances  where  the  term  is 
used,  we  have  found  that  in  almost  every  case  the 
Jewish  origin  of  the  Minim  is  either  implied  or  not 
contradicted.  In  a  few  instances  the  term  appears  to 
be  applied  to  Gentiles,  in  the  sense  of  'enemies  of 
Judaism'  (see  above,  pp.  248-9,  and  elsewhere). 

Finally,  if  the  explanation  here  given  be  correct,  it 
accounts  for  the  fact  that  the  word  po  in  the  Talmud 
is  often  used  in  its  common  and  original  meaning  of 
1  sort '  or  *  kind  '  (see  above,  p.  161). 


THE   MINIM  365 

Other  suggested  derivations  of  the  word  are — 

1st.  That  it  is  contracted  from  p&Mp,  a  '  believer,'  and 
denotes  a  '  believer  in  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers.' 
This  is  to  give  to  the  word  *  believer '  a  specialised 
meaning  which  is  without  warrant.  No  doubt  the 
Minim  did  hold  this  particular  belief;  but  that  is  no 
reason  for  calling  them  '  believers '  par  excellence.  If 
the  idea  of  'belief  is  introduced  at  all  into  the 
meaning  of  the  word,  then  there  would  be  more  reason 
for  approving  the  explanation  that, 

2nd.  The  word  po  is  composed  of  the  initial  letters 
of  n¥ti  iK"  i^dkd  ,  i.e.  '  believer  [in]  Jesus  the  Nazarene.' 
This  is  ingenious,  but  nothing  more. 

3rd.  The  derivation  from  the  name  Manes,  the 
founder  of  the  Manichaean  system,  is  merely  a  guess 
based  on  some  resemblance  in  form,  and  some  sup- 
posed resemblance  between  the  tenets  of  the 
Manichaeans  and  those  of  the  Minim.  How  the  form 
Min  is  to  be  derived  from  Manes  is  not  explained. 

4th.  A  better  derivation  is  that  from  the  root  |*q, 
to  deny,  cp.  wi  from  Bwn.  This  alone  has  any  pre- 
tension to  etymological  soundness  ;  and  I  only  reject  it 
because  the  derivation  given  above  seems  to  me  to  be 
etymologically  no  less  sound,  and  more  in  accordance 
with  the  usage  of  the  word,  as  shown  in  the  various 
passages  considered  above. 

§  ii.  Who  were  the  Minim 

We  have  seen  that  the  term  'Min'  denotes  an 
unfaithful  Jew,  one  who  was  not  loyal  at  heart  to  the 
principles  of  the  Jewish  religion,  and  who  either  in 
thought,  word,  or  deed  was   false   to   the   covenant 


$66  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

between  God  and  Israel.  We  have  now  to  inquire 
whether  the  term  was  applied  to  all  Jews  tainted  with 
heresy,  or  whether  it  was  restricted  to  the  adherents 
of  one  particular  heresy  and,  if  so,  which  heresy  ? 

A  passage  has  been  given  above  (see  p.  118  fol.)  in 
which  a  severe  censure  is  passed  upon  four  classes  of 
offenders,  Minim,  Meshummadim  ( apostates ) ,  Masoroth 
(betrayers),  and  Epiqurosin  (T.  Sanh.  xiii.  4,  5).  If 
Minim  were  a  general  term  for  all  unfaithful  Jews, 
there  would  have  been  no  need  of  four  descriptive 
names.  And  the  construction  of  the  sentence  forbids 
us  to  assume  that  Minim  is  the  genus,  of  which 
Meshummadim,  Masoroth,  and  Epiqurosin  are  the 
species.  All  four  seem  to  be  placed  on  the  same 
footing.  The  distinction  between  their  several 
meanings  seems  to  be  as  follows  : — '  Masoroth '  denotes 
'  delators,'  political  betrayers.  '  Epiqurosin '  are  free- 
thinkers, whether  Jewish  or  Gentile.  'Meshum- 
madim '  are  those  who  wilfully  transgress  some  part 
of  the  ceremonial  law,  and  thereby  proclaim  their 
apostasy  from  the  Jewish  religion.  The  Minim  are 
( those  who  are  false  at  heart,  but  who  do  not 
necessarily  proclaim  their  apostasy.  They  are  the 
more  dangerous  because  more  secret.  They  do  not 
withdraw  from  the  community  of  Israel,  but  have  to 
be  cast  out.  This  is  the  end  to  be  attained  by  the 
various  devices  for  the  detection  of  Minim,  which  we 
have  met  with  in  passages  cited  from  the  Talmud  and 
Midrash.  These  are,  the  Formula  against  the  Minim 
(p.  125  fol.),  and  the  references  to  liturgical  and  ritual 
variations  (pp.  199,  204).  We  do  not  find  any  such 
precautions  taken  against  Meshummadim,  Masoroth 
or  even  Epiqurosin.     The  result  of  such  a  policy  of 


THE   MINIM  S67 

exclusion  would  be  that  the  Minim  would  form 
communities  of  their  own,  and  thus  hold  a  position 
of  independence  as  regards  Jews ;  but  the  possibility 
would  always  remain  that  Minim  might  be  found  in 
the  Jewish  synagogues.  Hence,  the  Talmud  speaks 
of  the  Minim  as  a  definite  and  distinct  body  or  sect, 
'the  Minim  said,  or  did  so-and-so.'  And,  in  the 
curious  story  about  R.  Saphra  (p.  266  fol.),  it  clearly 
appears  that  the  Minim  had  a  separate  organisation 
of  their  own,  while  at  the  same  time  they  regarded 
themselves  as  being  so  little  different  from  Jews  that 
they  could  ask  for,  and  obtain,  a  Jewish  Rabbi  of 
unimpeachable  orthodoxy  to  be  their  teacher. 

The  Minim,  then,  are  unfaithful  Jews  condemned 
as  such,  but  not  admitting  themselves  to  be  such. 
Therefore  the  name  applied  to  them  was  a  term  of 
abuse,  not  merely  a  descriptive  epithet  such  as 
'  apostate,'  '  betrayer,'  or  *  freethinker.'  A  Min 
might  be  an  apostate,  or  a  betrayer,  and  could  hardly 
fail  to  be  a  freethinker ;  but  the  real  nature  of  his 
offence  was  rather  that  of  a  moral  taint  than  an  intel- 
lectual perversity.  This  is  shown  by  the  interpreta- 
tion of  Num.  xv.  39,  Ye  shall  not  walk  after  your 
heart ;  as  a  definition  of  Minuth  (see  p.  195  fol.).  This 
is  to  find  in  the  prompting  of  selfish  passion  and  lust, 
and  not  in  the  dictates  of  reason,  the  ground  of 
departure  from  the  true  way  in  religion  prescribed 
by  authority.  And  it  should  be  observed  that  this 
interpretation,  which  is  contained  in  Siphri,  §  115, 
p.  35\  is  the  earliest  indication  of  the  meaning  of  the 
term  Min.  It  is  in  close  accordance  with  the  ety- 
mology of  the  word,  as  already  explained. 

The  question  who  were  the  persons  called  Minim 


368  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

practically  resolves  itself  into  the  choice  between 
Jewish  Gnostics  and  Jewish  Christians.  That  they 
were  Jews  is  beyond  dispute.  A  Gentile  is  never 
called  a  Min,  unless  in  one  or  two  instances  through 
ignorance  or  inadvertence  (pp.  249,  332).  A  Gnostic 
might,  of  course,  be  or  claim  to  be  a  Christian,  and 
therefore  the  terms  are  not  strictly  exclusive ;  but  the 
Jewish  Christian,  generally  speaking,  was  sufficiently 
distinct  from  the  Gnostic  to  make  it  possible,  and 
therefore  necessary,  to  ascertain  whether  the  Minim 
are  to  be  identified  with  the  first  or  the  second.  To 
the  discussion  of  this  important  question  I  now  pro- 
ceed, and  I  shall  examine  first  the  arguments  in 
favour  of  the  theory  that  the  Minim  are  Gnostics. 

The  latest  advocate  of  this  view  is  Friedlander,  in 
the  work  already  several  times  referred  to,  JDer  vor- 
christliche  jiidische  Gnosticismus.  The  conclusion 
reached  in  this  book  is  the  definite  statement  (p.  68) 
that  the  Minim  are  Gnostics  of  the  Ophite  sect,  one 
branch  of  which  sect  were  further  known  as  Cainites. 
Friedlander  rejects  the  theory  commonly  held,  that 
the  Minim  are  Jewish  Christians,  as  being  based  upon 
a  merely  superficial  study  of  the  Rabbinical  literature, 
and  fortifies  his  own  theory  with  abundant  citations. 
With  the  first  half  of  his  work,  in  which  he  illustrates 
the  subject  of  Gnosticism  from  Philo  and  the  early 
Christian  Fathers,  I  have  nothing  to  do.  For  any- 
thing I  know,  his  statements  may  be  accurate,  and 
his  conclusions  sound.  In  the  second  portion  he 
deals  with  the  evidences  of  Gnosticism  in  the 
Rabbinical  literature,  and  sets  up  his  proof  of  the 
identification  of  the  Minim  with  the  Gnostics. 

The  most   ancient  Gnosticism,  he   says,  was  con- 


THE   MINIM  369 

cerned  with  the  two  main  topics  of  Cosmology  and 
Theosophy ;  and  he  has  no  difficulty  in  showing  that 
such  speculation  was  well  known  amongst  the  Rabbis 
of  the  first  and  second  centuries.  They  referred  to  it 
under  the  names  of  '  Maaseh  Bereshith  '  and  ■  Maaseh 
Mercabah,'  i.e.  '  The  Work  of  Creation,'  and  <  The 
Work  of  the  Chariot,'  the  latter  name  being  an 
allusion  to  the  vision  of  Ezekiel.  The  study  of  these 
subjects  is  mentioned  in  the  Mishnah,  and  the  restric- 
tions named  under  which  alone  it  might  be  pursued. 
The  text  of  the  Mishnah  and  of  the  Gemara  upon  it 
are  to  be  found  in  b.  Hag.  llb,  certainly  a  most 
instructive  passage  for  the  study  of  Jewish  Gnosti- 
cism. Further,  he  describes  the  well-known  case  of 
Ben  Zoma,  a  proficient  in  such  studies,  who  appears 
to  have  lost  his  reason  in  consequence.  He  quotes 
from  the  Talmud  a  saying  by  R.  El'azar  of  Mod'in 
[Aboth.  iii.  15],  "  He  who  profanes  the  Sabbaths,  and 
despises  the  set  feasts,  and  makes  void  the  covenant 
of  Abraham  our  father,  and  gives  interpretations  of 
the  Torah  which  are  not  according  to  the  halachah, 
even  though  he  have  Torah  and  good  works,  he  has 
no  portion  in  the  world  to  come."  Then  he  says 
(p.  68),  "When  we  look  closer  at  this  antinomian 
Gnosticism,  as  it  filled  Palestine  with  its  noise  in  the 
time  of  Jesus,  we  are  struck  at  the  first  glance  by 
its  relationship  to  Ophitism.  If  we  examine  more 
thoroughly  the  Talmudic  passages  bearing  on  the 
subject,  we  soon  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
heretics  so  often  opposed  by  the  Rabbis,  the  so-called 
Minim,  belonged  to  the  Ophite  sect."  That  Fried- 
lander  is  right  in  concluding  that  Gnosticism  is 
referred  to  in  the  passages  about  the  ■  Chariot '  and 

24 


370  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

*  Creation,'  in  the  story  of  Ben  Zoma,  and  the  saying 
of  It.  El'azar  of  Mod'in,  is  probable  enough.  But  if 
the  Minim  are  the  Gnostics  in  question,  it  is  at  least 
remarkable  that  the  term  Min  is  never  used  in  con- 
nexion with  those  persons  who  are  said  to  have 
pursued  such  studies.  The  long  passage,  b.  Hag. 
llb  fol.,  which  may  be  called  the  locus  classicus  for 
Gnosticism  in  the  Talmud,  makes  no  reference  to 
Minim  or  Minuth.1  Ben  Zoma  is  never  called  a 
Min,  or  even  said  to  have  been  in  danger  of  becoming 
one.  Ben  Azai,  who  was  another  great  student  of 
theosophy,  is  in  like  manner  never  even  remotely 
associated  with  Minuth ;  in  fact,  as  we  have  seen 
above  (p.  297),  he  was  the  author  of  a  haggadah 
directed  against  the  Minim.  And,  most  striking  of 
all,  the  arch-Gnostic  of  the  Talmud,  Elisha  ben 
Abujah,  known  by  the  nickname  of  Aher,  is  never 
once  called  a  Min.  In  the  case  of  Ben  Zoma  and 
Ben  Azai,  their  orthodoxy  was  never  disputed ;  but 
Elisha  ben  Abujah  did  become  an  outcast  from  the 
community  of  Judaism,  and  if  Min  was  the  proper 
term  to  apply  to  him,  as  a  Gnostic,  it  must  surely 
have  been  once  at  least  applied  to  him.  The  most 
that  is  said  of  him  is  that  he  used  to  read  books  of 
Minuth.  And  if  it  be  said  that  this  at  once  proves 
him  to  have  been  a  Min,  the  answer  is  that  he  also 
read  his  Bible  without  on  that  account  being  an 
orthodox  Jew.  In  any  case  the  fact  remains  that 
he  is  nowhere  in  so  many  words  said  to  have  been  a 
Min.  When,  therefore,  Friedlander  says  that  "  Acher 
was  the  Min  /car'  Ifox^V  (p.  110),  the  phrase  is  his 
own,  not  that  of  the  Talmud. 

1  Except  the  statement  that  Elisha  b.  Abujah  read  books  of  Minuth. 


THE   MINIM  371 

Having  then  stated  his  thesis  that  the  Minim  are 
Gnostics,  Friedlander  proceeds  to  support  it  by  citing 
passages  where  Minim  are  referred  to ;  all  of  which 
he  makes  use  being  included  in  the  collection  we 
have  already  examined.  On  p.  71  fol.  he  gives  the 
story  of  R.  Eliezer  who  was  arrested  for  Minuth  (see 
above,  p.  137  fol.).  Then  he  says  (p.  74),  "We 
would  ask,  What  is  there  in  this  passage  which  in  the 
remotest  degree  points  to  Christianity  ?  Nothing  ; 
absolutely  nothing.  Rather  the  other  way.  If  our 
Talmudists  had  been  able  to  read  the  Talmud  with 
less  conceit  and  more  impartiality,  they  would  never 
have  made  the  mistake  of  imagining  Christianity  in 
this  and  similar  passages."  No  one  would  guess 
from  the  foregoing  extract  that  in  the  text  of  the 
Talmud,  as  Friedlander  must  have  had  it  before  him, 
the  Min  says  to  the  Rabbi,  nvun  w  *wch  P,  "  thus  hath 
Jesus  the  Nazarene  taught  me."  Friedlander  has  no 
right  to  find  fault  with  the  treatment  of  the  Talmud 
by  other  scholars  when  he  himself  can  be  guilty  of 
such  an  omission.  To  have  given  the  passage  in 
full  would  have  damaged  his  theory,  but  it  would 
have  been  more  honest.  Unfortunately,  most  of  his 
readers  will  not  be  in  a  position  to  verify  his  refer- 
ences. The  result  of  this  correction  is  to  show  that, 
whatever  Minuth  may  be,  a  notorious  Min  was,  on 
his  own  showing,  a  Christian  disciple.  This  fact 
does  much  to  weaken  the  force  of  the  arguments 
which  Friedlander  founds  upon  other  references  to 
Minim.  Whatever  likeness  there  may  be  between 
Minuth  and  Gnosticism,  still  the  fact  remains  that  in 
one  instance,  rightly  called  by  Friedlander  "  sehr  lehr- 
reich,"  Minuth  is  expressly  associated  with  Christianity. 


372  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

On  p.  80  he  quotes  the  passage  about  the  "  Giljonim 
and  the  books  of  the  Minim"  (b.  Shabb.  116a;  see 
above,  p.  160  fol.  I  have  translated  from  the  version 
in  T.  Shabb.  xiii.  5,  which,  however,  is  almost  the 
same  as  that  in  the  Gemara).  Friedlander  asserts 
that  the  Giljonim  (properly  margins  of  written 
scrolls)  are  identical  with  the  Diagramma  of  the 
Ophite  Gnostics ;  and  his  best  argument  is  the 
application  of  Isa.  lvii.  8,  Behind  the  doors  and  the 
posts  thou  hast  set  up  thy  memorial.  The  Talmud, 
however,  does  not  say  what  was  in  the  Giljonim, 
except  nrDTK,  sacred  names,  so  that  the  identification 
of  them  with  the  Diagramma  is  at  best  only  con- 
jectural. But  Friedlander,  in  his  translation  of  the 
passage,  again  misleads  his  reader  by  manipulating 
the  text.  The  Talmud  says,  comparing  idolaters 
with  Minim,  fntfon  proe  p*  Mm  pawi  p*DD  Mn,  i.e. 
"  These  [viz.  the  Minim]  acknowledge  [God]  and  lie ; 
those  [the  idolaters]  do  not  acknowledge  [Him]  and 
lie."  Friedlander  translates  "denn  diese,  die  Minim 
namlich,  sind  Wissende  und  leugnen ;  jene  aber 
leugnen  aus  Unwissenheit."  By  using  the  word 
'  Wissende,'  which  he  emphasises,  Friedlander  allows 
it  to  be  thought  that  the  Talmud  uses  a  word  corre- 
sponding to  'Gnostic.'  If  it  did,  that  would  be  a 
strong  argument  in  support  of  his  theory.  But  the 
Talmud  does  not  say  anything  about  '  knowing.'  The 
word  to  express  that  would  be  pjn*.  The  word 
actually  used  is  proo*  '  acknowledge,'  '  recognise.' 
The  Minim,  being  Jews,  acknowledged  the  God  of 
Israel  while  they  spoke  falsely.  The  idolaters,  being 
Gentiles,  did  not  acknowledge  him,  and  spoke  falsely. 
Here  again  it  is  not  fair  to  the  reader  who  may  be 


THE   MINIM  373 

unable  to  consult  the  original  text  to  deal  with  it  as 
Friedlander  does,  nor  does  it  increase  one's  respect 
for  Friedlander  himself  as  a  reliable  exponent  of  the 
Talmud.  The  text  of  the  passage  is  indeed  printed 
in  a  footnote ;  but  the  mistranslation  is  allowed  to 
stand,  and  is  repeated  with  emphasis  on  p.  82.  As 
to  the  identification  of  the  Giljonim  with  the  Dia- 
gramma  there  is  not  sufficient  evidence  to  decide  one 
way  or  the  other.  Very  possibly  the  Diagramma 
was  included  in  the  condemnation  pronounced  upon 
heretical  writings  in  the  present  passage.  But 
'  Giljonim '  does  not  mean  '  tables/  '  tafeln,'  as  Fried- 
lander says  it  does,  p.  83. 

On  p.  100  fol.  Friedlander  deals  in  detail  with  the 
case  of  Elisha  ben  Abujah  (Aher)  and  the  story  of 
the  four  men  who  entered  Paradise.  He  has  no 
difficulty  in  showing  that  all  this  refers  to  Gnosticism. 
But  here  again  he  makes  changes  which  tell  in  favour 
of  his  theory.  He  suppresses  words  in  the  original 
text  which  contradict  his  interpretation  of  the  pas- 
sage b.  Hag.  15a  about  Aher  and  Metatron,  as  has 
been  shown  (see  above,  p.  288).  And,  in  his  discus- 
sion of  the  doctrine  of  Metatron  (p.  103  in  Friedl.), 
he  says,  "  Very  instructive  in  regard  to  the  position 
ascribed  to  Metatron  in  the  haggadic  literature  of  the 
first  two  Christian  centuries,  is  the  following  dialogue, 
contained  in  the  Talmud,  between  R.  Idi  and  a  Min," 
etc.  The  reference  is  to  b.  Sanh.  38b  (see  above, 
p.  286).  Now  R.  Idi  did  not  live  in  the  second 
century,  but  in  the  fourth,  a  fact  of  which  Friedlander 
ought  to  have  been  aware,  and  which  makes  the 
passage  referred  to  useless  as  evidence  in  support  of 
his  theory. 


374  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

On  p.  108  (Friedl.)  is  another  instance  of  misre- 
presentation of  the  text.  The  passage  is  quoted 
(Qoh.  r.  on  vii.  26,  see  above,  p.  219),  in  which  R. 
Isi  of  Csesarea  expounded  Ecc.  vii.  26  in  reference  to 
Minuth.  Six  pairs  of  names  are  mentioned,  of  which 
the  first  in  each  pair  represents  those  who  "  please  God 
and  escape"  from  Minuth,  the  second  the  "sinners 
who  are  caught."  The  first  pair  is  '  R.  Eliezer  and 
Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia.'  Friedlander  says  that 
this  is  plainly  meant  to  be  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja. 
But  Jacob  of  Ch.  Neburaia  was  a  well-known  person, 
and  possibly  contemporary  with  R.  Isi,  who  mentions 
him.  The  last  pair,  according  to  Friedlander,  are 
"R.  Elieser  and  R.  Jehoshua,  and  (the  sinner  is) 
Elisha  ben  Abuja."  Now  the  original  text  does  not 
say  this.  It  gives  the  last  name  simply  as  'Elisha.7 
Even  if  this  be  the  correct  reading,  the  fact  remains 
that  nowhere  else  does  'Elisha'  mean  'Elisha  ben 
Abujah.1  That  man  is  always  referred  to  either  by  his 
full  name,  or  else  by  his  nickname  of  Aher.  It  might 
be  argued  that  in  this  instance  Elisha  does  mean  E. 
b.  Abujah.  But  Friedlander  does  not  argue  it;  he 
simply  takes  it  for  granted,  and  allows  his  reader  to 
suppose  that  he  is  supported  by  the  original  text. 

Here  then  are  no  less  than  five  instances  in  which 
Friedlander  supports  his  theory  by  misrepresentations 
of  the  evidence,  as  contained  in  the  original  texts. 
A  theory  which  rests  upon  such  arguments  cannot 
look  for  much  favour.  Previous  Talmud  scholars, 
who  have  held  a  different  theory,  and  upon  whose 
ignorance  and  superficiality  Friedlander  pours  scorn, 

1  Except  for  brevity,  when  he  has  already  been  mentioned  previously  in 
the  same  passage.     This  is  not  the  case  here. 


THE   MINIM  375 

may  have  been  mistaken  in  their  opinion  ;  but  at  least 
they  dealt  fairly  both  with  their  text  and  with  their 
readers,  and  did  not  descend  to  such  methods  as 
those  here  exposed. 

Bereft  of  its  false  witnesses,  the  theory  of  Fried- 
lander  does  not  amount  to  much.  Gnosticism,  be- 
yond a  doubt,  was  known  to  the  Talmudic  Rabbis, 
and  Elisha  ben  Abujah  was  the  chief  representative 
of  it.  In  some  instances  the  practices  ascribed  to 
the  Minim  are  such  as  are  associated  with  Gnostics, 
and  especially  Ophite  Gnostics.  And,  if  there  were 
no  other  evidence,  it  would  be  reasonable  enough  to 
identify  the  Minim  with  the  Gnostics.  But,  if  we 
are  at  liberty  to  assume  that  what  is  true  of  one  Min 
is  true  of  all  Minim  (and  Friedlander  rests  his  whole 
argument  upon  this  assumption),  then  the  evidence 
connecting  Minuth  with  Jewish  Christianity  is  suffi- 
cient to  disprove  the  alleged  identity  of  the  Minim 
with  the  Gnostics.  Neither  Friedlander  nor  anyone 
else  would  propose  to  identify  the  Jewish  Christians 
with  Gnostics,  which  is  the  only  alternative.  This 
much,  however,  may  be  conceded  as  a  possibility,  not 
as  a  certainty,  that  the  Rabbis  did  not  so  sharply 
distinguish  between  Jewish  Christians  and  Gnostics 
but  that  they  occasionally  attributed  to  the  one  what 
was  really  to  the  discredit  of  the  other.  In  this  way 
may  be  explained  the  unsavoury  stories  about  the 
Minim,  and  the  allegations  against  them  of  immoral 
conduct,  of  which  we  have  met  with  several  examples. 
Finally,  there  is  to  be  reckoned  in  favour  of  Fried- 
lander's  theory  the  a  priori  probability  that  the 
Gnostics,  rather  than  the  Jewish  Christians,  would 
come  into  hostile  relations  with  orthodox  Jews.     The 


376  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

Gnostics  gave  much  trouble  to  the  Christian  Church 
as  well  as  to  the  Jewish.  Whereas  the  Jewish 
Christians,  if  they  adhered  to  the  ceremonial  law,  as 
they  are  usually  supposed  to  have  done,  and  differed 
from  the  main  body  of  Jews  only  in  regard  to  the 
Messiahship  of  Jesus,  might  seem  to  be  comparatively 
harmless.  This  is,  indeed,  the  strongest  argument 
in  favour  of  Friedlander's  theory;  and  it  is  to  be 
regretted  that  he  did  not  give  more  attention  to  it, 
instead  of  damaging  his  case  by  less  respectable 
attempts  at  proof. 

The  view  has  usually  been  held  that  the  Minim 
were,  or  included,  Jewish  Christians.  That  this  is 
the  right  view  seems  to  me  to  be  put  beyond  dispute 
by  the  evidence  of  the  passages  in  which  the  Minim 
are  mentioned,  at  all  events  if  we  are  at  liberty  to 
assume  that  what  is  said  of  Minim  in  one  instance  is 
true  of  Minim  in  general.  In  many  of  the  passages 
examined  there  is  nothing  distinctive  in  what  is  said 
concerning  the  Minim,  certainly  nothing  definitely 
Christian.  But  in  a  few  of  the  passages  a  connexion 
between  Minuth  and  Christianity  is  so  definitely 
stated  that  it  cannot  be  excluded  from  neutral 
passages  except  on  the  ground  of  an  equally  definite 
statement  to  the  opposite  effect.  There  is  nowhere 
to  be  found,  so  far  as  I  know,  a  definite  statement 
connecting  the  Minim  with  some  persons  other  than 
Christians. 

The  evidence  for  the  connexion  of  Minim  with 
Christians  may  be  briefly  summed  up  as  follows: — 

1st.  In  the  passage  already  often  referred  to,  b.  A. 
Zar.  16b  fol.  (see  above,  p.  137),  it  is  related  how  R. 
Eliezer  was  put  on  his  trial  for  Minuth.    He  accounted 


THE   MINIM  377 

for  this,  in  conversation  afterwards,  by  saying  that  he 
had  once  met  'one  of  the  disciples  of  Jesus  the 
Nazarene,  by  name  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja,'  who 
told  him  an  exposition  of  a  text  which  he  said  he  had 
learnt  from  Jesus.  In  the  version  in  T.  Hull.  ii.  24, 
it  is  said  that  this  Jacob  ■  said  a  word  of  Minuth  in 
the  name  of  Jeshu  ben  Pantiri.'  Also  in  b.  A.  Zar. 
27b  (see  p.  104)  this  same  '  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja' 
is  called  'Jacob  the  Min,'  and  he  is  described  as 
proposing  to  heal  a  sick  man ;  according  to  the 
version  T.  Hull.  ii.  22,  23,  he  wished  to  do  this  '  in 
the  name  of  "Jeshua"  ben  Pandira.'  This  is  the 
locus  classicus  for  the  identification  of  Minim  with 
Christians. 

2nd.  In  b.  Shabb.  116a  (see  pp.  146,  156,  161) 
there  are  mentioned  in  close  connexion  the  books 
of  the  Minim  and  the  Evangelion. 

3rd.  Qoh.  r.  on  i.  8  (see  above,  p.  211)  gives  the 
story  of  the  Minim  of  Capernaum  and  their  treatment 
of  Hananjah,  nephew  of  R.  Jehoshua.  The  Rabbi 
says  to  his  nephew,  '  Since  the  ass  of  that  wicked  one 
has  roused  itself  against  thee,'  etc.  Here  there  is  an 
unmistakable  allusion  to  Jesus.  The  mention  of 
Capernaum  points  in  the  same  direction. 

4th.  The  doctrine  of  Two  Powers  in  Heaven  is  in 
many  passages  ascribed  to  the  Minim  (see  above,  p. 
262  and  elsewhere).  In  one  place,  Pesiqta  r.  xxi.  p. 
100b  (see  above,  p.  304),  is  the  phrase,  '  If  the  son  of 
the  harlot  saith  to  thee,  there  are  two  Gods,'  etc.  The 
'  son  of  the  harlot '  clearly  indicates  Jesus.  The  con- 
nexion of  the  doctrine  of  Two  Powers  in  Heaven 
with  Christianity  is  further  shown  by  internal  evi- 
dence, as  the  doctrine  in  question  appears  to  rest  upon 


378  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

the  Christology  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  (see 
the  discussion,  p.  264  fol.). 

The  combined  force  of  all  these  separate  arguments 
seems  to  me  to  be  very  great,  and  to  decide  the 
question  at  issue  in  favour  of  the  identification  of 
Minim  with  Jewish  Christians. 

A  remarkable  confirmation  of  this  view  is  found 
in  a  passage  of  Jerome  (Ep.  89  ad  Augustin :  quoted 
by  Gieseler,  Ecc.  Hist,  i.  98  n.  4,  Eng.  Tr.),  "Usque 
hodie  per  totas  Orientis  synagogas  inter  Judaeos 
haeresis  est,  quae  dicitur  Minaearum,  et  a  Pharisaeis 
nunc  usque  damnatur,  quos  vulgo  Nazaraeos 
nuncupant,  qui  credunt  in  Christum,  filium  Dei, 
natum  de  virgine  Maria,  et  eum  dicunt  esse  qui  sub 
Pontio  Pilato  passus  est  et  resurrexit ;  in  quern  et  nos 
credimus,  sed,  dum  volunt  et  Judaei  esse  et  Christiani, 
nee  Judaei  sunt  nee  Christiani."  I  have  not  till  now 
referred  to  this  interesting  passage,  because  I  wished 
to  decide  the  question  of  the  identity  of  the  Minim 
from  the  evidence  of  the  Rabbinical  literature. 
Having  done  so,  it  is  fair  to  call  in  this  unimpeach- 
able witness  who  can  speak  of  the  Minim  out  of  his 
own  personal  knowledge.  He  says  that  they  are  a 
sect  of  the  Jews  who  profess  to  be  both  Jews  and 
Christians,  and  are,  in  fact,  neither.  This  agrees 
exactly  with  what  we  have  already  ascertained,  viz., 
that  the  Minim  are  secretly  unfaithful  Jews,  claiming 
to  be  Christians,  but  yet  remaining  in  communion 
with  Jews.1  Hence  they  were  objects  of  suspicion 
and  hatred  to  the  Jews,  while  not  acknowledged  by 

1  Note  that,  according  to  Jerome,  the  Minim  are  to  found  'per  totas 
Orientis  synagogas ' ;  they  needed,  therefore,  to  be  detected  by  such  devices 
as  the  'formula  against  the  Minim.' 


THE   MINIM  379 

the  great  body  of  non-Jewish  Christians.  It  is  also 
interesting  that  Jerome  says  that  the  Minim  are 
'  commonly  called  Nazaraei,'  the  equivalent  of  Notzri. 
This  identification  is  not  found  expressly  stated  in 
the  Talmud,  though  it  is  implied.1  It  is  worth 
mentioning  here  that  the  term  Ebionite  (p*3k),  is 
nowhere  used  in  the  Rabbinical  literature  to  designate 
heretics,  whether  Minim  or  any  other. 

The  theory  that  the  Minim  are  intended  to  desig- 
nate Jewish  Christians  I  regard  as  having  been  now 
conclusively  proved.  This  may  be  otherwise  ex- 
pressed by  saying  that  wherever  the  Talmud  or  the 
Midrash  mentions  Minim,  the  authors  of  the  state- 
ments intend  to  refer  to  Jewish  Christians.  The 
possibility  is  still  open  that  the  Rabbis  attributed  to 
Minim  opinions  or  actions  which  in  fact  were  not 
held  by  Christians,  or  that  they  occasionally  used 
the  term  Min  as  a  name  for  enemies  of  Judaism, 
and  applied  it  to  Gentiles.  These  are  exceptional 
cases,  and  do  not  affect  the  main  argument. 

It  must,  however,  be  admitted  that  the  theory 
which  identifies  Minim  with  Jewish  Christians  is  not 
free  from  difficulties,  which  would  be  serious  if  the 
evidence  in  favour  of  the  theory  were  less  decisive. 
It  will  have  struck  every  reader  who  has  gone 
through  the  long  series  of  polemical  discussions 
examined  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  book,  that  the 
subjects  of  debate  are  not  what  we  should  have  ex- 
pected in  the  controversies  of  Jews  with  Christians. 
Most  remarkable  is  the  absence  of  all  reference  to 
the    alleged   Messiahship   of   Jesus.      That    Gentile 

1  The  Notzrim  are  mentioned  by  R.  Johanan  (p.  171),  and  the  Christian 
Sunday  is  called  the  Nazarene  day  (ibid.). 


380  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

Christians  should  have  ignored  this  might  be  under- 
stood ;  but  that  neither  Jews  nor  Jewish  Christians 
should  have  a  word  to  say  about  it  seems  very 
strange.  Even  in  the  passages  where  Jesus  himself 
is  mentioned  there  is  no  allusion  to  his  alleged 
Messiahship,  though  it  is  perhaps  implied  in  the 
statement  that  he  was  a  deceiver.  And  in  the 
passage  in  b.  Sanh.  97-98,  where  a  good  deal  is  said 
about  the  '  coming  of  the  Son  of  David/  there  is  no 
reference  to  the  alleged  fulfilment  of  the  prophecy 
in  Jesus.  I  can  only  account  for  this  by  supposing 
that  the  Minim  were  Jewish  Christians  whose  Christ- 
ology  was  developed  beyond  the  point  at  which  the 
Messiahship  was  the  chief  distinction  of  Jesus.  In 
support  of  this  view  it  is  important  to  recall  the 
evidence  of  likeness  between  the  doctrines  of  the 
Minim  and  the  Christology  of  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews  (see  above,  pp.  264,  272,  322,  340).  The 
identification  of  the  Minim  with  Jewish  Christians, 
vouched  for  as  it  is  by  the  explicit  statements  already 
quoted,  cannot  claim  the  support  of  anything  very 
distinctive  in  the  evidence  furnished  by  the  polemical 
references.  For  the  most  part  such  evidence  is 
hardly  more  than  neutral.  It  must  be  remembered, 
however,  that  it  was  no  part  of  the  purpose  of  the 
Talmud  to  supply  a  full  description  of  the  Minim. 
They  are  only  mentioned  casually,  where  there  was 
opportunity  or  need  for  marking  them  off  from  the 
faithful  Jews. 

I  answer  the  question,  then,  '  Who  were  the 
Minim  ? '  by  adopting  the  common  view  that  they 
were  Jewish  Christians,  and  add  only  these  two 
qualifications — first,  that  the  name  may  occasionally 


THE   MINIM  381 

denote  other  heretics,  but  most  often  refers  to  Jewish 
Christians ;  second,  that  the  Jewish  Christians  desig- 
nated by  the  name  Minim  held  a  Christology  similar 
to  that  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.1 


§  iii.  The  Place  of  the  Minim  in  History 

This  is  perhaps  a  too  ambitious  title,  seeing  that 
the  notices  of  the  Minim  are  so  fragmentary  as  we 
have  found  them  to  be.  All  that  I  can  hope  to  do 
is  to  try  and  bring  the  scanty  facts  recorded  about 
them  into  connexion  with  the  history  of  their  times, 
and  particularly  to  inquire  if  any  light  can  be  ob- 
tained upon  their  relation  to  the  Christian  Church. 
I  repeat  here  what  I  said  in  the  preface,  that  I  make 
no  attempt  to  give  a  complete  illustration  of  the  sub- 
ject from  the  side  of  the  early  Christian  literature.  If 
I  can  provide  material  that  may  be  useful  to  students 
in  that  field,  I  shall  be  well  content. 

The  first  historical  fact  recorded  in  connexion  with 
the  Minim  is  the  composition  of  the  formula  against 
them,  known  as  the  Birchath  ha-Minim  (see  above, 
p.  125  fol.).  This  liturgical  addition  was  introduced 
when  R.  Gamliel  II.  was  president  of  the  assembly 
at  Jabneh,  and  it  marks  the  first  official  recognition 
of  the  existence  of  the  Minim.     Why  was  it  intro- 

1  This  is  virtually  the  same  view  as  that  of  Gratz  (G.  d.  J.,  iv.  pp.  90-93, 
and  especially  Note  ii.  p.  433).  I  am  the  more  glad  to  find  myself  in  agree- 
ment with  so  distinguished  a  scholar,  because  I  have  worked  out  my  case 
independently.  His  book  presents  the  solution  of  the  Minim-problem  with 
admirable  clearness,  but  with  the  brevity  demanded  by  the  other  claims  of 
his  vast  subject.  There  is  therefore  room  for  a  discussion  of  the  problem 
in  minute  detail  such  as  I  have  attempted  in  this  book. 


382  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

duced  at  this  time,  and  not  earlier  or  later?  The 
factors  which  determine  the  date  are  three,  viz.,  the 
presidency  of  R.  Gamliel,  who  ordered  the  formula ; 
the  death  of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton,  who  composed  it, 
and  lived  at  least  a  year  afterwards ;  and  the  de- 
struction of  the  Temple  and  the  desolation  of 
Jerusalem  in  a.d.  70.  The  first  and  second  of  these 
factors  are  sufficient  to  fix  the  date,  at  all  events 
approximately.  The  third  is  necessary,  however, 
because  it  points  to  the  reason  why  a  formula  against 
the  Minim  was  needed. 

The  chronology  of  the  period  immediately  after 
the  fall  of  Jerusalem  is  extremely  obscure  in  regard 
to  the  lives  of  the  leading  Rabbis.  R.  Johanan  ben 
Zaccai  made  Jabneh  the  headquarters  of  Rabbinical 
Judaism,  having,  according  to  tradition  (b.  Gitt.  56a), 
obtained  from  Vespasian  the  gift  of  that  city  'with 
its  wise  men.'  Evidently  there  was  an  assembly  of 
some  kind  at  Jabneh  even  before  the  capture  of 
Jerusalem.  R.  Johanan  ben  Zaccai  presided  for  a 
time  at  Jabneh,  but  probably  not  for  more  than  two 
or  three  years.  He  was  not  there  when  he  died,  for 
it  is  said  that  his  disciples  after  his  death  went  to 
Jabneh.  He  is  said  to  have  had  a  school  (Beth  ha- 
midrash)  at  Berur  Hail  (b.  Sanh.  32b),  and  no  doubt 
that  is  where  he  died.  After  his  death  R.  Gamliel 
II.,  as  chief  of  the  descendants  of  Hillel,  took  the 
lead,  and  was  acknowledged  apparently  even  by  the 
Roman  government  (M.  Edu.  vii.  7)  as  the  official 
head  of  the  Jews.  But  when  this  took  place,  and 
whether  immediately  after  the  death  or  retirement 
of  Johanan,  cannot  be  determined.  There  is  no 
certain  evidence  which  would  warrant  us  in  dating 


THE   MINIM  383 

the  beginning  of  Gamliel's  presidency  much  earlier 
than  a.d.  80. 

The  death  of  Shemuel  ha-Qaton  can  hardly  be 
placed  later  than  that  year,  if  the  reasons  given  above 
(p.  129  fol.)  are  valid. 

The  bearing  upon  the  question  before  us  of  the 
destruction  of  the  Temple  is  this,  that  to  Jewish 
Christians  no  less  than  to  Jews  the  cessation  of  the 
Temple  services  and  all  connected  therewith  was 
an  event  of  profound  significance.  As  long  as  the 
Temple  yet  stood,  the  Jewish  Christians  in  Jerusalem 
appear  to  have  taken  part  in  the  ritual  observances 
equally  with  the  non- Christian  Jews,  while  at  the 
same  time  they  formed  a  community  to  some  extent 
separate  from  the  Jews.  But  when  the  Temple  was 
destroyed,  and  the  ceremonial  law  thereby  became 
a  dead  letter,  there  was  ground  for  a  divergence  of 
opinion  as  to  the  real  meaning  of  that  event  and 
the  practical  lesson  to  be  drawn  from  it.  The  Jews 
maintained  the  validity  de  jure  of  the  whole  cere- 
monial law,  though  de  facto  its  operation  was  sus- 
pended. But  it  was  equally  possible  to  maintain 
that  de  jure  also  the  ceremonial  law  was  abrogated, 
and  that  henceforth  its  meaning  was  to  be  regarded 
as  symbolic  instead  of  literal.  That  the  Jewish 
Christians  as  a  whole  took  this  view  cannot  be 
shown,  and  is  indeed  unlikely.  But  that  many  of 
them  did  so  can  hardly  be  doubted.  For  this  is 
precisely  the  link  which  connects  the  original  Jewish 
Christians  with  the  Minim.  If  I  am  right  in 
ascribing  to  the  Minim  a  theology  akin  to  that  set 
forth  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  then  the  infer- 
ence  lies   ready  to  hand   that  it  was  the  symbolic 


384  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

interpretation  of  the  ceremonial  law  which  opened 
the  way  for  a  Christology  more  highly  developed 
than  that  of  the  orginal  Jewish  Christians.  I  do  not 
intend  to  say  that  this  change  of  view  was  the  result 
of  the  teaching  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  I 
would  rather  say  that  the  epistle  was  the  result  of 
the  change,  and  that  the  real  cause  was  the  cessa- 
tion of  the  ritual  of  the  Temple.  The  epistle,  wher- 
ever it  may  have  been  written  and  to  whom- 
soever addressed,  reflects  the  change  by  which  the 
original  Jewish  Christians  became  the  Minim.  Gratz 
(G.  d.  J.,  iv.  p.  433)  even  holds  that  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews  is  a  sort  of  declaration  of  independence  on 
the  part  of  the  Minim,  by  which  they  marked  their 
severance  from  Judaism.  I  would  not  go  so  far  as 
that;  because,  as  we  have  seen,  the  Minim  did  not 
sever  themselves  from  Judaism,  but  claimed  to  be 
Jews  no  less  than  Christians.1  It  was  their  secret, 
not  open,  disloyalty  to  Judaism  which  made  them 
the  object  of  distrust  and  fear  on  the  part  of  the 
Rabbis.  But  that  there  is  a  very  close  connexion 
between  the  Minim  and  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews 
is  beyond  question;  and  it  is  worth  observing  that 
Harnack  (Chronologie,  p.  479),  arguing  on  quite  other 

1  In  this  connexion  cp.  Rev.  ii.  9,  The  blasphemy  of  them  which  say  they 
are  Jews,  and  they  are  not,  but  are  a  synagogue  of  Satan.  Also  Rev.  iii.  9, 
where  almost  the  same  words  occur.  Vischer,  in  his  famous  monograph,  in 
which  he  shows  that  the  Apocalypse  is  a  Jewish  work  edited  by  a  Christian, 
allows  that  cc.  L— iii.  are  of  Christian  origin.  No  doubt  for  the  most  part 
they  are.  Yet  it  is  hard  to  understand  why  a  Christian  should  blame  other 
Christians  for  saying  that  they  are  Jews  when  they  are  not.  Is  it  not  possible 
that  in  these  phrases  (and  also  in  the  references  to  Balaam  ii.  14  and  the 
Nicolaitans  ii.  6,  15),  however  they  may  have  been  interpreted  by  the 
Christian  editor,  there  is  a  trace  of  original  Jewish  hostility  to  the  Minim  ? 
I  can  only  suggest  the  question,  and  leave  the  solution  of  it  to  N.T.  scholars. 


THE   MINIM  385 

lines,  places  the  date  of  the  Epistle  between  a.d. 
65  and  95.  We  cannot,  therefore,  be  far  wrong  in 
assigning  the  formula  against  the  Minim  to  the  year 
80,  or  thereabouts.  The  formula  represents  the 
official  condemnation  by  the  Rabbis  of  the  spurious 
Judaism  which  was  growing  secretly  in  their 
midst,  and  at  the  same  time  furnished  a  means  of 
detection. 

The  formula  against  the  Minim  was  only  one  out 
of  several  liturgical  phrases  which  served  as  means 
of  detecting  heresy.  These  have  been  examined 
already  (see  above,  p.  199  fol.).  When  these  were 
first  associated  with  Minuth  cannot  be  exactly  de- 
termined. The  Gemara  which  comments  on  the 
Mishnah  containing  them  throws  no  light  on  their 
origin,  and  very  little  on  their  interpretation.  This 
of  itself,  however,  implies  a  considerable  antiquity; 
and  although  certainty  on  the  point  is  not  attainable, 
it  is  at  least  a  reasonable  theory  that  they  are  due 
to  the  same  assembly  at  Jabneh  which  adopted  the 
formula  against  the  Minim.  We  have  also  seen 
(above,  p.  197  fol.)  that  the  book  of  Ecclesiastes 
(Qoheleth)  was  by  some  deemed  heretical,  and  that 
on  that  account  the  Rabbis  sought  to  withdraw  it, 
i.e.  pronounce  it  uncanonical.  The  allegation  of 
heresy,  Minuth,  rests,  it  is  true,  only  upon  the 
evidence  of  R.  Benjamin  b.  Levi  and  R.  Shemuel 
b.  Jitzhaq,  who  both  lived  in  the  fourth  century. 
But  the  Mishnah  (Jad.  iii.  8)  states  expressly  that 
the  question  of  withdrawing  the  book  was  debated 
in  the  assembly  at  Jabneh,  and  that  this  took  place 
on  the  day  when  R.  Gamliel  was  temporarily  deposed 

and  R.  El'azar  b.  Azariah  elected  Nasi  in  his  stead. 

25 


386  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

The  Mishnah  does  not  give  Minuth  as  the  reason 
why  the  withdrawal  of  Ecclesiastes  was  proposed, 
nor  is  that  assigned  as  the  reason  in  b.  Shabb.  30b, 
where  the  proposal  is  referred  to.  On  that  account 
I  do  not  venture  positively  to  affirm  that  an  alleged 
tendency  to  Minuth  was  one  of  the  reasons.  But 
at  least  the  passage  in  the  Mishnah  (with  the  context 
before  and  after),  does  show  that  a  considerable 
amount  of  attention  was  bestowed  by  the  assembly 
at  Jabneh  on  questions  affecting  Scripture;  and  it 
is  certainly  not  improbable,  still  less  impossible,  that 
the  existence  of  Minuth,  which  had  led  to  the 
drawing  up  of  the  formula  against  the  Minim  should 
have  been  one  of  the  causes  which  shaped  the  de- 
cisions of  the  Rabbis.  The  assertion  that  the  debate 
on  the  book  of  Qoheleth,  and  on  the  other  points 
mentioned,  took  place  on  the  very  day  of  the 
deposition  of  R.  Gamliel  can  hardly  be  accepted 
literally,  if  only  because  no  one  day  would  suffice 
for  such  a  varied  discussion,  to  say  nothing  of  the 
stormy  scene  which  no  doubt  accompanied  the 
deposition  of  R.  Gamliel.  May  we  not  refer  the 
decisions  which  are  said  to  have  been  made  'on 
that  day '  to  the  time  during  which  the  degradation 
of  R.  Gamliel  lasted?  The  year  in  which  his 
deposition  took  place  cannot  be  exactly  determined, 
but  was  probably  about  a.d.  100.1 

1  I  obtain  the  date  suggested  in  the  text  from  the  following  considerations. 
When  E.  Gamliel  was  deposed,  R.  Eliezer  was  already  excommunicated,  for 
his  name  does  not  occur  amongst  those  present  on  the  occasion  (b.  Ber.  27b, 
28a)  ;  and,  further,  the  report  of  what  was  done  "  on  that  day"  was  carried 
to  him  in  Lud,  by  one  of  his  disciples  (T.  Jad.  ii.  16).  The  excommuni- 
cation of  R.  Eliezer  took  place  probably  in  or  about  a.d.  95  (see  above, 
p.  144  n.).    R.  Gamliel,  shortly  afterwards,  made  his  journey  to  Rome,  and 


THE   MINIM  387 

In  the  absence  of  more  decisive  evidence,  it  may 
be  taken  as  fairly  probable  that  the  various  regula- 
tions, liturgical  and  scriptural,  concerning  the  Minim 
were  made  by  the  assembly  at  Jabneh,  under  the 
presidency  of  R.  Gamliel,  and  thus  dated  from  the 
end  of  the  first  century.  The  alternative  is  that 
they  were  made  at  Usha,  where  an  assembly 
(Sanhedrin)  was  twice  held.  But  very  little  is 
known  of  what  was  done  at  either  of  these  assemblies, 
and  that  little  does  not  refer  to  liturgical  matters; 
there  is,  therefore,  nothing  beyond  the  bare  possibility 
to  warrant  the  theory  that  the  regulations  mentioned 
above  were  framed  at  Usha. 

Of  the  practical  effect  of  these  detective  formulas 
nothing  is  known.  No  instance  is  recorded  of  any 
heretic  having  been  discovered  through  their  means. 
We  can  only  assume  that  the  general  result  was  to 
widen  the  breach  between  Jews  and  Minim,  and 
make  it  more  difficult  for  the  latter  to  remain  in 
open  association  with  the  former.  Yet,  as  we  have 
seen  (above,  p.  378),  according  to  Jerome  the  Minim 
were  in  his  day  to  be  found  'per  totas  Orientis 
synagogas.' 

The  consideration  of  the  Formula  against  the 
Minim,  and  the  liturgical  variations  connected  there- 
with, leads  naturally  to  the  subject  of  the  mutual 
relations  between  Jews  and  Minim.  I  go  on,  there- 
fore, to  inquire  what  general  conclusions  may  be 
drawn  from  the  evidence  presented  in  the  earlier 
part  of  the  book  upon  that  subject.  In  this  con- 
must  have  been  absent  at  least  some  months.  I  do  not  know  of  any 
evidence  for  fixing  the  date  of  his  deposition  immediately  after  his  return, 
and  therefore  give  it  only  approximately  as  a.d.  100. 


388  CHRISTIANITY   IN   TALMUD 

nexion  the  story  of  the  arrest  of  R.  Eliezer  (see 
above,  p.  137  fol.)  is  of  great  importance  and  de- 
serving of  further  study.  It  will  be  remembered 
that  R.  Eliezer  was  arrested  and  tried  on  a  charge 
of  Minuth,  and  that  after  his  acquittal  he  accounted 
for  his  having  been  accused  on  such  a  charge  by 
recalling  an  encounter  which  he  had  once  had  with 
a  Min,  by  name  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sechanja,  a 
disciple  of  Jesus.  The  date  of  the  arrest  I  have 
given  as  a.d.  109.  That  he  was  arrested  for  Minuth 
is,  of  course,  the  Jewish  way  of  describing  the  affair. 
The  Roman  government  knew  nothing  of  Minim 
as  such,  but  only  of  adherents  of  Jesus,  as  distinct 
from  Jews,  with  whom  they  did  not  interfere.  R. 
Eliezer  evidently  felt  the  charge  of  Minuth  as  a 
worse  calamity  than  his  arrest  and  trial.  After  his 
acquittal  he  went  home  in  great  trouble  and  refused 
to  be  comforted,  a  thing  he  certainly  would  not 
have  done  merely  for  having  escaped  with  his  life 
from  a  Roman  tribunal.  It  was  not  merely  that 
he  had  been  tried  for  Minuth,  but  that,  as  he  was 
reminded  by  the  question  of  R.  Aqiba,  he  had 
actually  compromised  himself  by  intercourse  with  a 
Min.  The  story  shows  that  the  existence  of  the 
Minim  was  recognised  by  the  Jews  as  an  actual 
source  of  danger  to  Judaism,  and  that  the  Minim, 
however  much  they  desired  to  be  regarded  as  Jews, 
were,  as  Christians,  known  as  a  distinct  body  of 
people,  and  were  regarded  as  such  not  only  by  Jews 
but  also  by  Gentiles.  R.  Eliezer  himself,  having 
suffered  through  Minuth,  uttered  many  warnings  on 
the  subject.  He  interpreted  Pro  v.  v.  8,  Keep  thy 
way  far  from  her,  and  come  not  near  the  door  of  her 


THE   MINIM  389 

house,  in  reference  to  Minuth.  Also,  probably, 
Prov.  ii.  19,  None  that  go  to  her  return  again ;  and 
If  they  return  they  do  not  attain  the  patlis  of  life 
(see  above,  pp.  188-9).  Also  Ps.  xiv.  1,  The  fool 
hath  said  in  his  heart  there  is  no  God  (p.  196  n.). 
Also  Ecc.  vii.  26,  For  she  hath  cast  down  many 
wounded  (p.  138),  and  he  used  to  say,  "Ever  let  a 
man  flee  from  what  is  hateful,  and  from  that  which 
resembles  what  is  hateful."  It  should  be  remembered, 
in  this  connexion,  that  R.  Eliezer  is  the  original 
authority  for  the  tradition  concerning  Jesus  (p.  351). 
This  attitude  of  hostility  towards,  and  dread  of,  the 
Minim  finds  expression  in  the  rule  laid  down  in  T. 
Hull,  ii.  20,  21,  "  Slaughtering  by  a  Min  is  idolatry  ; 
their  bread  is  Samaritan  bread,  their  wine  is  wine 
offered  to  idols,  their  fruits  are  not  tithed,  their  books 
are  books  of  witchcraft,  and  their  sons  are  bastards. 
One  does  not  sell  to  them  or  receive  from  them  or  take 
from  them  or  give  to  them.  One  does  not  teach  their 
sons  trades,  and  does  not  obtain  healing  from  them, 
either  healing  of  property  or  healing  of  lives  "  (above, 
p.  177).  This  is  not  a  halachah,  an  authoritative  legal 
decision,  but  it  represents  a  consensus  of  opinion 
amounting  almost  to  a  law.  Therefore  the  instances 
are  mentioned  in  which  it  was  not  observed.  Such 
was  the  famous  case  of  Ben  Damah  (above,  p.  103), 
which  is  recorded  immediately  after  the  passage  just 
quoted,  in  T.  Hull.  And  it  is  followed  by  the  case  of 
R.  Eliezer's  arrest.  The  rule  laid  down  about  having 
no  intercourse  with  the  Minim  may  be  fairly  ascribed 
to  the  Rabbis  of  Jabneh,  possibly  owing  to  the  mis- 
fortune of  R.  Eliezer.  In  the  case  of  Ben  Damah, 
the  danger  which  was  said  to  threaten  him,  if  he  let 


390  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

himself  be  healed  by  Jacob  the  Min,  was  that  he 
would  thereby  transgress  the  words  of  the  Wise, 
i.e.  the  Rabbis.  The  reference  is  clearly  to  some 
such  rule  as  is  here  laid  down. 

Intercourse  between  Jews  and  Minim  was  thus 
hindered  as  far  as  possible,  but  it  could  not  be 
altogether  prevented.  And  one  especial  source  of 
danger  was  to  be  found  in  the  books  of  the  Minim, 
lest  they  should  find  their  way  into  the  hands  of  Jews 
and  be  read  by  them.  So  the  rule  just  mentioned 
says  that  the  books  of  the  Minim  are  books  of 
witchcraft.  Another  rule,  contained  in  T.  Jad.  ii.  13, 
states  that  '  the  Rolls  (or  margins)  and  books  of  the 
Minim  do  not  defile  the  hands,'  in  other  words,  are 
not  to  be  regarded  as  sacred  (see  above,  p.  160).  It 
would  not  have  been  necessary  to  make  this  rule  un- 
less such  books  contained  sacred  names  and  citations 
of  texts  from  the  Hebrew  scriptures.  It  can  hardly 
be  doubted  that  amongst  the  books  of  the  Minim 
were  included  Gospels,  but  there  is  no  definite  state- 
ment on  the  point.  The  story  of  Imma  Shalom, 
R.  Gamliel,  and  the  Christian  judge  (p.  146)  shows 
that,  perhaps  as  early  as  a.d.  72  or  73,  texts  were 
known  to  the  Jews  which  are  now  found  in  one  of 
the  canonical  Gospels.  But  the  earliest  authentic 
use  of  the  term  Evangelion  is  to  be  found  in  the 
witticism  of  R.  Meir,  the  date  of  which  is  the  middle 
of  the  second  century  (p.  162).  The  only  evidence 
that  the  Gospels  were  actually  known  to  the  Jews  is 
the  merely  negative  evidence  of  the  strong  prohibition 
of  the  books  of  the  Minim.  The  strongest  de- 
nunciations of  the  books  of  the  Minim  are  those  of 
R.   Ishmael  andiR.    Tarphon   (p.  155),  in  the  early 


THE   MINIM  391 

part  of  the  second  century.  With  this  reprobation 
of  the  writings  of  the  Minim  may  be  associated  the 
doubts  as  to  the  canonicity  of  the  book  of  Ecclesiastes, 
on  the  ground  that  it  contained  words  which  led  to 
Minuth.  This  probably  was  one  of  the  grounds  on 
which  the  proposed  decanonization  of  the  book  was 
based  ;  but  it  is  not  distinctly  stated  to  have  been  so 
until  the  fourth  century  (p.  197). 

That  the  Jews,  besides  hating  the  Minim,  could 
not  afford  to  disregard  them,  is  shown  by  the  state- 
ment that  certain  proposed  modifications  of  the 
liturgy  were  not  carried  out  because  of  the  '  carping ' 
of  the  Minim,  in  other  words,  because  they  would 
give  to  the  Minim  an  opportunity  to  deride  the 
religious  observances  of  the  Jews  (p.  308  fol.).  With 
this  may  be  connected  the  counsel  of  R.  Aqiba 
(p.  316),  'Do  not  give  occasion  to  the  Minim  to 
humble  you.'  The  same  words  are  also  ascribed  to  R. 
Jose  ben  Halaphta.  What  the  precise  bearing  of  the 
advice  was  I  am  unable  to  say,  but  it  clearly  points 
to  a  fear  as  well  as  a  dislike  of  the  Minim.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  story  about  the  false  witnesses 
and  the  new  moon  (p.  327  fol.). 

The  Rabbinical  literature  nowhere  gives  a  complete 
account  of  the  Minim.  It  relates  many  anecdotes 
about  Minim,  and  also  records  dialogues  between  a 
Min  and  a  Rabbi.  Both  classes  of  statement  show 
the  Minim  in  an  unfavourable  light ;  but  the  former 
do  so  much  more  than  the  latter.  The  anecdotes 
about  the  Minim  show  them  as  grossly  immoral  in 
their  lives,  and  also  as  practising  magical  arts.  Ex- 
amples of  such  allegations  are  found  in  the  stories 
about  the  Minim  of  Capernaum  (p.  211),  and  the 


392  CHRISTIANITY  IN  TALMUD 

adventures  of  R.  Jonathan  (p.  215)  and  R.  Jehudah 
ben  Naqosa  (p.  218),  of  which  Capernaum  may  have 
been  the  scene.  Compare  also  the  story  of  the 
woman  who  desired  to  be  received  as  a  proselyte 
(p.  188).  We  have  here  an  echo  of  the  charges  of 
immorality  against  which  the  Christian  Apologists 
had  to  defend  their  co-religionists.  For  the  allegation 
of  magical  powers  the  evidence  is  found  in  the  stories 
(pp.  112, 115),  of  '  signs  and  wonders '  done  by  Minim. 
And  with  these  must  certainly  be  classed  the  stories 
of  attempts  by  Minim  to  heal  sick  persons  in  the 
name  of  Jesus  (pp.  103, 108).  The  Talmud  draws  no 
distinction  between  such  deeds  done  by  Minim  and 
similar  deeds  done  by  the  Rabbis.  And  it  is  noted 
that  R.  Jehoshua  ben  Hananjah  was  more  than  a 
match  for  the  Minim  in  respect  of  power  to  do  such 
deeds. 

When,  however,  we  turn  to  the  records  of  dia- 
logues between  Jews  and  Minim,  we  find  no  trace 
of  such  repulsive  characteristics.  The  conversation 
usually  turns  upon  disputed  interpretations  of  Scrip- 
ture, often,  but  not  always,  with  a  hostile  intention 
on  the  part  of  the  Min.  R.  Eliezer,  indeed,  on  his 
own  showing,  was  pleased  with  what  Jacob  the  Min 
said  to  him.  And  in  many  of  the  dialogues  which 
have  been  presented  in  the  earlier  part  of  this  book 
there  is  hardly  more  than  a  civil  exchange  of  opinion, 
certainly  nothing  answering  to  the  strong  language 
used  against  the  Minim  by  R.  Tarphon  and  R. 
IshmaeL  There  is,  however,  no  real  contradiction 
between  these  two  representations  of  the  Minim. 
The  one  indicates  what  the  Rabbis  thought  of  the 
Minim,  the  other  what  they  said  to  them.     And  it 


THE   MINIM 

may  be  further  remarked  that  relations  between  Jews 
and  Minim  were  probably  most  hostile  at  the  end  of 
the  first  century  and  the  beginning  of  the  second, 
and  that  gradually  they  became  more  friendly  as  the 
Minim  proved  to  be  less  dangerous  and  less  powerful. 
For,  in  the  first  century,  even  at  the  close  of  it, 
when  the  official  condemnation  of  the  Minim  was 
made,  it  was  not  evident  to  the  Jews  that  the 
development  of  the  Christian  Church  would  proceed 
on  Gentile  lines,  and  would  leave  the  Minim,  i.e. 
the  Jewish  Christians,  behind.  The  Jewish  dread 
of  Minuth  was  really  dread  of  the  Christian  heresy ; 
and  as  it  gradually  appeared  that  the  Minim  did  not 
represent  the  strength  of  the  Christian  movement, 
the  danger  of  Minuth  became  less ;  because  there 
was  obviously  less  danger  to  Judaism  from  a  mainly 
Gentile  Christianity  than  from  a  Jewish  form  of  it, 
connected  at  so  many  points  with  pure  Judaism.  Of  J 
Gentile  Christianity  the  Rabbinical  literature  takes 
scarcely  any  notice  at  all.  We  have  met,  indeed, 
with  a  polemical  reference  to  Christian  Rome  (p.  210) 
by  R.  Aha,  who  lived  in  or  after  the  time  of 
Constantine  the  Great.  Beyond  this  one  instance,  n 
I  do  not  know  of  any  further  allusion  to  Gentile 
Christianity.1  The  references  to  the  '  kingdom  being 
turned  to  Minuth'  (p.  207)  only  indicates  the  hos- 

1  There  are  a  few  cases,  noted  as  they  occurred,  where  the  Min  was  prob- 
ably a  Gentile,  not  a  Jew ;  but  nothing  turns  on  the  Christianity  of  the 
Min  in  such  cases.  He  is  merely  an  opponent  of  the  Jews.  When  it  is 
said  (p.  179)  that  there  are  no  Minim  among  the  Gentiles,  that  means  that 
a  Gentile  could  not  be  a  Min,  although  he  might  be  a  Christian.  It  does 
not  imply  that  Minim  were  never  to  be  found  in  Gentile  countries.  At 
least,  if  that  were  implied,  it  is  not  true,  for  we  have  met  with  Minim  in 
Rome  (p.  228),  Alexandria  (p.  221),  and  probably  Antioch  (p.  283). 


394  CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

tility  to  Minuth  already  mentioned.  The  increase 
of  that  deadly  heresy  is  not  stated  as  a  fact,  but 
noted  as  one  of  the  signs  of  the  future  advent  of 
the  Messiah. 

It  is  in  accordance  with  this  view  of  the  diminish- 
ing hostility  between  Jews  and  Minim  that  the 
curious  story  about  R.  Saphra  and  the  Minim  of 
Caesarea  (p.  266)  becomes  intelligible.  There  we 
find  that  R.  Abahu,  an  unimpeachable  Jew,  re- 
commended R.  Saphra,  another  unimpeachable  Jew, 
to  the  Minim  as  their  teacher,  and  that  they  accepted 
him  as  such.  Even  if,  as  Bacher  suggests,  R.  Saphra 
was  engaged  not  as  a  teacher  but  as  an  accountant, 
the  fact  would  still  remain  that  a  Jew  entered  the 
service  of  the  Minim  upon  the  recommendation  of 
another  Jew.  That  would  have  been  impossible  in 
the  first  century,  or  even  the  second.  R.  Abahu 
himself  had  frequent  intercourse  with  the  Minim. 
The  case  of  Jacob  of  Chephar  Neburaia  (p.  334  fol.) 
also  goes  to  show  the  diminished  hostility  of  relations 
between  Jews  and  Minim  in  the  fourth  century. 
And  the  general  conclusion  may  be  drawn  that  the 
Minim,  or  Nazarenes,  were  by  that  time  recognized 
to  be  a  comparatively  harmless  body,  though  possibly 
numerous.  They  had  no  share  in  the  vitality  either 
of  Judaism  or  Christianity,  being  rejected  by  the 
adherents  of  both  religions.  As  Jerome  says  (p.  378), 
"  They  profess  to  be  both  Jews  and  Christians, 
while  in  fact  they  are  neither  Jews  nor  Christians." 
They  had  no  inherent  power  of  progress,  and  appear 
to  have  gradually  died  out. 

Of  a  history  of  the   Minim,  or  Nazarenes,  there 
can  be  no  question,  since  the  data  are  far  too  incom- 


THE   MINIM  395 

plete.  From  the  collection  of  passages,  examined  in 
the  earlier  part  of  this  book,  we  gain  a  number  of 
passing  glances  at  them,  and  learn  a  few  facts,  some 
of  great  importance,  some  of  little  or  none.  They 
are  represented  as  a  kind  of  spurious  Jews,  vainly- 
claiming  fellowship  with  the  true  Judaism,  and  re- 
jected because  of  their  connexion  with  Christianity. 
They  were  in  Judaism,  but  not  of  it.  They  fre- 
quented the  synagogues,  where  suspicion  of  them 
found  expression  in  liturgical  devices  for  their  de- 
tection, and  in  the  noting  of  various  phrases  and 
gestures  which  were  thought  to  betray  their  heresy. 
In  their  theology,  so  far  as  it  can  be  ascertained, 
they  departed  from  the  strict  monotheism  of  Judaism, 
and  held  the  doctrine  of  the  relation  between  God 
and  Christ  which  is  set  forth  in  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews.  Apparently  they  did  not  go  any  further 
along  the  line  subsequently  followed  by  Christian 
theology.  There  is,  so  far  as  I  know,  only  the 
slightest  trace  of  any  reference  to  the  doctrine  of 
the  Trinity  to  be  found  in  the  Rabbinical  allusions 
to  Minuth.1  The  Talmud  knows  of  Gnostics  and 
Gnosticism ;  but  it  does  not  identify  these  with 
Minim  and  Minuth,  although  it  is  possible  that  the 
line  between  them  was  not  always  clearly  marked. 
In  the  early  days  of  the  separation  of  Christianity 
from  Judaism,   the   Minim  were  hated   and  feared. 

1  See  above,  p.  256,  where  the  Minim  ask  R.  Simlai  to  explain  the  three- 
fold designation,  ■  God,  God,  the  Lord.'  This  can  hardly  be  other  than  an 
allusion  to  the  three  Persons  of  the  Trinity  ;  but  it  is  remarkable  that  there 
is  no  further  allusion.  The  question  most  frequently  debated  was  that  of 
Two  Powers  or  One.  If  the  Jewish  doctrine  of  the  Divine  Unity  were  to 
be  maintained,  it  mattered  nothing  whether  the  alternative  was  a  doctrine  of 
Two  Powers  or  of  three,  or  of  several. 


CHRISTIANITY   IN  TALMUD 

This  hostility  gradually  diminished  ;  and,  in  any  case, 
it  was  chiefly  in  Palestine  that  the  existence  of 
Minuth  was  felt  to  be  a  danger.  In  the  Babylonian 
schools  there  was  hardly  more  than  a  vague  know- 
ledge of  what  Minuth  was  and  why  it  was  dangerous. 

I  have  now  reached  the  end  of  my  task,  which  was 
to  present,  in  as  full  detail  as  possible,  all  the  refer- 
ences which  I  could  find  in  the  Rabbinical  literature 
of  the  first  four  centuries  to  the  origin  and  develop- 
ment of  Christianity.  Looking  back  on  the  miscel- 
laneous collection  of  extracts  which  we  have  examined, 
it  is  interesting  to  observe  how  the  two  main  groups 
into  which  it  is  divided  have  but  slight  connexion 
with  each  other.  One  group  contains  the  evidence 
for  the  Jesus-Tradition,  the  other  the  notices  of  the 
Minim.  These  two  groups  stand  apart  not  merely 
because  they  have  been  dealt  with  separately,  but  by 
reason  of  the  curious  fact  that  in  the  passages  which 
mention  Minim  and  Minuth  there  is  seldom  any 
direct  mention  of  Jesus.  There  is  only  enough  to 
justify  the  identification  of  Minim  with  some  form 
of  Christians.  In  other  words,  the  Jesus-Tradition 
was  apparently  handed  down  within  the  Rabbinical 
schools  mainly  as  a  tradition,  and  received  little  or  no 
additions  from  the  intercourse  between  Jews  and 
Minim,  of  which  so  many  instances  have  been  given. 

The  general  result  of  the  whole  study  in  which  we 
have  been  engaged  is  to  show,  in  two  ways,  how 
Judaism  released  itself  from  what  it  considered  to 
be  the  danger  of  Christianity.  It  preserved  only  a 
careless  and  contemptuous  tradition  about  Jesus,  and 
resolutely  resisted   all  attempts  on  the  part  of  his 


THE   MINIM  397 

Jewish-born  disciples  to  come  to  terms  with  Jewish 
belief  and  practice.  Judaism  fought  the  enemy 
within  her  gates;  of  the  rival  outside,  growing  in 
power  with  every  century,  she  took  no  notice.  She 
went  on  her  way,  and  on  the  line  she  chose  for  herself 
worked  out  her  own  salvation  through  centuries  of 
noble  and  most  tragic  history.  In  like  manner, 
though  on  other  lines,  Christianity  went  on  its  way 
and  forgot  its  Jewish  origin.  In  the  land  of  its 
birth,  and  amongst  the  people  who  furnished  the  first 
disciples,  Christianity  was  represented  by  a  discredited 
and  dwindling  sect,  claiming  kinship  with  Jews  and 
Christians,  and  disowned  by  both. 

In  the  hope  that  this  study  of  an  obscure  field  of 
history  may  be  of  service  to  scholars,  in  spite  of  the 
scantiness  of  the  harvest  which  has  been  gathered, 
and  that  it  may  awaken  in  perhaps  one  or  two  readers 
something  of  the  same  deep  interest  which  it  has 
given  to  me  during  my  labours  upon  it,  I  finish  this 
book  ;  and,  in  parting  from  it,  take  regretful  leave  of 
what  has  been  to  me  a  friend  and  companion  through 
many  years. 


APPENDIX 

CONTAINING  THE  ORIGINAL  TEXTS  TRANSLATED 

AND  COMMENTED   ON   IN  THE   COURSE   OF 

THE   WORK 


26 


TEXTS  OF  PASSAGES  TRANSLATED   IN  THE 
FOREGOING   PAGES. 

(1)  p.  35. 

b.  Shabb.  104b:—  "ft***  Wp*  ntia  Khflfl  :lira  b*  tftDttl 

mi  b*«  nomoa  onnta  ertibo  (rwi  a-rao  p  abm  trasrib 
p  rrao  p]  dnswn  pa  n^n  pr«w  fm  rr»n  now  ib  man 

p  diss  b*n  an^s  b^m  fcnao  b*n  anon  "1  toa  Kin  tf-n-ws 
p-totf-D  irm  k^ed  ab-w£  D*n£  iek  *nt:o  ies  »in  rmrr» 

:  [nbrao  *n  nt3D  ar-matron 

The  passage  enclosed  in  [  ],  which  occurs  also  in  b.  Sanh.  67a, 
is  not  found  in  the  modern  Editions;  it  is  supplied  from  Rabbi- 
nowicz,  Diqduqe  Sopherim,  on  the  authority  of  the  Munich  and 
Oxford  Mss,  and  the  older  Editions. 


(2)  p.  41. 

b.  Hagg.  4b  aba  nsoD  wm  "»aa  sip  ^nb  nwa  *o  cio^  an 
m  tro  am  an  ■o  f*  mnoi  aba  bn&n  a^a  m  iti»  tssi^ta 
wa  bn  nwb©b  rrt  ton  rron  ^ab*  rroa  main  mn  *«* 
■»pTn  Kbi>£  s'nti  rrt  mi  bra  n*»ta  w»  aba-na  D*na  ^b 
Wi  w  rrt  ton  ^b  vKfti  MFW  tr»«  ab-ftfc  d^-ie  aoa  rrt  -i£« 
:as^Eb  vimb  ninww  b^m  rrt  -usa  nmn« 

(2a)  ibid.    Tosaphoth  on  same  passage:  ^abtt  ma*  rTOE  ITin 

a^tw  ab-M  o^ltti  marop  "Wi  naa  ib  ?-pa©  rra  n&o^n  man 
:  (ip  sp)  nam  arroro  vftto  b»  niaa  run^m  rm  w  n*oa 


26 : 


402  APPENDIX 

(3)  p.  43. 

M.  Jeb.  IV.  13:—   Jlb>E    ^nK2E   iKT*  p  JW3»  W  -|tt« 

tr*fb  e^k  n«KB  inafld  v&fc  B*»  nn  wtn  tffrffrna  font* 


(4)  p.  45. 

b.  Joma  66b  Kb  y»  Knn  obiyb  ijto  iyfca  t&Qm  'n  n*  ^bK© 
onb  -rta»  ffjin  p  NKfi  nym  bwib  *ftj  ^iba  by  aba  Whw 
onbnEK  *nKn  p  nymn  b^snb  ma  fflttsn  by  aba  w6*«  Kb 
mt>  on*  wa  «n*  Kin  n*  itee  nyinn  by  KbK  ^inbKB  Kb 
KbK  D'ncna  p,4wt»  "WP  Kb  top  dk  -nob  irna  irra  h*  nob 
:'iai  Dbiya  in  wo  W*  Kb©  nm  iek  Kb©  i»b 

(5)  p.  47. 

b.  Sanh.  I06a:—  'i  "itiK  ooip  Cjionbi  K^is  nbnra  pm^  h  IttK 
**to  'nnab  ir^K  ''Kin  nrt»i  *mwb  *w*  "n^Ki  ir>in  kbs 


(6)  p.  48. 

b.  Kallah  51a   2HDW   W  TTtttt  n£1K  W6»  Wl  D^D  T* 

Wi  nnK  oys  :msn  pi  -imo  w«  Kmpy  w  msn  p  wik 
mk  noD  -iHK  mpi^n  w  tarrafib  i-Dyi  vm  o^tm  ta^pr 
-ieik  wbK  w  i»ki  n»  nb^ra  nr  i»m  n«  rib***  inKi  iek-i 
msn  pi  itm  ieik  Kmpy  w  rrar  p  ieik  y»w  w  "flrwo 
•Tv»an  ,nai  by  ninyb  pb  ^Kba  ^n  Kmpy  imb  ib  rtaai 
rotti^  nrrvne  nm  piw  bin  iek  b^K  ibn  -iD^pK  ^k  pb  iek 
lom  im  *  rrvaiK  nK  dk  ira  nb  -iek  -pirn  nroap  rroitti 
w  n^n  •  ^b  ya»n  ib  n-i£K  Knn  obiy  ^nb  ^m  ^k  ^bKifc 
niBK  wb  na  nr  !»  nb  *m*  inbn  bran  m«fi  ynra  i&p? 
nyovno  ^y  Km  ^b$i  xton  rwi  wn  rro  nsmb  ^mosci)  ib 
wi  bra  rw  *  man  711  nrao  pirnnn  ksed  nr  p  *  n^ni 
^nbK  'n  linn  ii^k  ny»  nniKa  ■  i^nini  rat  wmnvn  Ki^py  ^a-i 

:Kmpy  ^rb  mo  nb^a  n©K  bKi©^ 


APPENDIX  403 

(7)  p.  50. 

b.  Sanh.  i07b  tarpn  ywi  firm  bara©  ann  Dbisb  pan  isn 
n^ms  p  *wini  wi'  sbi  d^t  ^mra  vmb  ifim»  :w*b»3  ab 

*ibw  '-i awi  *tra  o^t  ^nion  Cnrwn)  iwb  ism© 

WWr*  w  bra  pa*  »Db»  ■wr  vtrtept?  s^n  nw  n^nis  p 
n^b  nb©  XEb©  Kin  'o  n^istt  bo  ir»TDC0bl6  [wn]  mrfife  p 
K^-nsoDbK  "o^b  ©iipn  w  [bbfcw]  WB  nt:©  p  |WWD 
np  'WW*  rwn  *»M»n  iDUta  *r*  ***  [vnn»]  piitisb© 
ib«  ^nit:  mp*  mb  tt»  irrwil  avjwta)  [n^b]  nstrm  ana 
n^b  ibk  mtmt:  n'w  w  (w)  n^b  iia«  ir  k^sodk  W  n*n 
ana  mrasn  *w**  msia  wn»  p^sa  pow  nna  pa  Wi 
*w  rrta  m©ta  up  mn  *6  ibnp  rrt  iM  fw*  nfio  mtipfr 
inb  ■nrm  ^biapb  iao  rrapb  ana  sra©  irnp  np  xp  mn  -in 
nb  ninm»nn  aro^ab  qpT  brx  n^b  ^i  mrtm  iao  «in  rmrai 
a^msi  aainn  bD  ^m  ^baipfc  p  n^b  itt«  p  tin  rrt  i«» 
■nrwi  w»  to  nttKi  nai©n  ni©*b  rra  "pp^ott  pa  cram  n« 

:bKi©^  na  rrnin  ci©ia 

(8)  p.  54. 

T.  Shabb.  XL  15.  DTOam  a^na  ir^ba  '-i  vntt  b*  onpferi 
Yta*  pa  aba  i^b  xb  rm  p  tfbm  wbK  *i  nnb  tok  fncftft 

jpnp^sn  bD  na  iaw  ma  ntn©  *amo  * 

(9)  p.  56. 

b.  Sanh.  103a  WQ   SIX  11  rWTf  '1  TOK  tfion  '1  TOSH 

k"i Tbnxa  sip-'  ab  aei  n*i  *pba  namn  nb  a^nai 

D^n  amnini  twn  mtnbn  "preai  **b©  ran  fb*  nsian  a6 
ibi©an  rrnpa«  Trtti  m  p  *7b  am  ab©  ^bnaa  aip^  »b  wi 

rrtrcn  i©^  pad  o^aia 

(10)  p.  62. 

j.  Taan.  65b:—  ITDtt  W  b^  Dl»  lb  IttX^  DK  ina«  '1 113* 

iwm  mnn  D^ti»b  nbi^  laws  in  mnnb  ibid  ^dx  aix  p  man 

insEy1  xbn 


404  APPENDIX 

(11)  p.  63. 

Jalq.  Shim.  §  766,    HD   Dmbsn  )tM  Iff*  TftpM  1T*bs  th 

wrt\  nsi*  nmo  b'oon  i&io  tfi  Dbi5?rr  cpott  nbi*  wn  ibipn 
rtrn  nasi  psbi  pbi  D'ODiDbi  ni^bi  oaob  oimnotto  ttmtii 
rntorti  nibs  1TQS5?  rrwwS  opn^o  -n  wb  i  w»  nos  p  dis  o^o 
•pi  obisn  RWtti  bD  thMNJ  ibipn  no  -jre  ■p'fcb  *1D  obi*n  bs 
o^s  Kb  'so  o^sn  irtni  'nns  ni*ob  sbo  ddwi  ■»  w*  mn 
mm*  tw  wn  dtdb  sin  bs  smo  wtn  dsi  dtd^i  bs 
airo  na  nsi  nw»  161  its»  owpb  sm  pbnoa  smo  wfri 
i*  ^is  osbn  ies  bs  ieioe  nm^  *c  tm  fcieirn  ibo»  so^i 
:  nibs  ita*  no*o  o^sn  mis  +im  nsiaoo  ntns  nrnwa  nw 


(12)  p.  64. 

M.  Sanh.  X.  2:—  pbn  onb  p»  rrafnn  *msi  mata  nobo 

*ms nowi  nsns  o*aii  Q'rtia  nobo  sin  obi*b 

jnmi  bainmsi  asu  D*ba  niamn 

(13)  p.  67. 

b.  Gitt.  56b.  57a.  oit:^i  nmns  in  oip^ibp  in  oibpDis 
■jstt  n^b  i*s  msoa  owob  n^pos  brs  nwm6  va  nin 
rrti  tok  inn  yo-pkb  ima  bsio^  st4  ies  s*b*  smnn  n^on 
sab*  smnn  inn  ■nam  bn  inawipb  ni»o  sbi  ?mto  w6*b 
no5?D  bsio^b  i^an  bn  lai  osib  n*ni  im  n^roi  so^i  rwn 
n^ocis  piotn  ^s*n  b"s  ^s^n  sina  sinm  rwn  n^b  itjs  osi 
nos  maw  n^b  ibpi  rnb  ^"ni  ifw»pb  rrt  ^osd*  hot  bD 
sttb*  smnn  n^on  "js*  n^b  ies  irooa  o*bnb  n^pos  bTs  *w 
bD  annual  Dttibo  ointi  sb  b"s  inn  ipinTsb  m»  bsio^  b"s 
brs  rwtn  *tr  nnDon  b"s  ^s^n  sina  sinm  ran  b"s  bww 
b"s  sab*  smnn  n^on  pro  b"s  bsio^  **oisb  imaa  n^pos 
ww  bn  ointi  sb  own  oin  orate  b"s  inn  ^pimsb  vna  bsio-< 
nsisa  b"s  ^s^n  sina  sinm  n^m  b"si^y  nnnn  wiDib^sD  pn 
nnnii  msn  )TP5  DTodti  11m  b5?  avbtin  bD  itt  nasi  nnnn 
:r"^  "nav  obi^n  rmis  wxb  bsio^  ^oifi  pa  n*  nn  sn 

*  So  the  older  Editions;  the  moderns  read  "WIS.  The  DlBSIp  reads  nur1^. 


APPENDIX  405 

(14)  p.  70.  n. 

b.  Sanh.  i06b:—  ab  inbisi  m-iib  worn  rrnsj  TO  b"« 

:  mi  rm  mi  nnifctti  ntjn  *©in  D*biE  nab  wrmh  t^an 


(15)  p.  72. 

b.  Sanh.  I06b  D*bi  lb  y^w  ^  K^an  trt  norm  ^"inn  b"« 
maitn  D*»tn  *&*  a'wro  aba  i^m  Kb  im^e  b"«  mn  rrai  n 
b"«  *i-iki  frth  -a  ia  pa»  nbm  pnbri  -in  on^i  ism  sb 

in  mi  i^ro  mm  D*bn  mopa&  ^b  im  ifnb  ma^p  -pbe 
jn^tDD^b  ome  mm  b^p  id  s-n>n  orbs  p©  nbni  pnbn 


(16)  p.  75. 

b.  Sanh.  106a:— -  bx  tGtttt  mm  ^E  ^1K  113*01  lb«E  «©"n 

[bs  dbi  nat*  mna©  in  ■na  b"i©i  ton] 

The  passage  in  brackets  was  struck  out  by  the  Censor, 
but  is  vouched  for  by  Rabbinowicz,  on  the  authority  of  Mss. 
and  the  older  Editions. 

(17)  p.  76. 

b.  B.  Bathr.  14b:~  :D*bl  MWl  HDD  1M  rtOT 

This  is  repeated,  in  almost  the  same  words,  in  j.  Sotah.  20d. 


(18)  p.  77. 

j.  Ber.  I.  8.  (3°)  ftWtl  IBM  fOm  11  btflTO  111  ItTtt  m 

pa  ™  ^fiiai  ffv  bn  nun  iw  v^p  im©  mn  p-b  p-iaa 
isms  'iib  iba  tern  im  xb«  panan  na*t3  *ara  }nia  rmp 
pii  anur  ii  nw  ^m  ma  parti  11  ban*©  *i :  ^oi  no^b 
pnip  pa  ma  tann  Bp  boa  o*bn  pbi  tuna  pup  im«  mn 
rwa»  avw  ijm  'ti»  mm  '1  -tiawi  by  "norib  Kb©  ami 
i"k  rrehm  m*  pi  a*»ro«  wo  nan  pa  '1  ia  m  '1  mnpi 
itravcbi  tmoft  rmna  mini©  wa  -wba 


(19)  p.  78. 

T.  Sanh.  x.  11.  pnbjp  pram*  pa  mini©  rnrna  w»n  bi 
oroin  mabii  w  ib  pioitJ3  ib  poi*2  ■wo  rmn  pa  fin 


406  APPENDIX 

•no  nsn  nx  ib  |y6Wi  ptmi  man  a»ii  xini  TOSta  maa 

-nba  x-jbd  pb4  ito  pi  ibip  nx  fW0\  mix  pirn  im« 
:imbpoi5  droan  yyitfari  ^»  t^  wa 

Cod.  Wien  fWB  3        (C.  Erfurt)  om.  2        (Cod.  Erfurt)  fTftn  « 
inxwn  add  ■         (ed.  Venice  1522)  -mx  \D\Hb  (C.  Wien.)  tfVJO  niab  4 

(Cod.  Wien)  J*i  n*cb 

(20)  p.  79. 

j.  Sanh.  VII.  16.  p.  25e-  d.    DDJl  xn  *  'ID  UH*  tfUJ  HT  mottn 

nr  !ptR  rwi  xin©  frea  *DDn  m  f«  rr*ofc  ms  jro*  -xb 

"W  Q*tl  tU  i^b*  i^ttDia  i^b*  d'nynb  lb  ^©v  itfa  *dDn 

■hd  i^aa  by  -on  nx  ffrtrari  )wm  rv»aa  irtu  ywihwi  nm 

nba  hbio  pb  iw  p  ibip  nx  •p*tti»i  mix  pam  iw© 

:  inibpoi  i"ab  vrorcam  on»nn  unAri  *w  i**  tfltorn 

[The  same  passage  is  found  j.  Jeb.  15d  with  no  material 
variation.! 


(21)  p.  79. 

b.  Sanh.  67a  p x  mina©  mwna  w  ba  ix©i  xwr 
nr»aa  nan  nx  ib  •pp^b-ra  ib  ptw  wd  ira  fin  pib*  jwoao 
mix  *piri  p  w©  *hd  jwrm  n^aa  dt*  ib  pawtji  wiwi 

pro  TtoK  ib  -mix  nbm  pix  nxn  i^x  xini  ibip  nx  fWiH 
nx  n^s  ^n  -nam  nbm  ib  n£ix  xini  twa  ^b  rwoiWB 
on  ataita  in  inn  ax  d^aaia  rrna*  -nawi  Dnaaw  i^nbx 
•jx'Ofc  -pnatt  ■pSEi©©  d'nyn  lib  ns^  pi  wotti  x^n  p  -mx 
imxbni  -nba  xido  pb  iw  pi  mix  "pbpw  pi  n^ab  mix 

:  *wi  x-jao  p  :  nos  a-tta 

(22)  p.  83. 

b.  Sanh.  43a:—  mam2  i©^b  inixbn  noan  atto*  x^nm 
nx  nTm  n^ni  qo^D©  by  bpo^b  xm3  dv  '£  i^sb  xtr 
mar  ib  ixttt  xbi  i^b*  -rab^i  xa^  mar  ib  *-ni©  *m  bD  bx-i©-» 
xin  miDT4  ^Disn  -ia3  xiaoni  [xbi*  -iex]  nos  a-tta1  imxbni 
w  ■**»  i^b*  noDn  xbi  biisnn  xb  -ibx  xaiami  xin  n^ott 

:mn  mDbttb  niipi'2 

(Cod.  Monac.)  add  i-iSian  2       (Cod.  Flor)  nos  a-isai  nn\a  nn5?n  « 

(Cod.  Monac.)  add  n^b  4        (Cod.  Mon.)  add  i-isian  IUJ-i  3 


APPENDIX  407 

(23)  p.  86. 

M.  Sanh.  VI.  4.:—  D^ttsnm  gWT*H  •*!  ^Ot|4W  F&pttttta 

:d"*d  navni  spattn  aba  nbna  i^a  JsrnBrm 


(24)  p.  86. 

T.  Sanh.  IX.  7:—  nbbp  ^  -na*  lAn  na  *WW  T*tti  'n  n^n 

bs  by  ib»  ins  nrb  nr  |n?n  BWnw  d*™  i3©b  *6n  Dinba 
x^wo^bb  »ii©  nr  csna  isr  -inab  a^BCbb  atti  -man  ibiD  nbiyn 
IbfcniD  swn  'i«  Ml  n:ny  bs  iron  nibtn  by  inia  fsh/n  Wh 

1*411  mnba  nbbp  *q  1&kj  TDb  nibs 


(25)  p.  90. 

b.  Sanh.  43a  itfpD  mapfia  W»b  lb  W  Di-pfcbn  niman  n"n 
^n^  n^nsn  y*r*  ina  inb  -i£a  in*b  rmm  n-nni  isini  -ixa 
nw  ^rva  n^nm  snm  in*  pa  ib  rwm  oipba  ia&  nxnxi  am 
p*m  ipai  mn  snrn  laps  mb  -iiaa  iap&  rtm  tw  nam 
m^na  V3  a"iJt1  B'nnotja  nvoi  arrn  i»pa  j**  ib  ttwi  mnn  ba 
n*  vflaa  mp  iitonma  -iS3i  n^riDi  aw  isd  mb  niaa  -irb 
nvna  awrfi  nm  *paptt  nobi&n  nnai  afwi  aw  ntt  pa 
pa  nb  rraa  bnrw»  rasa  itt  a^nan  jrw  Wi  mb  t&M  iDinb 
■raa  n-nnb  m*nft  tvm  Tpa  na  jhn  iDDa  ran  *wi  aw  w 
awi  aw  rmn  pa  b"a  nrnrt  tnsna  a^nan  aw  nun  n* 

:i3W  n-nn  nair 

(26)  p.  95. 

Abarbanel,  TWWTl  WE,  on  Dan.  VII.  8.:—   n«n  oa  niO 

nrtti  yn©i  am©  ma  p  by  a-pyr  i-ina  "ppn  vnn  wro  T* 
■q  ana  arms  ny»nn  niabE  ainan  7»ian  n»  m  isnsi 

"iai  iwoia  aon 


(27)  p.  97. 

b.  Sotah  47a:—  yw  hrm  ba*tt  ann  Dbiyb  pan  isn 
p  yn»WD  abi  irp  in»a  nroi  iwrw  y^baa  ab  ranpa 

n^nD-  K^n  i^tt  y»ib»  vni  in«n  +xrm  i»ib  ism©  ninns 


408  APPENDIX 

Tbn  *bb  Kb  T4n  TtaiM  awi  6*w  np  bKin  ptt  itiHD 

g|0Dn  n*  nnpb  ran  iriK-ipb  want)  b?tt  »i«  fan  i©kd 
n*i  rvms>©i  d^wi  npm  pn  bnroi  own  d'hsq  nnpbi 
nniKn  pmi  *i  iek  b^p©i  Kin  d'Hsai  qos  ^kh  ^bis  b^p© 
W  yw  swn  lb  to*  d^*i©  mca  pen*  *©^bK  mn  n*© 
dbvb  Tanni  p  pmn  p*D  n*n*i  d^s-i©  nD£©  -is©  bwb 
n©b©i  irm  nr  prwi  w  tok  dwi»  tt!  d^©dk  waiKi 
wmnb  ^brr©  pm*  *>  "WH  Tbn  rifcb  p©*i  *©^bK  ■£*!  to 
^bnipfc  p  ib  "tm  p  inn  ib  toa  nm  Kbi  nnwro  vmb 
r™*b  rwi  vp1&D*  P*  awn  na  unsrw-n  Kt>n©  ^  bs  toe 
awr«  riKanb  *  nbn  nnK©  p»  ■man  kd^k  -o*  ^ke  roiun 
jieisk  nb  ppn  d©  'nttKi  kd^ki  pKb  d^B©  Vs  tTWWl 
rrnspia  nm  pen  *teiri  kdw  *|b  m$  »bi  ^k  rrm  r*wt) 
•uroK  -i©k  Diptan  ks  rtsn  *©^bK  bK  d^K^n  ■»  rrwrfi  ?wi 
:p^m  inn  Kb  aorswi  15H  bbDtt  wo  ns  T**  Q©  D'wn 

[Part  of  this  passage  occurs  in  b.  Sanh.  I07b  and  forms 
the  beginning  of  the  extract  given  as  (7)  p.  49  above.  To 
give  the  text  of  the  version  in  Sanh.  is  needless,  as  it  contains 
nothing  of  any  importance  beyond  what  is  contained  in  the 
much  fuller  version  in  Sotah  now  before  us.] 

(28)  p.  103. 

T.  Hull  II.  22,  23.:—   ©H3  1D©D©  rtfcl  p  lT*bK  '-Q  fi©?E 

*bi  K^-isa  p  y«r»  di©a  vrwtonb  keo  nto  ©*<k  nipsn  von 
^k  ib  nttK  mrr  p  ^k©*i  rrnK  ik  lb  nttK  bKjra©"'  *i  wan 
'-i  TDK  now  if  >TKn  K^anb  p^oan  abi  ^KS-n©  mK-i  lb  k*ok 
b©  frd  nrr*  Kbi  Dib©n  inKi^©  mn  p  ^i»»  bK*a©^ 
w  rtf  id  rwr*  cpob  Dnasn  b©  yvna  pram  bs©  awn 

:©H3  15D«i  TO  pTlfe 

(29)  p.  103. 

j.  Shabb.  14d: —  Almost  word  for  word  the  same  as  (28), 
then  follows   Kinb  TWb   ©H3  IDD©^    Kb©  KbK  1D©5  ©MD  MJh 

:Dnn  im  omK  n©*i  i©k  itj^b  rrt  nin  ?wi 


APPENDIX  409 

(30)  p.  104. 

j.  A.Zar.40d,  41a: —  Same  as  (29)  except  that  after  the  words 
WW* M9T1  is  added:—  :  »TB)D  p  W  Dtta  lb  W  lb  1£tf 


(31)  p.  104. 

b.  A.  Zar.  27b:—  JWVtt  pm  ftfOT  D*  D1K  pim  Ktt^  8b 

ba?E©^  *i  b«  irvma  p  sei  pa  nwa  nw  *nb  ib^sa  piti 
abi  imas-ib  undo  i^d  tr^«  dots  mp:^  »m  tsna  www 
tan  we  Kfi-ttn  ib  mn  ^na  ba*w  H  b"in  biew*  H  irwi 
trm  na  *tm6  p^son  «bi  ftna  mra  ntwi  pa  inpo  *ons 
yrato  arm  p  the*  buttrtr  *i  t*»  xip  ran  inttiw  wfwc  i* 
in©  v^an  *tn  by  mn*  «bi  nintjn  ^nfciw  nr-tt'n  Tina 
7»^Eb  ^nan  *OTBxn  rwtt  W  «ns  ^d©^  via  pisn  D'nEis 

nnvnnn 

(32)  p.  108. 

j.  Shabb.  i4d:—  fl»  -a  in  ana  *bn  mb  nin  n^-Q  m 

i«tt  b"a  p^fis  id  DW«h  xn^iDB  wh  rfw&  pa  n^b  ambi 

n^tt  mn  iba  n^b  n^n  ms  b"x  ^b©  nb^  b"a  n^b  nn«nb 

:t3^b»n  wba  WTO  '»«»  p  n^b  Bun  p  abi 

(33)  p.  109. 

b.  A.  Zar.  28a:—  n^b  imarfi  mri  nii»n  dian  insx  w  am 
imsnbT  ^os  wi  ^tt«  ^m  xb  im  n^p««  bed  nwtt  mpj^ 

:n^pfcb  nrSpOD  nv»b 


(34)  p.  112. 

j.  Sanh.  25d:—  "pb2   «n^py  "Yi  *«W  *T)   "Wb  '1  Kfcbl 

•rai  na  tdk  "«wo  m  firan  -"na^i  ^owi  jnw  ^no^b 
ren  mm  p  sew  na  stow  'nb  nreb  Yk  "s^d  "pri^sm 
tot  na  *i»w  'i  "toa  rwa  p»  p^sa  nj  *w  nan  m 
in  n^b  aw  mn  b^bsi  pm  ba  nw  ;n:nn  nw  tt&m 
inn»  lib  n*«  -np^nsn  n^b  nw  mn  p^so-j  faa  bsi  npimr* 
pa  "pbw  fib1^  pm»  -vn«  pan  *n»  n*h  from  ^rnisi  n^ 
rnn^D  -ies  ■  DDn  nxi  nti  an  a i^fc  Kinnb  y^in^  i"a  ppttn 


410  APPENDIX 

«e*>  wscpm  i£*n  ntt  **wb  ainn  i^a  xwb  fftnri  pa  a*rb 

mitt  na  mb  rrt  Tn*«  •  'tt'o  fiam  nana  in*  p  abi  yh  iek 

fftwi   mb  -pitta    ym  lib  KM    iii^taei  pi  n»tt  *pbni  ^b 

:m*bm  awi  niE  by  SMDW  *i  "in  W3Q  ^bn  'rt*ttb 

(35)  p.  115. 

j.  Sank  25d:—   p^ip  n^OD  *«tf  iW   WJWl  p  2TTW   1"S 

sfaoi  V***  rtw  p$T>ft  l^ntan  pb^a  pb  mn*i  pmtDiai 
•^tt  in  rwn  ^-ii^s-i  atnoa  Kinn  fcwnn  fbntt  w  i"k 
i"a  p  abi  -bay  mnsntti  nm  mm  attiib  mb  pin  Tins  n^oD 
p^a  abi^n^so  bD  *jn  fH»tw  M  aittt  in  ^oi^  'i  atn  ir*b 
am  nnoa  ab  itt^D  -nttiM  in  piitbi  mat  ©im  niannb  •pbw 
sip  miob  aba  b**  mnsmai  Kttinb  mpin  mi  in  ao^tt 
nrwi  wa  »»in  i"a  •  trt  w*a  annpn  pa  b3#  mb  nwi 
Kin  nos  iwo  in  rnttm  "pin^n  ansia  pb'wn  a^in  b^stt 
mittai  mna  *bJ#  amsntti  anna  mm  attiib  mpm  ababia 
:  iw  DWP  nnna  ab  ^«i  sin  n©*tt  nxm  ribna  pa  ^b  itta  •  anab 

(36)  p.  118. 

T.  Sanh.  XIII.  4.  5.:—    nittIK   "WW!  plJQ  b81©^  ^TB1£> 

inabi  Bim  ib*  d*w  nn  "parwi  rami  pw  pirn  dbi*n 
y*wi  inabis  Damn  sp»a  pun  nbn  fniESfl  mn  nwp  ow 
'a©  n^isn  *by\  men  nnn  imrstti  pr«  miT  mini  i*>» 
uk  Di^b  d^is  iban  man  nnn  i&a  w  "o  trwi  brrtfcn 
■povnpwi  miiottm  pitti»ttm  p^ttn  bna :  mans  ^i  ua»  n©i* 
s^nsn  n^nnn  iisdei  nn^i  tama  p»inwi  nuna  musvt 
•orwi  a»n«n  n^ni^  ^iiD  cmn  ra  iwanm  stsrno  tp  ton 
emaKi  rfews  tarn  bwa  omm  iut&b^i  D^rni  po  omn^n 
D^wapn  a^tussn  ^i^sn  isii  uiem  w  mm  ^inb  nn  parmn 
■wa  bDb  iixn  m  nnsn  xb  wm  rrmn  »b  on^bin  ^d  ^ 
pb  oti  ^  bi»»  nibab  dusi  w  pia  pnu  vm  nba  bi«© 
'3»  oiptin  nta  xbs  bmr  pin  ib  biiT^  w  binta  nmi^  teton 
jD^biy  ^nnob  hdb  *|b  bmr  in^a  ^msn  ma 

The  above  occurs  in  b.  R.  ha.  Sh.  17a  almost  in  the  same  words. 


APPENDIX  411 

(37)  p.  125. 

j.  Ber.  9C:—  2i3Dtt  TWWH  Kmi^n  *Wp  XB  "jTdpn  bKIE© 

r*p  D^sn  W*  Kb  n^b  fn^a  'jwb*  :pp«a  ito  nsnon  d"ht 


(38)  p.  125. 

b.  Ber.  28b.  29a:—  tVlD-Q  rt**  -VHOfi  ^bipsn  'pyE©  n"n 
DibD  t^EDnb  yi  onb  iek  n^n  -non  b*  bKibfc>  pn  ^3fib 
ropm  iii:pn  bKiE©  -je?  swan  ro-Q  ipnb  *tw  oik  »i 
imbsn  Kbi  m*E  rfttn  ta^ra  nn  sppttm  nnD©  mnK  nDttb 
nis-n  ban  n*o  ffi  tbk  mw  nn  n^Km  inib^n  Kb  wok 
Kta&  )sw«n  ima  pbw  mhm  nmnn  ini»  i*yts  pa  jte 
:  rra  rin  KEb^n  nrrtA  napn  wm  ptspn  buna©  ^kb  mn  fnp 

(39)  p.  128. 

T.  Sotah.  XIII.  4.:—  yiWflP  wwo  wroa  wik  Kin  5|K 
•pK^o  ipyi  «pab  ke*  HWpl  Kbttpb  "WOHl  Kainb  bK^Etfii 

:p£K  ma-iK  pttbai  kdi  *nnK  JW 

(40)  p.  129. 

j.  Sotah  24^,  Same  as  (39)  except  that  after  the  words 
ftOR  tl^TM  IWbai,  there  follows  ;  1£K  ntt  im  *bl 

(41)  p.  129.     b  Sotah  48b,  same  as  (39). 

(42)  p.  129.     b  Sanh.  lla  same  as  (39). 

(43)  p.  136- 

T.  Ber.  III.  25:—   1X6  DTQDn  WOKE  tTOHl  tTtVP  tWOO 

b»a  awo  bto  bbiD  a^bK  «  rb  lira©  rtrbw  nnw  mitra 
•ntsK  a*n  abim-p  b«a  tyi  bn  a^pr  b©a  b*nji  b«n  ewr* 

:«r*  pa**b  V5K 

(44)  p.  136. 

j.  Ber.  IV.  3.  (8a):-  M  *ntt  D1K  fj  nttK^  DK  W*l  Y'K 

in  k"t  n^nn  rwa  twaan  i*np  to  jwa  b©  ib  man  t^k 
tiftm  b"K  awi  -nnsn  bK  ainam  w»  nn  wp  W  *i 


412  APPENDIX 

p*«i  b»i  a^apr  b*n  firm  ftism  owa  b»i  own  b©  bbis 


(45)  p.  137. 

T.  Hull.  II.  24.:—  mana  'nan  by  osnafc  wba  "ft  m&yta 
pioy^  TmfcD  ipr  ritttti  irna  *  -nan  Jrtb  «oab  irm  "torn 
nfctf  ab©  fittth  ima  linos  ^by  f*i  paw  ib  nfca  ibbn  ovinia 
■iawfemw  b>inn  ib  is*  onavM  it**  i*a  aba  fwe  «bi  ib  aba 
ibbn  n^imn  ta^yra  ibbn  in^on©  i©jdx  imaa  *p  ^a  5j»  ^by 
osna©  nydstt  n-ri  raran  pa  idsaiBDi  trap  rem  ■nn  own 
twi  anipy  i  oasa  bnp  *i  itanab  wrt  rooaM  rrana  "nan  by 
"iti«  tfDK  ib  taw  ns^tt  rjna  pn  «£©  nm  fatf  ieik  1  ib 
trcoan  ibk  twn  two  b»  in  ib  ies  pawi  pa  trm  xnv  ib 
^nasia  i-n^s  bo  ^msio^s  ^brm  vrai  nna  dys  ^rnoiti 
nttca  p  w  ditro  hwa  b»  nm  n^ai  jraoo  ia:a  trw  nipy 
pmn  rmc\  i-oi  by  irw»  nia^a  *nm  by  TO&wri  ,«bm 
nb^n  d^bbn  dw  ^  wra  nn&  ba  n-ipn  bin  isrt  rr»by» 
pai  Tiy^n  pa  mm  dia  asr  dbiyb  toi«  -wba  n  mra  w 

:wbb  nann 

(46)  p.  138. 

b.  A.  Zar.  I6b.  I7a:  ai-nab  mibyn  nwob  K"n  osnaiTD  Vn 
fiibtas  d*nn-D  pw  ishede  ipr  Tnan  vf«  ib  -nan  pri 
wia  »in  i^by  ywxn  mix  iinon  pm  ^by  pa*a  ib  to*  ibbn 
wttam  b^in  ib  -yok  D^vas  to«  tod  aba  nfca  ab  rtn 
idnab  ibsa  i*n^abn  loasa  in^nb  'xn»D  nnx  iitjs  own  ytep 
-jna  nai  -iaib  ^tnn  w  y"n  ib  nta»  Twnan  T*?  ^P  ^ 
7Tb  bO  rw*  ket&  mi  ib  n^x  nittx  ib  nia»  ^armaib*  n^^ 
nna  dys  ^arrotn  an^py  ib  tea  [ms^b]  nosinD  i^byi  tiem 
■nnibWD]  inx  [tr»]  ^waiai  wj  b*  p^byn  piM  ibn^a  m^n 
dDniinn  ninD  ^b  nti«  itt«  k^dd  ^bd  »i»  mpy^i  [*r.iiia>i  w» 
Kbi  5i"Db  o"Dni  i^^n  mizjyb  imj  'iSn  nsir  prm  aonn  nth 
nsir  pinna  [^niiin  w*]  iaw*  *p  4  "nan  dibD  ib  ttwn 
iDb^  nsiat:n  dipfcb  lie  nsi3dn  diptiti  law  nsir  pn«  tn  n$np 


APPENDIX  413 

trtra  ninD«  ns  b*  w6*i  rrart  inotnD  nr  *ti  b*  mm  w»ti 
:  trm  it  nrrfe  nns  ba  nipn  bai  rwt:  •»  inn  rrttta  pmn 

[    ]  add.  cod.  Monac.  teste  Rabbnowicz. 
(47)  p.  139. 

Qoh.  r.  on  I.  8.  p.  4a:—  nair  "pntf  a^on  ab  DDrmro  niro 
pnab  i^iica  pipb  "4  ifctf  ^tid**  lb  MrTOMl  in  n£  lbs  -rrmi 
iro  pi  ntt2i  ^b  ies  nnn  nirtfi  na  $"m  ib  ^rmsa  tt» 
nsbn  ^ee  n£b?im  r™«  nsi  *  ■'mas  maos  tdi  rmtnifc 

[hiatus  in  printed  text]  *>b  1£S  ^-Qlb  Wnn©  naitt  |TO  n?Eb 

prm  i*i  nsnp  n3iT  lanatt  ■o  '3©  lati  naiibi  isn  namia 
Dinb  ^n©3Dn3  inn  irna  bn  mirb  pioniD  i»yi  law  rent 


(48)  p.  146. 

b.  Shabb.  H6a-b:  n^nna  w4k  Sam  inn^m  D*»  KfciS 
b^pE  mrh  n^tronM  «aioibia  Kinn  nin  ^in  b^b£*  pm 
annrr  *wi©  rrt  »b^v»  m*  ^mnab  tto  *nmi&  bnptt  abi  ke© 
■raa  i»3  wi  ^oaaa  *  xbvtri  mspm  nib  man  mqpi  5mn 
ran  pa  b"a  nwn  Kb  atms  am  Diptm  ]b  n^ns  b"«  ivibs  inb 
arenas  nswnw  n«£i  xn^tx  mbtttnitf  iiD*itf£  iwban 
b^y  tw  inab  pmn  anna  amni  am  rra  awi  *Trba  ii*i 
nm  otw  aiscn  wVKh  n^s©  mb  ies  amb  aian  m  n^b 
nrrwYm  by  wiab  abi  'twin  toot  ar.^na  pa  nna^b  Kb  «dk 
mb  nnfca  nmi  ab  »mn  am  Dipaa  nm  n^nDi  wr«  niDOT 
ivanxh  tosh  ai^n  ana  b*ob£3>  pi  b"a  Rantta  fWb  iins 

*  Cod.  Oxford,  Rabbinowicz. 

(49)  p.  155. 

T.  Shabb.  XIII.  5.     pftK   1^2£   p*  pana  113DD1  DWban 

binn  fcu  ib^ban  w  'i  in^rrrawi  ]n  pahpto  in  ,p£>i©3  Kbx 
nsp«  T*fiD  'i  itttf  iK«n  nK  sp^W  Hftth  rYraran  n«  nip 
quin  ib*tt  ininiiDT^i  in  isii©  r»«J  ii^b  ixin^  d»»  ^:n  n« 
*TTWD  pvab  D3DD  idixi  nir  mm*  n^nb  imddm  ^inx  cirn 


414  APPENDIX 

f*m\  ima  f*tm  ttm  ia  piaini  ima  proa  p*  n6*  wra* 

"i  iek  "pfxsfl  raft  nnnam  nbin  -ipiki  -naiK  mrorr  BH4sft  in 
•»»»  Dipfcfi  TOR  irittKb  OW  pn  D^tt  tfWi  bk  n^ai  bK*ttc 
nK3pi  nn^K  pb^E©  |Wb  "nan  wan  b*  nnw  RtUpa  nran 
inm©2  nam  nan  nnK  b*  DW»  tarroKb  ban»i  fa  nnnrn 
ksek  •*  "pasM  irfth  will  won  arrtiri  pwdtki  jn 
dtbdi  ^b  f*i  '1Kb  D*>nK3©  fiK3©  mbnn  tstaipriK  TTOttpwn 
■wa  Kb  iniK  pb^a  pit  td  np^bin  ^s>&  piK  pb$rg  p*» 
^ptwah  nan  bDE  Kbi  D^n  TOD  Kbi  (rrttton 

1  Cod.  Vienna,  and  b  Shabb.  116a.        2  Cod.  Vienna. 

(50)  p.  156.    j.  Shabb.  15c  almost  the  same  words. 

(51)  p.  156.    b.  Shabb.  116a  almost  the  same  words. 


(52)  p.  157. 

b.  Gittin  45b:—   TO  b*  If^  ^IBK  nnb  tfTTO  5H  rrt  nEK 

n"o  nDtt  see  rnpib  "pwi  "naa  k*  pnpib  pin  Kin  "jn^i 
pans  nn  iek  n»b  k^i  ta  piip  D^nnin  -m*  -pn  K*d» 

K2E3  W  D^nDlD  T3t*  IllTD  Sn^  pfc  mro©  JTVin  "ISO  pt3p3 

nb  •naan  ot  nb  ■nEK  n^bsco  mi*  -nn  kses  w  ptt  to 

rem  qn»^  k-jh  ^n  D^nnm  mi*  mro©  n-nn  -iso  in  pup 

jljn  awp  «b  in  p-rtp  Tt«  awi  rav»  Tro 


(53)  p.  160. 

T.  Jadaim  II  13:—    niKtitttt    pK    py»tt    'HBOI   DWbafi 

pK  Tb^Ki  i*Dtj  mro3i&  di-bdo  bsi  an^o  p  *n£>o  twn  ™ 

D^Tfi  mk  putswa 

(54)  p.  161. 

b.  Shabb.  ii6a:—  innK  'to  pan  nn  qoi*»  nn  nwo  ?*a 
pb^xti  p*  ik  np^b-in  ^3£>b  piK  pb^sE  fro*  tn  *nfio  W 
itw  ■ab  p»  bm  pr»n»  "tob  bva  Kb  m  n*TO  r#fl  iKbi  p» 
taMtj  nib  •  rrt  in^K  bvK  pnan  ^nb  b^K  Kb  *t*d  ^nb  bKi^c 
^b  »i»pi  wrma  kd^k  irsto  Kbpi  mb  n^K  p»»n»  ^nb  IW  Kb 


APPENDIX  415 

abi  kdk  wots  to»  cioy*  -in  iti  ^b  ^©p  rrron  rmpj^b2 

■Hp  two  w  rwobb  va  b*w  *nn  ast^r  **»wa  wcnott 

:  fl**  yw  n^b  "Hp  pn^  *i  prta  fttl  rrt 

1  Cod.  Monac.  pro  N3^b.        2  Cod.  Monac.  pro  rrnpS^a. 


(55)  p.  165. 

b.  Shabb.  152a:—    »b  tt"E  OTtfl  p  Jttim  *4   ID^p  b"a 

•pnsi  «b  im&3  y*vb*  wino  abn  nits  b"a  itok  iab  rv*n» 

(56)  p.  165. 

b.  A.  Zar.  17b:—    11*   ntt»   pWW  "Si  mfltf  Kb  tD"fc  b"a 

jo^bjpa  *gwift  kee  15$  antral  wri  pt 


(57)  p.  165. 

b.   Erub.  79b.    80a:—    bD    nn    -»£«   DfiO    mEtf   KVi   1t^ 

•pso  n^a  baratn  n^nin^Bti  inarm  p»i  ran*  pttyiB  dviapte 
:dt»»  Di^n  mnb  imrn  *tnx*  w  jw»b  *itri  w  ■naam 


(58)  p.  171. 

b.  A.  Zar.  6a  (ib.  7b):—   to*  nsnttl  -Q  KS^blnn  m  TOTl 
:-noa  abisb  bwm4,i  ^nn  "na-tb  "TOIS  tffi  btfifctt 

(59)  p.  171. 

b.  Taan.  27b:—  TOtTi  1113  W  fWltt  TO  **b  TOE  an*a 

:  D^-iMn  wia  pni^  'n  tok  ab  d"s  raw  thuo  jib**  toed  rp 


(60)  p.  173. 

T.  B.  Mez.  II.  33:—  Kb  rr«fcwi  ftpi  flora  QWiSH  d^wi 
abi  "p-miti  rTniown  D^-rowtim  i^an  pr-nt  abi  pbtfB 

:  fini 

(61)  p.  173. 

b.  A.  Zar.  26a-  b:   *13OTl   pW   tTH  "**p  IfDK  W  "Wl 

Twan  baa  fi*rai  Kbi  plana  Kb  npi  nana  wn  d^did 
bsb  mv  ^k  Vk  piw  Kbi  y*mm  w  yttrium  rvmoiam 

27 


416  APPENDIX 

■jkde  ^ao  "p-mra  rai  maa  nan  nanan  na  tva-ib  *pna  riT^a 
naian  i«d  pna*>nb  rnb^os  bam  naian  pes  mb  ^ibi  naia 
-rama  bw  fm  ownb  mb^ra  bDia  -mop  DW6  mb'oa  bsna 
-ptj  owrib  naia  "pna^nb  toa  in  aawi  ana  nn  ^bs  nana 
•dwi  nr  T»n  w«  aba  -ram  ^  D^anfe  *■**  naa  -im  *nn 
ht  ■nn  inx  trim  na  -ina  w»  bna  ^i^ti  d^did  ^ba 
bwrt  vn  ttrtrt  w  ^npi  ain  onwfci  «Dn  am  Wfla 

tttrwan  awa 

(62)  p.  177. 

T.  Hull.  II.  20.  21:   TO   SiaMTS  irvia  ^  TO  axaSE  1C1 

WQ  D^na  ^nir  m»n  nr  "nn  tm*  tm  **Nrt  ni&o  -noa  *pan 
yrtwrai  ids  p  eowi  **P  ri*>  ins  r*  "p*5"1  ra^n©  n&MrtJ 
lim  pb  ynaroa  f*  :  pros*  jmai  pwwp  "nsp  Jim**  rbna 
na  i^Tob  pm  pb  ■parte  T^  I™3  p*W  f<w  pa  "pnpib 
:  rnwo  wi  abi  fitna  *wn  ab  pa  painr-ia  pai  rmi  ftm 

[Note.  Here  follow  the  stories  of  Elazar  ben  Dama  who 
wished  to  be  healed  by  Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama,  a  Min,  and 
of  R.  Eliezer's  arrest   on   the   charge   of  Minuth;    see    above 

n08  28,  45.] 

(63)  p.  178. 

b.  Hull.  I3b:—  ttnmr  ribas  o^nDis  tiv  ntnn©  na  naa 
maian  p^a  "P*  *™a  "&  W  ">***  1*™  ^n  ^^  ^n  V*  **a© 
rrnDiD  ^-m*  mi  "pa  aa'w  aD'w  pmap  am  kefd  i-nv 
c-iD3  ■pn'n  n"a  ana  -a  a^n  "i  "iaa-  an  'd  nb  -qo  wn 
p^mna  ansa  aba  p  D'ODia  n-ra*  'nwb  pab  nsinn© 
maiaa  "pta  pa  Pn-  ^  "»***  wra  -a  Qtm  nn  -raa  p*r»a 
ba-i©*>-  "pa  ™^n©  anion  nt^nfcb  aa^a  ^aab  D^aw  iiai* 
bamm  an©n  fnTftfe  aba  a^na  D^aois  -ni*-  a-noa  maa 

:a^na  oiaaia  ini^i  y*r»ttb 


(64)  p.  181. 

j.  Sanh.  29°:—   D^W  1W3t?  1^  baitt?^  iMi  ab  prTfi  T'a 

ba  f^«  ■*«  ^bi»  ma  p  atma  na  :n^^a  b«  mn^D  ^n-iai 


APPENDIX  417 

•pa  irmrt  *tt  b8  #la  itto  n©»  Qi-mttn  n^a  b8  ban©1*  *aa 
onininxi  man  ^n  i-nta  n©8  B*nPtnan  cm  8b8  pta  3*na 

:nrn  Di\n  -#  ^n  i*©5 


(65)  p.  182. 

b.  A.  Zar.  I7a:—  mpn  b8i  nis^fc  ir  "pvi  n^b**  prnn 
it  ^d-ii  mb*tt  pmn  "maKi  8^81  ni©nn  it  nn^n  nns  ba 
n-i  iatt  nsani  ww  it  nn^n  nns  b8  nnpn  b«i  rwum  tram 
nvo  rra  "»«tt  mw  nan?  pnatt  ^n  pn-n  nitt8  *nn8  8-ion 
-itt83©  ifoit)  **rt  cponb  n-o©3©  hfltt  bD  8-jonm  -iE8i  8ion 
1*111  ma  an  arbsi  T&nb  ^nni  ^b  ins  8b  "jDinxi  yftM  tNftn 
©*>8  '83©  -nbn  n^n*  vftj  b©  m*np  8b8  mm  mo8  8b  ms 
m«  nm  ■$  »bi*  tunc*  nibab  innpn  8b  im  18©  bD  b8  ©i» 
Wi  "08  nb  ■n^ai  vt*T  "08  nmn«b  inb  p©3£  mn  ah  *ott 
7b  di©e  iiD8  «iab*n  m^p  iftv  iE8i  mfmi  rt^rn  8^b*n 
ma  m©  npibsb  mpn  8b  mshsh  mno  -nno  irwa  fhaw  "7b 
nipsns©  m3n  m©  bip  8npi?  -i*  iti*  an  an  ^8£  an  an 
nwa  ttot  ^i  8an  8nn  nrn  abvn  mwari  Dsn^E 
wrw  bip  8api*  ta  to*  8-ion  an  n*8  vnan  8d^8  nrwnm 
nTn  a!wa  rmtron  mpjns©  msa  m©  ->b  i#an  irtpim  np*i2 
nn8t3  w  o^n  mmia  ^©*>  8bi  "pan©^  8b  n^8a  bD  8an  8an 
n^n  mn-na  iw  8b  law*  Dtfi  p"n  law  p1^  in©  8b© 
an  n^iapb  ">8n8-j  8^nn  am  n^fc  FWW  ©man  ban  vnwzb 
bran  nsa^a  ppn  nsn  nn©3?  nibpn©  nbp  n^b  mE8i  8ion 
nip  nnti«pitt  nntt  8bi  wmo  nb  m-it:  8ion  m  nb  npn 
i^b©  8-nn  8b-j  8inn  nn  8^n  np  WWi  bbr«  nn©y  nibpa© 
8^nn  «ni  8b  n-i^n^^  ^8  trowa  "nasi  8d^8  nr«  8b  n^tnsi 
nn»i  8miiT  nb  rniT  n"n  b"8i  8-on  an  wnp  ^8n8i 
8b  n-psjw  nn  ^*in  ^^  msw  bbDtt  rnbpn©  nbp  rmaxpTti 

msi ^mrttn  p  8"i  by  i^b?  v«oi«  irwn 

bip  nn  nn:^  mia©3  nm^©  t»  rroaa  n^ai  i^-a  i^i  i©8n 
nn^n^n  8Dn  Mm  8nn  Dbi^n  ^nb  ftfira  iwiTfri  p  8"n  mom 
*an  nrn  r^i  twnaa  i^ra  nn  p^i8-  p^a  «  onn  smn  arm 

27* 


418  APPENDIX 

nnK  n*©n  ifcbi*  wip  «*»i  d^t»  nasn  iabi*  nsip  ©*•  i£Ki 
•pmp©  KbK  piK  pbnptt©  nm©n  ^b?nb  p*i  Kb  W  niaKi 

j*wi  tan  imK 

(66)  p.  188. 

Qoh.  r.  I.  8.:—  wft*  1  b2K  fiKn©  nnK  n©an  n©*E 
mtt»  fW*  na  ima  nb  "to*  ^mp  W  *  ni£K  n^Mnnb 
vn»  nbnpi  *»w  *i  bsK  nsbn  nn  qra  iron  ,wo  iiapn  iaa 
nana©  pa  Dnb  tb«  n-ipE  nnKi  pni£  w6»  *i  i^Tttbn  ib 
d»i  paw  «b  man  bn  ainm  obisb  rr»n  ra*  T?»wjb  nwn 

sarin  ninniK  iaw^  Kb  imtn 


(67)  p.  191. 

Shem.  r.  XIX  4.  p.  36d:—    DTO    D^binfcn   bK1©^  pK© 

d^toik  birwi  wri  awon  w?  Kb©  i-d  n^nn  *i  iek  tarrtb 
n©i*  nnMpn  n&  aarrab  pw  ^a  p*  pbina  iidki  b^ain 
W  nb©  nfcas©  Bomb  pTtti  Dm  "jfibn*  frrai  ^abfc  nb©E 
ann  mibn  nbnsb  rami  aarrw  pwi  win  bbn  YiaibM 
:pm  *a  ms  maw  iin  onia  rombi  st*  nnms 

(68)  p.  192. 

Bamm.  r.  XVIII.  17.  p.  75d:—   Wn  iW*  Wt*  IT^ba  l"a 

pun  mnn  mm  pn  abia  Kin©  rrob  pan  W  nth  jna 
7inn  mn©  pnn  inia  b^nnn  ana1*  mab  ann  o»a  pnh  tt*n 
7D  pn  b©  hW  inia  rr*i  in  ban  W*  am  pimn  fma 
niin  13a  i©25©  s"*a  nbnintt  ms£  inn  to  Kb  baimnai  arfi 
jonnpn  aiiran  misn  in  *irt  inbnro  tti 


(69)  p.  193. 

j.  Sanh.  27d  pD  -iaa  in  iT*b  inn  pnii  inn  •  anyfran 
'11  irsba  *3i  paai  pbia  n»»i  pn  taa  nnm  aiao  pa  i^ai 
nnK  raamr&a  pha  aisna  b©  n^nb  nt*  in  pro  in  baitt© 
n*  b*  cik  pn  ab£  Kin©  mnb  fan  ly«  ibin  itititm  p^ 

jK^bns  sNrna  Kin  rftttri  ksixj  jh«  nwd  rrt  'n^a  jhk- 


APPENDIX  419 

(70)  p.  195. 

Siphri.  §  115.  p.  35a:—   tWtt  IT  DDllb  +*m  TtWl  »bl 

'use  ir»n  ii&k  nttitn  na  ttftwa  i»  *»3»  armi  ibme  "pyi 
jnvibai  rw  Tbiani  rm''  DTtfa  nib  onnm 


(71)  p.  196. 

Siphri.  §  320.  p.  137b:—   pi   'p^ttfi  lb»  DTODtt  blD  1130 

:D^nba  pa  iibi  bis  ies  ieik  am 


(72)  p.  196. 

Vajiqr.  r.  §  28.  1.  p.  40c-  d:—   Ittpl  *6  p  pfciaa  1  IttK 

tusk  nwia  lib  bwq  on©  p*nan  in  ixsee  nbnp  iso  rtai 
n*o  lib  p^tm  -rnnb^i  wo  rra«  i&ib  rftito  -nan  n^n  in 
nEbtn  oi^y  *nnai  nuib  ■nwi  ininn  abi  it>»  nm  "prnnm 
Vi  rrt  win  mrvm  aba  »pwf  naian  pS  wo  ibm  ie» 
es^ei  o^nban  law  nba  bi  by  13  yn  itt»»  p*o  pn  rrti 
iso  n»b  ittpi  ^tiro  ia  bai»»  '1  iiaa  nfcbtf  rat  hfe*  ma* 
n^n  *p  iiek  nwo  isb  anaii  on©  d^w  in  i»»a»  nbnp 
rmn  bw  nb^yi  cm  bi^  di*6  jw  rna  itrib  th*  nab© 
si*  b*w*  i^n  pww  b*y  ban  iiaa  **  mean  Ytm  y£«fci 
fctp  ban  aba  rwni  »m  «h  Kin  tfmw  nun  b»  nb^yi 
J  biyna  nun  bfc  ib^yi  bis  !m  WW  mn  ib^yi 

(73)  p.  198. 

b.  Sank  38b:—   ptt  pair*!  D18  11  ltt«  HTW  11  ltt» 

rna  "jk  W»*  ib  taitri  w*n  bat  n^nba  'n  aip^i  iw&»  n^n 

i'Wi  71b 

(74)  p.  199. 

M.  Meg.  IV.  8.  9  cf.  M.  Ber.  V.  3:—  i»b  1115?  V*  WttW 

sirr*  qM  iar»  tnn  biDoi  my  «b  'o^ibi  &|*  pares*  raw 
by  rans  nisia  m  pm  nsio  nbiay  inbsn  rrtWtn  niy  »b 
rna  by  nsnsi  inr  i^t  rtttnan  711  it  t*i  it  od  by  i»  in«o 

rwmi  Tii  it  *n  ib«  ibpana 


420  APPENDIX 

fwn  ww  t*i  ip  b*  m^ian  ttt  1?  **i  d^ib  TEW  iwww 
j*tti  im»  pp*Wfi  D^-nti  d'hib  TtstD  w  nit:  b*i 


(75)  p.  204. 

j.  Ber.  9C  (v.  4):—   ina  •jiatT*   n)D  p  rtW  Wl  an**  W 

•pb^ttn  "pna  •  nana  in  nmn  iirwn  nnp  in  na*  to  snara 
tcwi  'ib»  *6  p  *»w  tn  ai&a  p^o  w  *  -tea  p»»  trt 
•  yten  ^an  nDi»«  *  wk  TmnE  ym  r»wa  ttb©  d^™  nwrw 
ysatti  D^n^n  mma  iia*  ab«  w  fih  win  pwma  pa  bsb 
rmri  p»  tati  r»  -Dbttrvi  woi  anr 


(76)  p.  207. 

M.  Sotah.  IX.  15:—  rnapya ■ w«*  bran  w£»  w 

:  "iai  rtf^ft  i&nn  rrDbwri awo^  MBann  iwnwa 


(77)  p.  210. 

j.  Nedar.  38a:—   Wirt  TO*  W  Win  W  DttQ  tfntf  W 

©iipm  aiab  iwb  p*  pa  aipi-on  a*  a»*i  wba  5no*b 
a«i  n»3D  maun  as  wsra  na  dee  ur>*wi  rms  rm  iro 

tfbtf    D^DID    "pm    '**    D*0    TTHW    BOT   *7Dp   BTO  OWE   fQ 

:in  abisb  n^aaiaa  n^ain  ip-ntti  itt«  nan  n*a  aipiis 


(78)  p.  211. 

Qoh.  r.  on  I  8.  p.  4b:—  minb  bra  row  'n  ina  p  wan 
anat&a  aton  a^ai  mm  ■pban  nbfc  ■we  mb  pwi  sins  -©a 
•W»tfi  jr©  b"a  win  nwo  iiby  arm  ma-an  row  frtoab  bra 
nna  baiim  »*T»a  •n©  bw  nx  mb  »*i»-i  mnm  aian  p 

:m*bra  pan  wi  baab  pan  p  mb 

(79)  p.  215. 

Qoh.  r.  on!  8  (p. 4b):—  ■  jwaab  ^wabn  fg  in  phji  jrwfr.l 
f*ito»  p  smna  bwo  pub*  -niwt»»  p  -d*  mnrom  bw 
mm  labiab  W  ma  o*o  liaina  bwi  ^ffii  a^na  p  »bi  mb 
anon  bitia  wtnn  ^ni  mb  ftem    imrtt  ^nis  ywri  ms 


APPENDIX  421 

jfirww  p  Jib  iek  nna  na^na  Deploy  faanan  i?n  anba  *nnb 
wjha  b^n  ^b-m  nmna  yw  p  abi  rrt  pna*  "p™  >rwn 

-ntai  y-inb  ataisi  iy  mnna  "pma  ywvn  rn&  mm  '*iyi  d'o 
r.bDno^  I6i  roan  abi  7*3*6  anbai  bva  irw  1  "pisa  •■pmsan 
*pna  rnnfi  pirn  n*  p  -im**  p  rtaraw  rwn  ibisn  p 

:pro  mis  min 


(80)  p.  218. 

Qoh.  r.  on  I.  8:—  B*>pE*n£  yW3tl  Y*1  KOlpa  p  mW  '"I 

by  "jib  tq»  -a^msi  imx  pfctftt  a^Mi  inia  a^baiE  W  toy 
man  nan  ©a  "^  bm  pr^a  -paya  "pri*  "pa^ta  pna  pta 
-y  pmnifc  y»n  pb  nsa  mrri  oaiipa  nrnam  rvrra  yas  ittf 

inia  by  ibbsnni  xb  pta  byi  ffc  tdk  rraai  ^jm  pi  lp**,o 
ban  rtnbantai  n^aita  s^aaa  nabB  nmm&  rann  nma  San  OTtti 

:  ytanto  nabia  t»iw 

(81)  p.  219. 

Qoh.  r.  VII.  26  p.  21d:—  MOT$J  m'np  nn&  pypl  "V"H  1 

nr  aita  xHi  vrtGB  nso  »i«  aipy^  nr  ataim  -iryba  1  nr  nit: 
nr  aita  a"i  aiaao  -isa  fl^a  aipy  nr  msttm  a^i  p  "iryba 
nr  ait:  a"-r  nma  -i&d  «  iba  nm  y©im  1  ina  p  nwi 
jit  ataim  ina  'n  m  ana  a"i  awon  iba  msnm  aoipa  p  nw 
jjrtrta  nr  ataim  y©im  *m  iry^ba  i  nr  ait:  a"i  i-pBbn 


(82)  p.  221. 

b.  Hagg.  5b:—  VQT\  ntSK  KOT1  DI^O  ^3D  -WlO»  inon  *oaai 

an  ia  naia  Dibna  ama  ^a&  imnontt  ^s  by  3a  na"pn  toa 
p  ww  'i  -pmoD  *n  bsai  'wt>  ia^by  smtaa  rp  -ma  qoii 
wviran  k&  wna  amn  rrt  ^in»  -io^p  ^a  i»p  mn  n^aan 
'nb  id^p  n^b  itiK  na^by  mica  rr*  n^b  ^n»  rrwa  rr*ub  rwa 
»a^i  rwna  WW6  m-to  'Wimari  «»y  lb  ^n»  vm  ycm^ 
n^nje  >*ma  M8to  ainnb  n^b  in^x  la^by  n^itaa  it  rrt  xa^nta 
ibrf  »b  ib  *w»  imwi  nwa  (n^sb)  rrnfc  ■wnrimni  K^y  n^b 


422  APPENDIX 

asbtt  ^ttp  w  annttn  tfb  lima  i«ti  *t  abi  anna  i-nast 
™»  rran  p  mrp  vn  rr»tw  ams  ap  *  imbtopi  imp&a 
matt  fis*  man  onb  it*  Juttw  njp  jb*  *iw*i  ikb  pan  rrt 

maia  b»  Dnfcnn  nmos  B'tttt  ns*  mn»»  ft*a  Drnann  nmoa 

:  abi*ri 
(83)  p.  226. 

b.  Emb.  ioia: —  man  p  sww  ^mb  *wn]  awi  b"K 

^npi  n^ob  bw  *W  rrt  n£«  piro  Kilo  "da  a*»nm  nap-in 
ibbn  D^pimn  deo  pinn  DniD  *»»ti  »b«i  tomato  nv  a^nm 
ami:  in«  "in  i^b*  "paiya  ttt&  d-oib  p  rtrrowi  by  i^tt 
tj  "pi*  na  wn  top  **»  earnib  Dv*nn  na  "pp-irmt?  p-ra 
:  "fti  taw  ana*  iryirri  roirw  Q^s  Tfiimsi  bra  d^»k  73np 


(84)  p.  228. 

Shem.  r.  XXX.  9.  p.  53c-  d:—  Sttim  ID  b^btta  pin  fitttttt 

wn  "pa  de>  wm  TOib  inbnfc  sn^p?  *ti  smr*  p  »ktl 
rnwb  ainrotb  wik  aim  rms  nna  »in»  mi  -irann  nn"pn  b» 
in»  in»  pti  de  mi  -p  i^«  nn"pm  Dibs  ntw  ira  «im 
■ro»  D^nba  srntta  sb  nrn  aba  wnm  "p«  Dnb  n*a  ik^e 
■pa  Dbi*n»  wi  ib  1113^  nn©n  tiK  ieee  ir»  n»b  tow 
owbiwi  ib  ytb»  p  b"s  nnrcn  wsn  ^inn  bDbtsb  ^oi  dik 
ib^s«i  maa  yn^n  bn  ab£  n^«3®  nn"pfi  bE  w*n  D^mnnm 
n^nn  ib  iieh  p  btt»  irrop  «bia  btabtMa  i^a  srva*  nm*  Qis 

:*qk  aba  pan  nai  oifc»n  n»  abrt 


(85)  p.  231. 

b.  Sanh.  90b:—  ©UpTO  "p^£  bfcObtt*  pi  rw  "py»tt  lb»» 

pn  Dwasn  pi  minn  p  nnb  -i^k  n^ma  wra  Kin  71m 
rwn  b«  'n  -uaaoi  n^nsi  nmnn  p  laiatt  ibn^p  »bi  diainDn 
nsn  nrn  o^n  Dpi  K^b^i  ib  in^K  Dpi  Trims  d^  aaw  i^n 
iaaio  135-11  wpsi  iiiaipi  ^nbna  •jinta  1W  a^nDi  tfwaan  p 
rrmw  wra  iw*ni  b*wi  o^iem  f  i«i  Tbta  rmni  bD  ^  wt 
D^ntD^b  ^inb  7bin  aitan  i^d  ^dhi  n^nsi  D^ainsn  p  b^pmi 
:Ktib5?n  nwiM?  n»nnia  i»mi  Kttb^ii  B^wn  *»md»  aan 


APPENDIX  423 

(86)  p.  235. 

b.  Jebam.  102b:—   fbm  WOSP   ***    K^£  MM  >rt   IKK 

Kbi  ti  n*  Epab  **■!  tnpoai  WKaa  awi  nwfi  ma  tfb 

era  fin  Dnb  fin  n^ro  ^  rraw  rrt  itttt  aroa  pbn  ikwt 

:  rro  tm  k©«e  "n^B  j*rtn  nb  i*brn  nw  "Wfrt  a*1*^ 

(87)  p.  237. 

b.  Ber.  10a:—  JTip*  "tfl  a^fO  K^-Ob  K^E  KWl  nb  1£K 

rwob  yw  *iw  mb  mM  w  mb^  Kbi  nicia  rnS1*  Kb 
i«tt  aba  'n  n£K  nbi*a  isafla  nnn'M  xa  ow  ia  a^roi  Knpi 
rrtfi  »b»  mp*  ni&Kb  mrw  b*rw  noaa  w  rrfr"  Kb  mp* 

iWrtfi  dsrrob  n^a 

(88)  p.  239. 

b.  Hull  87a:—  Kna  Kb  ram  mi  ^  *arb  k^e  Kinn  b"K 
*?oi  ffnn  ns^  nan  ^  a^-j  tfnn  -^  Kb  mi  k-d»  to  mn 
rrt  i»»  ibid  maa*  'n  K-ipi  j-rsnob  b^»  nemo  rrt  tbK  m-i 
nbn  w  aw  Knaw  ^b  m\ mm  >»y»  Knbn  nam  ^b  oipa 
KnnK  ^Kp  aero  rrt  iiek  TW  va  Kp  rem  ■*  anwia  jw 
■rtaiK  ^k  niais  nvYflsa  w  ib  -iek  *w  «n  woa  wi  iek 
■won©  ^pin  ib  toh  rwi  wn  p  bssi  ^ik  rawn  two  Kb  *jb 
nriK  nana  b©  did  b"K  wi  ibaK©  nnKb  pi  *  n^K  ^bSK 
^k  nana  bio  did  ib  -iEK  btaia  nnK  ownr  Di*niK  ik  nmti 
D^ainr  nnsa-iK  mtP  nana  b»  did  mtjin  bip  na  nnsi  nnw 
■p-npi  wi  ^b™  pa  rms»fc  nmKb  rw  -pii*  pn*i  'n  to« 

jcoarnb  na  nn&ttti  nniK 


(89)  p.  245. 

b.  Sanh.  38b:—    Wi  'na   bK*£tn  'lb  K^tt  Mm  H*  "YaK 

inana  n  nKtt  tan  wHbbdi  nnia^  byi  diio  by  TitMan  'm  a^ns 
torn  aewn  rrt  nornrw  ksk  ^pzw  oniD  Kinn  b"K  rrt  w»b 
KbK  rrt  vai  ^»3  ^^b  ^«3  ^bip  iana»  nbsi  my  TOfi  ^b 
kh  lb  KDti  b"K  wi  Knp  wm  *Ba  KDn  ^n  Kip  vn»i3 


424  APPENDIX 

(90)  p.  247. 

b.  Pesah.  87b:—  WiS)  npll  arthffl  ^att  WV*m  *1  tea 

*d*W  nwarr  Tab  i-ihdib  banana  na"pn  nw  np-js  banana 
ids  a^na  idpwq  p^ia  "pa  itoon  wd  a^a  mwi  b"a-i 
^»-  stoa  pa  isawK  pa  ibai  *tti  de  atn  liwin  n»«  ^2 
bWD  ina  TEbn  Tb  bst:^  Ufnri  lb  -tea  »HWifl  lab  piajfrp  abn 
iribia  pban  ro*n  "Wi  w»W  abi  oiwa  ¥*  wdmi  *i  mb 
naa  ansnap  aniabtt  iab  **$  was  »dw  ^a£  "d*o»  man* 
:  ppbo  lew  p*t&  ana  to  aa*  rrt 

(91)  p.  250. 

b.  Joma  56b.  57a-.—  1*0  anttfi  VGm  **  IBmj  KW!  ttb  1tt» 

a^na  nxs  nn  an  tth  n£a  rrtwa  fina^ia  a^nai  fina  ywm 
ns-o©  jntttt  )trto  xao  ib^aa  Dnattit:  Tina  ona  pWrt  TO 


(92)  p.  251. 

b.  Gitt  57a:—  wipima  ^-vip©  »a^an  wi  lona  ainn  *tt:a 
na  pnma  iw  pa  nr  *»as  to  na  a^na  ias  pa  rrt  "112a 
■ps©  ftitai  anm  mb*  pattm©  pra  banttn  p»  qa  "n»a 

:  jntfl  mb*  ■pntm 


(93)  p.  253. 

Ber.  r.  §  82.  p.  I55b:—  rrrap  wvnA  71*30  napni  bm  ntttil 
ana  pan^  tin  jwt»  wi  ikf  ^a*i  dnb  tv*a  a^n  nnsa  fna 
abm  *ai  i-we  d^n  ^naba  a^nai  ^aa  wba©  wna  ainrr 
fro  napni  a^nai  mw»  biaaa  bm  n-napi  •ptna  biaaa  nibs 
^an  b"a  win  :poa  ^a^  va  nn-isa  onb  n^a  awi  nn-isa 
biaaa  dto*  'a  nasfci  bm  rmap  d*  ■nwtt  m*n  ^naba  iti» 
Twaa  biaao  i-tob  wn  ^naba  itDsn  n^ai  nabsa  "pE^a 
:*pm  ^m  bm  n-iiap  d*  dim*  'a  naiftai  nsbsa 

(94)  p.  255. 

j.  Ber.  i2d.  I3a:—  niniba  nrco  ^abtt©  "i  na  iba©  jwon 
Dia  na  iba»i  lab  pbaw  ana  ibi  pb  -i^a  Dbi*n  na  ^.ana 


APPENDIX  425 

mb*  is-d  i®«  tn  d^ies-i  EFirt  sd  bisrc  ^  '3»  iittsin 
g-js  D\nbs  sin  -iibs  BWi  pft  sbs  isd  ama  rs  psn  b*  dis 
*an  p*  -itis  D*>nbs  ihfii  rrosin  avem  rrt  litis  psn  b* 
lips©  oipti  bD  ^sbtit?  *i  *»*  sin  sbs  antD  "pat  nmn  una 
dis  nwa  men  ps  nti  mis  ibstn  11m  Tfaa  nm©n  fOTBH 
■jsn  nmn  "ps  Gtibsn  aisn  ns  una*]  jrtb  itis  iDmitiin  imtibsn 
nnmi  ibsb  tnnftn  *  ttb*  itibsn  Di^n  ns  arrtu  ma*]  aba 
i£#n  it]  sins  dis  m?Eb  pnb  itis  n^ttti  nns  nti  lib  nspn 
iDmitiin  wrtsa  f*m  [?isnti]  oisti  Disn  pa  nsma  mtti 
sbn  imajbb  s"s  irnsn  sbn  mwwi  *"*]  n»j<n  sbn  tnsb  s"s 
n^nbs  bs  'n  ambs  bs  nmm  pn  nti  mix  ibstn  pmi  htftrc 
mi  sin  aba  -j»d  aina  f»»  DWV  on  pb  itis  rm  sin  'n 
n^ttti  nns  nti  13b  nspn  nim  ibsb  *i  wtahn  *  TttH  mro 
oimzrus  ioip  oinbioa  tori  ©sisn  ins  M  p«ib»  pb  itis 
ps  sipii  ia*n  'n  ombs  bs  amm  ima  vr*  ibs»i  nm 
mp*i  t^i  sbs  nmn  ps  isn  mo  isipii  ran  *&\  pb  itis 
itis  ai©ti  nns  nti  isbi  nips  nim  ibsb  iai  witibn  *  rfl» 
iim  papisms  pta  pstiis  itisi  ttftfia  ins  D«  pttbE  pb 
ni»np  pb  itis  sin  Di©np  ambs  in  amm  inti  mis  ibsan 
i^iitibn  ib  litis  sin  ssp  bs  sin  sbs  ^sd  n^ro  ps  ntin 
»np  pnt^  w  -itis  a^»ti  nns  nti  isbi  mpz  rwrn  ibsb  ^nn 
wnpa  iDm  nn"pn  sns  ^i  em  pi^  h  itisi  ntcnp  wq  bDn 
D^nbs  rwnpa  wnr  riD^inn  yiynpa  lawi  ntrnpa  i-iim 
iDibxn  *jDm  ©Tipa  o\nbs  rnrnpa  syn  n©npa  n^isi  s-iid 
b^  n©^  D^nbs  nwiipa  inciti  tnipn  ^bti  *»  'i^bn  ntrnpa 
nvnpa  wvr  ns^©n  ■o'n  D^nbs  rtfnpa  rwn  i»ip  «od 
TWtt  nDitiD  to  wnpa  TW^  >mp  .wip  smr  ns  'n  5|«?n 
n»s  bn>  ^a  ^ti  a*»«Di  ps  inti  mis  ibs»i  nm  »iipa 
nn^bs  la^sip  ban  ismbs  'ns  pb  ton  i^bs  D^imp  D^nbs  ib 
w  i^i^tibn  ib  litis  i^bs  i^sip  ban  sbs  ^sd  a^ro  ps 
^^ti  b^a  mip  pb  itis  n^©ti  nns  nti  vb  nspn  rwn  ibsb 

jninnp 


426  APPENDIX 

(95)  p.  265,  304. 

Pesiqta.  r.  XXL  p.  100b.  101a: —   dS  ana  -Q  S^n  h  *H3S 

san  sin  sds  n^b  ioti  ii^s  d^nbs  jnn  nrren  ira  7b  -ras^ 
s-d  Tb  ^as^  ds  sns  *o  **n  *n  -ies  s"-;  —  "wi  sin  sds 
n^nn  ^S  nai  d^sn  d^s  n*  S^S  "JI^S  d\nbs  inn  WffOfi 

:dD£*  'n  im  sbs  ^sd 


(96)  p.  266. 

b.  A.  Zar.  4a:—  dis-j  snso  n-Q  web  inns  *i  inb  nnntttt 
tum*  wow  in  *w  tw  no^rn  son-ia  rrt  ipa»  sin  bna 

upas  p  by  n*nsn  tmttm  bD£  wr»  dnns  p-i  n^nn  n^b 
n^b  p^o£  nnsma  awo  n^b  rtnri  i»ti  kww  bn  ns  dn^b* 
spi  nnsitn  smo  h*4  Ttn  *f»fc  sbi  inb  -i£s  sbi  p^nte^s 
irvnttna  wtti*  inb  ies  m^nn©s  inns  in  sns  rrt  "WXtJ 
■jb  ittnft  rn  sbi  sin  bra  disi  ib  nn*s  sbi  rrt  nm  n^b 
•na  ^snpn  ^ssnn  inb  ■mtsm  w»  inb  -itts  spies  m  »«w» 
pwatti  ps  inb  tos  jirwrn  "pns  »#t  n^b  nfcs  inb  nt» 
»»*  rr»b  vnaa  w«i  sb  w*  pw  fmott  jaw  tdim 
rmtm  disb  mm  imn  n»b  bans  dDb  bittnaa  inb  ies  ns  f> 
oflwa  tana  12^13  *tm  mms  i»3iw  -insi  mms  -ins  s"Dn  m 

:  tins  nnn  mwa  *nw  isdie 


(97)  p.  270. 

Ber.  r.  XXV.  1.  p.  55c:—  11ES  inns  imb  ibStt  'pomp^S 

mtae  lb  ma»  n*b  onb  ntts  ^lanb  wwa  i^siia  iss  -pa  lb 
f«m  b*£  73ns  ns  npib  'n  di^n  ia  ibnb  m&sii  nmpb  i»d 
•jbnb  toaoi  nn^pb  "jsn  tom  airm  dns  nmpbb  ds  dnb  ies 
w  p^»n  nsn  sttinsn  n"s  ■psv  -ponti  ns  inn  npib  ^^n 

:  inns 


(98)  p.  272. 

b.  Ber.  io*:—  tiete  aw  inns  'lb  S^tt  sinn  lb  "Ml 
^D&tt  mnnn  snnfc  mb  n^nm  ia  dib»ns  WA  m-an  -inb 
wma  nm  bis«  man  rwi  *wna  nin  nir#i3  sn  rnraa  bistD 


APPENDIX  427 

■pa  iab  x^top  "parao  prp»-n  Kb-j  pna  rrt  lEtf  wnn  aiinab 

:"jb  *OEp  ab  d^aitto  p«vn 


(99)  p.  274. 

b.  Shabb.  I52b: —  jrflatta  irvniaa  inaa "nb  kfe  a-inn  b"a 
rppoa  aa^n  s^tio  aia  iiaan  aoa  nnn  rnrm  d^-ji  b» 
ba  urern  mri  Ann  io  ow  ytro  dinn  b"a  rrtaa  bunstfe 
Bftth  ©in  a*i  nnab  HTWI  fibi*  iiroawi  d^p  ims  ©in  a'"* 

:nw  fiff*  awi  nbi*  intrtwi  bt>a 

(100)  p.  275. 

b.  Sanh.  39a:—    pm  daifiba   1TOK  Wi   MftB  XlJin  b"X 

b^  naa©i  atta  ibatowi  Tis  by  aa©  bapm^b  rrt  n^api  sin 
»n«n  b"a  artpatn  t:"£  b"a  rrakti  kwi  ana  wtFH  Tis 
»»  inr  binr%  na"pn  n^a  wnrti  irwi  arfrng  iab  graft 
aba  p  iw  «b  pi  aon  *»  f nan©  wn»  rp  ya»  WttBni 
rpTfi  Y4*  nmo»  tin  -nra  ^bE  dbi?  b«  waq  ibai  istan 
pm  d^  d^sn  awi  am  pm  da  fbia  na  mi  am  *nraa  da 
na"pn  p  oa  •ptioia  pa©  D*6ron  noina  mn  vnarn  »bts 
binr«  b©  dmrm*  ptab  **}  baprm  na  np^Ma 
*  mpii  atrial  *yi  pa  damba  inaa  ,crt  ntm  **ti  ¥* 
m  airom  a^a  a^n  w  biap  ^a^a  nwtjb  rmap  ia  mmn 
W  sen  rcaa  'n  nan  ■*  a^nai  b^ats  aniDa  b"a  D^ts  ib*»a  Yitt 
iiri  msa  areata  ipv  na-na  b"a  amaa  anibiaa  apbo 
rianja  wa*h  «aa  aa^  ab  ni&»  bai  a^nai 


(101)  p.  276. 

b.  Sanh.  99a:—   iritis  max  Wb  a^E  aififi  b"ai  W>Wl 

xp  tabula  b"a  TO1*  wrtb  aaittn  irt  ^n  ^ab  b"x  n^©^  ■»«■« 
DTOKb  bsnyi  p»  m  7©inn  nDn  ^a  a^na  xnp  b"«  ^b  nt:^b 

:  nxn^  i^by  iTaai  'n  rnn  T^byi 


(102)  p.  277. 

b.  Succ.  48b:—  inaa  *6  ii»»  mnh  w»  aim  b"« 


428  APPENDIX 

rpm»E  ywm  a^na-  xnion  r™ap-ja  ywtb  a^na  mn  -»a  b"a 
j*»tj  rra  p*tfi  a-m  mb  piuns  ana*  srmm 

(103)  p.  278. 

b.  Sanh.  91a:—  *m  *OaiTH  Witt*  ^fca  'lb  83^*)  aiHfi  b"a 

nam  nnb  bvn  7b  biEEa  b"a  *m  ap  ^  mwn  a-is#  Yin  am 
mp^a  Bf^TO  "p-itabfi  ^b  1531  nab  Ynayb  -naatt  c-n  i©a  ^btsb  wn 
iaai  nm  onb  iJpn  ibso  wrt  irna  iasi  nabn  nwn  d^  p*» 
an^b*  oso  ^w  iaa  ya  ib  itoa  twi  itt>  m  mptn  ima 
nam  dNfl  i&i»  Y^a*  DTTCfii  nsjn  n^  ya©  Diptsa  pb  tcai 
■oa*  mrri  r&psb  at  yaafc  nna  ^a  can  n^ai  n^a  nna  by 
-n&a  "fro  nwai  •pni&n  irrab  mrw  Y*»fi  nraa  ^in  oiito 
yrbn  aba  ia  ya  DW»  nail  inb  nb?  rtama  fttA  i^an  a£» 
:nwbn  ibia  abanai  trws  rrf  inttb  ma 

(104)  p.  281. 

b.  Sanh.  9ia:—  fob  *n  ao^DB  p  jttWMfe  i»na  amn  b"a 

fob  Ti  b"a  yin  mnn  wd  ym  y*n  WB  yrrmaan  rm 
«>"a  ab  ^n  11m  ^n  Tin  abi  yn  ab  we  prmftan  a^a^n 
'(trinpyb  aot^ww  ia  swot  aKnaitp  ^a  ^b  n*np  a^a^n  b"a 
:  bitan  nam  -ottn  a-ipn  pi*  awn  p  WW  nna  na  b"a  v** 

(105)  p.  282. 

b.  Sanh.  39a:—  yia  iwb  an  atnnsn  'ib  -ioip  mb  -nsa 

yna  la^rnia  wia  psa  ab  pbntn  ya  ^nb  toa  m  a^yb 

aabttb  wi  ba  w»ta  rrraap  n^©  we  b"a  imia  11m  wbnB 

abi  ^an  wna  ainn  b"a  nibaa  abi  na^ab  mnw  "la^ab  nrnttS 

irrtoin  n^nb  n^b  wi©  ann  yto  abi  Dim  mbaa 

The  same  story  is  told  in  Jalq.  Shim,  on  Zeph  III.  9,  with 
no  essential  variation. 

(106)  p.  285. 

b.  Sanh.  38b:~  DWob  »vnrtt6  ^"i^i  pKU  ^an  "j^n:  a-i  112a 
rv-na1  a-ib  imQ  ainn  -rtaa  Tirrt  ab  ab  in  tirr*  n^i^a1  ana 
inr  b"a  w*  ^^a^  ^ba  ri&  *n  ba  nb*  ntsa  m»r  bai  a*vo 


APPENDIX  429 

inbss2  wi  ^  impn  ^e©  *3  n*nm  inn  a©D  is©©  pitrjE 
rrab  an?©sb  «ttn  ab  p  as  in  iqrtnan  bs  in  -ran  bs  n^nn  rnb 
awi  n^np4  sb  nsniparmKi  ib^san  p-a3  xniD^n  b"*ob 

:'im  a^nbin  "pss  pa  ax  rtn  -ie*oi 

1  ■*!•*  Cod.  Monac.  apud.  Rabbcz.       2  in^tj  idem.        3  -p^n  idem. 
4  h^yfrap  idem. 

The  above  is  contained  also  in  Jalq.  Shim.,  Mishpat.  §  359. 
(107)  p.  287. 

b.  Hagg.  i5a:—  armab  am©i  rrt>  ipffwun  rnwo'na  am 

ra^an  ab  *m  ab  nb*t>b-j  a-v^a  'ton  btftrn  aniinr  nnn^b 

pi  ni-n©-;  'n  aib©i  on  se©  wr  abi  q-n*  «6l  rvnnn  abi 

iirten  ^obifi  prw  wrm  fnop'nA  impsa 


(108)  p.  290. 

b.  Sanh.  39a:—  *n  tto  fc^ns  *>nnb  «o*nq  ainn  rrt  1E8 
wni*  na  pn»  nr*rrcn  mna  pan  ins  *a  bvntro  *pa*n 
•p*  two*  irnto  mb  -iek  YEA  pan  o^iarr  bn  iwi  pm 

:n©nrp  «b  a^iani  n^nm 

(109)  p.  291. 

M.  Sanh.  IV.  5.:   im   «b©1 'W*   DTK  anni  *p^b 

janste  rmi©-i  nenn  obtain  JWB 


(110)  p.  292. 

T.  Sanh.  VIII.  7.:  rorma  anna  nabi  minnaa  area  di« 
jwm  iw  n**i  GfrTp  D*ntfw  prw  w  ab© 

(111)  p.  293. 

b.  Sanh.  38b:—  mm  iittbb  up©  ivi  wi*  «"i  ann  pn 
oi-iip^a  aba  13©  ab  pni^  1  tan  oimp^ab  n^©n©  ™  jhi 
pm1*  "V'a  is©  ipsn  ©*n  b*n©i  ompifia  bna  a^nnin  i-ni*  b© 
bwi  xtsbsa  bth  n©TD  pisn  inm©n  cwtan  rtpw  aipro  bn 
msnb  'n  -nil  dumb  a©  nbnai  rmfl  nan  ittbtn  a-an  na  ainba 
irrw  nsisn  bab  aifiban  iiba  ibw  a©  in  bia»n  mn  wn  nx 


430  APPENDIX 

f6  ^ba  wz*\~\p  D\nb«  ib  n©a  bna  *fl  *>*  ■«  im*  dyo 
i»»  f  nan  -ina  *fl  bihro  7**d  to  i^ba  i5»np  ban  wrbp 
aw  ?w  pwn  i^n  frfcrd  *1  i*  t#b  ft  ifrirt  D^nba  iDbn 
raw  ain  Tins  ttnpn  ra  prm  n"ai  prm  "cmD  *>b  rab  7nn 
attar*  1W*  WTN&3  n^a^E  rib*fc  bra  a^bfc&n  fbiaD  d"^^  -qi 
Kb*  i»a  man  twto  *h  -&  ^nbiD  n^snn  MriNito  •ptriip  itawjn 
yi  i*th  trfe  tfttft  ib  in^  awn  Tfft  -mai  ib  -ma  wnab 
aba  bin  wd»  m«r  nna  ^ra  -t?  anip*  ■**  *i  b"a  an^p^ 
©"n  mwa  nbnp  ab  ia  mm  nbnp  npisb  mai  f^b  ina 
p  nr*ba  'n  b"a  a^p*  *i  "nan  npisb  -mai  ^-ib  -ina  a^m 
ina  aba  nibnai  OTMB  bsa  7bD  rmi  bsa  7b  sma  anip*  avw 
rrton  Biinb  q-ifc-nci  rt«  nt^b  aoD  rpsnfcb  -mai  aosb 

(112)  p.  297. 

Siphri  §  143.  p.  54a:—  bDD  nail  ain  TTfia  WV  p  "plttD© 

niansi  i-m  abi  Triba  abi  D^nba  ab  ann  TD*a  ab  rnina©  mnnpn 
tttrrb  o^tib  ns>  •jinrao  fmb  ab»  wia  DO  a"n  yy  aba 

(113)  p.  297. 

b.  Menah.  110a:—    nail   ail  W*  p  JWD»  *1  ilea  IJW 

n^nba  abi  ba  ab  ona  n^ai  ab«  niDmp  rw*a  smt  rra 
jpibnb  *pi  bsob  n&  "pirns  ir^b  abfc  'n  aba 

(114)  p.  297. 

Siphra  4C:   Same  in  substance  as  (112),   but  ascribed  to 
R.  Jose  [ben  Halaphta]  instead  of  to  R.  Shim'on  ben  Azai. 
The  saying  is  also  found  in  Jalq.  Shim.  §  604. 


(115)  p.  299. 

Echah.  r.  I.  1.  p.  10a:—   TO1WI  TflDDID  "CP  ba-fl&i  iba  ab 

rrtnarai  rmain  mwn  ruin  D*nwb  rtarcm  rbvosn  obi*  b» 

jrniri  tw 


(116)  p.  299. 

Siphri  §  329.  p.  139b:—  nar  am  ^a  ^a  ^D  nn*  nn 
OTaw  rrrwi  *nfc  -man  erava  m«i  ^a  BfhBrwfe  nawn 


APPENDIX  431 

bw  ■pa  k»»  IK  *W  n^nba  "pai  "6  D*nBi8i  vrtm  pn^iTa 
mna'i  rvnaa  ^a  bti  a*t»ib  abn  ynnb  ab  r™>ib  «bi  nwinb 
•o«i  ITOan  ^a  ttuoi  H  ibKian  b*n«n  Tbtt  'n  tdk  sin  ifciai 

:D*>nba  pa  •nybatii  *pnna 

(117)  p.  300. 

Mechilta  Jithro  §  5.  p.  66b:—    *1   1$   WT1   rim    K«fUH 

jrv»  »b»  'iai  imoip  pa  psai  to  wn  nni  wwn  i*>ttn  ftwo 
**  ''DDK  aba  p  rrpwi  tie  toib  dbvn  nitt'iab  hid  yinns 
^a  asb  -j^n^b  *oa  -oyBb  i»  nttm  by  •»»  dm  by  ^»  tpvAh 
nipt  is  sin  *w  ^a  ^  nriy  nn  to«b»  an"yb  *m  nrn  Dbiyb 
wi  iitan  ^k  mans  "*  ibawi  b»w»  ^bfc  'ii  •«*  no  una  ^k 
Vmtr\  ^a  *■  ^a  tttfTa  wwin  snip  ntn  bys  na  towi  jinn* 
p  rvrnfln  me  ointiiKto  pweb  TOi»n  |ipta  -tola  jft  *i 


(118)  p.  301. 

Ber.  r.  VIII.  8.  p.  22d:—   W   DM    pfiD   *Q   b81E©    W 

n©y£  nniD  rem  nnwi  na  atto  Hotb  tprt*  tom  n^a  ^tfn 

nw^i  DMb»  nttiw  tow©  nrn  piosb  y»an©  frcs  di^i  dii  bs 

•pri**  inia  nr«  ma  abwr  fen  i^b  tos  WWD  lifcbsn  dia 

iwtji  myob  wron  biro  ib  -wn  vntti  owrib  ne 

(119)  p.  302. 

j.  Shabb.  8d:—  n*  to©  nm^a  pun  to»  vnba  nab  nn 
rrt  n*»«  iai  Tb^fc  ppm  b"a  v*  by  y©n  tfinnb  *wi  labia 
sma  nb©  *i  iaa  iayi  iirta  Tn©  "n  ?innb*  T*ta  wi  nrn 
wmrti  "h  vtrtak  xwwn  maabd  nb©  *i  aba  po  a*«tp  ri^b 

:  ^mby 

(120)  p.  303. 

Shem.  r.  XXIX.  5.  p.  51b:—   1TOS   n"X  T^^  tl  "»D3»  a"l 

^5«  TO"pn  n^^  n»  i«  na  *  vn  ^bitj  dti  nos  fbrt  b»» 

:n»  ••b  p»»  D^nbK  v» 


432  APPENDIX 

(121)  p.  304. 

Pesiq.  r.  XXI.  p.  100b:  same  as  (95)  above. 

(122)  p.  306. 

Debar,  r.  II.  33.  p.  104c:—  DiWlMJ  iba  D*  ai2in]n  ba  DtW  02 

pan  ban  wn  jwo  is  rrrtri  n"a  a^nn  bx  lw  n-iba  r« 

in  m^n  ^n©  eMfihirtb  m^n  twi  vrtn  na  mn  ■*  'n  Das 
*6tt  na  irnri  h'lr'Viati  o^p  rvmb  -pn*  im  tram  ima^ 
p»  u*j*  OT  n^ib  D^na  •pEbiiBfc  on©  prflfc  impw  ba-n*n 
'aa  na"pnb  v^P*  F&  •"^  aipm  ?*&  wrw  maa  'Ma 
nab©  b*  na"pn  o*a  ana  'n  hwu  tmp  rnp  «mp  rwnp 
■pita  nana  nm  tost  »Tp  bio  nai  b"a  nrn  piosn  n^atta 
-ins  ©*»  nam  na  rf#i  nrn  "wa  a-^nn  ba  dw  an  yphgtt 
b«hir«  *w&  aba  p  abi  n»  ib  ■pn  nb  p»  nm  p  ds  ^b  vai 

:ma  'n  trv&fi  'n 


(123)  p.  308. 

j.  Ber.  3C:—  21tt©  DM  n'ffl  *b»  nimi  mw  impl 
an  va  ttusan  rviron  'pas?  maia  nar  b"n  dm  nam  *i  w 
see  b©  nana  in  p  mnain  mw«  nibs  &"©  rpb  am  p  'pa 
w»  mn  via  rnaa  prw^  to*  pro  T*  baiEE  in  nana  nm 
iaw  vrtu  ynnp  p*  ™  ^s*tt  W  baa  rnwri  rnw  "pip 
twaa  n»ttb  ib  wo  iab  iba  D^wia  irn  aba?  itrnan  n»o 


(124)  p.  308. 

b.  Ber.  i2a:~  yna»  Da  wfi  *eb  trna-in  rnw  pttpn 
bffltro  n»»  nw  V*  -owa  nanai  n-nayi  aim  rraa  -torn 

ntronn  t«B  Dibaa  naa»  aba  p  rmpb  wpa  "pbiaaa  qa 
aba  p  rmpb  iBpa  -pbiafia  wra  -jro  *i  wi  to  »w  pwon 

wroprt  nao  *n"aa  nan  p^n  rmijnn  xva  Dibaa  ^aa© 
nao  ntt^a  ywom  nmnn  w  Dibtaa  naa  aion  an  b"a  amoa 
ntttnn  i»tt  nibtaa  -iaa   i»»  an   b"a   n>  r  tftu  w^apqb 

*  »5in  3"»  *»n  Rabbcz. 


APPENDIX  '         433 

(125)  p.  309. 

b.  Pesah.  56a:—    B*fMl   2tt©   DX   |WO   *»H   1S"0   Vn 

n^i^a  *an  "nai  vp^ose  Wi  *^  "f™  'n  W*«  fri  ban©1'  *b© 
d©  i^na  ffnsrtt  t*i  ab©  aba  fti  ppow  tew  rrrw  w 

*i  m-re  rrt  p-raa  a£2tt  in  pm  tn  fiWA  imabti  -ma 
isoan  ^am  raa  ba  aipy*  anpvi  b"a©n  'ton  V»pi  p  jurw 
idee  npbinon  ptwi  J  p  1XOS!  nibab  aipyi  ©p^a  Dab  nrasn 
man  vetw  amaaa  bios  mora  •*  Bribn  on  mm  to»  nra© 
'n  bran  *£©  toj  ib  ma»  to  xm  *rv»  pnr»  ^ai  Mtitaw 
laaba  ^»  *p  ina  aba  Tibs  pa©  n©a  niaa  ma  ft  tmbM 
-naa  o©  linn  na*i  iraa  aipy  nna  n*©  nmaa  ina  aba 
ywmu  »b  irmtaw  tost  wi  pn  "nan  -cri  obvb  irrota 
mix  Detain  w»  naipnn  aipji  maa  wrttMp  ab  rah  m 
7b»  nib  b©tt  nan  w  w  ■n'aa  pn&  w  tan  ^a©na 
nb  ©^  -naan  xb  ia:a  nb  ©^  n^an  aa  rrmp  ipi*  rornn© 
w»  nrpnn  nnaa  ^an  tdk  im  a^ai-ib  nma*  ib^nnn  -or* 
aa^bi  amroai  "p^w  HOThn  ^wa  on  bipa  ima  d*wpi» 

:  ^a©na  nb  tiaa  «n»n  is  )wn 

(126)  p.  313. 

M.  Ber.  IX.  5:—  nnaia  *nn  ©ip»a  m  mro  rorw  ba 

wpnn  Ttw  aba  obv  pa  fltth  T*tDrt  ibpbp©*>  obwi  yn 

na  bai©  cna  ari^©  wpnm  Dbwi  iyi  DbWi  pa  d*i»»  w» 

:*oi  r*a  aa  rem  tmb»  o©a  ton  aib© 


(127)  p.  315. 

Shem.  r.  XLIV.  6.  p.  73c-  d:—  Tom  mab  DSVOab  TOT  a"l 

b"a  Dentin  on  o^n  pbwi  pan  n©tt  *vaa  *6  n"K  max  ■* 

(128)  p.  315. 

T.  Meg.  IV.  37:—  pa  ntiix  *iT*ba  p  ivtt©  'n  n^n  pro 
■ji-inxb  n»ia*  ia^©n©  nai©na©  nbpbpn  b$  a^©nb  ik©i  iwn 

fprt  i©n&  d©« 

*  Cod.  Vienn.  nwab  ininx. 

28* 


434  APPENDIX 

(129)  p.  316. 

b.  Meg.  25b:—    D18   8!T  tkttib  W1K  Wbtf  p  ©""I  *^n 

•paiwi*  mpB  ni&Eb  Tnna  "OMBtw  mwtriittab  wgnbttai'v^ 
:rim  ba*ri  am  Ban  w*mi  *na»ai& 

*  So  the  Mss.;  text  has  fc^STOo. 


(130)  p.  316. 

T.  Par.  IIL  3:—    blttflWP  1  DIM   N3$9   1   i»b   TTD* 

in©  ppnmw  fre  bww  wp*  jwftn  t*i  pa  b»  moid 
-j-nb  iwob  Q^P*  ^nn  Sn  onb  IBM  moiDn  labiaro  rnnttb 

:  or-ina 

(131)  p.  319. 

Ber.  r.  XL VIII.  6.  p.  97b- c:—   tomb  rtfiWl  bD  ftW  V* 

D^tsn  fwa  nrflD  ibinn©  na  prt  ta-na  arowi  rrono  anpwa 


(132)  p.  320. 

Shem.  r.  XIII.  3.  p.  24d:—    "tt6   fttt   mm   «   *0  «"l 

WD  t»t]  wm  Kb  nt*  jwA  ns>  pnwD  peia  pw  V* 

or*  nrio^  «^pb  p  o'h  b"a  tab  na  •^rrtDn  -o  'hod  ratm 
DUO  in  mm  nn"pn©  pV*  »in  a^sbb  da  aba  DWd  b» 
■pa  iab  by«  aim  ta  inn  ■omn  tw4*i  m»  rowsn  d*s> 
fro  *mn  nr*  p  tpt  atDnt?  rra  latna  yns>b  na  nsngm 
nnx  nn"pn  b"«  y»w  b*  mm  »bi  onj*fc  'n  myn  tm 
by  na^ia  *?b  spans  wn  pb  ra  man  yen*  rv»»pn 

:  inwaia 

(133)  p.  323. 

Jalqut  Shimoni.  on  Ps.  LX.  9  [Hebr.;  7.  Engl.]:—  ^b  8"f 

m*pn  pn»  piian  7b  inw  dk  [•»*]*  p  ffrw  V*  "ttb* 
•WW*  twa  -ttb*  tmrna  m**  ■nn  osib  -mai  D^n*  rrma 
nanm  bnp£  nn"pn  ,p«w  ib  mam  ds  man  *i    .it  by 

bbsm  toast?  nawra  won  ^nbips:  T»  Mm  ^n  tinb  tek 

*  Bacher  corrects  *b  into  ©ipb.    A.  d.  P.  A.  I.  372.  n. 


APPENDIX  435 

tnap  a«i  noun  r*£  a^neai  .mbsn  w»^  ib  *wn  'n  ba 
in  mroTB  nspb»  *tni  [anb  -nriK]  rvnp*  np»  ra"pn  •pa©  7b 
ippinti  rrw  .nsnb  "Wpw  TWO  im&»  (fa  p  *f*i  p 
wnm  n^an  *ti  »an  pa  b^ro  nn"pn  "p«»  Twaa1*  on 
rrw  ^nta  unawn  ie^de  m  pa  oft*  b^in©  er^-rana 

:rran  b*on 

(134)  p.  325. 

Siphri  §  48.  p.  84a:—   ttm  TIRO  Wl*  IPtKO  p  p*WD  '1 

ay  7T»^Qjn*i  D*to»  nn»n  ban  firto  b©  mfe  nn»  ffo» 

:dwq  "nm 

(135)  p.  325. 

Siphri  §  331.  p.  140a:—  TWOT  D^rVD  *»  "mi  Dp5  n*>»S 

■wMnabi  "tn  bn^nn  OTfO  nbian  >kj  "na  ptwai  *iw  "ns  w#*i 

■praiprai  kd»k  Ti  TKHta  abn w*  mn  pi  man  iba  ob»x 

:  ^b  wi  a^n*»i«b  a^naw©  naaiD  mbnn  aaipna 

(136)  p.  326. 

B.  Bathr.  91a:—    mm    T\    ttt*    ipn    "Q   pn   in  TaKI 

ww  mn  iKbrnaa  pm  nmaa  ms-o  nn  mbnw  nmasn 
[ma«]  ban*  nn  mm  tm  rrw  nina  -vinta  aaa  «eb  yw 
nnii&nb  n^ta  apitt  •wttb  "pro  rrnnai  nw&bbs  pan  una* 

:  i  won 

(137)  p.  327. 

M.  R.  ha-Sh.  II.  1.:—   nUK   pnbwa  Wl*  'pTOtl  p»  BK 

ibpbpwtt  aia  bna  «nnn  rrm  pbnpB  rti  reroana  wawib  w 
tyvwi  pa  aba  pbnp*  w  ab»  wpnn  iwon 

(138)  p.  329. 

b.  R.  ha-Sh.  22b:—  bntt  mnn  rvn*  ftoftn  rtt  fiDlttana 

:'w  nna  a*a  pcwwi  ibpbp  bipbp  ma  pan  wi  "lai  ana 


(139)  p.  338. 

b.  Nedar.  32b:—   ©p^a  bx*12W  tn  BITDtt  rmDT  W  "09* 

pna  p*»b*  bab  pn  mrin  ■ydhstd  bee  rare  mnnb  na"pn 


436  APPENDIX 

TOM  DirQKE  raratti  nipttn  romb  Dmna  nana  D^ipno 
Tnai  pai  pwe  wip  ^b*  bab  ama  fn*  i£*oi  WW 
XNp  romb  -n*  nam  v*^Pti  W  cin^ax  *  iek  jrt*  ba 
rrn&a  i*  wp*  w  ■tfwb  ti  Q»d  iimm  nmnab  nsns  tna 
pte  nna  dh^  abi  'n  *ied  s^ro  rmwn  Tbsnb  arm  t^ik 
n^riDi  lyitm  pis  ■oho  b©  Tturn  by  pis  ^b£  inw  by  Db^b 
:pD  i*it  -pan  pa  «m  rrt*  bab  po  aim 


INDICES 

I.  INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS. 
II.  INDEX  OF  PERSONS. 

III.  INDEX  OF  PLACES. 

IV.  INDEX  OF  O.T.  TEXTS  REFERRED  TO. 

V.  INDEX  OF  N.T.  TEXTS  REFERRED  TO. 

VI.  INDEX     OF     RABBINICAL     PASSAGES 
REFERRED  TO. 


29 


I.— INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 


Angel  of  Death,  41. 

Ark,  to  go  before  the,  59,  125, 

199. 
Ascension,   the,  of    Christ,    76, 

271. 
Asherah,  165. 
Ass,  associated  with  Jesus,  154, 

211. 

worship  of,  154  n. 

and  lamp,  146,  152  f. 

Athenaeum,  168. 

Baithusin,  328. 
Baraitha,  21. 

Bath  Qol,  135  n.,  184,  240. 
Be  Abldan,  l6l,  l64f. 

Athina,  167. 

Nitzraphi,  l6l,  l69f. 

Beth  Din,  81  n. 

Books  of  Minim,  see  headings 
of  sections. 

Cocheba  Bar,  War  of,  28,  45,  84, 
94,  131,  212,  225,  238,303, 
313. 

Contexts  in  Scripture,  273  f. 

Deity  of  Christ,  76,  102. 
Demiurgus,  263,  299. 
Deposition  of  R.  Gamliel,  386  n. 
Diagramma     (Ophite),      155  n., 

372,  3. 
Divorce,  law  of,  58. 
Dualism,  262. 


Ebionites,  266,  379- 

Ecclesiastes,  book  of,  4,  197, 
385,  391. 

Empire,  Roman,  adopted  Chris- 
tianity, 124,  185,  209,  249. 

Epiquros,  119,  295,  366. 

Essenes,  200. 

Evangelion,  149,  163-4,  239, 
390. 

Food,  burns  his,  phrase  ex- 
plained, 57-60,  187. 

Gehinnom,   118,   125,   187,   191, 

226. 
Gemara,  19,  349. 
Giljonim,  155  n.,  373,  390. 
Gnostics,  321,  368-70,  374. 
Gospel,  72,  357-9,  390. 

of  Matthew,  45,  150-2,  239. 

Greek  Language,  89. 

Haggadah,  12-14,  24. 

Halachah,  11-12. 

Halatz,  235  f. 

Healing,  in  the  name  of  Jesus, 

103  f.,  108  f. 
Hebrews,  Epistle  to  the,  265  f., 

272,  289,  293,  318,  322,  339, 

378,  380-1,  395. 
Horos,  see  Metatron,  286. 
Horseleach,   daughters    of  the, 

183. 
Hitzonim,  200. 


438 


INDEX 


439 


Jalqut  Shim'oni,  25. 
Jelam'denu  (Midrash),  25. 

Kingdom,  near  to  the,  48,  89. 
turned  to  Minuth,  209. 

Loadstone,  101-2. 
Logia,  151. 

Masoroth  (delatores),  119,  174, 
366. 

Massoreth,  tradition,  8  n. 

Mechilta  (Midrash),  24. 

Meshummad,  366. 

Metatron,  286-8,  373. 

Mezuzah,  158. 

Midrash,  22-5. 

Rabbah  (Rabboth),  25. 

Min,  Minim,  Minuth,  see  head- 
ings of  sections,  and  last 
chapter  of  conclusion,  passim. 

Miracles,  31-2,  114  f. 

Mishnah,  17. 

Mumar,  174-5. 

Nazirite,     proverb     concerning 

the,  186. 
Nebheloth,  174. 
Notzri,  Notzrim,  52  n.,  164,  170, 

172,  344  f.,  379. 

Odeum,  167. 

Pedigrees,  book  of,  43. 
Pentecost,  328. 


Persecution    of    Christians,    Q4 
141.  ' 

Pesiqta  (Midrash),  25. 
Philosoph,  146,  148. 
Philosophy,  Greek,  106,  168. 

Qabbala,  8  n. 

Qoheleth,  see  Ecclesiastes. 

Rabbah,  212. 

Rabbinical  literature,  17-31. 
Rabbinism,  central  idea  of,  7. 
Repentance,  322. 
Resurrection   of  the  dead,  232 
279,  313,  322. 

Sadducees,  319,  334. 
Serpent,  the,  a  Min,  199. 
Shema',  the,  3,  310. 
Siphra  (Midrash),  24,  350. 
Siphri  (Midrash),  24,  350. 
Soul  after  death,  274. 
Synagogue,  the  Great,  4,  6. 

Talmud,  17-21. 

of  Jerusalem,  20  n. 

Tanhuma  (Midrash),  25. 
Temple,     destruction     of,     129 
382-3. 

rebuilding  of,  283-4. 

Tephillin,  158,  200. 
Torah,  2-7,  15. 
Tosephta,  21-2.    . 
Tradition,  8-14. 

Zugoth,  2. 


II.— INDEX  OF  PERSONS 

th™rr\  A    th% IannAaite   Peri°d  (See  P-  350>'  are  distinguished 
thus  (T.),  those  of  the  Amoraite  period  thus  (A.)  after  the  name. 


Abahu  (AA  62,  109  f.,  161  f„ 
173,  176,  266  f„  270,  278, 
303,  310. 

Abarbanel,  95. 


Abba  bar  Kahana  (A.),  209  n 
Abba  Shaul  (T.),  65. 
Abina  (A.),  290. 
Adam,  199. 


4*0 


INDEX 


Aha    (A.),    174,   204,   210,   257, 

306,  393. 
Ahitophel,    60,    65,    70-1,    75, 

192. 
Alexander  the  Great,  282,  331. 
Amemar  (A.),  308. 
Ami  (A.),  109,  279,  308. 
Amram,  D.  W.,  58. 
Antigonos  of  Socho,  2. 
Aqiba  (T.),   10,   17,  40,  43,   45, 

57,  65,  84,  112,  130,  137,  208, 

228,  273,  296,  316. 
Ashi  (A.),  70  n.,  157,  172,  309. 
Asi  (A.),  109. 

Ba  (A.),  308. 

Bacher,  W.,  1 1  n.,  27  n.,  64,  74, 
130,  134,  153,  166  n.,  185  n., 
189,  193,  197,  205,  207, 
208,  209  n.,  213,  223,  229  n., 
232,  254,  259,  269,  271,  283, 
286,  290,  298,  321,  335  n. 

Balaam,  63-78  passim,  29 1. 

Bar  Livianos  (Julianos),  244. 

Qappara  (T.),  108. 

Ben  Azai,  Shim' on  (T.),  43  f., 
50,  297-9,  353,  370. 

Damah  El'azar,  103  f. 

Netzer,  73  n.,  95-6. 

Pandira    (Pantiri),     35    f., 


103  f.,  138,  344  f. 

Stada,  35  f.,  55,  79  f.,  344  f. 

Zoma  (T.),  370. 

Benjamin  ben  Levi  (A.),  196. 

Berachjah  (A.),  191. 

Beruria  (T.),  237  f. 

Bibi  bar  Abaji  (A.),  41  f.,  355. 

Bodia  (A.),  157. 

Buni,  disciple  of  Jesus,  91  f. 

Caesar,  165,  222,  282. 

Damah,  see  Ben  Damah. 
Doeg,  60,  65  I,  70-1,  75,  192. 
Domitian,  141. 
Drummond,  J.,  207  n. 
Edersheim,    A.,    47,    59  n.,    95, 
143,  201. 


El'azar   ben   Azariah   (T.),    113, 

228,  273,  295  f. 

ben  Jose  (T.),  136. 

ben  Pedath  (A.),  77,  115 

193,  273. 

ha-Qappar  (T.),  63-4. 

of  Mod'in(T.),  369. 


Eliezer  ben  Horqenos  (T.),  35  f., 
45  f.,  48,  54,  84,  106,  137  f., 
140,  143,  185,  196  n.,  207, 
219,  273,  293,  351,  386  n., 
388. 

Elisha,  the  prophet,  60,  96  f. 

ben  Abujah  (T.),  163,  219, 

221,  288,  370,  373. 

Etheridge,  J.  W.,  2. 

Eusebius,  141,  217. 

Ezra,  4. 

Frankel,  Z.,  131. 

Friedlander,  M.,  122  n.,  145  n., 

155  n.,    221   n.,    286  f.,    337, 

368-76. 
Friedmann,  M.,  305,  364. 

Gamliel  II.  (T.),  84,89,  127  f., 
144n.,  147  f.,  198,  212,  228  f., 
231  f.,  235  f.,  240,  280,  313, 
353,  381,  385. 

Gehazi,  60,  65,  71,  97  f. 

Geiger,  A.,  333. 

Gratz,  H.,  96,  130,  135,  144, 
223,  259,  284,  313,  381  n., 
384. 

Hadrian,  45,  132,  167,  223,  225. 
Haggai  (A.),  335  f. 
Hamburger,  J.,  1,   126  n.,   131, 

165,  190. 
Hamnuna  (A.),  159. 
Hanan  bar  Rabba  (A.),  326. 
Hananel,  314. 
Hananjah,       nephew      of       R. 

'  Jehoshua  (T.),  211  f.,  268. 
Hanina   bar   Hama  (A.),    72  f., 

"  247  f.,  250,  251  f. 

bar  Hananjah  (A.),  11 6. 

ben  Teradjon  (T.),  237. 


INDEX 


441 


Hamack,  A.,  384. 

Hija  bar  Abba  (A.),  6,  179,  306, 

356. 
Hillel(T.)}  2,  6n.,  57  f„  135. 
Hisda  (A.),  37,  57,  60  n.,   124, 

187  f.,  308,  354-5. 
Hitzig,  39  n. 
Hoshaia  (A.),  247  f. 
Huna  (A.),  77,  186,  210. 

Idi  (A.),  286  f. 

Imma  Shalom,  146  f. 

Ishmael   ben    Elisha    (T.),    29, 

103  f.,    129   f.,    156   f.,    172, 

339. 

ben  Jose  (T.),  245. 

Isiof  Csesarea  (A.),  215,  219  f., 

334. 

Jacob  of  Chephar  Sama  (Sech- 

anja),  106f.,  138  f. 

the  Min,  109,  111. 

Jannai  (A.),  115,  253,  258. 

the  King,  52. 

Jehoshua    ben    Hananjah    (T.), 

43  f.,  48,  115  f.',  117,  153,  165, 

188,  211  f.,  221  f.,  226  f.,  280. 

ben  Levi  (A.),  108, 332,  354. 

ben  Perahjah,  38,  52  f.,  97, 

347. 
Jehudah  II.  (Nesiah)  (A.),  109. 
ben   Jehesq'el  (A.),    126, 

223,  227,  30*8,  355. 


ben  Naqosa  (T.),  218  f. 

ben  Tabbai,  52. 

bar  Zebuda  (A.),  77. 

ha-Qadosh     (Rabbi)    (T.), 

17,   128,   184,  208,    218,  223, 

240  f.,  297,  353. 
Jeremiah  bar  Abba  (A.),  56  f. 
Jerome,  378. 
Jesus,  9,  37-96  passim,  102,  117, 

143,    150,    214,   224  n.,   234, 

305,     330,      344-60    passim; 

see  also  heads  of  sections  in 

Division  I.  A. 
Jitzhaq  (A.),   100,    159  n.,  209, 

240,  244,  246,  26l,  310. 


Johanan  (A.),  20  n.,  28,  47,  68, 
73,  75,98,  108,  110,120,  149, 
162,  172,  174-5,  179,  180, 
186,  193,  216,  279,  315,  321, 
354. 

ben   Zaccai    (T.),    43,    84, 

142  n.,  352,  382. 

Jonathan  ben  El'azar  (A.),  216  f., 

254  f.,  301,  319. 
Jose  bar  Bun  (A.),  77. 

ben   Halaphta   (T.),    136, 

245,  317. 

ben  Joezer,  2. 

ben  Johanan,  2. 

ben  Zimra  (A.),  115. 


Jose  ha-Galili  (T.),  155,  296 
Joseph,  father  of  Jesus,  48. 

bar  Hija   (A.),   42  f., 

358. 

bar  Hanin  (A.),  162. 

bar    Jehoshua    ben 

(A.),  19. 

bar  Minjomi  (A.),  179. 


355, 


Levi 


Josephus,  Flavius,  345  n. 
Joshua,  2. 

Jost,  J.  M.,  61  n.,  96,  130,  166. 
Judah    ben    Pazi    (A.),    205    f., 

307. 
Judan  (A.),  257. 
Judas  Iscariot,  71,  75. 
Julian  the  Apostate,  283  f. 
Justin   Martyr,    85    n.,    156    n., 

171. 

Kahana  (A.),  333,  356. 
KeimTh.,  31,  53  n.,  82,  95. 

Laible,  H.,  35-94  passim. 
Levi  (A.),  315. 

Levy,  J.,  47,  95,  113,  166,  362. 
Livianos,  see  Bar  Livianos. 

Mar  bar  Joseph  (A.),  162. 

bar  Rabina  (A.),  70  n. 

Uqba(A.),  183,  186. 

Marx,  G.  A.,  3  n.,  77. 
Mathnah  (A.),  77,  308. 
Matthai,  disciple  of  Jesus,  92  f. 


442 


INDEX 


Meir(T.),  86-7,  149,  162-4,  238, 

246,  254,  309,  353. 
Melchizedek,  265,  339  f. 
Miriam  (Mary),  37  f.,  41  f.,  355, 

358. 
Moses,  2,  4,  5,  12,  77,  301,  307, 

309,  316. 

Nahman  bar  Jacob  (A.),  158, 
179. 

bar  Jitzhaq  (A.),  286. 

Nathan  (T.),  301,  308. 

Nebuchadnezzar,  302. 

Nehemjah  (T.),  208  f. 

Nehorai  (T.),  330. 

Neqai,  disciple  of  Jesus,  93. 

Nero,  140. 

Netzer,  disciple  of  Jesus,  93. 

Neubauer,  A.,  213  n. 

Nicholson,  E.  B.,  148. 

Odenathus,  96. 
Odgers,  J.  E.,  151. 
Onqelos  bar  Qaloniqos,  68. 
Origen,  39  n.,  250. 

Pandira  (Pantiri),  see  Ben  Pan- 

dira. 
Papa  (A.),  48,  356. 
Pappos  ben  Jehudah,  37  f. 
Paul,  10,  71,  86,  99  f.,  229. 
Pedath  (A.),  186. 
Peter,  71,  75,  114. 
Pharaoh,  321. 
Philo,  230  n. 
Pinhas  Listaah  (Pontius  Pilatus), 

73,  87,  89. 

Rab  (A.),  72, 126, 162,  165,  169, 
186,  198,  223,  326,  354. 

Raba  (A.),  Ill  n.,  131  n.,  221. 

Rabah  bar  Abuha  (A.),  179. 

bar  R.  Huna  (A.),  308. 

Rabbinowicz,  R.,  52  n.  and 
passim. 

Rabina  (A.),  70  n.,  174. 

Rachel,  253. 

Rashi,  55,  59,  70  n.,  76,  109,  1 19, 
140,  178,  180,  289,  326. 


Resh  Laqish,  see   Shim' on  ben 

Laqish. 
Reuben  ben  Aristobulos(T.),303. 
Rosch,  154  n. 

Saphra   (A.),    170,    267  f.,    337, 

394. 
Sason,  277. 
Schrader,  E.,  213  n. 
Schurer,  E.,  31,  167,  334. 
Shammai  (T.),  2,  57. 
Shemuel   (A.),    l6l,    169,    171, 

308. 

bar  Jitzhaq  (A.),  197,  203. 

bar  Nahmani  (A.),  6l  n., 

77,  193,  197,  302,  363. 
ha-Qaton  (T.),  128-35. 


Shesheth  (A.),  332. 

Shim' on  ben  El'azar  (T.),  316. 

ben  Gamliel  (T.),  130  f. 

ben  Johai  (T.),  28. 

ben  Laqish  (Resh  Laqish) 

(A.),  75,   108,  216,  308,  309, 

320,  324. 

ben  Menasja  (A.),  325. 

ben  Shetah,  52. 


Simeon,    bishop    of    Jerusalem, 

141. 

the  Just,  2. 

Simlai  (A.),  258  f. 

Simon  bar  Pazi  (A.),  205. 

Solomon,  306. 

Stada,  see  Ben  Stada. 

Strack  (H.),  2  n. 

Tahlipha  bar  Abdimi  (A.),  171. 

Tanhuma  (A.),  271,  283. 

Tarphon  (T.),  84,    155,    156  n., 

171. 
Thodah,  disciple  of  Jesus,  93. 
Titus,  67. 

Tryphon  (see  Tarphon). 
Ulla(A.),  83,  88,  186,  355. 
Vespasian,  l67n.,  382. 
Vischer,  E.,  384  n. 

Weber,  F.,  125,  207  n. 

Zacharjah  (A.),  338. 
Zunz  (L.),  2,  25,  188. 


INDEX 


443 


III.— INDEX  OF  PLACES 


Alexandria,    51,    52,     168,    223, 

224. 
Antioch,  284. 
Athens,  167-8. 

Babylonia,  20  n.,  62,  72, 147,  186, 

212,  268,  326. 
Berur  Hail,  382. 
Bethar,"  28. 
Bethlehem,  253. 
Beth  Shearim,  242. 
Bezabde,  166. 

Caesarea,  62,  110,  142,  162,  215, 

244,  250,  267,  269,  337. 
Capernaum,  see  Chephar  Nahum. 
Chephar  Aziz,  105. 

Nahum,    153,     211,    214, 

216,  391. 
-  Neburaia,  221,  334. 

Sama  (Sechanja),  105,  106, 


139,  143,  219. 
Damascus,  98,  101. 
Egypt,  36}  53,  55,  348. 
Galilee,  72,  113,  333. 

Jabneh,  127,  135  n.,  144  n.,  147, 

237,  313,  382,  385. 
Jericho,  135  n. 
Jerusalem,  20  n.,   45,    84,  106, 

151. 


Lud  (Lydda),  37,  81,  85,  108, 
140,  142  n.,  144  n.,  258,  351, 
386  n. 

Machuza,  111. 
Magdala,  40. 

Nahar  Paqod,  213  n. 
Nazareth,  52  n. 
Nehardea,  159  n.,  179,  309. 
Nicephorium,  166. 

Palmyra,  96. 

Pella,  151. 

Pumbeditha,  35,  37, 223, 286, 355. 

Rome,  29,  132,  140,  154  n.,  168, 

210. 
journey     of    Rabbis     to, 

144  n.,  229,  232,  386  n. 

Sepphoris,  72,  115,  117,  138, 
144  n.,  216,  242,  245,  251, 
255. 

Shechanzib,  179. 

Shepharam,  242. 

Sinai,  77,  308. 

Sura,  48,  186,  210,  308,  354. 

Tiberias,  108,  113,  193,  244. 
Usha,  105  n.,  242,  313,  330,  387. 


Zelzah,  253. 


IV.— INDEX  OF  O.T.  PASSAGES  REFERRED  TO 


Gen.  i.  1 
11 

26,  27 
iii.  9 
iv.  23 
v.  24 


256 

362 

256,  293,  301 

198 

245 

271 


xi.  5,  7  294 

xiv.  18,  19  338 

xix.  24  245 

xxxv.  3,  7  294 

19  253 

xlix.  1  309 


444 

INDEX 

Exod.  iv.  22,  23 

91 

Deut.  xxxi.  16 

231,  233 

ix.  16 

322 

18 

221,  224 

x.  1 

320 

xxxii.  21 

196  ft. 

XV.  11 

258 

39 

299-300 

xx.  2 

303, 

307 

xxxii.  41 

325 

xxii.  18 

112 

Josh.           i.  8 

106 

xxiii.  7 

90 

xxii.  22 

256 

10-11 

275 

xxiv.  19 

257 

17 

41 

Jud.           v.  11 

247 

21 

285 

xvi.  30 

110 

xxiv.  1 

285 

Ruth          ii.  4 

313 

xxv.  2 

276 

1  Sam.        i.  1 

324 

xxxii.  13 

315 

x.  2 

253 

22-24 

315 

xxviii.  12 

274 

xxxiii.  15 

286 

2  Sam.     vii.  23 

290,  294 

Lev.     vii.  24 

175 

xvi.  23 

71 

xi.  29,  30 

98 

1  Kings      i.  33 

246 

xvi.  8 

317 

viii.  13 

119 

16 

250 

xi.  16 

247 

xvii.  18 

240 

xiv.  16 

101  n 

xviii.  5 

104 

2  Kings      ii.  5 

271 

6 

183 

v.  23,  26 

Num.     v.  22 

156 

vi.  i. 

98 

xii.  6 

222 

vii.  3 

98 

xv.  39 

195, 

197 

viii.  7 

98 

37-41 

310 

1  Chron.  iv.  3 

326 

xix.  1-13 

217 

2Chron.  xvi.  14 

362 

xxiii.  9 

290 

xxxiii.  13 

323 

19 

63 

Ezra          iv.  1 

325 

21-24 

77 

Esther    viii.  8 

246 

xxiv.  23 

64,  7 

5 

Ps.            iii.  1 

272 

xxvii.  8 

149 

x.  8 

91 

xxxi.  23 

276 

xiv.  1 

96  n. 

Deut.   iv.  4 

234 

xxii.  1 

305 

7 

258,  ! 

294 

xxix. 

136 

32 

255 

xli.  5 

90 

v.  4 

304 

xlii.  2 

90 

vi.  4 

307,  J 

309 

xlvii.  8 

258 

8,9 

310 

xlix.  15 

119 

xi.  9 

234 

1.  1 

257 

13-21 

310 

23 

91 

xiii.  8 

83 

lv.  11 

192 

xxi.  23 

86 

lv.  20 

191 

xxii.  3 

173 

23 

72,  75 

xxiii.  6 

67 

lvii.  1 

272 

18 

139 

lx.  9 

323 

xxiv.  1 

57 

Ixiii.  11 

195,  203 

xxv.  5-10 

235 

Ixv.  2 

335 

INDEX 

44^ 

Ps.        lxviii.  24 

258 

Isa.             17 

290 

lxix.  21 

240 

xli.  4 

300 

lxxvii.  13 

257 

xliv.  6 

300,  303 

xci.  10 

56 

xlvi.  4 

300 

c.  1 

91 

li.  16 

222 

cviii.  7 

258 

lii.  10 

258 

ex.  1 

296,  338 

liv.  1 

237 

4 

338,  340 

lvii.  8 

156,  372 

cxi.  8 

274 

lx.  2 

271 

exxxix.  21,  22 

156,  325 

lxvi.  15 

276 

cxliv.  14 

60 

24 

118 

Prov.      i.  14 

216 

Jer.  xxiii.  24 

228 

ii.  19 

183 

xlix.  7 

222,  225 

iii.  34 

320 

Lam.      i.  5 

67 

v.  8 

138,  182 

9 

250 

15 

325 

Ezek.    ii.  3 

181 

vii.  26 

138,  219 

iv.  4,  6 

275 

xiii.  23 

41 

xvi.  34 

183 

xxiv.  21 

306 

xxiv.  16 

271 

xxx.  15 

183 

xxxii.  24,  26 

118 

Eccles.   i.  3 

197 

Daniel    i.  6 

324 

iv.  8 

307 

iii.  25,  28 

302 

vii.  26 

195,  215,  219 

iv.  17 

294 

x.  5 

108 

vii.  9 

294,  300,  304 

8 

103-4 

xi.  41 

251 

xi.  9 

197 

xii.  3 

210 

Cant.  vii.  9 

231 

Hosea   v.  6 

235 

Isa.       iv.  1 

253 

Amos   iii.  2 

266 

v.  14 

191 

iv.  13 

240-1 

vi.  3 

228 

Obad.        4 

210 

xi.  1 

91 

Micah    i.  7 

139 

xii.  3 

278 

iv.  13 

226 

xiv.  19 

91 

v.  2 

253 

xxvi.  19 

231,  233 

vii.  4 

226 

xxxiii.  14 

319 

Zech.  xiii.  8 

306 

xl.  12 

276 

Mai.      iv.  3 

118 

V.— INDEX  OF  N.T.  PASSAGES  REFERRED  TO 


Matt. 


i.  1 

45 

ii.  4,  6 

255 

13  f. 

53 

iv.  2 

88 

v.  13 

224  n. 

15-17 

150,  152  n. 

21,  22 

9,  121 

Matt. 


vii. 

28,  29 

9 

X. 

2-4 

92 

xxii. 

31,  32 

234 

xxiii. 

13-39 

239 

xxiv. 

207  n. 

xxvi. 

55 

73 

69 

82 

446 
Mark 

xxvii.  37-43 

INI 

87 

>EX 

Acts 

ix.  22 

101 

46 

305 

34 

107 

iii.  17 

358 

xxi.  38 

345  n 

vii.  5 

8  n. 

Rom. 

ix.  17,  18 

322 

ix.  45,  46 

73 

lCor. 

xv.  20  f. 

233 

ix.  49,  50 

60 

Gal. 

iii.  7 

211 

xiv.  56t  51 

82 

13 

86 

XV.   1 

83 

Col. 

iv.  11 

37 

xvi.  17,  18 

107 

Heb. 

i.  1 

264 

Luke 

xxii.  55 

82 

vi.  6 

322 

John 

v.  17 

230 

vii. 

339 

x.  11 

47 

xi.  5 

272 

Acts 

xii.  32 
iii.  6 

102 
107 

Rev. 

ii.  6,    9, 
14,  15 

l384n 

iv.  6 

44  n. 

iii.  9 

ibid. 

32 

150 

ix.  11 

164 

v.  34 

229 

VI.— INDEX  OF  RABBINICAL  PASSAGES 
REFERRED  TO 

Texts  transcribed  and  translated  in  full  are  indicated  thus  (*). 

1.    MlSHNAH 


Ber. 

v.  3 

202 

*Sanh. 

vi.  4 

85-6 

ix.  5 

313 

j) 

vii.  7 

167 

*R.  ha-Sh. 

ii.  1 

327 

* 
>> 

x.  2 

64 

*Meg. 

iv.  8,  9 

199 

Aboth 

i.  1 

2,6 

*Jeb. 

iv.  13 

43 

»j 

iii.  15 

369 

Qid. 

vi.  4 

105 

j> 

v.  18 

101  n. 

Kheth. 

v.  8 

105 

Hull. 

ii.  9 

178 

*Sotah 

ix.  15 

207 

Eduioth 

vii.  7 

382 

Gitt. 

ix.  10 

57 

Parah 

iii.  3 

316 

Nedar. 

ix.  10 

131 

Jad. 

iii.  8 

198,  385 

*Sanh. 

iv.  5 

291 

2.  Tos 

>> 

EPHTA 

iv.  8 

333 

*Ber. 

iii.  25 

136 

*Sotah 

xiii.  4 

128,  135  n. 

*Shabb. 

xi.  15 

54 

Nedar. 

v.  6 

131 

* 

xiii.  5 

155 

*B.  Mez. 

ii.  33 

173 

Joma 

iii.  2 

316 

*Sanh. 

viii.  7 

292 

3) 

v.  11 

101 

* 

ix.  7 

86 

R.  ha-Sh. 

i.  15 

328 

* 

x.  11 

78 

*Meg. 

iv.  37 

315 

* 

xiii.  4,  5 

118 

Jeb. 

iii.  3,  4 

46 

Horai. 

i.  5 

176 

INDEX 

447 

Hull. 

ii.  19 

178 

♦Par. 

iii. 

3 

316 

* 

ii.  20,  21 

177 

*Jad. 

ii. 

13 

160 

ii.  22,  22 

►  103 

jj 

16 

161,  386 

* 

ii.  24 

137 

3.    SlPHRI 

Num. 

§ 

112  p.  33b 

280 

♦Deut.  §  329 

139 

b     262,  299 

* 
>> 

§ 

115       35* 

195 

*     n        § 

331 

140 

a      325 

* 

JJ 

i 

131       47a 

273 

4.  SlPHRA 

4C 

298 

* 

JJ 

f 

143       54a 

297 

5.  Mechilta 

37b 

301 

*Deut. 

§ 

48         84a 

235 

JJ 

58b 

103  n. 

jj 

§ 

56         87a 

280 

* 

JJ 

66h 

300 

* 
>> 

§ 

320       1371 

196  n. 

tl 

95h 

130 

6.  Talmud  Jerushalmi 

*Ber. 

3C 

77,  308 

Jebam. 

4a 

336 

JJ 

5b 

238 

» 

15d 

8  (Appx.) 

JJ 

8a 

136 

Kidd. 

64d 

336 

* 

9C 

125,  204 

Sotah. 

l6d 

238 

JJ 

12d,  13a 

255 

jj 

24b 

129,  133  n. 

Demai 

25a,  b 

205 

jj 

24c 

135  n. 

Ter. 

46b 

96 

Nedar. 

37d 

283 

Kilaim 

32a 

178 

* 

38a 

210 

Bice. 

65* 

161,  335 

jj 

40a 

213 

*Shabb 

8d 

302 

Sanh. 

18c 

133,  205 

>j 

13d 

55 

jj 

19a 

213 

* 

JJ 

14d 

103 

jj 

23c 

52 

* 

JJ 

14d 

108 

jj 

25c, 

i 

79 

JJ 

15c 

156 

* 
jj 

25d 

112,  115 

JJ 

I7b 

336 

* 
jj 

27d 

193 

Joma 

38c 

152 

* 
jj 

29c 

181 

R.  ha-Sh 

.  57d 

328 

Shebhu. 

34d 

283 

*Taan. 

65h 

62 

Horai. 

48c 

135  n. 

M.  Qat. 

83c 

194 

A.  Zar. 

40d, 

41a 

104 

Hag. 

76d 

10  n. 

jj 

40d 

108 

jj 

77d 

52 
7.  Talmi 

jd  Babli 

Ber. 

7a 

332 

Ber. 

54a,56b,58a332 

* 
jj 

10* 

237 

jj 

63a, 

b 

213 

* 
j> 

10* 

272 

Shabb. 

13a 

186 

* 
jj 

12a 

308 

jj 

13b, 

30b 

4 

jj 

12b 

196 

>j 

88a 

111,  253 

jj 

I7b 

61 

* 
>j 

104b 

35,  56 

jj 

27b,  28a 

386 

* 

ll6a 

j  146,    156 
}       161 

jj 

28b,  29a 

125 

jj 

>j 

34a 

59 

* 
jj 

152a 

165 

448 

INDEX 

*Shabb. 

152* 

274 

Gitt. 

56a 

382 

Erubh. 

53b 

238 

* 

jj 

56\ 

57a 

67 

* 

79b,  80a 

165 

* 

jj 

57a 

28,  251 

* 

101a 

226 

jj 

90a 

40 

Pesah. 

40b 

186 

jj 

90b 

58 

* 

56* 

309 

*Nedar. 

32b 

338 

jj 

56* 

286 

jj 

66* 

131 

JJ 

87b 

247 

*B 

.  Qama 

.  16* 

363 

1) 

113a 

20  n. 

jj 

38a, 

47a, 

i  131 

Joma. 

19b,  53b 

319 

lllb 

)j 

40b 

317 

jj 

83a 

89 

* 

56* 

250 

B 

.  Mez. 

59b 

144  n. 

* 

66* 

45 

jj 

92a 

186 

n 

87a 

101  n. 

*B 

.  Bathr.  14b 

3,  76 

R.  ha-Sh 

.  17a 

124 

j> 

25a 

332 

* 

22b 

329 

>j 

28%  1 

> 

105 

>j 

31a,  b 

105 

jj 

60b 

131 

Succ. 

20b 

212 

* 

jj 

91a 

326 

?> 

27a 

6 

Sanh. 

7a 

335 

>} 

27b  28a 

47 

jj 

lla 

129 

* 

48b 

277 

jj 

32b 

382 

Beza. 

29a 

57 

jj 

37a 

333 

Meg. 

I7b 

126 

■* 

38b 

/  120,  198,  245, 
\      285,  293 

jj 

18a 

335 

jj 

5) 

23a 

111,  332 

* 

JJ 

39a 

275,  282,  290 

JJ 

24b 

200 

* 

JJ 

43a 

37, 

48,  83,  90 

* 

J) 

25b 

316 

* 

JJ 

67a 

35, 

37,  79 

Taan. 

19b 

92  n. 

JJ 

68a 

142  n. 

j> 

26a 

43 

* 

11 

90b 

231 

* 

II 

27b 

171 

* 

11 

91a 

278,  281 

*Hag. 

4b 

41 

11 

97b 

207 

5b 

221 

* 

11 

99a 

276 

n 

llb 

369 

11 

99b 

120 

* 

15a 

287 

* 

11 

103a 

56 

M 

l6b 

194 

11 

105b 

332 

Jeb. 

46a 

186 

♦ 

11 

106a 

47,  75 

n 

49b 

43 

* 

11 

106b 

(69 

n.),  72,  75 

ii 

63b 

196  n. 

* 

11 

107b 

50,  (99) 

ii 

87a 

101  n. 

*A 

»  Zar. 

4a 

266 

* 

>> 

102b 

235 

jj 

4b 

332 

Kethub. 

51b 

96 

* 

jj 

6a 

171 

>j 

65a 

336 

jj 

lla 

132 

a 

112a 

252 

* 

jj 

l6b,  ] 

L7a 

138 

Qidd. 

49b 

55 

* 

jj 

I7a 

182 

*Sotah. 

47a 

51,97 

* 

jj 

I7b 

165 

a 

48b 

129 

* 

jj 

26a,  ' 

> 

173 

Gitt. 

29b 

268 

* 

jj 

27b 

104 

* 

45b 

157  (200  n.) 

* 

jj 

28a 

109 

INDEX 


449 


A.  Zar. 

36a 

j> 

58b,  59a 

)? 

65a 

A.d.R.N. 

c.      6 

j) 

c.       38 

Soph. 

xvii.  5 

Der.  Er.  Z. 

X. 

*Kall. 

51a 

Hor. 

lla 

Menah. 


42b 


259 

186 

180  n. 

142  n. 

129 

172 

207 

48 

176 

160 

200  n. 


Menah. 
Hull. 


Bechor. 

Erach. 

Nidd. 


99b 

105 

110a 

297 

13a 

286 

13b 

178 

41a 

178 

84a 

111 

87a 

239 

8a 

223 

llb 

43 

24b 

213 

MlDRASHIM 


8.    Ber.  Rab.  vii.  2p.20c 


viii.  8 

9 

xix.  1 

xxv.  1 

xlviii.  6 

li.  2 

lxxv.  6 

lxxvi.  6 

lxxxii.  9 


22d 

23a 

42b 

55c 
97b 

105a,b246 
145a  154 
146a 
155b 


336 
301 
258 
199 
270 
319 


9.  *ShemothR.xiii.  3  24b 


96 

253 

320 

191 


9.* 


10.  *Vajiqr.  R 


ll.Bamm.  R. 


xix.  4  36b 
xxix.  1  50d    258 
5  51b    303 
xxx.  9  53c,d228 
xliv.  6  73c,d 

199,  315 

xiii.  5  19c    331 

xxi.  9  30c    152 

xxviii.  1  40c,d196 

xiv.     1  56h    324 

xvi.  14  66h    307 

xviii.  17  75d    192 

xix.    3  79a    336 


12.  *Debar.  R.      ii.  33  104c 

258  (306) 

13.  *Echa.  R.        i.         10*   299 

14.  *Esther  R.     ix.  2     14b   87 

15.  Sh.ha-Sh.R.ii.  13  17C    207 

16.  *Qoh.  R.     i.  8     3d-4c 

139,  153,  188,  211, 

215,  218,  336 
vii.  26  21d219 

17.  Pesiqta. 


35h 
68b 

*  122b 

18.  Pesiqta.  R.   90b 

98a 

*  „         ioobj 

19.  Tanhuma      §  30 

56^ 

20.  Jalqut.  Sh.  §  359 
§551 
§604 
§766 
§779 
§937 


336 

198 

152 

198 

307 

265  n. 

304 

324 

336 

31  (Ap.) 

139 

30  (Ap.) 

63 

323 

139 


PKINTED   BY  NEILL   AND   CO.,    LTD.,   EDINBURGH. 


&* 


KX.   *-